JTION NOliflillSNI NVINOSHillAIS SBIdVdail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS

z r- ,, 2 ^ _ r- 2 ““

o « vVX O O

If.

a a n~LI B RAR l Es‘”sMITHSONIAN~lNSTITUTION‘”NOIiniUSNl“NVmOSHill/\IS S3
«. 5 '•• ^ ^ z t w 5

s '.^ > VlasBi/ s >-' s ^2522^ >'

JTION “’NOlifliliSNI NVIN0SHilWs‘^S3 I B VB 3 11 LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN INS

H/

(T
<

Q£.

m ea ^ ^

2 -J 2

aan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSHill/MS S3
2 1“ ^ z r* ^ z

^ -» ^ _ wy Q

3

UTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillNS SBIHVaail LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN:

w 2 _ _ _ ^ z ^ 2

2 .< 2: ,.< 2 <

S (I# S s I

2 'Cipv^ j, 5 \ Z _

/a a n“ *-1 B RAR I Es“sMITHS0NIAN^INSTITUTI0N‘^N0linillSNI_NVIN0SHilWs“’s3

W “ ,. . I /^^\ i i

o “ "-w^ o 2 xjnxugjX 5 m

UTION^NOIiniliSNl“'NVINOSHillAIS S3 I a Va 3 11 LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN^IN

2 d ^ _ r^Z

O ><CiS.TiT(;>v _ AV o __ y<Oa-V^ O

/a an libraries Smithsonian institution NoiiniiiSNi nvinoshiiins S3

Z N, ^ 2 • C/) z ^

I ~ i i

5 ^ 5 S > *

w z g •> z g - 2

UTION N0linillSNI_NVIN0SHillNS^S3 I B Va 3 n_LI B RAR 1 ES SMITHSONIAN JNI

O ^ O

2 J 2

/a a II LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSHIIWS SS
r- ^ _ _ 2 • ^ _ _ Z I- z

“• y^Usows. O >''^50vTSv O .^cwr>*. . O

NOliniliSNI NViNOSHillAIS S^ldVdail LIBRARIES SMITHSOMIAN INSTITUTH
2 r- ,, Z r- 2 r-

z '(A ^ E C3

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHIIINS SBIdVdB

o
2

'’N0liniliSNI_NVIN0SHilWs”s3 | y VH 3 Ilf LI B RAR I Es“sMITHSONlAN_INSTITUTl(

O I I I

O o ' O Xi2(osvi^

i Z -J 2 ^ ^

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHilWS SaiyVBB

g > I

m 2 xaniiBS/^ m

NoiiniiiSNrNviNosHims S3 1 ava a n“Li B rar i es^smithsonian-instituti

n z _ _ _ " Z ^ g _ z .V.

^ LI B RAR I Es“sMITHS0NIAN^INSTITUTI0N*”N0liniliSNI^NVIN0SHill/\IS”S3 I ava E
w 5 _ w _ = ,.„ . <n

“ '‘iiS^y 5 - ^TSES^

N0liniliSNl“NVIN0SHilWS“S3 I a va a n “LI B R AR I ES“SM1THS0NIAN^INSTITUTI
Z I- , Z _ r- 2 ,, •" _ _ _

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHIIINS S3iaVdS
2 N. ^ ^ 2 c/> 2 ^

\ ="

E X o 1 .■S5; q

§ %4 X g X

^ 'f> a?l a

X o X §

g > '.JVASI^ 5 .-.'■^ jv- 5 >•

^NOliniliSNI NVIN0SHilWs“s3 I a Va a n^LI B RAR I Es”sMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI

^ _ 2 \ ^ ^ 5 _

i@i «i®iai,-#*iv,

J 2 j z — _J z

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHIIIMS S3ldVdB
r“ 2 f“ z r* 2

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

VoL. 15, New Series

No. 1

January, 1964

THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

Published Four Times A Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science

Printed by the Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS

Pages

Allan Talbott Gwathmey. Henry Leidheiser, Jr . 1

Sidney Stevens Negus. William T. Sanger . 4

Geology, Soils, and Crops in the North Carolina Piedmont.

Samuel T. Emory, Jr . . . 6

A Comparison of the Responses of Some Species of Fishes
to the Toxic Effect of the Bryozoan, Lophodella Carteri
(Hyatt). Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott . 16

A Discussion of the Doctrines Governing the Use of Water
in the Continental United States with Special Reference
to Virginia. Carl J. Holcomb . . . 21

Application of the Negative Binomial Distribution with

Probability of Misclassification. Victor Chew . 34

Helminths of Westhampton Lake Fish.

Harry L. Holloway, Jr. and Burton J. Bogitsh . 41

The J. Shelton Horsley Research Award for 1964 . 45

D. R. Carpenter, Jr.
P. Ame Hansen
J. C. Thompson
G. R. Bass

EDITORIAL BOARD
Paul B. Siegel, Editor
Carl W. Allen, Managing Editor
SECTION EDITORS

N. F. Murphy
W. T. Parrott
C. Y. Kramer

T. Doggins
G. W. Thomas
E. S. Higgins
W. H. Leftwich

Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 annually. Published four times a year: in January, April, July
and September by the Virginia Academy of Science at Blacksburg, Va.

January 6, 1964

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

VoL. 15, New Series

January, 1964

No. 1

ALLAN TALBOTT GWATHMEY

July 29, 1903 - May 12, 1963

The Virginia Academy of Science lost an enthusiastic supporter, a
dedicated scientist, an inspiring teacher, and a scholar-gentleman in the
passing of Allan Talbott Gwathmey on May 12 1963.

Allan Gwathmey, or “Pete” as he
was affect ionately known by his
friends, was bom in Richmond on
July 29, 1903. He attended prepara¬
tory school in Richmond and thence
proceeded to Virginia Military Insti¬
tute where he obtained the B. S. de¬
gree in 1923. Following several
years of employment as an engineer,
he continued his schooling and obtain¬
ed a B. S. in Electrochemical Engi¬
neering from the Massachusetts Insti¬
tute of Technology in 1928. He then
spent several years in industrial re¬
search prior to entering the Graduate
School of the University of Virginia.
He earned the Ph. D. degree in Ghem-
istry in 1938. He remained at the
University after securing his degree
and served successively as Research
Associate, Assistant Professor, Asso¬
ciate Professor, and full Professor
since 1956. Professor Gwathmey

married the former Roberta Hollingsworth, Dean of Women at the Uni¬
versity of Virginia, in 1953.

Professor Gwathmey is best known to members of the Academy as the

mmi^

2 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

founder of the Virginia Institute for Scientific Research. After many
years of discussion and planning, his suggestion for the founding of a
laboratory devoted to fundamental research was accepted by the Coun¬
cil. He and other members of the Research Committee of the Academy
obtained a charter for VISR in 1948. From meager beginnings, little
money, and a borrowed Confederate museum home, but blessed with the
indefatigable spirit which was Allan Gwathmey, VISR has grown to be
a unique Virginia personality. He served as the first President and con¬
tinued in this office until his death. He lived to see the new laboratory
constructed in west-end Richmond and to attend the first meeting of
the Trustees held there. The new laboratory was named the Allan Tal¬
bott Gwathmev Laboratory in a moving dedication ceremony held on
October 3, 1963.

Professor Gwathmey’s research resulted in a better understanding of
the chemical behavior of atoms at the surface of a solid. He was one
of the first to recognize the great value of single crystals of metals as
research tools and that it was absolutely necessary to learn more about
the geometrical parameters of the surface being studied. Nearly thirty
years ago at a time when the accepted research approach to surface
catalysis was based on measuring gaseous adsorption on powdered cata¬
lysts with attempts at calculating and interpreting reaction rates, he clearly
saw that an unequivocal knowledge of the nature of the solid surface
was the key to an understanding of the chemical processes involved,
and that for this, new research methods and new research tools would
be necessary. The title of his dissertation presented to the Chemistry
Faculty of the University of Virginia for his Doctorate in 1938 was, “A
Study of Gas Effects at the Surface of a Single Crystal of Copper by
the Diffraction of Low Voltage Electrons.” He early recognized the
importance of controlled orientation, the importance of the uses of electro¬
lytic and chemical polishing techniques for obtaining a smooth and strain-
free surface, the importance of the role played by imperfections in surface
reactions, and the need for the adoption of new experimental techniques
to surface studies.

When Professor Gwathmey was installed as President of the Virginia
Academy of Science in 1953, he declared: “I recommend the pursuit of
basic knowledge to any young man as a hfe’s work. In spite of its hard¬
ships it is a source of never-ending gratification and astonishment . . .
No matter how scarce some materials may be, there is no shortage of
undiscovered knowledge.” These comments were more than idle words
since he inspired many of his students to remain in basic research or in
academic work. He helped his students to overcome discouragement by
his own devotion to “the toughening discipline of a complex experi¬
ment.”

Allan Talbott Gwathmey

3

1964]

His love for his native state was limitless. The “Spirit of VMI”, the
beauty of The Lawn, the traditions of the Old Dominion, and the tragedy
of the loss of William Barton Rogers, founder of the Massachusetts Insti¬
tute of Technology, to Massachusetts, were continuing topics of conversa¬
tion with his friends and associates. He was proud to be a Virginian
and he was always a spokesman for his birthplace wherever he went.

An excellent summary of Professor Gwathmey ’s character is contained
in a memorial statement prepared by his friends and presented before
the faculty of the University of Virginia after his death: “In the Uni¬
versity, he will be remembered for his ideals, for the depth of his con¬
victions and for his dignified presentation of them. When called upon
to defend his position, he was always polite but never yielded where
principles were involved. He could preserve outward calm under great
stress and his earnestness and carefully reasoned arguments seldom failed
to command respect even from those who could not agree with him. In
the course of time, many of his proposals have come to be accepted and
adopted but the spirit which compelled him to fight for principles and
causes and for academic exzcellence and efficiency within the University
could never rest. For others, he fought many battles in an entirely
selfless way with an intensity and courage which will not soon be for¬
gotten.”

Henry Leidheiser, Jr.

4

The Virginia Journal of Science

[January

SIDNEY STEVENS NEGUS

1892 - 1963

His many-sided personality make it difficult to write briefly of his
charm, sense of humor, abilities, keen interests, capacity for friendship, his
role as teacher and science writer and skill in promotion of good causes,

science in particular.

When discussing our need at the
College of a department head for Bio¬
chemistry, 1927, Dean W. F. Rudd,
a member of our committee said “Your
man is ‘Sid’ Negus, now working at
the University of Richmond.” Negotia¬
tions led to his coming to us shortly
thereafter. He had already studied at
Clark, at Harvard, and at the Hop¬
kins. He had had teaching experi¬
ence at Mercerburg Academy, Har¬
vard, the Hopkins and University of
Richmond.

Dr. Negus continued with us, head¬
ing the Department of Biochemistry,
and for a time all Chemistry, until
his retirement, 1962, which rounded
out 50 years with students. He knew
how to pick associates who supple¬
mented his own competence, knew
how to back and advance them in
worthwhile ways.

Not for research will Dr. Negus be remembered, but for what might
be called his promotion of it — in and by means of the Academy of
Science, in the state, in his home community, in the press, in organiza¬
tions, any and everywhere. Uniquely, he knew how to bestow praise
and encouragement.

He was greatly useful to the College through his nation-wide contacts,
whether with the science organizations or others, or through his work
as public information director of national and international organizations.

By his dedicated work, M. C. V. became much more widely known and

1964] Sidney Stevens Negus 5

he was appreciated for this by many, including our Board of Visitors.

As a consultant, Dr. Negus played a fruitful role. Many came to him
for advice; he was at times retained by one corporation or another.

His life was enriched by many hobbies ~ Boy Scouts, summer camp¬
ing for boys, and community organizations. He fascinated his Scouts
and his campers. He entertained them, he inspired them. Required to
call him only by “Sid”, he and they found common ground quickly for
getting on with the job at hand.

His closer friends knew him as a churchman, devoted here as elsewhere.
He was an Elder in the Presbyterian Church,

Another devoted service was well known to friends, his understand¬
ing, persistent, loving care of his wife, Dorothy, during her long years
of illness. He entertained her, petted and cheered her as few have
capacity to do under any circumstances. She predeceased him.

The American Association for the Advancement of Science was one of
his big hobbies. It was time consuming to develop press releases for
many of the scientific papers and deal with the science writers and other
reporters at the annual meetings and others. For this superior work he
won much recognition.

It was on a trip to see a science writer friend honored that he was
stricken in his home, and died shortly afterward at St. Francis Hospital,
Roslyn, New York. What a blow to his son and daughter as to us also,
left so suddenly behind!

Dr. Negus was expected at Clark University, June 9, 1963, to receive an
honorary degree. He had so much hoped to be there. President Howard
B. Jefferson of Clark wrote me of his distress at Sidney’s passing and
his desire to award the degree, with his son or daughter present to
receive it.

Sidney Negus probed deeply so many aspects of life, that we close as
we began: more space than can be allowed here is required to make
his life’s story adequate even to a passing degree.

William T. Sanger

6

The Virginia Journal of Science

[January

GEOLOGY, SOILS, AND CROPS
IN THE NORTH CAROLINA PIEDMONT

Samuel T. Emory, Jr.

Mary Washington College, Fredericksburg
(Received for publication, March 3, 1963)

It generally is recognized that parent material exercises a major con¬
trol on the formation of soils, and that certain soils are much more
suited to some crops than to others (U.S.D.A., 1957). Onlv rarely, how¬
ever, has a comparison of the actual land use of areas underlain bv dif¬
ferent geologic formations been presented in print. The object of this
paper is to compare the land use of six townships in the North Carolina
Piedmont. Three distinctly different geologic regions underlie these
townships, although they are located in very close proximity to each
other. The cultural influences on land use generally are similar, as is
the climate (Carney, 1955). Slope factors are of minor importance, but
the basic cause of the differing land use is a difference in soils, related
to each geologic area.

METHODS AND MATERIALS

The comparison attempted here is primarily a statistical study, relat¬
ing the available land use statistics for the townships studied to the geologic
map and soils map. It was necessary, however, to support this informa¬
tion with field investigation to determine the degree of cultural influence
involved.

LOCATION

The six townships studied are all located in the North Carolina Pied¬
mont within forty miles of Durham. To the west are the volcanic rocks
of the “Carolina slates,” (King, 1951), while to the east are sedimentary
rocks of Triassic age in the Newark basin around Durham (Prouty, 1933).
Acid crystalline rocks which were intruded into the “slates” are found
near Chapel Hill and to the east of Raleigh. Map 1 shows the location
of the townships studied.

SOIL

Three major geologic areas underlie the section of the Piedmont con¬
sidered here. These are “Carolina slates,” Triassic sediments, and acid
crystalline rocks. Each of these gives rise to distinctive soil (Lee, 1955),

7

1964] Geology, Soils and Crops

for example White Store, Mayodan, Creedmoor and Granville soils are
found only in the Triassic areas, while Cecil, Appling, and Durham soils
are derived only from acid crystalline rocks and Alamance, Herndon and
Orange soils are formed from “Carolina slates.” In addition, small areas
of basic crystalline rocks weather to Davidson, Iredell, and Mecklenburg
series while Congaree and Wilkes soils are formed on alluvial and col-
livial areas. These soils differ in soil chemistry and physics, and are
naturally suited to different crops. Table I gives the suitability of
selected soils for certain crops.

CROPS

Although many crops are produced on the Piedmont, only a few can
be treated here. These are corn, tobacco, wheat, oats, other small grains,
hay and potatoes and vegetables. Each of these crops has a specific set
of requirements which must be met from the soil. Flue cured tobacco
is especially sensitive to difference in soil (Emory, 1939). It generally
does best in a friable soil with little organic matter and little calcium.
Corn, on the other hand, does well in soils of various textures which are
fairly rich in organic mater and nitrogen. Wheat needs a large supply
of nitrogen but oats do well with a lower nitrogen content in the soil.
Hay crops vary with the different types of hay. Alfalfa does well in
non-acid, well drained soils, while Lespedeza will tolerate acid (U.S.D.A.,
1957).

GROSS LANDUSE

The areas underlain by crystalline rocks devoted 45% of the crystalline
area was devoted to crops, as compared to 20% of the slate areas and
13.5% of the Triassic. Thus the crystalline area devoted twice the per¬
centage of land to crops as the slate belt, and three times that of the
Triassic areas. Only 6% of the crystalline area and 7% of the Triassic
was devoted to pasture, while 13.5% of the slate soils were so used,
giving the slate area approximately twice the percentage of pasture of
the other two sections. It can be seen from the above that the crystal¬
line areas were much more useful than the slate areas, which in turn
were more used than the Triassic areas. This was particularlv true of
cropland use, since in pasture uses the crystalline areas fell at the bot¬
tom of the list.

CROPLAND USE

As can be seen from the statistical material in Table HI, there is a
considerable variaiton in cropland use between the three geologic regions
with their differing soils. The variation is noticeable both in the per-

8 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

centage of harvested cropland used for certain crops and in the percentage
total land used.

Corn is the basic grain crop grown in the entire area. All three sec¬
tions devote approximately one-fourth to one-third of their harvested crop¬
land to its production, although the crystalline areas use a larger per¬
centage of their cropland for corn than either the slate or Triassic areas.
If total land is considered, however, the crvstalline areas devoted twice
the percentage of its land to corn as the slate area, and four times the
percentage of the Triassic area.

The tobacco crop, bv far the most important crop in the region’s econ¬
omy, is also unequally distributed. More than one-fourth of the cropland
of the crystalline area was used for tobacco, while one-fifth of the Trias¬
sic and one-fourth of the slate cropland was so used. As a percentage
of total area the difference is more striking. The crystalline area devotes
more than five times the percentage of total area to tobacco as the
slate area, and four times the percentage of the Triassic area.

Small grains, (wheat, oats and other grains) are not as important as
corn and toabcco in the regional econmy, but also occupy a rather large
percentage of the harvested cropland. The slate areas devoted the larg¬
est percentage of cropland to small grain, more than twenty-five percent.
This was approximatelv twice the percentage of cropland used for small
grain in the Triassic and crystalline areas. In percentage of total area,
however, the Triassic area used half the percentage of the slate or erystal-
line areas.

In the slate areas, wheat occupied more than twice the percentage of
cropland it occupied in the crystalline section, and three times the per¬
centage of the Triassic. In percent of total area the slate area was only
slightly greater than the crystalline area, but was five times the percentage
of the Triassic.

Oats, an important feed grain, occupied a greater percentage of the har¬
vested cropland in the slate areas (14.07%) than in the Triassic (12.58%)
or crystalline (9.19%) areas. The percentage of total land used for oats is
small, varying from 1.56% in the Triassic to more than three and a half per¬
cent in crvstalline areas. Other small grains are of very minor importance,
but it is interesting to note that the relative position of the areas changes
with regard to them. The slate belt becomes the least important, while
the crystalline area is most important.

The entire section devotes a large percentage of its cropland to hay.
Nearly one-third of the Triassic cropland was devoted to hay, as was

9

1964] Geology^ Soils and Crops

one-fourth of the slate cropland. Only fourteen percent of the crystalline
cropland was used for hay. Approximately five percent of the total area
of each section was devoted to hay.

A^egetables and potatoes are grown for home consumption and are not
important crops in the area. The crystalline area leads in this use, both
in percentage of cropland and total area. The slate area trails in both,
leaving the middle position to the Triassic area.

REGIONAL SUMMARY

The differing geologic regions of the North Carolina Piedmont pro¬
duce soils suited for and used for different crops. The acid crystalline
rocks produce the soils most used for agriculture, followed bv the slate
and Triassic sections. In land used for crops, the crystalline area
greatly exceeds the others, but in percentage of land used for pasture
the slate section leads and the crvstalline area is last. The crystalline
section is leader in corn and tobacco, in small grain other than oats and
wheat, and in potatoes and vegetables. This leadership is shown in both
percentage of cropland and total land used. In oats, the crystalline area
devotes a larger percentage of its land to the crop but trails
in percentage of cropland. In wheat, it trails the slate area in both.
The hay land of the crystalline section is almost equal to that of the
other two sections in percentage of total land used for hay, but as a per¬
centage of cropland used it trails both the Triassic and slate areas.

The slate area has more pasture and less cropland in proportion to
total area than does the crystalline area. It devotes a larger percentage
of its total land and cropland to wheat than do the other sections, and
devoted a larger percentage of cropland to oats than any other section.
Hay also occupied a large percentage of the areas cropland, although a
little less than in the Triassic section. The slate area was least important
in tobacco, small grain other than wheat and oats, and in potatoes and
vegetables.

The Triassic area has the smallest amount of agricultural land and the
smallest percentage of land used for crops. The amount of pasture is
also low. The Triassic areas occupy an intermediate position with regard
to the percentage of total land and cropland used for corn, tobacco, oats,
small grain other than wheat and oats, and potatoes and vegetables. It
leads in percentage of cropland used for hay, although the percentage
of total land used for hay falls below the other sections. It is lowest
in wheat, both with regard to total land and cropland.

10 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

EXPLANATION OF DISTRIBUTION

The patern of land use and the distribution of crops in the townships
discussed in the preceding paragraphs is primarily the result of differ¬
ences in the suitability of soils for these crops. This suitability varies
with soils formed from different rock. Parts 1, 3 and 4 of Table I show
the suitability of some of the more important series formed from the
three major groups of rocks for selected crops. Part 2 shows the same
information for soils from a minor group of rocks.

Corn is the basic grain crop of the North Carolina Piedmont and is
grown on a roughly equal percentage of the cropland in all three areas.
One crystalline series is rated good for corn, and three are rated as
fair. The slate area has two series rated good and three rated fair,
while the Triassic soils include four series rated fair, one poor to fair,
and one poor. The Triassic area, with its slightly inferior soils, devotes
the smallest percentage (27.41%) of its cropland to corn, while the
crystalline area devoted the largest percentage of (35.70%) of its crop¬
land to corn. The slate areas occupied an intermediate position (32.06%).

The chief money crop of the Piedmont is tobacco, a crop which is
under strict government control. Since the farmer is not free to use
land for tobacco, soils are less influential in the distribution of the crop,
although the areas most suitable for tobacco are the most used. Two
soils of the crystalline area are rated very good for tobacco, one is rated
good, and one is rated fair. In the Triassic section, two series are rated
very good, one good, two fair, and one poor, while in the slate section
one is rated fair to good, four are rated fair and one is rated poor.
Thus the soils of the slate area are much less suited for tobacco than
the crystalline or Triassic soils, and the crystalline soil are somewhat
better than the Triassic. The distribution of tobacco is in accordance
with the suitabihty of the soils for tlie crop. The crystalline area devotes
the largest percentage of cropland (26.77%) to tobacco; the Triassic a
smaller percentage (18.32%) and the slate areas the smallest (9.56%)
with only one-third the percentage of the crystalline area.

Wheat, a crop of only moderate importance in the Piedmont, is also
distributed in accordance with the suitability of soils for the crop. In
the slate area, three soil series are listed as very good, two as good and
one as fair for wheat. In the crystalline areas, one soil is listed as
very good, one as good, and two as fair, and in the Triassic area, two
are listed as good, three as fair, and one as poor for wheat. The slate
area devotes the greatest percentage of cropland to wheat (12.85%),
the crystalhne area devotes the next greatest (5.35%) and the Triassic
least (4.18%).

1964]

Geology, Soils and Crops

11

Another grain, oats, occupies somewhat more land than wheat. The
largest percentage of cropland in oats is found in the slate area (14.07%),
the next largest in the Triassic area (12.58%) and the least in the cry¬
stalline (9.19%). This is also in accordance with soil suitability, since
two slate series are rated very good, three good, and one fair to good.

Table 1.— SUITABILITY OF CERTAIN SOILS FOR SELECTED CROPS
E — Excellent V.G. — Very Good G — Good F — Fair P — Poor

V.P. — Very Poor

Part 1 — Soils Derived from Acid Crystalline Rocks

Permanent

Soil

Corn

Tobacco

Water

Oats

Hay

Pasture

Appling sandy loam

___ F.

V.G.

G.

G.

G.

G.

Cecil clay loam

F.

F.

V.G.

F.

G.-V.G.

G.

Cecil sandy loam

__ F.

G.

F.

F.

F.-G.

G.

Durham sandy loam

___ F.

V.G.

F.

F.

F.-G.

F.

Part 2—1

Soils Derived from Basic Crystalline Rocks

Davidson clay loam

___ G.

F.

V.G.

G.

V.-G.

V.G.

Iradell loam

G.

F.

G.

V.G.

F.-V.G.

G.

Iradell sandy loam .

_ F.

F.

G.

G.

F.-G.

G.

Mecklenburg loam

___ G.

F.

V.G.

V.G.

V.G.

V.G.

Part 3 — Soils Derived from Carolina “Slates”

Alamance silt loam -

F.

F.-G.

F.

V.G.

F.-V.G.

G.

Efland silt loam _

G.

F.

V.G.

G.

G.-V.G.

G.

Georgeville silty clay
loam

F.

F.

V.G.

G.

V.G.

G.

Herndon silt loam

F.

F.

G.

F.-G.

G.-V.G.

G.

Orange silt loam

F.

P.

G.

V.G.

F.-V.G.

G.

Tirzah silty clay loam _

G.

F.

V.G.

G.

V.G.

V.G.

Part 4 — Soils

Derived from

Triassic

elastics

Creedmore sand yloam _ F.

V.G.

F.

F.

F.-G.

F.

Granville sandy loam __ F.

V.G.

P.

G.

G.

F.

Mayodan sandy loam __ P.

G.

F.

F.

G.

G.

Penn silty clay loam P.

Wadesboro sandy clay

P.

P.

P.

P.

P.

loam _ F.

F.

G.

P.

G.

G.

Whitestone clay loam _ P.-F.

F.

G.

F.

F.

F.-G.

Source: The Soils of North Carolina, W. D. Lee.

The Virginia Journal of Science 1 January

C<J CO I O CO CO
t^oiiOio?© cot^oi
■ ■ (M CO (M CO CO

m C

a;

■|§

II

-tJ 'n
(H a>
PlhO

S S

a a

r^rC
fH ^

p p

PQ

(M CO tH
CO ly? <x>

LO (M tH

oq CO CO

CO CO CO
lO CO
IT- lO 00
T+< CO (M

O CO CO
O Oi CO
CO 00 CO

o t-

(N UO 05
CO t-
CO (M iH

-+-3 O

.-ti s
PH

O) D

'&J0 be

p p
P CS
f-i Fh

CO

C<J tXM
tH lO
CO

CO lO 00
lO (M
lO O CO

^ p

(D 0)

^ P P

>» >>

OO

Table 3. — Percentage of Land and Cropland Used for Specific Crops

CORN TOBACCO WHEAT

^Harvested %Total %Harvested %Total %Harvested %Total
County Townships Cropland Area Cropland Area Cropland Area

8 1

oj la

tH rH

<a <x)

pL,o

S S

a 03

pQrCi

P P

QQ

CQ 03

m m
P P

ZO COy-i ! »0 O 05
u:) CO j lo 00 th
■ CO tH I N (M* rH

05

?005 10 0 50 05 05 00

0550 001005

iH CO CO ’ iH o 05

iH 50 O
Tt< 05 50
O Ti?
(M CO CO

.ti P

(V Qi

ba &iQ

§§

Joo

0) a>

4J

^2
-M P

<v <v

CQ CQ

oo

ci t> c<i lo

pW^o

tSitj

Ph ^ c

H 83

H H ^ ^ o

Q JT p

0.^

Eh-^

2 'Pp3
^ ® P

3 CC P

a

£ 2

S^IJ

“M

|o

H,
W ^

5 ££

^ h3 O
02

O^'

$13 S
1’?

^ S'

!3 2

SI

il

Ox

+5 P3
P (U

PhO

s s

p p

'S 'S

p p

PP

go CO CO

loeo
£2 CO id

-tJ o

PW

(U 0)
&« 60

goo

*s-i -S .53

HH I XX

Total - 14.07 2.79 1.21 .24 26.40 5.24 0.29 .05

Crystalline Wake Little River 11.85 4.57 0.16 .06 13.63 5.26 1.48 .57

Crystalline Wake Marks Creek 6.91 2.36 6.75 2.70 15.18 6.07 5.16 2.06

14 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

while one crystalline series is rated good and three fair. One Triassic
soil is rated good, four fair, and one poor.

Hay, the last major field crop of the area, does not at first seem to
follow the major soil regions. The Triassic area devotes the largest
percentage of its cropland to hay (29.11%) although the Triassic soils
are not as suitable for hay as the soils of the other areas. Three Triassic
soils are rated good for hay, one fair to good, one fair and one poor.
The slate area, with a slightly smaller percentage of its cropland in hay
(26.40%) has two series rated very good, two good to very good, and
two fair to very good. The crystalline area, with a much smaller per¬
centage of its cropland in hay (14.32%) has one series rated good to
very good, one good, and two fair to good.

The explanation of this seemingly discordant relationship is found in
two additional soils groupings. Most of the basic crystalline rocks in
this part of the Piedmont were intruded into the Triassic elastics. Thus
the soils listed in part 2, Table I, are actually within the Triassic town¬
ships and effect the land use. Two of these series are rated very good
for hay, one fair to very good, and one fair to good. A second explana¬
tion is that hav is often grown on colluvial-alluvial soils which are not
listed in Table I.

Pasture is also distributed in accordance with soils. The slate town¬
ships have twice the percentage of total land in pasture (13.5%) as
the Triassic (7.2%) or crystalline (5.8%) areas. One slate soil is rated
very good and five good for pasture, while three crystalline series are
rated good and one fair. The Triassic soils are not good for pasture,
with two good, one fair to good, two fair and one poor series. The basic
igneous rocks intruded into the Triassic area are good for pasture with
two very good and two good series. This is sufficient to move the Triassic
township above the crystalline areas in percentage of land used for pas¬
ture.

CONCLUSION

As can be seen from the above, there is a very substantial difference
in the land use of the areas underlain by different types of rock. These
rocks act through the soil formed on them, since slope, climate, and cul¬
tural factors are roughly equal.

The soils derived from crystalline rocks are most used, especially for
corn and tobacco, while the Triassic soils are least used. The slate soils
are used less than the crystalline, but are used relatively more for pasture
and small grain than are the other soils.

1964]

Geology Soils and Crops

15

LITERATURE CITED

Carney, Charles A. 1955. Weather and Climate in North Carolina.
North Carolina State College. Raleigh.

Emory, Samuel T. 1939. Bright Tobacco in the Agriculture, Industry,
and Foreign Trade of North arolina. University of Chicago Libaries.
Chicago.

King, Philip B. 1951. The Tectonics of Middle North America. Prince¬
ton University Press. Princeton.

Lee, William D. 1955. The Soils of North Carolina. North Carolina
State College Agricultural Experiment Station. Raleigh.

Prouty, William F. 1931. Triassic Deposits of the Durham Basin and
Their Relation to Other Triassic areas of the Eastern United States.
American Journal of Science, Vol. XXXI, 1933, pp. 473-490.

United States Department of Agriculture. 1957. Soils. United States
Government Printing Office. Washington.

16 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

A COMPARISON OF THE RESPONSES
OF SOME SPECIES OF FISHES TO THE TOXIC
EFFECT OF THE BRYOZOAN,
LOPHODELLA CARTERI (HYATT)^

Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott

Department of Biology, University of Richmond, Richmond
(Received for publication April 9, 1963)

The freshwater bryozoan Lophopodella carteri (Hyatt), first reported
from Virginia by Tenney and Vi^oolcott (1962), contains a poisonous sub¬
stance capable of killing fishes. This quality was first reported by Rogick
(1957), who included in her paper a statement by S. Oda that another
bryozoan, Pectinatella gelatinosa, was also poisonous to fishes.

There is no evidence that fishes are killed by L. carteri under natural
conditions or even in the confinement of hatchery ponds. However, fishes
in small containers, such as buckets used for transportation, die rapidly
if crushed colonies of the bryozoan are present.

The objectives of the two experiments reported were to compare the
susceptibility of various species of fishes to the poisonous effect of
L. carteri, and to investigate the relation of concentration to lethal effect.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Colonies of L. carteri were collected on September 6 and 26, 1962,
at The Virginia State Bass Hatchery in Stevensville, Va. In the labora¬
tory, debris and excess water were removed and the specimens were
preserved by freezing in plastic containers. Fishes used in the experi¬
ments were collected from streams in the vicinity of Richmond, Va. with
the exception of Micropterus salmoides and Lepomis macrochirus, which
were hatchery stock. They were kept in a large, well-aerated tank prior
to use.

The first experiment was conducted Sept. 14 using L. carteri collected
Sept. 6. To prepare a 25% dilution, 300. OOg of the frozen material
were ground with 900.00cc of distilled water for one minute in a food
blender. Distilled water was used as a diluent to minimize chemical
contamination. In earlier tests pond water was used and results were
comparable to those using distilled water. The gelatinous slurry was
filtered first through cheese cloth and then with vacuum through What-

1 This investigation was supported by a research grant from the University of Richmond.

1964] Response of Fish to Bryozoan 17

man No. 31 filter paper. The filtrate was diluted with distilled water
to prepare other concentrations. In a preliminary test it was found that
concentrations of 6.25 percent and above caused death of specimens of
Notropis analostanus within one minute; this interval was too brief to
permit accurate comparative observations. Percentages of 3.12, 1.56,
.78, .39, .19 and .09 were found suitable for testing. The fishes tested were
Esox niger, Noturus insignis, Notropis analostanus, Notropis procne,
Semotilus corporalis, Carassius auratus, Etheostoma vitreum, Etheostoma
nigrum and Micropterus salmoides. The fishes were placed individually
in beakers containing 500cc of test solution; control animals were placed
in 500cc of distilled water. AH solutions received aeration at intervals.
The experiment was conducted at room temperature (approx. 23C). The
fishes were considered dead when respiratory movements ceased.

Experiment 2 was conducted November 14 using specimens of L. carteri
collected September 26. The extract was prepared as follows; 20g of
the frozen bryozoan were macerated in 20cc of distilled water and the
mixture filtered through Whatman No. 31 filter paper. The test solu¬
tion was prepared by adding 20cc of the filtrate to 90cc of distilled
water. Ten specimens of M. salmoides and ten of L. macrochirus were
tested one at a time. The solution was aerated before the introduction
of each specimen. A control fish was kept in the same volume of distilled
water. The weight in grams and the standard length in millimeters
were recorded for each fish. Death times were reported to the nearest
minute and the mean death times of the two species were compared
using the procedure of Arkin and Colton, 1950.

DISCUSSION AND RESULTS

x\ll fishes exhibited the same pattern of responses when placed in
test solutions. The initial response was one of violent swimming and
leaping as if the specimen were greatly irritated. Snapping movements
of the mouth were accompanied by widely gaping opercles and the fishes
rapidlv lost control of the bodv muscles. They swam with the tail down
and fin movement was restricted to the pectorals. The body listed from
side to side and occasionallv rolled over completely. Infrequent surfac-
ings were followed by uncontrolled sinkings to the bottom of the con¬
tainer. Shortlv after this phase the fishes remained motionless and did
not respond to touch, or attempt to maintain equilibrium in currents
induced by stirring. Mucus secretions, sometimes with blood, exuded
from the opercles and fragments of mucus were often expelled from the
mouth. After the fishes became immobile, the respiratory movements
grew progressively weaker and less frequent. A fibrillary twitching of
the entire body immediately followed cessation of opercular movement.

18 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

In low concentrations the initial violent movements cited above were
absent, and the other phases took place over longer periods of time.

When fishes were dissected immediately after cessation of opercular
movements the heart was found to be beating with a steady rhythm.
Blood was concentrated in the kidneys, and the gas bladder was distended
in those species that possessed the structure. The gill filaments were
blanched, although the aortic arches contained blood.

Experiment 1 showed that susceptibility to L. carter i poison existed in
all nine species tested although there were indications of considerable
variation in degree of susceptibility within a species as well as among
species. There were further indications that the concentration of L. caHeri
extract in the environment of the fishes was related to the degree of
response; higher concentration in general produced death more rapidly
(Table 1).

As noted in Table 1 some specimens of Noturus insignis, Notropis procne
and Etheostoma nigrum did not die during the experiment. However,
all of these fishes showed symptoms of poisoning and all died within two
hours after being transferred to distilled water. Specimens of Carassius
aiiratus in concentrations of .39 percent and lower did not show symptoms
of poisoning and did not die after transferral.

The data from experiment 2 were analyzed statistically (Table 2). The
difference between the mean death times was 2.40 minutes, and three
times the standard error of the difference was 2.25 minutes, indicating
a real difference in susceptibihty between M. salmoides and L. macro-
chirus. There was no significant relationship between weight and death
time for either species. At the .05 level of confidence and with d.f. = 8,
a product-moment correlation coefficient of .63 must be obtained for
significance. The obtained coefficients for L. macrochirus and for M.
salmoides were .31 and —.23 respectively, both coefficients falling far
below the required critical value of .63.

There apparently was some differences in toxicity between the speci¬
mens of L. carteri collected September 6 and those collected September
26 as death times in experiments 1 and 2 were not consistent with the
relative concentrations used. A concentration of 3.12 percent from the
September 6 collection killed a specimen of M. salmoides in four min¬
utes while a fish of the same species and size was killed in ten minutes
in an extract of approximately 8.0 percent concenrtation from the Sep¬
tember 26 collection. This may be due to deterioration of the toxic
principles in storage, as the first experiment was conducted eight days
after the material was collected, and the second employed material that
had been in storage for 49 days.

1964]

Response of Fish to Bryozoan

19

Table 1. — The weights and death times of nine species of fishes when
exposed to various concentrations of Lophopodella carteri homogenate.

3.12

Percent Cone, (w/v) of
1.56 .78 .39

Extract

.19

.09

Species

Wt. (g) — Death Time

(min.)

Esox niger

28-13

_

11-13

_

_

Noturus insignis

3-*

_

_

_

_

_

Notropis analostanus

3-5

3-5

5-6

4-5

2-11

4-11

Notropis procne

4-5

4-9

4-11

4-17

4-39

3-*

Semotilus corporalis

35-10

35-11

9-22

9-13

8-38

11-22

Carassius auratiis

14-20

11-16

11-15

11-*

11-*

12-*

Etheostoma vitreum

3-9

1-32

_

_

_

_

Etheostoma nigrum

3-11

3-19

3-20

3-17

3-58

3-*

Micropterus salmoides

5-4

4-3

4-17

4-36

6-68

4-53

* In the time column indicates that the specimen did not die within the test period.

Table 2. — A comparison of the death times of Lepomis macrochirus and
Micropterus salmoides when exposed to an 8 percent extract of Lophopo-
della earteri.

No.

L.

Wt.

(g)

macrochirus

St. Lgth,
(mm)

Death Time
(min.)

Wt.

(g)

M. salmoides

St. Lgth. Death Time
(mm) (min.)

1.

0.90

34.0

15.0

6.00

66.0

12.0

2.

0.70

30.0

9.0

6.00

67.0

11.0

3.

0.75

32.0

12.0

4.00

55.0

12.0

4.

0.75

33.0

11.0

4.80

61.0

13.0

5.

0.75

32.0

14.0

3.50

55.0

13.0

6.

0.75

31.0

14.0

6.20

63.0

13.0

7.

0.75

32.0

15.0

3.90

55.0

10.0

8.

0.80

33.0

15.0

7.00

65.0

10.0

9.

0.60

31.0

13.0

5.20

60.0

10.0

10.

0.70

33.0

16.0

5.10

58.0

12.0

Mean

0.77

32.1

14.0

5.20

60.5

11.6

S. D.

_

2.0

_

_ _

1.26

S.E.m.

—

0.63

— -

0.40

S. E. D. X 3

; = 2.25

20 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

From our experiments and observations, it appears that the poison is
specific for fishes. White mice and tadpoles of Rana pipiens showed no
ill effects when subjected to high concentrations. Some invertebrates
tested and found to be unaffected by the poison were protozoans, larvae
and adults of aquatic insects, snails, rotifers, nematodes, annelids, cray¬
fish, and daphnia.

Attempts have been made to isolate and identify the toxic substance
in the body fluids of L. caHeri. However, quantities of the organism
sufficient for extensive analyses have not been available and the tests
conducted to date have been inconclusive.

We wish to acknowledge Dr. William H. Leftwich of the University
of Richmond for his help with the statistics used in this paper.

LITERATURE CITED

Arkin, H. and R. R. Colton. 1950. An Outline of Statistical Methods.
Barnes and Noble, N. Y.

Rogick, Mary D. 1957. Studies on freshwater Bryozoa, XVIII Lopho-
podella carted in Kentucky. Trans. Ky. Acad. Sci., 18(4), 85-87.

Tenney, Wilton R. and William S. Woolcott. 1962. First report of the
Bryozoan, Lophopodella caHeri (Hyatt), in Virginia. Am. Midi. Nat.,
68(1), 247-248.

1964]

U. S. Water Doctrine

21

A DISCUSSION OF THE DOCTRINES GOVERNING
THE USE OF WATER IN THE CONTINENTAL
UNITED STATES WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO VIRGNIA

Carl J. Holcomb

Department of Forestry and Wildlife, V. P. L, Blacksburg
(Received for publication May 2, 1963)

As far back as history is recorded, society has recognized rights to
the use of water. In all countries with legal systems, this right has been
regulated by government.

As new uses have been developed for water and as water has been
altered through use or has become scarcer, a larger body of laws and
legal opinion has evolved. Here in the United States the use of, and
the right to use water is complicated by rights vested in the federal
government, in the several states, and in the people. The different doc¬
trines, not universally applicable, and their interpretations, have further
complicated the use of and the right to use water.

While the interpretation of statute and common law must necessarily
be left to lawyers and to the courts, one cannot discuss wate resources
without some knowledge of the laws, both common and statute, under
which the use of water is regulated.

The purpose of this paper, therefore, is to sketch briefly the principles
under which withdrawal use and other uses of water are regulated in
the United States. In such a presentation, the principles listed may
not apply exactly to any one state or to any one case if brought to court.
However, an over-all understanding of the legal principles of water use
should have been gained.

Even though this paper is limited principally to withdrawal uses of
water, it should be recognized that there is a growing body of law con¬
cerned with wasted disposal. These laws sometimes will be related to
regulation of withdrawal use. However, these laws or their effect on
withdrawal use are not a part of this paper.

DEFINITION OF TERMS

Before proceeding with a discussion of water law itself, a recognition

22 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

of the different categories of water with which the laws are concerned
is necessary. One classification might be (1) atmospheric water, (2)
surface water, and (3) underground water.

For our purpose, though, a more definitive classification is necessary.
One such classification was made in ‘‘Report of the New York State
Joint Legislative Committee on Revision of the Conservation Law, 1961.” ^
It recognizes the following categories of water:

1. Water flowing in a defined course

a. Surface streams, water courses, and lakes

b. Underground or subterranean streams and lakes

2. Water not flowing in a defined course

a. Diffused surface water

b. Percolating underground water

The use of water also has a terminology which should be as uniform
as possible if communication is to take place. The many writers on
water resources, and the courts in adjudicating cases brought before
them, have developed as confusing an array of terms in water use as
they have in classifying water itself.

It is suggested here that the classification of uses by Ackerman and
Lof ^ is clear, more descriptive, and therefore, easier to understand than
some of the others now in the literature.

They are:

1. Withdrawal uses— Ones in which water is diverted from its natural

channel or ground-water (underground) site, either temporarily

or permanently.

a. Disappearing withdrawals— that portion of withdrawal use which
escapes into the atmosphere as the result of some use. (For
example, evaporation of irrigation water, water entering into
chemical reactions.)

b. Returnable withdrawals— water returning to a natural stream or
to the ground. (For example, water used for industrial cool-

ing).

2. Flow uses— Those which deepnd on water in movement (for exam-

New York Water Law, (Report of the New York State Joint Legislative Committee
on Revision of the Conservation Law, 1961) Legislative Document (1961) No. 11, Albany,
pp. 82-96.

2 Edward A. Ackerman and George O. G. Lof, Technology in American Water Develop¬
ment ( Baltimore ; The John Hopkins Press, 1959). pp. 47-56.

1964] U. S. Water Doctrine 23

pie, hydro-electric power, waste disposal, trout fishing). With¬
drawal is not involved.

3. On site uses— Those which can be most advantageously used in
slow flowing water (example, navigation, wildlife habitat, certain
kinds of recreation). Here again, withdrawal is not involved.

Different doctrines of use are recognized by the courts with respect
to the two categories of water. The first category, or water flowing in
a defined course, whether surface or subterranean, is subject in the United
States to one of two doctrines of water rights, the riparian doctrine or
the doctrine of prior appropriation. In general, the riparian doctrine is
recognized in both common and statute law in those states east of or
bordering on the Mississippi River. However, Iowa, Maryland, Minnesota,
Mississippi, and Virginia allow some use of non-riparian water by a
permit system known as licensed beneficial use, and Florida by what
is known as the maximum beneficial use of surplus water. In the 17
western states (the states of Alaska and Hawaii are not considered in
this paper) the doctrine of prior appropriation or a combination^ of it
and the riparian doctrine govern the right to the use of water.

The second category of water, water not flowing in a defined course
(diffused surface water), comes under a separate theory of law which
can be disposed of quickly. According to this doctrine, the owner of
the land has absolute control over the use of such water. The one gen¬
eral exception to this is that the landowner must use it where it is col¬
lected. Since neither of the two general doctrines recognizes any water
except flowing water (in a defined channel — lakes or ponds with an
inlet or outlet are considered to be flowing streams) and since by com¬
mon law a proprietor can use his property as he wishes, providing he
does not harm a contiguous owner, no law has evolved to keep him
from making any use of diffused surface water he wishes.

As a general rule it may be said that the doctrine of absolute owner¬
ship applies in the east to percolating water (underground water not
flowing in a defined course) as it does to surface water, to the soil,
and all things beneath the soil. Therefore, an owner of land may draw
from percolating waters all he needs (the courts would hold that he
could use only what he needed on his own land) even though it might
drain water from his neighbors’ underground supply. In the west, with¬
drawal of percolating water is governed by the prior appropriation doc-
tine.

3 North and South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, Washington, Oregon,
and California operate under a combination of the riparian and prior appropriation doctrine.

24 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

However in the eastern states this doctrine of absolute ownership is
being contested in the courts. There are several cases in which an owner
of land has been limited in the amount of percolating water he can with¬
draw when it adversely affects the flow of water on adjoining properties
or when it involves the encroachment of sea water.

THE RIPARIAN DOCTRINE

The riparian doctiine (a part of our common law) is an ancient one
which evolved in areas where there was an excess of precipitation over
evaporation and transpiration. It is common to many countries. While
this doctrine has an ancient history, our heritage of it goes back to the
Institutes of Justinian, who ordered a codification of the laws of Rome
in 529 AD. Laws in this code are incorporated in the laws of states
at the present time.

It is commonly beHeved that the lineage of the riparian doctrine may
be traced from the Justinian code through the English common law to
our common law. According to Wiel, (see appendix) on the other hand,
our riparian law has the following ancestry:

1. The Institutes of Justinian

2. The Napoleonic code

3. Introduction into our common law from the Napoleonic code by
Mr. Justice Story in Tyler v. Wilkinson and by Chancellor Kent
in his Commentaries (New York operated during its early period
under the Dutch code of Civil Law).

4. Not until the 19th century did the riparian rights doctrine become

a part of the common law of Great Britain.

In order to understand the doctrine of riparian rights, we should first
look at it in its purer or theoretical form. It states that:

1. The right to use water is an exclusive right deriving to riparian

owners — that is, to owners of land through which a stream flows
or land which borders a stream. This right is limited to land
within the watershed of the stream.

2. A riparian owner has a right to receive water from the riparian
owners above him substantially undiminished in quantity and uncor¬
rupted in quality. This is a natural right because streams are
considered to be a gift of Providence for the benefit of all lands
through which they flow.

A riparian owner does not hold a property right to water. He

3.

1964]

U. S. Water Doctrine

25

has only the right to the use (usufruct) of the water as it flows
by or through his land. It follows that the right to use the water
goes with the ownership of the land.

4. The right to use water is not lost through non-use.

5. The riparian doctrine also covers the use of water from under¬
ground streams and lakes. It is, however, incumbent on the plain¬
tiff in a suit to establish whether or not the water is being drawn
from an underground stream rather than from percolating water.

It is apparent that this doctrine, categorically applied, would severely
limit the use of water. For example, even small quantities of water used
by many riparian owners on a small stream might substantially diminish
the flow to the riparian owners closer to the mouth of the stream, par¬
ticularly during dry seasons of the year. Through interpretation, the
doctrine has undergone modification to the point where it could be called
the doctrine of riparian rights as amended by the doctrine of reasonable
use.

A summary of the rights, limitations, and obligations of a riparian
owner are as follows:

1. He has a right to the continued flow of water past his land.

2. He may make use of the water flowing past or through his riparian
land with due regard to the rights of the riparian owners above
and below him. These uses may be defined as:

a. Domestic use

( 1 ) Drinking

(2) Bathing

( 3 ) Watering garden

(4) Watering livestock

b. Any other use which does not interfere with the rights of other
riparian owners or of navigation in navigable streams.

3. These rights are considered “natural” rights in that the uses under
2a. above hold even though the ultimate riparian owner may suffer
from the lack of water.

4. The right of public navigation supersedes rights under 2b. above
(for example, no structure which obstructs public navigation may
be placed in a stream) .

5. The doctrine also limits the use of water in the following ways:

a. Water from a stream may not be used on non-riparian land.

The Virginia Journal of Science [January

b. The water must be used within the watershed of the stream
from which it is taken.

A further modification of the usufruct of water by a riparian owner
involves the doctrine of prescription. This is similar to “adverse
possession” in the acquisition of land. If an individual or organ¬
ization has withdrawn water or has changed the quality of it
through use for a specified number of years in violation of the
riparian doctrine and has not been enjoined from doing so by
another riparian owner, he acquires a legal right to continue his
practice.

Finally, the state, through its police powers and by the power
of eminent domain, may limit the use of water by a riparian owner.
In such instances, the state must recompense him for his loss (due
process clause in the Constitution).

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE
RIPARIAN DOCTRINE

The riparian doctrine has a long history of usage and acceptance. Its
basis is the life-giving and life-sustaining properties of water. Without
it, life ceases to exist. The ancients recognized this and treated it as
a gift of Providence, to be used circumspectly by all.

However, as population increases and the uses of water in a highly
industrialized society become manifold, the riparian doctrine is being
altered by court decisions giving new uses legal status. In many east¬
ern states the uses of our water resource, laws pertaining to the water
resource, and future needs are being critically reviewed and, in some
instances, modified as mentioned earlier. For these reasons, the advan¬
tages and disadvantages of the doctrine should be known.

Advantages:

1. Since water is vital to the growing of food, the riparian doctrine
made the development of our rural economy possible. Each ripa¬
rian owner was asured water for his domestic needs. Therefore,
in the east, almost without exception, water was available for
settlement and agricultural use. The economy of the east was able
to develop freely because of free access to water.

2. The doctrine encourages multiple use of water.

3. The laws under which the doctrine operates are flexible and can
be changed as the needs of society change.

26

6.

U. S. Water Doctrine

27

1964]

Disadvantages:

1. In order to protect his rights to the use of water, each riparian
owner needs to be on guard to see that the riparian owners
above him neither use too much water nor pollute the stream.
Otherwise, his rights might be lost by prescription.

2. Under riparian doctrine, a riparian user is never sure what ‘‘rea¬
sonable use” is until his right to use is contested in the courts.

3. The riparian doctrine inhibits the use of water for irrigation in
commercial agriculture since domestic use includes only irrigation
for a family garden.

4. If the use of water is held to the theoretical minimum, much water
can flow to the sea unused.

5. Rights to the use of water can be lost through sales of land severed
from the original riparian tract.

THE DOCTRINE OF PRIOR APPROPRIATION

In the 17 states west of the 100th Meridian, the doctrine of prior
appropriation, or a combination of it and the riparian doctrine, govern
the use of water. This doctrine developed in the arid areas of the west
because of the scarcity of water. Agriculture and industry was absolute¬
ly dependent for survival on its existence because of the limited quan¬
tity of water in many areas. As a result, entirely different concepts of
water rights developed and became established in law.

These concepts also have a tradition as old as history itself. Wherever
precipitation was light, agriculture depended on irrigation for the nur¬
ture of crops. The Babylonians and several tribes of Indians in our
southwest were highly skilled in the diversion of water from far-away
streams through canals and irrigation ditches to water their crops and
for other uses.

More specifically, in our west the first developments were in the
extraction of minerals from the public domain. Water was diverted from
streams for washing minerals from the soil. Although miners and others
were trespassers on the public domain, their right to the use of water
became so firmly established by local custom that it was legalized by
an Act of Congress in 1866. The Taw further stated that in subsequent
legal acquisition of land from the public domain, the water rights of
prior users must be recognized. Thus was established the doctrine of
prior appropriation.

28 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

Its main points are:

1. The person first using the water establishes a vested right in its
continued use (first in time, first in right).

2. Subsequent users may use what remains only after prior users
have obtained their legal quantity.

3. The water does not have to be used on riparian land.

4. The use must be a beneficial one, and only the amount of water
may be appropriated that is needed.

5. The right may be lost through non-use.

6. The right may be transferred, sold, or otherwise disposed of to
another party for a consideration.

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE PRIOR
APPROPRIATION DOCTRINE

It is also important to understand the advantages and disadvantages
of the doctrine of prior appropriation because many states, as a result
of increasing demand, are reviewing their laws governing the use of water.

Advantages:

1. Water will be fully utiliezd. As it is now, under the riparian doc¬
trine, full use of water may not always be made.

2. The water so appropriated may be used where needed, without
respect to riparian land.

3. Water not used beneficially may be appropriated for a beneficial
use.

4. The amount, purpose, and place of use will be a matter of record.

5. Regulation of the use of appropriated water is being handled in
some states by administrative agencies with courts involved only
in controversies over use.

Disadvantages of the prior appropriation doctrine lie in its inflexibility.
Once a water right is assigned, it continues as long as the use is bene¬
ficial. Since the major portion of appropriated water in the west is
used for irrigation, its use for other purposes is denied. Thus, oppor¬
tunities for expansion of communities or of industries are limited by
the quantity of unappropriated water, if any. While society might bene¬
fit from a change in use, the right of use under the prior appropriation
doctrine does not recognize a more beneficial one.

U. S. Water Doctrine

29

1964]

In conclusion, it should be stated that all the foregoing statements
are general in nature. They may not apply in all states or under all
circumstances. Under the riparian doctrine especially, a user may not
know, except for domestic needs, whether his use has the sanction of
law until it is tested in court. A large volume of legal opinion has
been built up around both doctrines. To be more certain of the appli¬
cation of either, one should at least read either the law itself or have
expert opinions on the subject.

VIRGINIA DOCTRINE

The general Assembly, in recent sessions, has given serious study to
the use of water in the State. As a result of special studies and recom¬
mendations by study committees, new laws have established State policy
with reference to our water resource, have given statutory definition to
riparian land and have set up recommendations for the impoundment of
surface and flood waters.

State law now defines water as a natural resom'ce. It recognizes that
new uses are being made of water and that the changing wants and
needs of the people require the proper development, wise use and pro¬
tection of water resources, together with the protection of land resources.
The rights to the use of water are limited to reasonable beneficial ones.

In defining riparian land, the General Assembly has taken steps to
eliminate possible future legal controversy. While there is a general
common law acceptance of what is included in riparian land, different
interpretations may be made with each court case. The definition in
the 1956 law states that riparian land is “land which is contiguous to
and touches a watercourse. It does not include land outside the water¬
shed of the watercourse. Real property under common ownership and
which is not separated from riparian land by land of any other owner¬
ship shall hkewise be deemed riparian land, notwithstanding that such
real property is divided into tracts and parcels which may not bound
upon the watercourse.” {Code of Virginia, Annotated. Vol. 9, Title 62-
94.1, par. (5). Charlottesville, Virginia: The Michie Company, Law Pub¬
lishers, 1950 et seq).

The law also gives legal sanction to the impounding of flood waters
by riparian owners. This sanction may be sought in the circuit court
of the county in which the impoundment is to be located. A riparian
owner may construct an impoundment without court permission. Without
court sanction of the impoundment, however, he may be compelled by
a downstream riparian owner to cease removing or impounding more
water than reasonable for the enjoyment of his property. If he has a
court permit “to impound any part or all of that amount of the flow of

30 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

the stream which exceeds the average flow of the stream, a downstream
riparian owner cannot stop him from impounding and storing this water,
alhtough it may exceed the reasonable amount for the enjoyment of his
property under riparian doctrine of common law.”^ It is believed that
this opinion has not yet been tested in a court of law.

Thus Virginia is taking, as are several other eastern states, a serious
look at its water resource, the use being made of it, and the effect of
the common law on its use. Legislators are endeavoring to make it pos¬
sible for those who need water to impound a reasonable supply for a
beneficial use even though such uses may conflict with riparian doc¬
trine as has been defined by the courts. As needs for water change
we may expect additional changes in both our case and statute law.

REFERENCES

The following references on the subject were used in the preparation
of this article. They, or the sources to which they refer, will be help¬
ful in gaining greater insight into the field of water rights.

1. Ackerman, Edward A., and Lof, George O. G. Technology in
American Water Development. Baltimore: John Hopkins Press,
1959.

2. Blackstone, Sir William, Knight, Commentaries on the Laws of
England in Four Books. Philadelphia: Rees Welch & Company,
1900.

3. Callahan and Youngquist, Principles of Water Rights in Ohio. Ohio:
Department of Natural Resources, Division of Water, 1959.

4. Chandler, A. E. Elements of Western Water Law San Francisco:
Technical Publishing Company, 1913.

*5. Code of Virginia, Annotated. Vol. 9. Title 62. Charlottesville,
Virginia: The Michie Company, Law Publishers, 1950 et seq.

*6. Ellis, Harold H. ‘‘Water Law in Eastern United States,” Journal
of Soil and Water Conservation, 18:19-27, January-February, 1963.

*7. Embrey, Alvin T. Waters of the State. Richmond, Virginia: The
Old Dominion Press, 1931.

8. Haber and Bergen (ed.). The Law of Water Allocation in the
Eastern United States. New York: Ronald Press, 1958.

4 J. Lindsay Almond, Jr., Attorney General, Commonwealth of Virginia, “Letter to
Honorable John H. Daniel, Member House of Delegates” (Richmond: Office of the Attorney
General, August 23, 1956).

U. S. Water Doctrine

31

1964]

*9. Hutchins, Wells A. “Background and Modern Developments in
Water Law in the United States,” Natural Resources Journal, 2:416-
444, December, 1962.

10. Kent, James. Commentaries on American Law. Third edition.
New York: Printed for the author, 1836.

11. Lee, R. W. The Elements of Roman Law. London: Sweet &
Maxwell, 1944.

12. Martin, Roscoe C. Water for New York. New York: Syracuse
University Press, 1960.

13. The President’s Water Resources Policy Commission. Water Re~
sources Law. The Report of the President’s Water Resources
Policy Commission. Vol. 3. Washington: U. S. Government Print¬
ing Office, 1950.

14. Report of the New York State Joint Legislative Committee on
Revision of Conservation Law. Legal Document, No. 11, 1961.

*15. S. B. T., Jr. “Surface Water Law in Virginia,” Virginia Law Re¬
view, 44, 1958.

16. Spense, George (trans.). Code Napoleon; or the French Civil
Code. New York: Halsted & Voorhies, 1841.

17. Tyler v. Wilkinson (4 Mason 397) Circuit Court. Federal Case
Number 14312. Rhode Island: June Term, 1827.

18. Wiel, Samuel C. “Origin and Comparative Development of the
Law of Watercourses in the Common Law and in the Civil Law,”
California Law Review. Vol. VI, No. 4 and 5, 1918.

19. Wiel, Samuel C. Water Rights in Western States. Third edition
in two volumes. Revised and enlarged to June 1, 1911. San
Francisco: Bancroft-Whitney Company, 1911.

20. Wiel, Samuel C. “Waters: American Law and French Authority,”
Harvard Law Review. Vol. XXXIII, No. 2, 1919.

Pertinent sections in the titles starred will give the reader a more com¬
prehensive knowledge of the subject. The other titles are valuable for
specific details.

APPENDIX

Samuel C. Wiel was a California lawyer specializing in water, irriga¬
tion and mining law. His two volume treatise on “Water Rights in the
Western States” not only covers water law in the western states but

32 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

also traces the baekground of riparian water law in the United States.
He concludes from his studies that our riparian law was not an inherit¬
ance from the eommon law of Great Britain but from the Roman law
by way of the eivil law of Franee.

Wiel developed his thesis in two papers in the California and the
Harvard Law Reviews. The evidence presented in these papers seems
to refute the commonly held belief that our riparian law is a part of
our inheritance of the common law.

The most pertinent points leading up to his conclusion are listed and
are taken from his Law Review papers or from original sources quoted
by him.

1. “By natural law the air, flowing water, the sea, and therefore
the shores of the sea are eommon to all.” From the Institutes of
Justinian, 529 A.D. ^

2. That the first appropriator of a watercourse “hath by his first
occupancy acquired a property in the current.” From Blackstone's
Commentaries. 2 Blackstone died in 1780.

3. “He whose property borders on a running water — may employ it
in its passage for the watering of his property. He whose estate
is intersected by such water, is at liberty to make use of it within
the spaee through which it runs, but on condition of restoring
it, at the boundaries of his field, to its ordinary course.” Code
Napoleon.^

4. “Prima facie every proprietor upon each bank of a river is entitled
to the land, covered with water in front of his bank to the mid¬
dle thread of the stream .... In virtue of this ownership he
has a right to the use of water flowing over it in its natural
current, without diminution or obstruction. But strictly speaking
he has no property in the water itself; but a simple use of it,
while it passes along. The consequence of this principle is, that
no proprietor has a right to use the water to the prejudice of
another.” Tyler v. Wilkinson, 1827.^

5. “Every proprietor of lands on the banks of a river, has naturally
an equal right to the use of the water which flows in the stream
adjacent to his lands .... He has no property in the water
itself, but a simple usufruct while it passes along . . . Though

1 R. W. Lee, The Elements of Roman Law (London: Sweet & Maxwell, 1944), p. 125.

3 Sir William Blackstone, Knight, Commentaries on the Laws of England in Four Books
(Philadelphia: Rees Welch & Company, 1900), II, p. 403.

* George Spense (trans.). Code Napoleon; or the French Civil Code (New York: Halsted
& Voorhies, 1841), par. 644.

1964] U. S. Water Doctrine 33

he may use the water while it runs over his land, he cannot unrea¬
sonably detain it, or give it another direction, and he must return
it to its ordinary channel when it leaves his estate.” Kent’s Com¬
mentaries, 1836.®

6. “As late as 1831, Chief Justice Tindal of the Common Pleas decided
the case of Liggins tv. Inge upon prior appropriation. *By the
law of England’, he said, ‘the person who first appropriates any
part of the water flowing through his own land to his ovm use
has the right to the use of so much as he thus appropriates against
any other’.” ®

7. “The King’s bench two years later (1833) devoted the turning case
of Mason v. Hill to a re-examination of the law of watercourses,
with the intention expressed by Lord Denman ‘to discuss and,
so far as we are able, to settle the principle upon which rights
of this nature depend’; and prior appropriation was cast out of
the Enghsh law.”

8. “In Wood V. Waud in 1849, the ruling in Mason v. Hill was
reiterated by Chief Baron Pollock as having placed the case for
natural streams ‘upon their right footing’.” ®

9. ‘‘The next case, also in the Exchequer, was Embrey v. Owen, in
1851, since more widely cited, in which Baron Parke adopts the
use of tlie term (riparian, first used in English law in 1849) and
repeats the statement that the law of flowing water ‘is now put
on its right foting’.” ®

10. “The situation is then that the riparian notation did not appear
in the English decisions until 1849; that it was taken from Ameri¬
can usage, the English law being still in some contention, that
the America usage arose through Story and Kent, who both at
about the same time took the name and doctrine from the French
Civil Law. This is far removed from the Year Books, to which
it is often ascribed. If this presentation is correct, the common
law of watercourses is not the ancient result of English law, but
is a civil law doctrine (modern at that) received into English law
only through the influence of two eminent American jurists.”

* Circuit Court, Tyler v. Wilkinson (4Mason397) Rhode Island. Federal Case Number
14,312, June Term, 1827. p. 474.

® James Kent, Commentaries on American Law (third edition; New York: Printed for
the Author, 1836), p. 439.

* Samuel C. Wiel, “Orisrin and Comparative Development of the Law of Watercourses
in the Common Law and in the Civil Law,” California Law Review, Vol. VI, No. 4, 1918.
p. 489.

fibid., p. 246.

^ Ibid., p. 246.

»Ibid., p. 246.

lojdtd., p. 246.

34 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

application of the negative binomial

DISTRIBUTION WITH PROBABILITY
OF MISCLASSIFICATION’

Victor Chew^

U. S. Naval Weapons Laboratory, Dahlgren, Virginia and The Johns
Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland ^

(Received for publication April 29, 1963)

If ‘success’ or ‘failure’ are two exclusive and exhaustive outcomes of
a trial and if the probability of a success remains constant from one trial
to another, then the number of successes out of n trials is a random vari¬
able which follows the well-known binomial distribution. If, instead, we
keep on repeating the trials until we achieve a pre-determined number
of successes, the number of trials will be the random variable and its
distribution is called the negative binomial distribution. The properties
of this distribution were reviewed recently by Bartko (1961) in this journal.

In the usual applications of the negative binomial distribution, the
possibility of misclassification of the outcome into success or failure is
ignored, although such a possibility often exists. Thus, in a health sur¬
vey, an individual with a certain disease (which is hard to diagnose)
may be classified as not having the disease or vice versa if other dis¬
eases give rise to similar symptoms. Bross (1954) and Mote (1957)
conidered the effects of such misclassification on the power of signif¬
icance tests of contingency tables. Burrows and Silber (1961) studied
the effects of misclassification on attribute sampling plans for finite popu¬
lations.

DISTRIBUTION FUNCTION

Suppose that a target requires k hits for its total destruction. If we
launch a fked (pre-determined) number n ^ k of missiles at the tar¬
get, the number of hits actually obtained will, of course, not necessarily
be k or greater, in which case the target will not be completely destroy¬
ed. If we have a reconnaissance device, the missiles can be launched
sequentially until k hits have been reported; however, the reconnaissance

^ The results reported herein were included in a paper presented before the Statistics
Section of the 1962 meeting of the Virginia Academy of Science.

2 Present Address: RCA Service Co., Patrick AFB, Florida.

2 Paper No. 336 from the Department of Biostatistics.

1964] Negative Binomial Distribution With Miscalassification 35

device may erroneously report a ‘hit’ as a ‘miss’ or vice versa. Let us
introduce the following notation.

S = missile truly hits target (with probability p);

F = missile truly misses target (with probability

q = 1 — p);

H = device reports a hit;
and M = device reports a miss.

The reliability of the reconnaissance device is specified by the follow¬
ing conditional probabilities.

Prob.(H I S) = r ; Prob.(M i S) = (1 — r) ;

Prob.(M I F) = s ; Prob.(H j F) = (1 - s) .

In general, r and s will be unequal. The particular case with r = s
was considered by Martinez (1962). If r =: s = 1, we have no misclas-
sification problem.

From elementary probabihty laws, the probability P that a hit will
be reported is

P = pr+(l-p)(l-s). (1)

The schedule is to fire in succession until k hits have been reported.
If X is the number of missiles fired, it is easy to show that its probability
function is

f(x) = (^-i)pk (1 - P)^-k X ^ k (2)

k — 1

where the coefficient in (2) is the number of combinations of (x — 1)
distinct objects taken (k — 1) at a time.

It is shown in Bartko (1961) that the distribution function of x may
be written in the form

t=ix

F(x) = S f(t) =zlp (k, x-k+ 1) , x^k (3)

t=:k

where

I„ (a, b) = [J-V-* ( 1 - t)»-i dt]/ ( 1 - t)-*-! dt] (4)

is the standardized incomplete Beta function and is tabulated in Pear-

36 The Virginl\ Journal of Science [January

son (1934). We can use equation (3) to put confidence limits on the
number of missiles required to give k hits. Thus, for example, the 95%
confidence interval for x is the closed interval (a, b) where a and b
are any two positive integers satisfying the equation

0.95 = F(b) -F(a- 1) :=Ip (k, b-k + 1) -Ii* (k, a-k) (5)

which can be solved numerically (and approximately, because of the dis¬
creteness of the random variable) by means of Pearson’s tables.

Finally, it is easy to show that the mean and variance of x are respec¬
tively.

E(x) =3 k/P

and var(x) = k(l - P)/P"

(6)

(7)

UPPER CONFIDENCE BOUND FOR TOTAL NUMBER OF
MISSILES

In practice, there will be several targets and we will want the upper
confidence bound for the total number of missiles required to destroy
these targets. Suppose there are T targets altogether, of which L require
k hits each for total destruction, k = I, 2, . . . , K, if there are K types
of targets, so that

k-K

T = S tk . (8)

k-l

Let Xj be the number of missiles launched on the i— th target, the
schedule being to continue firing until the required number of hits has
been reported. Denoting the total number of missiles fired on all T
targets by N, we have

i = T

N = :$ xi .

i=;l

(9)

Using (6) and (7), the

mean and variance of N are

k:=K

E(N)

= (S k.tk)/P

k=;l

(10)

krrK

var(N)

1

11

(11)

The total number of targets T is quite large, so that by the Central
Limit theorem, N is approximately normally distributed and we can
use (10) and (11) to put upper confidence bounds on N. Thus, the

1964] Negative Binomial Distribution With Miscalassification 37

probability is 95% that the total number of missiles required will be
less than E(N) -f- 1.645 Vvar(N)! For 99 confidence, the coefficient
1.645 above is replaced by 2.326.

As a numerical example, if ti = 75, t2 = 20, tg 5, p = .75, r = .80
and s = .85, the 95% and 99% upper confidence bounds for the total
number of missiles required are 222 and 229 respectively. With per¬
fect reconnaissance devices (r=szzzl), the corresponding figures are
186 and 191. If pz=l, 130 missiles are required to destroy the 100
targets completely.

PROBABILITY OF DESTROYING A TARGET

Gonsider a target that requires k hits for its total destruction. We
now calculate the probability that it will receive k or more his out of
X missiles, if firing stops after the k— th hit has been reported. Of the
k reported hits, let kj be true hits; and of the (x — k) reported misses,
let kg in fact be true hits.

From the two-way table given below:

Actual Outcome

Hit

Hit

pr

Miss

(l-p)(l-s)

P = pr+ (1 -P)(l -s)

Reported

Miss

p(l — r)

s(l — p)

1 — P

P

(1-p)

1

we get the following posterior conditional probabilites:

prob.(true hit | reported hit) = pr/P = ^ (say) (12)

prob.(true hit | reported miss) = p(l — r)/ (1 — P) ~ 0 (say). (13)

Let us define

g(x, k) = prob. (x missiles fired and k or more hits obtained)

=; prob. (x missiles fired and (kj -|- k2) ^ k)

= prob. (x missiles fired) . prob. [(ki-}-k2)^k | x fired]
prob. {(x missiles fired)} .

{1 — prob. [(ki-l-k2) <k | x fired]}

38

(X--1) pk(l
k— 1

The Virginia Journal of Science

P)x-k , |1 _

[January

ki+k2=:k— 1 ^ k ^ ki

s r(, ) e

ki+k2=0 ki

[(x-k) (1 _^)x-k-k.][

k2

(1-^)

k — ki

(14)

where O ^ ki k, O ^ k^ ^ (x — k) and x ^ k .

(15)

If h(k) is the probability of destroying a target that requires k hits for
its destruction, we have

h (k) zz:'':s'^g(x, k) . (16)

X=::k

Equation (16) has been evaluated for k zn 1, 2 and 3. After some
algebraic manipulation, these 3 particular cases reduce to the following:

h(l) = l/(l+v) (17)

h(2)=:{l + (3-2r)v}/(l+v)3 (18)

h(3) = {1 + (5-3r2) (10- I2r + 3r") v-}/(l+v)" (19)

where v=(l — p)(l — s)/p. (20)

It should be noted that v ziz 0 if s zz; 1 and from equations (17),
(18) and (19), the probability of destroying the target is in this case
unity, irrespective of the value of r.

If the probability given by equation (16) is not adequately high, we
may wish to alter the stopping rule by firing one more missile for good
measure after the k— th hit has been reported, making a total of (x-|- 1)
missiles. If G(x, k) denotes the probability under this new schedule
of receiving the k— th reported hit on the x— th firing and actually get¬
ting k or more hits with (x-|- 1) missiles, we have

G(x, k) =: (--1) PMl - P)"-^ {P . _p (1 _ p ).

k — 1 ki+k2=k — 1

ki-|-k2=:x

ki+k2=k

(21)

1964] Negative Binomial Distribution With Miscalassification 39

where the summand is identical with that in equation (14). Summing
(21), we obtain the probability H(k) of destroying a target that requires
k hits as

X= CO

H(k) = :§ G(x, k) . (22)

x=k

Substitution of k = 1 and 2 in (22) gives the following results:

H(l) = (1 + pv)/(l + v) (23)

H(2) = {1 + (3 — 2r)v-f 2vp (r -1- v))/(l -f v)^ . (24)

As an example, if p =: .75, r = s = .80, h(l) = .938, h(2) ==.901
and h(3) = .880. That is, with the above values of p, r and s, the
probabiltiy is 88 7o that a target received 3 or more hits, if firing stop¬
ped after the third reported hit.

We can also calculate the probability of destroying at least a given
proportion of the total number of targets. Thus, with above values of
p, r and s, the probabihty of destroying say at least 3 out of the 5 tar¬
gets that require 3 hits, at least 15 out of the 20 that require 2 hits
and at least 65 out of the 75 targets that require 1 hit is

x=6 x=20

[ 2 (5) (.880) (.120)6-==] • [ 2 (2«) (.901) = (.099)20-=]

x=:3 X X=15 X

x=:75

• [ S ('^^) (.938) ^ (.062)'^®“^] = 0.9692 approximately,

x=:;65 X

using tables of the cumulative binomial distribution.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This problem was brought to the author's attention by Mr. Edward
Yaroszewski, then with the Operations Research Branch, U. S. Naval
Weapons Laboratory.

Helpful comments from the referees are also appreciated. As pointed
out by a referee, the entire paper assumes prior knowledge of the
values of p, r and s. The effect on the calculated probability of errors
in the estimates of p, r and s, if these are unknown, can be derived
from the usual error propagation techniques, based on a first order
Taylor series expansion of the probability function. Thus for p = 0.75
and s =: 0.80, the error in h(l) of equation (17) is Ah = (75/256)
A p -f- (5/16) As. This error will be a maximum if errors in p and

40 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

s are of the same sign. If p and s are in error by 0.1, the maximum
error in h is 0.06, which is not too serious. Similar analyses can be
made for h(2) andh(3).

The careful typing of this manuscript by Miss Deanna M. Kremer is
gratefully acknowledged.

REFERENCES

Bartko, J. J. 1961. The negative binomial distribution: a review of
properties and applications. Va. Jour. Sci., 12:18-37.

Bross, I. 1954. Misclassification in 2x2 tables. Biometrics, 10:478-486.

Burrows, G. L. and Silber, C. 1961. Tolerance limits for small lots
when sample pieces are sometimes misclassified. Unpublished report,
dated 20 September 1961, Knolls Atomic Power Laboratory, Sche¬
nectady, N. Y.

Martinez, C. 1962. A method to determine the reliability of telemetry
systems reports. Jour. Amer. Stat. Assoc., 57:686-689.

Mote, V. L. 1957. An investigation of the effect of misclassification
on the Chi-Square tests in the analysis of categorical data. Unpub¬
lished Ph.D. dissertation, N. C. State College, Raleigh, N. C. (also
Institute of Statistics Mimeo. Series No. 182.)

Pearson, K. 1934. Tables of the incomplete Beta-function. Cambridge
University Press, New York.

1964]

Helminths of Westhampton Lake Fish

41

HELMINTHS OF WESTHAMPTON LAKE FISH

Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roanoke College ^
and

Burton J. Bogitsh, Georgia Southern College ^

(Received for Publication June 10, 1963)

It is of zoological interest to know the occurrence and population
densities of parasites of fish in any body of water, particularly for didactic
purposes on a university campus. Furthermore, such information may
be of some economic importance. The monogenetic trematodes of West¬
hampton Lake have been considered rather thoroughly by Hargis (1952a,
1952b, and 1953). In this preliminary survey the digenetic trematodes,
cestodes acanthocephala, and nematodes are considered. Unfortunately,
the cestode record remains incomplete as only fragments of a pseudo-
phyllidean tapeworm were recovered.

THE HABITAT

Westhampton Lake is an artificial lake situated on the University of
Richmond campus in Henrico County, Virginia. The lake is irregular
in shape and covers approximately twelve acres. It is connected by a
small stream at the southeast end to the James River. Its main axis
is northwest and southeast. The lake was formed approximately one
hundred years ago by the construction of a dam across Westham Creek.
Its water is derived from three main sources: slope drainage water,
fresh water (rain and spring) and Westham Creek. In addition, there is
a smaller stream which brings in water from an area west of the Lake.
Of the four springs located in the lake, three are centrally situated
and one is close to the southwest shore. The sloping terrain above the
shore, except on the lower portion of the northeast side and the two
ends of the lake, is covered by trees which supply a moderate amount
of organic debris along the shore line.

COLLECTION OF FISH AND METHODS

Eighty-seven fish representing four families and nine species were
collected during the months of June, July, August, September, October,
November, December, February, and March, 1950-51. Fish were col-

^ Supported in part by a Faculty Research Fellowship from the Roanoke College Trustees
which the senior author acknowledges.

2 Present address — National Science Foundation, Washington 26, D. C.

42 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

lected at random from all areas of the lake through the use of minnow
and haul seines. The fish were examined immediately upon capture and
when this was not possible, they were retained in a tap water filled
tank or in a refrigerator. A 0.7% solution of sodium bicarbonate was
used in handling and examining living worms. (Van Cleave and Mueller,
1934). All fish were examined singly and a host record number was
given to each. The alimentary tract (e.g., esophagous through anus)
was removed and immersed in a sodium bicarbonate solution, opened
and examined with the aid of a dissecting microscope. After the larger
parasites were removed, the intestine was scraped. In some instances
the stomach was separated from the intestine proper and the two por¬
tions placed in separate Petri dishes for examination. After preliminary
examination and scraping, the stomach and intestine were placed in eight
to sixteen ounce bottles and shaken vigorously to further liberate the
helmiths from mucous. The bulk was strained through a wire seive to
remove the coarser material and larger parasites. The seive was then
examined under the binocular microscope and the adhering parasites
removed. The fijtrate was set aside to permit sedimentation. The
praasites rapidlv sank to the bottom, whereas the organic debris remain¬
ed suspended. After decanting the uppermost layers of the supernatant,
the sediment was centrifuged, in several installments where necessary.
The sediment thrown down in the tubes was removed and examined
under a binocular microscope. Standard methods of fixing and stain¬
ing were employed.

RESULTS

In the following host parasite list of fish examined, the number
following the name of the helminth is the number assigned to the rep¬
resentative deposited in the U. S. National Museum Helminthological
Collection.

Ictalurus nebulosus nebulosus (Le Sueur) (Northern brown bullhead).
Three specimens were examined and one was infested with one specimen
of Alloglossidium corti (Lamont, 1921) (60153) and three specimens of
Lepidauchen sp (60152). The three specimens of the genus Lepidauchen
Nicoll, 1913 resemble L. ictaluri (Pearse, 1924) and L. halU (Mueller
and Van Cleave, 1932) .

Notemigonus crysoleucas crysoleucas (Mitchill) (Golden shiner). Of
nine examined, none was found to be infested with helminths

Microptemus salmoides salmoides (haceiphde) (Largemouth bass). Five
were examined all were found to be infested with N eoechinohynchus
cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) (60150 and 60151). The number of

1964] Helminths of Westhampton Lake Fish 43

worms ranged from fourteen to forty-nine per host with an average of
twenty-three and two-tenths per host.

Chaenobryttus gulosus (Cuvier). (Warmouth). Nineteen examined, of
which six were infested with N. cylindratus, three with Crepidostomum
cornutum (Osborn, 1903) (60155), three with Camallanus sp Railliet
and Henry, 1915, probably C. spinosus (Leidy, 1851) (60157), and one
with six specimens of Capillaria sp Zeder, 1800 (60158). One fish was
infested with C. cornutum, N. cylindratus, and Camallanus sp. One was
infested with C. cornutum only. Four were infested with N. cylindratus
only. One was infested with C. cornutum and Capillaria sp. One host
was infested with Camallanus sp only and another was infested with N.
cylindratus and Camallanus sp. The number of C. cornutum recovered
ranged from two to ninety-seven with an average of forty-six and three-
tenths worms per host. The number of N. cylindratus recovered ranged
from one to six, with an average of four and one-tenth worms per host.
The number of Camallanus sp recovered ranged from one to two, with
an average of one and three-tenths worms per host.

Lepomis gihhosus (Linnaeus) (Pumpkinseed) . Four were examined
and one was found to be infested with two metacercariae of Clinostomum
marginatum (Rudolphi, 1819) (60154) and forty-eight specimens of C.
cornutum. In addition, one specimen of the free living nematode genus
Dorylaimus Dujardin, 1845 (60161) was recovered. Another pumpkin-
seed yielded fragments of a pseudephyllidean taperworm.

Lepomis macrochirus macrochirus Rafinesque (Common bluegill). Twen¬
ty-two specimens were examined. One was infested with one specimen
of N. cylindratus. One host yielded sixteen specimens of C. cornutum.
Three bluegills contained from one to five worms of Camallanus sp, with
an average of three and six-tenths worms per host and one of these
contained one specimen of the free living genus Dorylaimus. The one
host infested with a species of Capillaria contained two specimens.

Pomoxis nigromaculatus (Le Sueur) (Black crappie). Of thirteen
examined two were found to be infested with one N. cylindratus each
and another contained one Capillaria sp.

Perea flavescens (Mitchill) (Yellow perch). Six were examined and
two were found to be infested with one and two specimens of N. cylindratus,
respectively.

Hybrid (Lepomis gibbosus x Lepomis m. macrochirus). Five were
examined and three were found to be infested with Camallanus sp. The
number of worms ranged from two to four, with an average of two and
seven-tenths worms per host.

44 The Virginia Journal of Science [January

Hybrid {Chaenohryttus gulosus x Lepomis m, macrochirus) . One was
examined and it was found to be infested with four specimens of N.
cylindratus.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors are indebted to Dr. Edward E. Raney, Cornell Univer¬
sity for checking the identification of fish and to Dr. Allen McIntosh
and Mrs. M. B. Chitwod, Animal Disease and Parasite Research Branch,
U.S.D.A., for verifying the identification of helminths. Appreciation for
assistance is expressed to Dr. N. E. Rice, University of Richmond.

LITERATURE CITED

Hargis, W. J., Jr. 1952a. Monogenetic trematodes of Westhampton

Lake fishes. 1. Two new species. Amer. Midi. Nat., 47:471-477.

Hargis, W J., Jr. 1952b. Monogenetic trematodes of Westhampton

Lake fishes. 11. A list of species and key to the genera encountered.
Va. J. Sc., 3: 112-115.

Hargis, W. J., Jr. 1953. Monogenetic trematodes of Westhampton Lake
fishes. 111. Part 2. A discussion of host-specificity. Proc. Hel-
minthol. Soc., Wash., 20: 98-104.

Van Cleave, H. J. and Mueller, J F. 1934. Parasites of Oneida Lake
fishes III. A biological and ecological survey of the worm parasites.
Roosevelt Wildlife Annals, 3: 163-334.

1964]

Helminths of Westhampton Lake Fish

45

THE J. SHELTON HORSLEY RESEARCH AWARD
FOR 1964 OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

To the author of a highly meritorious research paper, the Academy
presents the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award. From papers sub¬
mitted for consideration each year the Research Committee may select
an award winner. This award is the highest honor the Academy can
bestow for original research, and its presentation is the highhght of the
Academy Assembly at the annual meeting. An engraved certificate and
an award of $500 are preesnted to the winner. Some requirements con¬
ceiving the award:

1. Two copies of each competing paper should be forwarded to the
appropriate Section Secretary by March 25, 1964. Secretaries
are requested to send submitted papers to Boyd Harshbarger, De¬
partment of Statistics, V. P. I. by April 1, 1964.

2. The author must present the paper in the appropriate section
program at the annual meeting.

3. The paper must represent original research carried on by the author
while a member of the Academy.

4. A published paper to be ehgible must have been published after
May 1, 1963, — reprints of such papers may be submitted. It
is recommended tliat unpubHshed papers submitted be suitable in
length and content for publication in a scientific journal.

5. The cooperation of Section Secretaries and Chairmen is requested
in preliminary screening of papers submitted. We would like you
to indicate those papers which you consider prize-worthy in the
order of 1, 2, 3, etc.

6. No person will be awarded the prize more than once.

Outstanding scientists from out of the state will be asked to evaluate

the better papers.

46

The Virginia Journal of Science

[January

VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE
42nd Annual Meeting

May 6-9, 1964

Newcomb Hall — University of Virignia

J. W. COLE, JR.— Chairman, Local Arrangements
E. HENDRICKS— Asst. Chairman, Local Arrangements

1964]

The Shelton Horsley Research Award For 1964 47

Quality

Products of cJ^^msi/u£Xi7v

Ucikijzjzo- :

IS OUR MIDDLE NAME

48

The Virginia Journal of Science

[January

SERVING SCIENCE SINCE 1925

PGa Q [?[j)g (Si [D a lll®jcae<

YOUR SIGN POST TO SERVICE

LAB FURNITURE
CHEMICALS

4^

i BYRD j

ilJ

SIXtH AT BYRD STS. RICHMOND.VA.

1964]

The Virginia Journal of Science

49

Know-it-all !

The Monro-Matic® 8F-1 statistical calculator trusts you not a whit. Insists,
instead, on double checking you throughout every statistics problem. It
uses its own Veeder Counter, for instance, to keep track of precisely how
many multiplications you’ve made. Automatically retains the multiplicand
you’ve entered to be used as the multiplier in squaring. (All you do is press
the multiplication key.) Won’t even trust you to work with a dollar and cents
keyboard—provides you, instead, with a statistical color-coded keyboard. It
even demands that you use its exclusive proof dials to double check accuracy.
(In squaring, this second set of dials records the last number squared. In
division, it provides you with individual answers while the larger dials are
simultaneously accumulating.) The fastest, simplest, most accurate standard
calculator ever devised for statistics, the 8F-1 is priced more competitively
than less disciplined machines. Ask your local Monroe representative to
demonstrate how it can give you five simultaneous answers to a correlation
problem. Or, if you prefer, write directly to us. Monroe Calculating Machine
Company, Inc., Orange, New Jersey.

MONROE [Q

A DIVISION OFTHE BUSINESS MACHINES GROUPOF LITTON INDUSTRIES

50

The Virginia Journal of Science

[January

BUSINESS MEMBERS
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Company

Allied Chemical Corporation

The American Tobacco Company

Dan River Mills

The Dow Chemical Company

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Inc.

First and Merchants National Bank
General Electric Company
Larus and Brother Company, Inc.

The Newport News Shipbuilding Company Foundation
Norfolk and Western Railway Company
Phihp Morris and Company, Limited, Inc.

Phipps and Bird, Inc.

Reynolds Metals Company
A. H. Robins Company
Southern Materials Company
State-Planters Bank of Commerce and Trusts
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
Virginia Chemicals and Smelting Company

The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is
returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. The
University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and
coimmmications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian,
Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.

Notice To Contributors

Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject
which is submitted a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript.

Manuscripts must be submitted In triplicate, typewritten In double spacing on standard
8 1/2" X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number
of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the opproxi-
mate number of printed pages in the Journal.

Division of the manuscript Into subheadings must follow a consistent plan. It Is desir¬
able that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.

Footnotes should be Included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashedline above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.

References should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should
include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume and pages.
For example: Harvie, L. E. and S. P. Maroney, Jr., 1961. Respiration and hemolysis of ultra¬
violet irradiated frog erythrocytes. Va. Jour. Sci. 12:1-9. References to the bibliographic
citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citation, where a
reference is desired: either (Harvie and Maroney, 1961) or Harvie and Maroney (1961).

Explanation of grophs and tabular material should be ^ped on separate pages. AU
figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be indicated at the
appropriate place in the margin.

Illustrations Including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. Large plates must be ac¬
companied by photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will
furnish the author with one plate or Its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations
or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production.
Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings,
should accompany the manuscript. When photographic prints are used they should be glossy,
sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a
typewriter), or which are not submitted on white paper will not be accepted.

Galley proofs are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from
the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.

OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY SCIENCE

F. F. Smith, President S. S. Obenshain, President-Elect

R. J. Rowlett, Jr., Secretary W. B. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Secretary-Treasurer

E. D. Brand
J. L. Calver
B. Harshbarger
S. B. Williams
P. B. Siegel
W. P. Boyer

COUNCIL

Suzie V. Floyd
J. M. Grayson
E. F. Turner, Jr.
P. A. Hansen
L. G. Bird
W. B. Ben
J. J. Taylor

W. S. Woolcott
J. F. Eckel
W. E. Trout, Jr.
E. S. Harlow
W. W. Scott
H. H. Hobbs, Jr.

I

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Vol. 15, New Series

April, 1964

No. 2

VoL. 15, New Series

No. 2

April, 1964

THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

Published Four Times A Year In January, April, July and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science

Printed by the Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS

Pages

A Systematic and Ecological Study of Algae in Chesterfield

County, Virginia. B. R. Woodson and Verna Holoman . 51

An Analysis of the Virginia Avifauna. J. J. Murray . 71

Some Changes in the Blood of Frogs Following the Administration
of Hycirocortisone. Miriam F. Bennett

and Judith Kay Alspaugh . 76

A Redescription of Uronema marinum, and a Proposed New Family

Uronematidae. J. C. Thompson, Jr . 80

The Acanthocephala in Virginia. H. L. Holloway, Jr . 88

Minutes of November, 1963, Meeting of Council . 120

Program, 42nd Annual Meeting, Virginia Academy of Science . 127

EDITORIAL BOARD
Paul B. Siegel, Editor
Carl W. Allen, Managing Editor
Section Editors

N. F. Murphy T. Doggins

W. T. Parrot G. W. Thomas

C. Y. Kramer E. S. Higgins

W. H. Leftwich

Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 annually. Published four times a year: in January, April, July and
September by the Virginia Academy of Science, Blacksburg, Va.

Mailed March 31,1964

D. R. Carpenter
P. Ame Hansen
J. C. Thompson
G. R. Bass

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

VoLo 15, New Series

April, 1964

No. 2

A SYSTEMATIC AND ECOLOGICAL STUDY
OF ALGAE IN CHESTERFIELD COUNTY,
VIRGINIA^

B. R. Woodson and Verna Holoman
Dep. of Biology; V a. State College, Petersburg
(Received for publication April 2, 1963)

This study includes sixteen ponds and seven streams in Chesterfield
County, Virginia. There are 427 species and 114 genera represented in
this report. No direct attempt has been made to determine the exact num¬
ber of organisms that are recorded as new for the State of Virginia; how¬
ever, there have been very few studies made involving the algae from this
State. J. C. Strickland (1940) has reported representatives of the family
Oscillatoriacea; H. S. Forest (1954) has presented a check list of algae
from Mountain Lake; S. L. Meyer (1940) reported species of Phacus;
Vivian Farlow (1928) reported algae from tadpole intestines; Lewis et al.
(1933) have hsted some algae of Charlottesville and smrounding locahties;
and studies have been made by Woodson (1959-60-61) on the algae of the
James River Basin, Virginia.

This is possibly the largest number of species, representing a broad
assemblage of organisms from six different phyla, that have been reported
in a single study from Virginia. The investigators propose to continue
these studies until they have covered every county in the State. Although
this will take years to accomplish, they feel that such an effort will be re¬
warding.

This report also includes ecological data such as water chemistry (Ca,
K. Mg, P., and N. in parts per million), the pH and temperature of the
water, the types of higher aquatics observed, and a brief description of the
ponds and streams involved in the study.

iJhe work was aided by Contract No. E 2/3/43-0442 with the National Science Foundation
Undergraduate Science Education.

APR 1 Oise-

52

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Six (6) of the sixteen ponds were visited at least three times to in¬
clude the autumn and early winter flora. This was done to see if there
were any correlation of species with seasonal fluctuation. From these
studies, there seems to be very httle overlapping of species from summer
to winter; however, certain forms developing in the autumn flora are also
found represented in the winter flora. Those found in the summer flora
and also observed in the winter flora were Pediastrum duplex var. clathratum
(A. Braun) Lagerh. and Tahellaria fenestrata Kutz. from Harp’s Pond^
where the temperature range was from 30 °c in July to 9°c in December;
the PH was 8.7 in July and 6.6 in December.

From the College Pond, Navicula leguman Ehr. is the only organism
that appeared in the summer flora and the fall flora, but did not appear in
our winter collections; however, there are several members of the phylum
Chrysophyta that appeared for the first time in the fall collections and re¬
mained in the winter flora. This is not unusual, for the winter flora is
usually dominated by the members of this phylum. Tribonema homhy-
cinum (A. A. Ag) Derbes & Solier represents the filamentous forms, and
Frustulia rhomhoides (Ehr.) DeToni and Homeocladia sigma (Kutz.)
Kuntze represent the unicellular forms. The temperature and pH ranges
respectively from July to December were 31 °c to 3°c and 9.6 to 6.75.

From the No. 1 pond of the Children’s Home, Pediastrum duplex var.
clathratum (A. Braun) Lagh, was the only species that appeared in the
three seasons. Closterium bailyanum and Scenedesmus dimorphus (Turp)
Kuetz. and Microcystis aeruginosa var. major G. M. Smith were collected
through November but did not appear in our December collection; Mic.
sp. was the dominant plankton form in the first three collections. The
temperature and pH ranges respectively for this pond was 27 °c to 2°c and
9.5 to 7.

Peoples’ Pond was the most productive of this study with seventy-two
species identified. A heavy growth of Oedogonium sp. was present in all
four collections, but the investigators were unable to identify the specimen
because of the lack of fruiting structures. P. duplex var. clathratum was
the only form found in the first three collections; however, it is quite possi¬
ble that it was overlooked in our December collection since only a few
scattered colonies appear in any collection. Micrasterias pinnatifida (Kutz.)
Ralf. and Gomphonema geminatum Lyngb. appeared in the last three col¬
lections. Haematococcus lacustris (Girod.) Rostaf. was observed in July
and December only, however, Anabaena affinis Lemm. and Staurastrum
arachne Ralf. appeared in our October and December collections. The

2See species listing and description of each pond mentioned in the narrative portion.

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

53

temperature and pH range respectively for this pond were 30° to 8°c and
7.25 to 7.0.

Lundy’s Pond had one {Netrium digitus Its. & Rothe) species repre¬
sented in all three months collected; however, Nephocytium Agardhianum
Naegeli. was the only form appearing in the first two collectons. This
pond appeared to be much younger in development in comparison with
the other five (5) ponds visited more than once. There were fifty species
identifed with thirty-five of these being classified in the phylum
Chlorophyta with all species represented in this phylum being unicells
except for scattered filaments of Stigeoclonium nanum Kuetz; however,
the higher aquatics were quite limited and marginal forms only.

The Appomattox River was the only stream that was visited each sea¬
son. The summer flora was very productive with the winter flora being
quite poor. This paucity can be attributed to the low temperature 4°c
and high water during this season of the year (Woodson, 1960). Bacillaria
paradoxa Gmel. appeared in all collections, with Melosira varians Ag.
appearing in the summer and winter collections. As mentioned above,
this is not unusual, for we expect to find members of the Chrysophyta
dominating the winter flora. The temperature and pH ranges respectively
for this stream were 29 °c to 9°c and 7.6 to 7.8.

The authors would like to express their sincere appreciation to the
1962— Summer Phycology Class for their contribution in the identification
of some of the algae included in this study.

COLLECTION POINTS

(a) Harp’s Pond— Woodpecker Road, Chesterfield County, Virginia

A rather large pond that is
formed, from a stream which has
a tendency to be swampy. The
martinal aquatics, i. e.—Ludvigia
sp., Eleocharis sp., Hypericum
punctatum Lam., Justicia ameri-
cana (L) Vahl, and Nuphur mi-
crophyllum (Pers.) Femald are
numerous and quite varied. Com¬
mercial fertilizer used to increase
productivity. The water is dark
brown with heavy sediment.

1962

Uly

Oct.

Dec.

Water Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

20

Neg.

8

Ca

61.33

64.79

41.12

N

0.56

0.49

1.05

P

14.92

6.5

8

K

3.36

0.85

2.01

Temp.

30°C

21.5°C

9°C

pH

8.7

7.5

6.6

54

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

(b) Lundy’s Pond— Woodpecker Road, Chesterfield County, Virginia

1962 July Oct. Dec.

This is a small farm pond
with a sandy-clay bottom. It is
stream-fed with a very few mar¬
ginal aquatics, i.e—Eleocharis sp.,
Jtincus sp., Ludvigia sp.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

2.0

0.0

0.0

Ca

16.0

20.8

41.12

N

2.71

0.55

1.26

P

5.86

2.4

7.59

K

3.86

0.55

0.0

Temp.

30°C

21.5°C

9°C

pH

9.2

7.1

7.1

(c) Peoples’ Pond— Woodpecker Road, Chesterfield County, Virginia

This is a very small pond that
is stream-fed and very fertile. The
aquatics are marginal and bottom
dwellers, i.e. — Alisma-plantago
aquatica L., Ludvigia sp., Carex
sp. Eleocharis sp.. Naps sp. The
bottom is of silly muck. This is
possibly due to eroded top-soil
from surrounding cultivated land.

(d) Virginia State College

Stream-fed pond with silty-
clay bottom; surrounded by cow-
pasture that is fertilized and sown
in grass annually; marginal aqua¬
tics only: Sagittaria engelmannin
V.S. Smith, Ludvigia sp., and
Eleocharis sp. This pond was
drained and cleaned at the end of
the summer (1962).

1962

July

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

4.6

3.13

4.37

0.0

Ca

71.2

85.95

10.0

60.0

N

2.57

Neg.

Neg.

0.61

P

9.07

7.61

1.63

2.79

K

15.48

0.0

7.67

1.68

Temp.

30®C

21°C

8*^0

9°C

pH

9.0

7.1

8.2

7

n Pond

1962

July

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

4

Neg.

3.46

3.13

Ca 100

100

100

100

N

1.68

2.25

0

0.75

P

9.56

7.08

21

13.46

K

0

14.58

14.58

16.59

Temp.

31°C

23°C

11°C

30°C

pH

9.6

6.2

5.8

6.75

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

55

(e) Appomatox River— Petersburg, Virginia

This large stream separates
the city of Petersburg and Ches¬
terfield County. The points of
collection are above and below a
dam. The stream bed is character-
isticly rocky, but where the stream
backs up behind the dam, the bed
becomes silty. Below the dam the
bed is quite sandy. Willows and
Sycamores hne the stream's banks;
Justicia americana (L) Vahl.,
Podostema ceratophyllum are the
primary aquatics along with a few
Carex sp. and Juncus sp. Collec¬
tions during December produced
negative results.

1962 Aug. Oct. Dec.

Water Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

4.0

4.0

3.8

Ca

113

75.43

71.22

N

1.89

0.0

0.0

P

5.55

8.0

5.5

K

10.0

6.7

14.5

Temp.

pH

10°C

7.8

4°C

7.5

(f) Pond No. I. Baptist Children’s Home— Chesterfield County, Va.

1962 July Oct. Nov. Dec.

Stream-fed pond with silty-
clay bottom. Marginal aquatics,
Le—Ludvigia sp., Eleocharis sp.,
Carex sp., Juncus sp. Large blue-
green masses floating on top of
water.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

2

Neg.

4.26

3.46

Ca 100

67.01

75.27

25.42

N

0

0.28

0.21

0.42

P

20

8.4

11.51

20

K

10

5.04

1.68

20

Temp.

27°C

22°C

11.5°C

2®C

pH

9.5

7.7

6.6

7

56 The Virginia Journal of Science

(g) Pond No. II. Baptist Childrens Home

[April

We did not discover this
pond until after the summer collec¬
tions. It is much smaller than No.
1 with numerous marginal aqua¬
tics, i.e.—Typha sp., Carex sp.,
J uncus sp. The bottom is a sandy-
clay mixture, and the water source
is from a stream.

(h) Lake Margaret— Route 626

A dammed stream forming a
small recreational lake. The water
was dark brown with numerous
marginal and bottom-dwelling
aquatics, Le—Pontedaria cordata
L., Asclepias variegata L., Bra-
senia scheri Gmel., Justicia ameri-
cana L. Vahl., Hypericum virgini-
cum L., Potamogeton strictifolius
Ar. Benn.

(i) Sti'eam-Route 628, Chest

A dammed stream with heavy
sediment on the bottom. The wa¬
ter is very dark brown v^th nu¬
merous aquatics. Myriophyllum
scabratum Michx., Nymphaea odo-
rata Ait., Rhexia mariana L. Brase-
nia Schreberi Gmel, Asclepias va¬
riegata L. Hypericum virginicum
L.

1962

July Oct.

Dec.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

Neg. 4.0

3.13

Ca

52.01 73.32

62.80

N

0.27 0.0

0.63

P

0.0 9.56

12.0

K

6.36 2,18

16.59

Temp.

21°C 10°C

3°C

pH

7.9 6.4

6.9

1

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

13

Ca

62.8

N

4.17

P

0.0

K

16.82

Temp.

31°C

pH

7

L'field County

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

0.0

Ca

69.11

N

1.40

P

25

K

8.40

Temp.

25°C

pH

6.3

57

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

(j) Colbert’s Pond-— -Route 631, Chesterfield County

July, 1962

A small very young conservation
pond with a sandy-clay bottom.
The aquatics were very sparse.
Eleocharia sp., J uncus sp., Ludvi-
gia sp., Hypericum punctatum
Lam. Rhexia mariana L.

The water has a brownish color
with a few marginal aquatics -
Rhexia mariana L. Morong. ..Najas
quddalupensis (Spreng) Morong.
The bottom is muddy-clay.

(1) Pond— -Route 600

A small pond with a muddy bot¬
tom and brownish water. A few
marginal aquatics were identified,
i, e. - — Hypericum virginicum L.,
Alisma plantago — aquatica L.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

0.0

Ca

20

N

2.84

P

12

K

1.17

Temp.

29 °C

pH

6.5

ut Camp)

Route 636

1962

Ny>

1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

0.0

Ca

62.8

N

2.51

P

0.0

K

36.4

Temp.

31 °C

pH

7.3

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

12

Ca

79.64

N

2

P

20

K

6.72

Temp.

29°C

pH

7.3

58

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

(m) Spring 1. Campus of Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

1962 Aug. Oct. Dec.

The water flows continuously
from a pipe in the ground.

Water Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

0

0

4.0

Ca

100

100+

100+

N

.28

4.67

0.0

P

0

4

4.0

K

14.58

12

0.58

Temp.

23°C

17°C

9°C

pH

6.1

6.51

6.2

(n) Spring II. Campus — Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

1962 Aug. Oct. Dec.

Water Chemistry (In ppm)
Mg 8

Ca 100 100+ 100+

N 2.77 4 0.0

P 7.00 2.7 4.0

K 5.0 10.5 10.0

Temp. 22°C 17.5°C 10°C
pH 5.68 6.45 5.5

(o) Pond above PelPs — Woodpecker Road

July, 1962

A very small conservation pond
with a silty-clay bottom. The aqu.»-
tics are scarce as are the algae,
and the water is very cloudy. This
appears to be a very young pond
and not too productive at this
stage.

Water Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

3.46

Ca

64.90

N

3.17

P

16

K

0.0

Seepage forming a small puddle
and a very small stream. The
aquatics are Ludvigia sp., Eleo-
charis sp., and Car ex sp.

Temp.

pH

29°C

6.6

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

59

(p) Farm Pond — Route 10

The pond has a muddy, silty-
clay bottom with marginal aqua¬
tics, i.e. — Juncus polycephalus
M.A. Curtis, Hypericum puncta-
tum Lam., Scirpus Smithii Gray,
Polygonum hydroiperoides Michx.
There are floating masses of algae
where the pond recedes.

(q) Lake Tinka — Route 632

The water is brownish with nu¬
merous white and pink water lilies
inhabiting the major part of the
pond. The water is very shallow
with a muddy bottom. There were
hugh floating blue-green masses.

(r) Pell’s Pond — Woodpecker

A fairly small steam-fed conser¬
vation pond with a few marginal
aquaties Eleocharis sp., Ludvigia
sp., Juncus sp., Typha latifolia L.,
Hypericum punctatum Lam., Rhe-
xia mariana L. Water is very clear
with silty-clay bottom.

August, 1962

Water Chemistry (In ppm)

Mg

5.48

Ca

75.43

N

3

P

11.51

K

3.36

Temp.

pH

28°C

6.7

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

3.13

Ca

71.22

N

2.12

P

0.0

K

1.68

Temp.

30°C

pH

7.1

Road, Chesterfield County

July, 1962

Water Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

3.8

Ca

62.80

N

2.38

P

6.57

K

17.94

Temp. 29 °C

pH 8.7

30

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

(s) Dammed Stream — Route 10

August, 1962

A dammed stream forming a fair¬
ly large pond. The water is dark
brown with a muddy bottom.
There were a few marginal aqua¬
tics, i.e. — Rhexia mariana L.,
Pontedaria cordata L., Brasenia
Schreberi Gmel.

(t) Stream-

This stream is fairly swift with
a rocky bottom. Algae were grow¬
ing on rocks on sandy bars form¬
ed by stream. Podostema cerato-
phyllum Michx. is primary aquatic.
The water is brownish in color.

(u) Lake Jerry— —Route 636

The water is dark brown with
a heavy sediment on the bottom
which is silty and mucky. Much
of the Algae were collected on
rocks below the overflow.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

12.0

Ca

12.0

N

2.0

P

7.59

K

10,0

K

10.0

Temp.

27°C

pH

5.2

ift Creek)

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

0.0

Ca

0.0

N

2.68

P

0.0

K

.34

Temp.

23°C

pH

7.3

July, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

12.0

Ca

47.5

N

2.91

P

2.17

K

5.04

Temp.

30°C

pH

7.1

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

61

(v) Swift Creek, Route 1

This is a fairly large dammed
stream that serves as a dilution
source for waste from a milk plant.
The algae were growing on the
dam. The water is brownish in
color. There are primarily mar¬
ginal aquatics that are submerged
periodically when there is high
rainfall. I Fodostema ceratophyl-
lum Michx. is a bottom dwelling
aquatic and Justicia americana L.
Vahl. a marginal form.

(w) Overflow of Lakeview

This is a very large lake which
is recreational. The algae were
collected above and below the dam
that forms the lake. This is a
muddy sandy-clay bottom and the
water is quite brown. There were
numerous aquatics in a lagoon just
off from the lake. J uncus acumi-
natus Michx. Myriophyllum ver-
ticillatum L., Justicia americana
(L) Vahl., Saururus cernuus L:
(Lizard’s Tail) Fodostema cerato-
phyllum Michx.

1962 July Oct.

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

10

3.8

Ca

16

62.80

N

3.41

0.0

P

0.0

7.59

K

20

Neg.

Temp.

30°C

18°C

pH

7.26

7.2

ake. Colonial Heights,

Virginia

October, 1962

Water

Chemistry

(In ppm)

Mg

Neg.

Ca

54.6

N

0.0

P

5.55

K

Neg.

Temp.

19°C

pH

7.0

The symbols in the species list are used for collection points and dates
of occurrence of species observed.

Lower case letters “ collection points, i.e., a, b, c, etc.

Capital abbreviations for months collected, i.e., Ju. = July,

Oc. = October.

32 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

SPECIES LIST

Chlorophyta

Ankistrodesmus convolutus Corda.

An. falcatus (Corda ) Rails

An. falcatus var. tumidus (W&W)G.W.

An. falcatus (Corda) W&W Brunt

An. spiralis (Turner) Lemm.

Aphanochaete repens A. Br.

Arthrodesmus curvatus Turn. var. americanus
N. var. stg.

Ar. incus (Breb) Hass.

Ar.octocornis Ehr.

Ar.validus (W&W) Scot&Gronbl.

Askenavella chlamdopus Schmidle
Asterococcus limneticus G.M. Sm.

Bulbochaete mirabilis Wittrock

Bu. scrobiculata Tiffany

Chaetonema irregular e Nowakowski
Characium gracilipes Lambert
Chlamydomonus globosa Snow

Ch. sphagnicola Frit & Takeda

Chlorella vulgaris Beyerinck

Closteriopsis longissima Lemm. Var. tropica
W&W

Cl. longissima Lemm.

Closterium abruptum W&W

(c-De) (e-Au)4
(d-Ju(t-Ju) (e-Au)

(c-No)

(c-No

(1-Ju)(q-Ju)(l-Ju)

(c-No) (g-De) (a-Oc
(p-An

(b-De)

(b-De)

( b-Oc) (p-Au)

(a-Ju)

(h-De)

(p-Au)

(1-Ju)

(c-Oc)

(e-Oc)

(e-Au) (d-No)

(a-Oc)

(f-Oc)

(b-Oc,De) (d-Ju) (f-Ju,De)

(f-De)(c-No)

(a-De(g-De) (s-Au) (b-Oc,
De) (r-Ju) (u-Ju) (f-Ju,De)

Cl. acerosum (Schrank) Ehren.

(g-Oc,No) (e-Au) (f-Ju)
(c-No) (u-Ju)

Cl. Bailyanum

(g-Oc) (b-Ju) (f-Ju,Oc,No)

(k-Ju)

Cl. Dianae Ehr.

Cl. didymotocum Ralfs

(i-Ju)

(g-Oc) (b-Oc) (r-Ju) (u-Ju)
(m-Ju)

Cl. Leiblienii Kuetz.

Cl. malmei Borge

Cl. moniliferum (Bory.) Ehr.

Cl. navicula (Breb) Lutkin

Cl. praelongum Breb.

Cl. pritchardianum Archer

Cl. rostratum Ehr.

(t-Ju) (i-Ju)
(g-Oc)(t-Ju)(c-Oc)

(a-Oc)

(c-Oc)

(e-Au) (i-Ju) (a-Ju) (c-De)
(d-Ju) (f-No)

(u-Ju)

C oelastrum cambricum Archer ( a- ju )

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

63

Coleochaete soluta (Breb) Bring.

(c-Oc)

Coronastrum aestivate Thomp

(b-Ju)

Cosmarium amoenum Breb

(m-Ju)

Cos. baccaturn Scott & Gronbl.

(c-De)

Cos. botrytis Mengh.

(q-Ju)

Cos. corrugatum Wolle

(1-Ju)

Cos. favum W&W var. africanum Frit. & Rich.

(c-Oc) (u-Ju)

Cos. formosulum var. Nathoratii (Boldt.)

(c-Ju)

Cos. hammeri Reinsch f. tumidum N. F.

(i-Ju)

Cos. hammeri Reinsch var. Schmillei Groubl.

(m-Ju)

& Scott N. nom.

Cos. inaequalinotatum Scott & Gronblad

(t-Ju)

Cos. meneghinii Breb

(a-Ju)(c-Ju)

Cos. pachydermum Lund. var. complanatum

(c-Ju)

Gron. & Scott

Cos. pseudoconnatum Nordst.

(I-Ju)(t-Ju)(o-Ju)

Cos. pseudoconnatum Nordst. var. plurirad-

(a-Ju)

ians Scott & Gron.

Cos. punctulatum var. subpunctulatum

(m-Ju)

(Nordst.) Borg.

Cos. pyramidatum Breb var. subangustatum

(p-Au)

N. var. S. & G.

See page 10 for meaning of symbols.

Cosmocladium tuberculatum Prescott

(b-Ju)

Crucigenia lauterbornii Schmidle

(b-Ju)

Cr. rectangularis Gay

(d-Oc) (c-Oc)

Cr. tetrapedia (Kirch) W&W

(f-No)

Desmidium Baileyi (Ralfs) Nordst

(g-De)(a-Ju)(q-Ju)

De. coarctatum Nordst.

(s-Au)

De. elegans (Racib) Gronbl.

(a-Ju)

De. Grevilli (Kutz) D. Bg.

(g-No)(a-Ju)

De. Swartzii Agardh.

(t-Ju) (a-Ju) (m-Ju)

De. Swartzii vox. ambylodon (Itz.) Rabenh.

(s-Au)

De. Swartzii Ag. F. gracile N. F.

(i-Ju

Elakatotrix gelatinosa Wille.

(1-Ju)

Eremosphaera viridis DeBory.

(1-Ju)

Euastrum elegans Breb

(c-No)

Eu. obesum Josh.

(g-Oc) (a-Oc,De) (b-Oc,De)

Eu. obesum var. crassum Prescott & Scot.

(q-Ju)

Eu. platycerum var. eximium F. Clausum

(b-Ju)

Gronbl. & Scott

Eu. pulchellum Breb.

(c-Oc)

34

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Eu. pulchellum var. protrusum Gronbl. &
Scott. N. var.

Eu. sibiricum Boldt F. africanum Gronbl.
Eu. spinulosum Delp.

Eu. spinulosum Delp. var. Lindae Gronbl.

& Scott

Eu. solum (Nordst.) var. africanum Scott &
Gronbl.

Eudorina elegans Ehr.

Eu. unicocca G.M. Smith
Genicularia elegans West
Golenkinia paucispina W&W
Gymnozyga moniliformis Ehr.
Haematococcus lacustris (Girod) Rostaf
Hyalotheca dissiliens (J. E. Smith) Breb.
Hy. mucosa (Dillw.) Ehr.

Hy. mucosa (Mert.) Ehr. var. minor
Roy & Biss.

Micrasterias apiculata (Ehr.) Menegh.

Mi. borgei Krieg.

Mi. denticulata Kreig

Mi. denticulata var. Taylorii Krieg

Mi. foliacea Bailey

Mi. nordstedtiana Wolle

Mi. paludosus (Kuetz.) Gomont

Mi. pinnatifida (Kutz.) Ralf.

Mi. radians Turn

Mi. radiata Has. var. alata Pres. & Scott
Mi. sol (Ehr.) Kuetz.

Mi. Torreyi Bail
Mi. tropica Nordst.

Mi. truncata (Corda) Breb.

Mi. verucosa Ray
Microcystis aeruginosa Kuetz.

Netrium digitus (Ehr.) Its. & Rothe

Nephrocytium limneticum G. M. Smith
Ne. agardhianum Naegeli.

Nitella opaca C. A. Agardh
Oedogonium sp.

Onychonema laeve var. perlatum Scott &
Prowse

(i-Ju)

(f-No)

(g-Oc)(b-De)

(1-Ju)

(a-Ju) (b-Ju)

(d-De)

(c-Ju)

(a-Ju)(m-Ju)

( e-Au )

(i-Ju) (m-Ju
(c-Ju,De)

(i-Ju) (q-Ju)

(c-Oc) (g-No,De) (1-Ju)
(a-Ju) (b-Ju)

(u-Ju)

(i-Ju)

(i-Ju) (u-Ju)

(a-De)

(b-De)

(g-No)

(b-Oc)

(a-Ju) (c-Oc,No,De)
(1-Ju) (b-Ju)

(i-Ju) (a-Ju) (j-Ju)

(b-u) (m-Ju)

(a-Ju)

(b-Oc)

(p-Au)

(g-No,De) (s-Au) (i-Ju)
(a-Ju) (b-Ju,Oc,De)
(d-Oc,No) (f-Ju) (r-Ju)
(p-Au)

(d-Ju)

(d-Ju,Oc)

(l-Ju

(c-Ju,Oc,No,De)

(1-Ju)

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

65

Oocystis Borgei Snow
Oo. pusilla Hansgirg
Palmella mucosa Kuetz
Pandorina morum (Muell.) Dory
Pediastrum biradiatum Meyen
Pe. duplex Meyen

Pe. duplex var. Clathratum (A. Braun) Lag.

Pe. obtusum Lucks

Pe. simplex (Meyer) Lemm.

Pe. tetras (Ehr.) Ralfs.

Pe. tetras var. tetraodon (Corda)

Penium margaritaceum (Ehr.) Breb.

Pe. spirostuialatum Baker
Phymatodocis N ordstedtiana Wolle
Pithophora oedogonia (Mont.) Witt.
Planktosphaeria gelatinosa G. M. Smith
Pleurotaenium caldense Nordst.

PI. cylindricum (Turn) W&W
Pi. Ehrenbergii (Breb) DeBory
Pi. indicum (Grun.) Lund.

PI. nodosum (Bail) Lund.

PI. nodosum (Bail) Lund. var. gutwins

PI. tridentulum Wolle

PI. verrucosum (Bail.) Lund.

PI. verrucosum (Bail.) Lund. var. validum
Scott & Gronbl.

Protoderma vivide Kutz.

Protosiphon botryoides (Kutz.) Klebs
Scenedesmus abundans (Kirch.) Ghod.

Sc. abundans var. brevicauda G. S. Smith
Sc. acuminatum (leg.) Chod.

Sc. dimorphus (Turp.) Kuetz.

Sc. quadricauda (Turp.) Breb
Sc. quadricauda var. maxims W&W
Schroederia judavi G. M. Smith
Sphaerella lacustris (Girod) Wittrock
Sphaerocystis schroeteri Chord.
Sphaerozosma abertianum var. Archerii
(Guta) W&W
Sp. excavata Rahs.

Spirogyra Collinsii (Lewis) Printz.

(c-Ju)

(f-De)

(c-Ju)

(b-Ju)

(v-Oc)

(l-Ju)

(a-Ju) (b-Oc) (£-Ju,No,De)
(c-Ju,Oc,No)
(a-Ju)(b-Oc)(f-De)

(a-Ju) (b-Ju)

(b-Oc)(q-Ju)

(a-Ju)

(g-Oc)(e-Au)(a-Ju)

(b-Oc)

(a-Oc)

(i-Ju) (u-Ju)

(d-Ju)

(b-Oc) (d-Ju)

(a-OC)

(a-De)

(t-Ju) (i-Ju) (a-Ju) (q-Ju)
(g-Oc) (1-Ju) (i-Ju)
(g-No) (b-De) (d-No)
(c-Oc)

(m-Ju)

(m-Ju)

(g-No,De) (f-De) (c-No)

(n-Oc)

(c-No)

(e-Au)

(f-No)

(c-No,De)

(f-Ju,Oc,No)

(b-Oc) (p-Au)

(f-Ju,No) (c-Oc) (q-Ju)
(c-No)

(g-De)

(g-De) (e-Au)

(j-Ju)

(1-Ju)

(u-Ju)

66

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Sp. crassa Kuetz.

Sp. maxima (Hass.) Wiltrock
Sp. neglecta (Hass.) Kuetz.

Sp. Novae angUae Transeau
Spirotaenia condensata Breb.

Spondylosiiim planum (Wolle) W&W
Sp. sabsalsa Kuetz.

Staurastrum arachne Ralfs.

St. arachne var. gyrans (Johns.)

St. alternans Breb.

Staurastrum breviaculeatum G. M. Smith

St. curvatum W. West

St. cyclofurcatum Scot. & Gronbl.

St. furcatum Ehr.

St. minnesotense var. majusculum Wolle
St. setigerium Cleve.

St. subcornutum DeToni.

St SubgracilUmum (W&W) var. tortum
Scot. & Gronbl.

St. turpescens DeNot. var. Pranulatum Scot.
& Grou.

St. unicorne Turn. var. longicolle G. P, & S
Stigeoclonium lubricum (Dilles) Kuetz.

St. nanum Kuetz.

St. stagnatile (Hazen.) Gollins.

St. subsecundum Kuetz.

Stylospheridium stipitatum (Buchm)
Geitlert Grime

Tetraedron limneticum Borge
Tet. lunula (Reinsch) Wille
Tet. muticum fa. punctulatum (Reinsch)
DeToni.

Tet. regulare Kuetz.

Tet. trigonum (Naeg) Hansgirg
T etrallantos Lagerheimii Teiling
Ulothrix zonata (Weber & Mohr.) Kuetz.
Xanthidium cristatum Breb.

Chrysophyta
Amphora ovalis Kutz.

Asterionella formosa Hassall
As. gracillima Aeib.

(f-Oc) (w-Oc)

(vOc)

(t-Ju)

(u-Ju)

(I-Ju)(o-Ju)

(I-Ju) (o-Ju)

(c-Ju)(u-Ju)

(1-Ju) (b-Oc) (c-Oc,De)
(p-Au)

(b-Oc)

(h-Au) (t-Ju) (i-Ju) (b-Ju)
(c-Ju)

(c-Oc)

(i-Ju)

(g-De) (I-Ju)

(c-De)

(1-Ju)

(c-De)

(a-De)

(p-Au)

(h-Au)

(p-Au)

(n-De)

(b-De)

(h-Au) (n-Oc) (e-Au)
(d-No)

(d-De) (c-Ju)

(d-No)

(f-No)

(h-Au) (f-No)

(f-No)

(f-No)

(f-No)

(e-Au)

(c-Ju)

(1-Ju) (i-Ju)

(e-De) (d-Oc)

(s-Au)

(i-Ju)

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

Bacillaria paradoxa Gmel.

Botryococcus Braunii Kuetz.

Bo. protuberans var. minor G. M. Smith
Bo. sudeticus Lemm.

Characiopsis cylindricum (Lamb.) Lemm.
Ch. spinifer Printz.

Chrysosphaerella longispina Lauterbom
Chrysostephanosphaera globulifera Scherf.
Cymbella amphicephala Naeg.

Cy. cistula (Hempr.) Kirchn.

Cy. Ehrenbergii Kutz.

Cy. gastroides Kutz.

Cy. leptoceras (Ehr.) Rabenh.

Cy. musculus (Kutz) Kuntze Rhopolodia
musculus

Cy.parva (Hemp.) Kirchu.

Denticula tenuis Kutz.

Dinobryon bavaricum Imhof.

Di. diver gens Inhof.

Epithemia argus Kutz.

Eunotia pectinalis (Kutz.) Rabenh
Fragilaria capucina Desmaz
Frustulia rhomboides (Ehr.) DeToni.
Gomphonema constrictum var. capitatum
(Ehr.) Cl.

Gomphonema constrictum Ehr.

Go. geminatum Lyngb.

Go. longiceps var. montana
Go. parvulum (Kutz) Rabenh.

Go. vibrio Ehr.

Gyrosigma acuminatum Kute.

Gy. atenuatum (Kutz.) Cl.

Gy. spencerii (W, Sm.) Cl.

Homeacladia paxillifer (Nuller) Ehr.
Melosira Jurgensii Ag
Me. varians Ag.

Meridion circular e Kutz.

Navicula affinis Ehr.

Na. amphibela Cl.

Na. cuspidfiCa var. amhiqua (Ehr.) Cl.

Na. angiica Ralfs
Na. rryptocephala Kutz.

N^. cuspidata leg.

(e-Au) (Oc,De)

(b-Ju) (r-Ju)

(b-Ju)

(b-Oc)

(a-Oc)

(d-Ju)

(w-Oc)

(g-De)

(e-Oc)

(i-Ju)

(i-Ju)

(e-Oc) (h-Oc) (t-Ju)
(e-De)

(h-Au)

(e-De) (w-Oc) (v-Oc)
(t-Ju)(k-Ju)

(g-De) (d-De)

(g-No) (a-Oc) (b-Oc)
(w-Oc)

(eDe) (p-Au)

(c-Oc) (w-Oc) (v-Oc)
(v-Ju)

(d-Oc,No,De) (f-No)
(e-Oc)

(c-De)

(1-Ju) (c-Oc,No,De) (u-Ju)
(c-Oc) (u-Ju)

(d-Oc)

(i-Ju)

(e-Au,Oc)

(t-Ju)

(e-Oc,De)

(c-De)

(e-Oc,De) (i-Ju)

(e-Au,De

(d-De)

(b-Oc)

(c-Oc) (r-Ju)

(h-Au) (n-Oc) (f-Ju,Oc)
(h-Oc) (e-Oc)

(d-De)

(s-Au) (d-Ju)

[April

38

The Virginia Journal of Science

Na. decurrens (Ehr.) Kutz.

Na. Greville; Ag.

Na. lanceolata Kutz
Na. menisculus Schum
Na. oblongata Kutz
Na. palpebralis Breb.

Na. peregrina (Ehr.) Kutz

Na. radiosa Kutz

Na. rhijnchocephala Kutz.

Na. salinarum Grim
Nitzschia acicularis Sm.

Ni. dissipata (Kutz.) Grun
Ni. filiforms (W. Sm.) Hurt.

Ni. lineraris (Ag) Sm.

Ni. palea (Kutz)

Ni. sigma (Kutz.) Sm.

Ophiocytium capitatum WoTle
Op. cochleare (Eichw.) A. Braun
Op. elongatum W&W
Finnularia legumen Ehr.

Pin. major Kutz.

Pin. mesolepta Ehr.

Pin. nobilis ( Ehr. ) Kutz.

Pin. viridis ( Nitz. ) Ehr.

Rhopalodia gibba (Ehr.) O. Miller
Sceptroneis fibula (Breb) Schutt
Stauroneis acuta W. Smith
St. anceps Ehr.

St. phoenicentron (Nitsch.) Ehr.
Stipitococcus opiculatus Prescot
Striatella fenestrata (Kutz) Kuntze
Surirella biseriata Breb.

Su. capronii Breb.

Su. linearis W. Smith
Su. ovalis Breb.

Su. robusta Ehr.

Su. saxonica Aversw.

Su. splendida (Ehr.) Kutz.

Su. striatula Turp

(h-De) (n-Au,De) (i-Ju)
(h-De) (n-De)

(e-De)

(h-Au)

(d-Oc)(f-No)

(c-Oc)

(e-Oc)

(h-Au)

(n-Su)

(c-De)

( s-Au )

(h-Au)

(h-Au)

(h-Au) (e-Au) (d-Oc)
(h-Au)

(j-Ju) (u-Ju) (e-Oc) (s-Au)
(1-Ju) (i-Ju) (a-De)
(e-Au)

( s-Au )

( e-Au )

(i-Ju) (f-De) (d-Ju,Oc,No)
(i-Ju)

(u-Ju)

(1-Ju)(d-Oo)(f-Ju)

(s-Au) (a-De) (c-Oc)
(j-Ju)(u-Ju)

(v-Oc)

(d-De)

(d-De) (f-Ju) (c-De) (u-Ju)
(f-Ju) (c-N) (u-Ju)
(c-No,De)

(c-No)

(1-Ju)

(s-Au)

(e-Oc)

(u-Ju)

(d-No)(c-No)

(u-Ju)

(w-Oc)

(i-Ju) (d-Ju,Oc) (f-No)
(c^Oc)

(d-De)

(h-Au,De) (n-De (e-Au)
(s-Au) (a-De) (c-Oc, No)

69

1964] Study of Algae in Chesterfield County, Virginia

Synuria uvella Eh.

Tabellaria fenestrata (Lyngb.) Kutz.

Ta. flocculosa (Roth.) Kutz.

Tribonema bombycinum (C. A. AG).
Derbes & Solier

TL bombycinum var. tenue Hazen
TL minus var. acicularis (Willie) Hazen
Tr. minus (Willie) Hazen
Vaucheria sp.

(d-De) (c-No) (w-Oc)
(s-Au) (1-Ju) (c-No) (w-Oc)
(u-Ju) (v-Oc)

(c-De)

(n-De) (h-Oc,De) (d-Oc,
No,De) (f-De)

(c"]u) (w-Oc)

(e-Au,Oc)

(h-Au)

(n-Oc)

Cyanophyta

Anabaena circinalis Rabenh.
An. affinis Lemm.

An. azolla Stasburger
An. spiroides Klebahn
An. subctjlindricum Borge
An. wisconsinense Pescott
Aphanocapsa delicatisima W&W
An. Gremllei (Hass.) Raben.

Aphanotheca gelatinosa (Heim.) Lemm.
Arthrospira jenneri. (Kutz.) Stigen
Chroococcus limneticus Lemm.
Cylindrospermum stagnate (Kuetz.)

Born, & Flas.

Glaucocystis nostochinearum Raben.
Gleocystis ampla (Kuetz) Lag.

Lyngbya aerugineo-caerulea ( Kuct. ) Gomont
Ly. major Meneghinia
Ly. spirulinoides Gomont
Ly. Taylorii Drouet & Strick.

Merismopedia elegans A. Braun.

Me. punctata Meyen
Microcystis aeruginosa Kuetz.

Mi. aeruginosa var. major G. M. Smith
Mi. incerta Lemm.

Nostoc Linckia (Roth.) Bornet & Thuret
Nostochopsis lobatus Wood
Oscillatoria acutissinm Kufferath
Os. amphibia C. A. Ag.

Os. anguinea (Bory) Gomont
Os. articulata Gardner

(s-Au) (f-Ju)

(g-No)(e-Oc)(l-Ju)(i-Ju)

(b-Ju)(d-Oc)(c-Oc,De)

(w-Oc)

(i-Ju)

(b-Ju) (f-Ju)

(s-Au)

(m-Ju)

(a-Ju)

(f-Oc)

(1-Ju)

(r-Ju)

(n-Oc) (n-Ju)

(q-Ju)

(c-No)

(b-De)

( e-Au )

(v-Oc)

(t-Ju)

( S-Au )

(a-Ju) (c-No)

(g-Ju)

(d-Ju)(f-Ju)(p-Au)

(f-Ju,Oc,No)

(e-Au)

(r-Ju)

(t-Ju)

(e-Au)

(n-Oc) (f-Ju, No)

(e-Oc)

(v-Oc)

70

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Os. bornettii Qukal
Os. curviceps C. A. Ag.
Os. formosa DeBary

(e-De)

(i-Ju)(f-Ju)

(e-De)(q-Ju)

LITERATURE CITED

Farlow, Vivian. 1928. Algae of Ponds from Intestines of Tadpoles.
Biol. Bull. 55:443-448.

Forest, H. S. 1954. Checklist of Algae in the Vicinity of Mt. Lake
Biol. Sta., Virginia. Castanca 19:88-104.

Lewis, Ivey F., Conway Zirkle, and Ruth Patrick. 1933. Algae of
Charlottesville and Vicinity. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 48:

207-223.

Meyer, S. L. 1940. Genus Phacus Dujardin. Virginia Jour. Sci. 1:117-

118.

Strickland, J. C. 1940. The Oscillatoriaccae of Virginia. Am. Jour,
of Botany 27:628-633.

V^oodson, B. R. 1959. Part I. Collection Points and Species List A
Study of the Chlorophyta of the James River Basin, Virginia. Vir¬
ginia Jour, of Sci. 10:70-82.

Woodson, B. R. 1960. Part II. Ecology — The Chlorophyta of the
James River Basin, Virginia. Virginia Jour, of Sc. 11:27-36.

Woodson, B. R., and G. W. Prescott. 1961. The Algae of the James
River Basin, Virginia. I. Zygnemataceae and Oedogoniaceae. The
Am. Micro. Soc. 80(2.

Woodson, B. R.1962.The Genus Vaucheria of the James River Basin,
Virginia. The Virginia State Gollege Gazette 68(3).

1964]

An Analysis of the Virginia Avifauna

71

AN ANALYSIS OF THE VIRGINIA
AVIFAUNA

J. J. Murray, Sr., Lexington, Va.

(Received for publication. May 20, 1963)

Dr. Elliott Coues, our great American ornithologist of the post-Civil
War period, used to say that the potential bird list of any place in the
United States was the total bird list of the continent. He might even
have gone further and said that if a bird observer could live to the
age of Methuselah, he might not only see at his home station all our
own native birds but a good percentage of those of Europe and Asia
as well. At any rate, even for the less than Methuselan observer Vir¬
ginia is very fortunately situated for an extensive biid list.

The Old Dominion stretches from salt water to the more than 5500
foot spruce-covered cap of Mount Rogers. It has a long and loney,
although increasingly not lonely enough coast line, a multitude of isolated
barrier islands, wide-spread sounds and marshes, the broad expanse of
Chesapeake Bay, great tidal estuaries, the swamps of Tidewater, the
pine-clad hills of the Piedmont, the great valley, and high mountain
ranges. Only North Carolina of the coastal states can rival it in these
aspects. It is also fortunately located near the junction of northern
and southern animal populations.

In such a diversified territory a varied bird population may well be
expected. Virginia has attained a bird list of some 440 well-authenti¬
cated forms, 364 species and 76 additional subspecies. It thus com¬
pares favorabley in its avifauna with the neighboring states. Mary¬
land has 333 species and probably enough additional subspecies to total
415 forms. North Carolina only reaches a total of 408; South Caro¬
lina’s summary of 442 forms is almost exactly that of ours; while Georgia
has the highest list of all this group with about 460 species and sub¬
species. All of these states list in addition from 15 to 25 good hypo¬
thetical forms.

This Virginia list of 440 forms has been carefully authenticated. Prac¬
tically all of these are backed by specimens. Of the few birds not so
supported none has been admitted to the list . by our skeptical records
committee except when identified in the field on at least two differ¬
ent occasions and by at least two qualified observers.

It is customary to break down a regional list into seasonal categories:

72 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

extinct birds, residents, summer residents, winter residents, transients,
and accidentals. The Virginia list is divided as follows:

(1) Extinct Birds. In this group we have three species which are
no longer known anywhere on our globe. William Byrd, in his History
of the Dividing Line hetwixt Virginia and NoHh Carolina, tells of the
Carolina Parakeets he found along the border, but it is nearly 100 years
since the last little parrot was shot near Washington. In the days when
young Thomas Jefferson carved his initials under the Natural Bridge,
Passenger Pigeons broke the branches off the nearby oaks with the mass
of their numbers. No man, now living, has ever seen a Passenger Pigeon
in Rockbridge County. Similarly, the Heath Hen which once came
occasionally to northern Virginia exists now only as a spectacular memory.

(2) Residents are birds which occur in Virginia every month in
the year, although in many cases the summer and winter individuals
may be different. Often the term ‘permanent residents’ is used for these
birds, but it is not an accurate designation. Of our 85 residents there
are probably not more than 30 or 35 that are actually permanent resi¬
dents, in the sense that they never leave the State. Examples of
true permanent residents are the Bobwhite, Wild Turkey, Screech Owl,
Raven, Mockingbird, House Sparrow, and Cardinal.

(3) Summer Residents are birds which come up from south to nest
with us. They may only move in from Florida, or they may come from
Cuba, or, like the Chimney Swift, from the Amazon jungles, or even,
as in the case of the Upland Plover, from the pampas of the Argentine.
There are 118 of these, including many of our most beautiful birds.
Not all of them, of course, nest all over the State. Some breed only
above 3500 feet in the mountains, other only near the coast. All
species which breed with regularity anywhere in Virginia are listed as
summer residents. These summer residents may spend anywhere from
four to seven months in Virginia. A number of species have recently
extended their ranges northward, until we must now consider the Cat¬
tle Egret, certain other herons, and the Glossy Ibis as summer resi¬
dents in Virginia.

(4) Winter Residents are birds which come down from the north
to spend all or most of the winter in our State. There are some 75
of these. Small numbers of a few of these winter residents now remain
all the year and nest here. For example, while the vast majority of
Mallards and Blue-winged Teal go north to nest, a few pairs of each
of these species nest within our State. Such individuals are so atypical
in their habits that it is more reahstic to consider members of the species
in general as winter residents. This is just another instance of the

1964]

An Analysis of the Virginia Avifauna

73

difficulties faced in trying to analyze strictly the avifauna of a territory
as large as Virginia.

(5) Transients are birds which occur regularly on their spring and
fall migrations but which do not normally stay very long on either trip.
We hst some 104 of these. Here again arise the difficulties of analy¬
sis. For example, a small proportion of a number of species of shore-
birds may be found on our beaches throughout the winter, or even
in a few cases all through the summer, but in such cases the propor¬
tion of the total population so remaining is so small that it is better to
consider the species as a transient one.

(6) A final group consists of birds which should be termed Acci¬
dentals. Of these we list 55. The decision whether to consider a bird
as an ‘accidental” is inevitably somewhat arbitrary. I have assigned to
this group all species which have not been satisfactorily recorded in Vir¬
ginia as many as ten times. Some are strays from not distant areas
where they are common, such as the Anhinga, which nests as far north
as eastern North Carolina. Some have wandered for amazing distances,
such as the Sage Thrasher from far west, banded in Loudoun County
last winter. These accidentals have come from all points of the com¬
pass: The Fulmar from the far northeast; the Black-capped Petrel and
the White-tailed Tropic Bird from the Caribbean; the Oregon Junco and
the GambeFs White-crowned Sparrow from the northwestern states; the
Fulvous Tree Duck from the Gulf Coast; the Common European Teal
from the Aleutian Islands; the Scissor-tailed Flycatcher from the cen¬
tral plains; and the Lesser Snow Goose from Baffin Island. Three birds.
Lesser Black-backed Gull, Ruff, and European Woodcock, have come
across the Atlantic.

It is natural that in a state so long and with such varied territory
several species are represented by two different breeding races, one
subspecies nesting in the mountains and the other in eastern Virginia.
Two species, the Yellowthroat and the Song Sparrow, which is a very
fluid species, are in fact represented by three distinct breeding races.
Examples of species with two such subspecies or races are the Screech
Owl, Flicker, Pileated Woodpecker, House Wren, Yellow-throated Warb¬
ler, Meadowlark, and Towhee. There are 19 species with more than
one race nesting in Virginia.

An anomaly here is the case of the Blue Jays of Virginia. Speci¬
mens from the widely-separated areas of White Top Mountain and south¬
eastern Virginia are attributed by Dr. Alexander Wetmore to the south¬
ern race, while the birds of the rest of the State are of the northern
form. A still more remarkable case is that of the Robins of White
Top Mountain, where clearly marked pairs of northern and southern

74

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

races have been found breeding in close proximity. Apparently the
explanation of this very irregular situation is that one race has so recently
moved into the territory of the other race that there has not yet been
time for intergradation to take place.

There are other strange facts of distribution in our territory. Sw^ain-
son’s Warbler breeds fairly commonly in the Dismal Swamp and also
sparingly in a very different habitat in rhododendron thickets in South¬
west Virginia, but breeds nowhere in between. The answer to this odd
situation may at least in part lie in the similarity in the dense shade
and coolness of the two otherwise unlike areas. Again, two forms of
the Black-throated Green Warbler have widely-separated breeding ranges
in Virginia. The typical race nests throughout the mountains above 2000
feet, while the Wayne’s Black-throated Green Warbler is limited to the
Dismal Swamp region. This separation is the more strange since the
races are not at all well-marked.

In closing I may point out that of the seven faunal zones generally
recognized in eastern North America four occur in Virginia. The Gana-
dian Zone is seen only in a much modified form at the tops of the highest
mountains and on the high plateau of Highland Gounty. The Austro-
riparian, also in a somewhat modified form, is found only in the south¬
eastern corner of the State. Our two chief zones are the Alleghanian,
which occupies the mountain highlands in the range between 1500-2000
feet and 4000 feet, and the Carolinian, which covers nearly all of Vir¬
ginia east of the Blue Ridge, the Valley of Virginia, the floor of the
wider mountain valleys, and the open country of Southwest Virginia.

Each of these zones, in addition to having birds which breed in other
or in all of the zones, has its characteristic group of breeding birds, most
of which are limited or largely limited to that zone. The zone for which
it is most difficult to name birds that are zonal indicators is the Caro¬
linian, which stretches across most of the State. Here there seem to
be no birds entirely limited to the zone. This, incidentally, points out
the chief weakness of the faunal zone concept, in that while it holds
very well, both east and west, for mountain areas it is by no means so
clear on wide-spread prairie and piedmont type areas. Nevtherless, there
is a group of birds which as a group are characteristic of the Carolinian
Z3one. Further, this zone is a junction area for one group of birds
normally reaching here the upper limit of their northward distribution
and another group of birds which here normally reach the lower limit
of their southward distribution.

1964]

An Analysis of the Virginia Avifauna

75

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Burleigh, Thomas, D. 1958. Georgia Birds. Univ. of Okla. Press.

Byrd, William. 1929. 1929 edition. Wilham Byrd’s Histories of the

Dividing Line betwixt Virginia and North Carolina. N. C. Hist.
Commission, Raleigh.

Murray, J. J. 1940. The Faunal Zones of the Southern Appalachians.
Va. Jour, of Sci. 1:53-67.

Murray, J. J. 1952. A Check-List of the Birds of Virginia. Va. Soc.
of Ornithology.

Murray, J. J. 1953. First Revision ‘Check-List.’ The Raven 24:34-45.

Murray, J. J. 1955. Second Revision of the Virginia ‘Check-List.’ The
Raven 26:75-97.

Pearson, T. Gilbert, and C. S. and H. H. Brimley. 1959. Birds of
North Carolina. N. C. Dept, of Agri„ Raleigh.

Sprunt, Alexander, Jr., and E. B. Chamberlan. 1949. South Caro¬
lina Bird Life. Univ. of S. C. Press.

Stewart, Robert E., and Chandler S. Robbins. 1958. Birds of Mary¬
land and the District of Columbia. U. S. Govt. Printing Office,
Washington.

76 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

SOME CHANGES IN THE BLOOD OF FROGS
FOLLOWING ADMINISTRATION
OF HYDROCORTISONE

Miriam F. Bennett and Judith Kay Alspaugh
DepaHment of Biology, Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar, Virginia

The anterior pituitary-adrenocortical axis of the Vertebrata is still best
know from experimental work for common laboratory mammals and from
clinical studies for man, even though increasing numbers of workers are
investigating this system in non-mammalian forms. Recently, comparative
studies have been reviewed by Chester Jones (1957), Chester Jones, Phillips
and Holmes (1959) and Phillips and Bellamy (1963). In his 1957 mono¬
graph, in regard to our knowledge of this system in the Amphibia, Chester
Jones stated, “Little information is available from the results of the injec¬
tion of adrenocortical steroids, used in mammalian work, into Amphibia”
(pp. 153-154). This situation prevails at present. Well known effects of
the increase in titers of some such compounds in mammals are those seen in
the circulating blood, and include neutrophiha, lymphopenia and eosino-
penia (Dalton and Selye, 1938, and Seyle, 1950).

During the progress of v/ork on the blood picture of the frog, Rana
pipiens, in our laboratory, hydrocortisone was administered to these animals
in an attempt to ascertain whether or not changes, which parallel those seen
in the blood of mammals following the administration of some of the adeno-
cortical compounds, are found in this species.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Frogs, Rana pipiens, were purchased from suppliers in North Carolina
and Wisconsin from February through May, 1963. In the laboratory,
the animals were kept in individual containers in a small amount of tap
water at a temperature which ranged from 7° to 9° C. The animals were,
therefore, according to the terminology of Chester Jones (1957, p. 149),
‘‘captive frogs” which, as pointed out by this investigator, tend to have a
low rate of metabolism.

Preliminary work had shown changes in the distribution of leucocytes
following administration of hydrocortisone acetate to such frogs, and the
situations which obtained at 72 and 144 hours after injection were especially
interesting. For the work to be described here, 21 frogs were used. How¬
ever, only the data for 14 of these animals have been used for this analysis.
The remaining 7 frogs did not live through the 144 hour reading.

1964]

Some Changes in the Blood of Frogs

77

Blood was drawn from the toes of the frogs immediately before the
injection of 0.5 cc. of a 0.2% solution of crystalline hydrocortisone acetate
(purchased from Nutritional Biochemical Corporation) in distilled water.
This solution was injected in all cases just under the skin of the ventrolateral
surface of the posterior trunk of the animals with a hypodermic syringe and
25 gauge needle. Blood samples were taken again 72 hours and 144 hours
after the administration of the hormone. From each sample, two separate
smears were prepared and stained with Wright’s blood stain. Differential
counts of leucocytes were made of each of the 28 smears.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The differential counts are given in Table 1. Also included in this
table are the Student’s “t” values for the differences between the numbers
of each type of cell counted at the various readings. Neutrophilia is
obvious, as the number of neutrophils increased from 0 to 72 hours and
from 72 to 144 hours after injection. Both these differences, i.e., between
0 and 72 hours and between 72 and 144 hours, are significant (n<0.01).

Conversely, decreasing levels were found for the lymphocytes, mono¬
cytes, eosinophils and basophils (Table 1.). For the lymphocytes, the
difference between the 0 and 72 hours readings was significant (p< 0.001)
as was that between the 72 and 144 hour readings (p<0.05). The dif¬
ference between the levels of monocytes at 0 and 72 hours may be statis¬
tically significant (p<0.10), while that between the 72 and 144 hour read¬
ings is highly so (p< 0.001). The differences between the number of
eosinophils at 0 and 72 hours and between 72 and 144 hours are not statis¬
tically significant, but the change between the level at 0 hour and that at
144 hours is (p<0.01). For the basophils, very rare in all smears studied,
the decreases from 0 to 72 and from 72 to 144 hours are significant (p<0.05
and <0.001, respectively).

These results show definitely that changes in the white cell picture of
the frog do occur following the injection of hydrocortisone acetate. The
increase in neutrophils with an accompanying decrease in lymphocytes
and eosinophils are changes which are similar to those reported for mam¬
mals (Selye, 1950). In addition, decreases in the levels of monocytes and
basophils were found. Hydrocortisone has been identified in amphibians,
Xenopus and Amphiuma (Chester Jones, Phillips and Holmes, 1959). This
identification does add, somewhat, to the possible importance of the re¬
sults described in the present report. However, whether or not these re¬
actions result from increases in endogenously produced titers of adreno¬
cortical compounds in amphibians is not know. This is a question which
should be investigated to see whether the findings of this study do have
significance for the normal economy of the frog.

78

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Table 1. — Differential leucocyte counts for Rana pipiens at 0, 72, and
144 hours and the “t” values for the differences from one reading to
the next.

Type of cell

Time

Per cent distribution

“t”

Neutrophil _ _ __

_ 0

61.8

_

Neutrophil _ _ _ _

_ 72

79.6

5.77

Neutrophil _ _ _

_144

89.6

2.88

Lymphocyte __

_ 0

25.4

—

Lymphocyte

72

14.2

6.22

Lymphocyte

144

8.4

2.05

Monocyte

0

5.2

—

Monocyte

_ 72

3.6

1.77

Monocyte

_ 144

1.0

6.50

Eosinophil _ _

0

7.0

—

Eosinophil _

_ 72

2.4

1.26

Eosinophil _ _

_ 144

1.0

1.00

3.001

Basophil _ _ _

_ 0

1.8

—

Basophil _ _ _

___ 72

1.0

2.09

Basophil .

. _ 144

0.0

00

^Value for the difference between the numbers of the 0 and 144 hour readings.

SUMMARY

1. Differential counts of the leucocytes of frogs were made imme¬
diately before, 72 hours after and 144 hours after the injection of 0.5 cc. of
0.2% hydrocortisone acetate.

2. Neutrophils increased significantly while lymphocytes, monocytes,
eosinophils and basophils decreased in numbers.

3. Therefore, there was seen a picture which parallels that seen in
mammals following the administration of some adrenocortical steroids.

1964]

A Redescription of Uronema marinum

79

LITERATURE CITED

Dalton, A. ]. and H. Selye. 1938. The blood picture and the blood sugar
changes during the alarm reaction. Anat. Rec., 72 (Suppl.): 48-49.

Chester Jones, I. 1957. The Adrenal Cortex. 301 pp. Cambridge Uni¬
versity Press, Cambridge.

Chester Jones, I., J. G. Phillips and W. N. Holmes. 1959. Comparative
physiology of the adrenal cortex, in: Comparative Endocrinology, ed.,
A. Gorbman. 582-612. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York.

Phillips, J. G. and D. Bellamy. 1963. Adrenocortical hormones, in;
Comparative Endocrinology, eds., U. S. von Euler and H Heller.
Vol. 1: 208-257. Academic Press, New York.

Selye, H. 1950. The Physiology and Pathology of Exposure to Stress.
792 pp. Acta Inc., Montreal.

80 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

A REDESCRIPTION OF URONEMA MARINUM,
AND A PROPOSED NEW FAMILY
URONEMATIDAE^

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr.

Hampden-Stjdney College, Hampden-Sydney, Virginia
(Received for Publication October 3, 1963)

Among the most common hymenostome ciliates encountered in marine
waters, is a group of protozoa characterized by an elongate shallow buccal
cavity containing three small linearly arranged membranelles and an undu¬
lating membrane. Several of these cihates have been previously described
as species of the genus Uronema but few authors have used the modern
techniques of silver impregnation and none have included detailed studies
of the buccal apparatus. The author (1962, 1963) considers that the de¬
tails of the buccal apparatus are indispensable for taxonomic assignment
in the order Hymenostomatida and that most former descriptions are in¬
adequate and should be redescribed in light of modern silver impregnation
techniques.

It is the purpose of this paper to redescribe the type species Uronema
marinum, with particular emphasis on the buccal apparatus, in order that
tliis description may serve as a precise basis for future generic and specific
assignments in this large group of ciliates. It is also the purpose of this
paper to erect a new family, Uronematidae, to contain these organisms.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

This cihate was isolated from a culture collected on the ocean side of
Cedar Island, a few miles offshore from Wachapreague, Virginia. Phase
microscopical observations were made on the living organisms and hght
microscopical studies were made on animals stained by the Chatton-Lwoff
method of silver impregnation. Nuclear preparations were stained by the
Aceto-orcein-gelatin technique.

iJhis investigation was supported by Grant No. GB 1325 from the National Science Founda¬
tion and Grant No. G 15445 from the National Science Foundation for Research Participa¬
tion for College Teachers during the summer of 1961 at the Virginia Institute of Marine
Science, Gloucester Point, Virginia.

Virginia Institute of Marine Science Contribution Number 149.

1964]

A Redescription of Uronema marinum

81

MORPHOLOGY OF Uronema marinum

Body form and size. The body is generally elongated with a rounded
posterior and a bluntly tapered anterior end. The length and width of 50
silver impregnated animals averaged 33.1 X 17.4/x.

Ciliary meridians. The ciliary meridians vary from 13-16 but the
usual number is 15. The bipolar meridians are more or less evenly spaced
except the first and last which are thrown over to the right and left around
the buccal cavity. The prominent basal body complexes of each meridian
are connected by a single argentophilic fiber and appear closer together
in the anterior end. The basal body complexes of the last meridian vary
from 18-24 with an average of 19. The last meridian terminates just past
membranelle one (fig. 1) and fails to join the remaining meridians around
the anterior polar fiber (fig. 2). The area enclosed by this argentophilic
polar fiber is approximately 4.5/x in diameter.

An argentophilic polar fiber almost encloses the posterior polar basal
body-complex (fig. 3). This circular polar fiber appears to be a continua¬
tion of a fiber from the cytoproct and continues to the right where it
connects all the meridians except the last. A fiber from the last meridian
continues on to the polar basal body-complex and crosses over to the
circular polar fiber near meridians 9-11 (fig. 3). The area enclosed by the
circular polar fiber is approximately 5.7ja in diameter.

Buccal cavity and associated oganelles^. The elongate shallow buccal
cavity possesses a tetrahymenal buccal apparatus (fig. 1). The imdulating
membrane (UM) is found on the right side of this cavity. It begins near
the posterior end of the buccal cavity and terminates near the middle of
membranelle two. A small argentophilic fiber runs forward from the
anterior end of the UM. The infracilia ture of the UM is shghtly indented
just posterior to membranelle three; the anterior portion is relatively straight
and the posterior portion slightly curved. The UM measues 7.5fi in length.
The posterior end of the UM averages 16.3/>i from the anterior end of the
animal. The UM is located farther posteriorly in small animals and farther
anteriorly in large specimens.

Membranelle one (Mi) is located in the anterior portion of the buccal
cavity, about S/jl from the anterior end of the body. The infraciliature of
this membranelle measures 2.8/i, in length and appears to be only one row
of granules wide. Membranelle two (Mg) is about 1.2/* posterior to Mi and
measures 2.5 X 1.2/*. It appears irregularly rectangular in shape. Occa¬
sionally the infraciliature appears as two separate units which are closely

2AII measurements of the buccal apparatus of Uronema marinum were made from 50 silver
impregnated animals.

82

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

associated. Membranelle three (M3) is about .9/x posterior to Ma and
measures 1.3 x 1.3/x. The posterior end of Mg is about 3.4/x from the pos¬
terior end of the UM. The cytostome is located just posterior to Mg and
appears irregular in shape but when fully open it . is circular in shape and
occupies a large portion of the buccal cavity posterior to Mg. Several
argentophilic fibers are present in the buccal cavity. One of these fibers
continues from the posterior end of the buccal cavity to the cytoproct.
Several granules are present in the fibular area just posterior to the buccal
cavity.

Contractile vacuole pores. A single CVP is located near the posterior
end of meridian two (fig. 1 and 3). It is associated with the circular polar
fiber.

Cytoproct. The cytoproct is located between the first and the last
meridians in the posterior half of the body (fig. 1.). In silver impregnated
animals it appears as a long, irregular line.

Nuclear apparatus. The spherical macronucleus is located near the
middle of the body and measures 5 X 4^. A single micronucleus is present.

Stomatogenesis. The infraciliature for the new buccal structures is
initiated at the anterior end of the so-called director meridian and appears
to involve the posterior portion of the buccal cavity. The details of this
involved process were not studied.

Two silver impregnated preparations, one designated as containing the
holotype and the other containing paratvpes have been deposited in the
International Collection for Ciliate Type Specimens, a repository under the
jurisdiction of the Museum of Natural History of the University of Illinois
(Corliss, 1963).

CHARACTERISTICS OF Uronematidae, n. fam.

The family Uronematidae is distinguished from the other families of
the suborder Tetrahymenina by its unique buccal apparatus. This is char¬
acterized by a shallow elongate buccal cavity which possesses a tetrahymenal
buccal apparatus. This consists of an undulating membrane on the right
border of the buccal cavity and three small linearly arranged membranelles
which are thrown slightly over to the right near the undulating membrane.
The undulating membrane extends from the posterior end of the buccal
cavity to near the middle or to the anterior edge of membranelle two.
The cytostome is located just posterior to membranelle three. Post oral
meridians are absent. A director-meridian extends from the posterior edge
of the buccal cavity and is involved in stomatogenesis. The somatic
meridians are bipolar. A caudal cilium is present. The cytoproct is

1964]

A Redescription of Uronema marinum

83

associated with the director-meridian and is located between the first and
the last meridians.

DISCUSSION

The genus Uronema was included by Corliss (1961) and Mugard
(1949) in the family Cohnilembidae but a comparative study of the buccal
apparatus of Cohnilemhus verminus (fig. 5), the type genus and species,
will show that the buccal apparatus is uniquely different from that de¬
scribed for Uronema marinum. The buccal apparatus of Cohnilemhus
verminus was described by Borror (1962) and Evans and Thompson (1963)
as possessing an extremely long and narrow buccal cavity. The right un¬
dulating membrane occupied but a small portion of the length of the buccal
cavity. The long first membranelTe extended from near the middle of the
body to near the pointed anterior end. Membranelle two was intimately
associated with the posterior end of membranelle two. Membranelle three
was located just in front of the cystostome in a widened portion of the
buccal cavity. Considering the differences in the buccal apparatuses of
the two species, the present author can see no reason to retain the genus
Uronema in the family Cohnilembidae.

One additional family, Philasteridae, was described with a buccal
apparatus containing three linearly arranged membranelles but a compara¬
tive study of Philaster digitiformis^ (fig. 4), the type genus and species,
will also show that the buccal apiparatus is uniquely different from that
described for Uronema marium. The buccal apparatus of Philaster digiti-
formis was described by Mugard (1949), and was recently studied by the
present author. The buccal cavity is wide and deep in the posterior half
and narrows anteriorly. The first membranelle is deltoid in shape and is
located very near the anterior end of the animal. The very large second
membranelle is divided into a right and left arm. The shorter right arm
lies ner the right side of the buccal cavity and the larger left arm crosses
over to the left side and occupies more than half of the length of the buccal
cavity. The elongate falciform shaped third membranelTe extends around
the right wall of the deeper portion of the buccal cavity. The infra ciliature
of the undulating membrane lies deep along the right wall of the posterior
half of the buccal cavity. The author can see no familial relationship
between Uronema marinum and the family Philasteridae.

Uronema marinum was first described by Dujardin (1841) from the
Mediterranean Sea but the description was totally lacking in the details

sjhe author would like to express his appreciation to Dr. Helene Mugard, Laboratoire
d'Evolution des Etres Organises, Paris, for the loan of the slide used in this comparative
study.

84

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

necessary for taxonomic recognition. Buddenbrock (1920) and Kahl
(1930-1935) described a small marine ciliate as Uronema marinum but
again the descriptions were inadequate for specific or generic assignment.
Parducz (1939) using stained prepartions, which included the wet method
of silver impregnation, described many details of the silver line system of a
ciliate he called Uronema marium. But unfortunately Parducz did not
supply the essential details of the buccal apparatus and there is considerable
doubt as to the generic and specific assignment of his Uronema marinum.
In an ecological study of marine ciliates from Alligator Harbor, Florida,
Borror (1962) described brieflv a small ciliate as Uronema marinum. All
of the essential details of the buccal apparatus and the silver-line system
were not included in his brief description but the present author has since
studied one of Dr. Borror’s slides and agrees that his cihate is the same
organism as described in this paper.

It is the hope of the present author that this detailed description of
Uronema marium and the establishment of the new family Uronematidae
will provide a precise taxonomic basis for future generic and specific as¬
signments in this large group of hvmenostome ciliates. One new genus,
Miamiensis avidus (Thompson and Moewus, 1963) has recently been
added to the family Uronematidae and descriptions of two new genera are
in preparation for press.

SUMMARY

Uronema marium, a hvmenostome ciliate, is redescribed in light of
modern techniques, with particular emphasis given to the buccal appara¬
tus. Precise morphological data is presented as a basis for future taxonomic
recognition. A new family, Uronematidae, is described based primarily
on the pattern of the buccal apparatus. This buccal apparatus consists
of an elongate shallow buccal cavity which contains an undulating mem¬
brane on the right border and three small, linearly arranged membranelles
thrown over sightly to the right near the undulating membrane.

LITERATURE CITED

Borror, A. C. 1962. Morphology and ecology of the benthic ciliated
protozoa of Alligator Harbor, Florida. Arch. Protistenk. (In press).

Buddenbrock, W. von. 1920. Beobachtungen uber einige neue oder
wenig bekannte marine Infusorien. Arch. Protistenk. 41: 341-346.

Corliss, J. . 1961. The Ciliated Protozoa: Characterization Classifica¬

tion, and Guide to the Literature. Pergamon Press, New York and
Oxford.

1964]

A Redescription of Uronema marinum

85

Corliss, J. O. 1963. Establishment of an International type-slide collec¬
tion for the ciliate protozoa. /. Protozoal. 10: 247-249.

Dujardin, F. 1841. Histoire Naturelle des Zoophytes. Infusoires. Paris.
678 pp.

Evans, F. R. and J. C. Thompson, Jr. 1963. Pseudocohnilembidae n.
fam., a hymenostome ciliate family containing one genus, Pseudocohni-
lembus n. g., with three new species. /. Protozoal. (In press).

Kahl, A. 1930-1935. Urtiere oder Protozoa. I: Wimpertiere oder
Ciliata (Infusoria), eine Bearbeitung der freilebenden und ectocom-
mensalen Infusorien der Erde, unter Ausschluss der marinen Tintin-
nidae. In Dahl, F., Die Tierwelt Deutschalands. 1 - 886 pp.

Mugard, H. 1949. Contribution a I’etude des infusoires hymenostomes
histiophages. Ann. Sci. not., Zool. (ser. 11). 10: 171-268.

Parducz, Bela. 1939. Korperbau and einige Lebenserscheinungen von
Uronema marinum Duj. Arch. Protistink. 92:283-314.

Thompson, J. C., Jr. 1962. The buccal infraciliature as the distinguish¬
ing characteristic in the ciliate order Hymenostomatida. (Abstr.)
/. Protozoal. 9 (Suppl.):12.

Thompson, J. C., Jr. 1963. The generic significance of the buccal infra¬
ciliature in the family Tetrahymenidae and a proposed new genus and
species, Paratetrahymena wassi. Va. Jour. Sci. 14: 126-135.

Thompson, J. C., Jr. and Liselotte Moewus 1963. Miamiensis avidus,
n. g., n. sp., a marine facultative parasite in the ciliate order Hymenos¬
tomatida. J. Protozoal. (In press).

86

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Figure 1. Utonema marium. Ventral view of silver impregnated animal.

Figure 2 and 3. Uronema marinum. Figure 2. Anterior polar view of silver impregnated animal. Figure
o. rosterior polar view of silver impregnated animal.

1964]

A Redescription of Uronema marinum

87

Figure 4. Philaster digitiformis. Ventral view of silver impregnated animal.
Figure 5. Cohnilembus verminus. Ventral view of silver impregnated animal.

B8 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

THE ACANTHOECEPHALA IN VIRGINIA'

Harry L. Holloway, Jr.^

Department of Biology, Roanoke College

The acanthocephalan fauna of Virginia consists of nine species and an
unnamed juvenile. One species is a fish parasite, four species are avian
parasites and four species are mammalian parasites. The unnamed juve¬
nile, recovered from a mammal, may in nature attain sexual maturity in a
bird. According to Van Cleave (1953) the incidence of species of this
phylum in vertebrates, beginning with the highest incidence, would be in
the following sequence: fishes, birds, mammals, amphibians, and reptiles.
The differences are apparently due to the relative numbers of different host
species examined.

This paper is an attempt to bring together all infomiation concerning
acanthocephalans recognized as belonging to the Virginia fauna and to
present a critical evaluation of forms encountered by this author (Holloway,
1958, 1957a, 1956a,b, 1953b, and 1951; Holloway and Bogitsh, 1964). The
spiny-headed worms reported by others (Van Cleave, 1942; Byrd and
Denton, 1949; Progulske, 1952, manuscript thesis; Bogitsh, 1957, manu¬
script dissertation; and Daly, 1958) have not been evaluated as actual
specimens have not been examined. Those forms reported by others are
listed with sufficient specific characterization to render them recognizable.

The thorny-headed worms or Acanthocephala, adult members of which
are parasites of vertebrates, constitute a distinct phylum of the animal
kingdom. They are pseudocoelomates whose closest affinities are with
the cestodes. They attach to the intestinal wall of the vertebrate host in
which they attain sexual maturity by a highly modified hook covered intro¬
vert, the proboscis. The proboscis and the neck constitute the praesoma
and the remainder of the worm is the trunk. The wall of the trunk consist
of: culticula; hypodermis, in which the lacunar system peculiar to the
acanthocephala occurs; and syncytial layers of outer circular and inner
longitudinal muscles. The trunk is little more than a pouch for the repro¬
ductive organs. The axialy arranged reproductive organs consist of: in the

Mn part from a dissertation submitted to the Graduate Faculty of the University of Virginia
in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.

In part from a thesis submitted to the Science Faculty of the University of Richmond in
partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Arts.

2This study was supported in part by National Science Foundation Awards to the author by
the Mountain Lake Biological Station, University of Virginia and a grant from the Research
Committee, Virginia Academy of Science.

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

89

male; tests, cement gland or glands, cement reservoir in some, Saefftigen’s
pouch, and copulatorv bursa connected at the genital pore by a small canal
to the exterior; and in the female; an ovary which disintegrates in the process
of producing ova, uterine bell, selector apparatus which is a part of the
uterus, tubular uterus and vagina connecting with the exterior through the
subterminal genital pore.

At the anterior end of the trunk cavitv is the proboscis receptacle which
generallv attaches to the inner posterior portion of the proboscis but in some,
e.g. Centrorhynchtis, it attaches well anterior in the proboscis. Invertor
muscles of the proboscis insert on the inner cephalic surface of this organ
and originate from the blind caudal end of the proboscis receptacle. Some
fibers of the invertors pass out into the body cavitv as the dorsal and ven¬
tral retractors of the proboscis receptacle, attaining dorsal and ventral ori¬
gins on the bodv wall. The lemnisci are elongated tubular outgrowths of
the proboscis hvpodermis which are suspended in the bodv cavitv and func¬
tion in the retraction and extrusion of the proboscis. The “brain” or princi¬
pal nervous ganglion is in the proboscis receptacle.

The sexes are separate and after copulation, fertilization, and matura¬
tion the ova pass out in the feces of the host and are ingested bv arthropods,
which so far as known, are the first essential intermediate hosts. In the
arthropod the acanthor metamorphosis into acanthella, in which rudiments
of adult organs appear. The acanthella then developes into a cvstacanth
or juvenile worm within the arthropod or other intermediate host. In some
instances a second or third intermediate host mav be interposed in the life
cycle.

The reader is referred to the consideration of Neoechinorhynchus
cylindratns (Van Cleave, 1913), which is the most generalized form con¬
sidered, as the characteristic representative of the phvlum before proceed¬
ing to the consideration of the Metacanthocephala.

The taxonomic position of the Acanthocephala reported herein and
those recorded in the literature from the fauna of Virginia is indicated in the
following abbreviated scheme. The taxonomic sceme employed has been
adopted to show relationships of the forms encountered and has not been
critically analyzed, although as is pointed out in the body of the paper the
family Moniliformidae Van Cleave, 1924, does not agree with the defini¬
tion of the order, Archiacanthocephala in which it is habitually placed
and the validity of the order Sphenacanthocephala, Bvrd and Denton,
1949 has been questioned by some (Van Cleave, 1953).

Phylum Acanthocephala
Class Metacanthocephala Van Cleave, 1948
Order Palaeacanthocephala Meyer, 1931

90

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Family Polymorphidae Meyer, 1931
Subfamily Centrorhynchinae Meyer, 1931
Centrorhynchus wardae Holloway, 1958
Centrorhynchus species
Subfamily Plagiorhynchinae Meyer, 1931
Plagiorhynchus formosus Van Cleave, 1918
Order Archiacanthocephala Meyer, 1931
Family Gigantorhvnchidae Hamann, 1892
Mediorhynchus grandis Van Cleave, 1916
Family Oligacanthorhvnchidae Meyer, 1931
Macracanthorhynchus ingens (von Linstow, 1879)

Family Moniliformidae Van Cleave, 1924
Moniliformis clarki (Ward, 1917)

Family Pachvsentidae Meyer, 1931
Oncicola canis (Kaupp, 1909)

Echinopardalis macrurae (Meyer, 1931)

Order Sphenacanthocephala Bvrd and Denton, 1949
Apororhynchus amphistomi Bvrd and Denton, 1949
Family Apororhynchidae Shipley, 1899
Class Eoacanthocephala (Van Cleave, 1936)

Order Neoachanthocephala (Van Cleave, 1936)

Family Neoechinorhvnchidae Van Cleave, 1919
Neoechinorhynchus cylindratiis (Van Cleave, 1913)

A list and the number of each species of mammal (Holloway, 1957b
and 1964) examined from the Mountain Lake area, along with the Acan-
thocephala recognized are given in Table 1. An expanded host-parasite
list of these mammals is forthcoming. The incidence of N eoechinorhyn-
chiis cylindratiis in Westhampton Lake fishes is summarized in Table III;
and its presence has been correlated with other helminths present by Hollo-
wav and Bogitsh (1964). In literature reports of Acanthocephala from
the Virginia fauna the number of hosts examined which were infected with
spinv-headed worms is, when available, given in the body of the paper.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

When feasible the fish were examined immediately upon capture.
HoweX^er, some were retained in tap water filled tanks and others in toto
in a refrigerator. The mammalian carcasses were removed from the traps
as soon as feasible and retained in a refrigerator until examined. In no
instance were carcasses retained longer than ninety-six hours after removal
from traps. A 0.7% sodium bicarbonate solution was used in handling
and examining living worms from fishes and a 0.9% saline solution with
worms from mammals. The intestinal tracts were individually examined
microscopically and parasite recovery was facilitated by scraping, agita-

1964] The Acanthocephala in Virginia 91

Table I.—Data on Infection of Mountain Lake Mammals with Acanthocephala

Common name

Host

Scientific Name

No.

ex.

No.

inf.

Acanthocephala

Opossum

Order Marsupialia
Didelphis marsupialis

2

Short-tailed

shrew

Order Insectivora
Blarina hrevicauda

5

Smokey shrew

Sorex fumeus

2

Bachman’s Shrew

Sorex longirostris

2

Gray Long¬
tailed Shrew

Sorex dispar

4

Big Brown Bat

Order Chiroptera
Eptesicus fuscus

2

Allegheny

Spotted Skunk

Order Carnivora
Spilogale putorius

1

1

Centrorhynchus

wardae

Echinopardalus

macrurae

Striped Skunk

Mephitis mephitis

1

Raccoon

Procyon lotor

1

1

Centrorhynchus sp.
Macracanthor-
hynchus ingens

Wood Chuck

Order Rodentia
Marmota monax

1

Eastern Chipmunk

Tamias striatus

7

1

Moniliformis

clarki

Grey Squirrel

Sciuris carolinensis

1

Southern Flying
Squirrel

Glaucomys volans

1

Deer Mouse

Peromyscus

mayiiculatus

44

White-Footed

Mouse

Peromyscus

leucopus

48

Peromyscus sp.

2

Golden Mouse

Peromyscus nuttali

5

Red-backed

Mouse

Cleithrionomys

gapperi

22

Pine Mouse

Pity my s pinetorium

1

Woodland *

Jumping Mouse

Napaeozapus

insignis

1

Wood Rat

Neotoma floridana

16

Muskrat

Ondatra zibethica

1

New England
Cottontail

Order Lagomorpha
Sylvilagus
transitionalis

10

Totals

180

3

92

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

tion, filtration, sedimentation, and centrifugation. In the latter phase of
the study of mammalian helminths the individual alimentary tracts were
anatomically trisected, the portions were opened, microscopically examined
and then washed with tap water in ‘‘sieve pans” (U.S. standard sieve series
No. 80— openings 0.177mm.). The worms were thoroughly washed and
freed of mucous and then placed in tap water until they extruded their pro¬
boscises. The helminths from fishes were killed and fixed in hot Bouin’s
and those from mammals in Hot Bouin’s Kahle’s, Sanfelice’s, 10% formalin,
and Carnoy’s 6-1-1. The specimens were then punctured to avoid the
development of a “vacuum opacity”. Most of the worms from fishes were
stained with Ehrlich’s acide hematoxylin and others with alum cochineal
and bv Cajal’s method. These worms were counterstained with eosin Y
and indigo carmine. Worms from mammals were stained with Ehrlich’s
acid hematoxylin and Semichon’s acetic carmine. A eosin Y counterstain
was employed with the former stain. All worms were cleared in xylol and
mounted in balsam.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The following descriptions of Centrorhynchus wardae, Centrorhyn-
chus sp., Macracanthorhynchiis ingens, Moniliformis clarki, Echinopardalis
macrurae, and N eochinorhynchus cylindratiis are based on specimens re¬
covered bv the author. The remaining descriptions are based on literature
reports.

Centrorhynchus wardae Hollowav, 1958

These small specimens are only slightly advanced morphologically
over described encvsted juveniles of this genus from frogs and snakes.
Females are 3.82-4.13 x 0.59-0.64 mm. Males are 3.00 x 0.51-0.56 mm
Proboscis lenvth is 0.79-0.99 mm. Enlarged anterior portion of proboscis
is 0.35-0.48 mm. in diameter and the posterior portion is 0.27-0.40 mm. in
diameter. Proboscis receptacle inserts slightly caudad to the mid-point
of the longitudinal axis of the proboscis. The proboscis is armed with
numerous hooks arranged in 34-36 longitudinal rows of 18-20 hooks each.
Hooks are of two tvpes. The first five hooks of each row are more sturdy and
strongly recurved than the posterior ones. Thoms of anterior hooks are
0.049-0.069 mm. in length, thorns of medial hooks measure 0.033-0.049
mm. in length, and thorns of basal hooks are 0.023-0.036 mm. in length.
The proboscis receptacle is a bilamellated, cylindrical sac measuring
0.85-0.86 X 0.24mm. The lemnisci are 0.99-1.06 mm. long. They are of
equal length and extend into the body cavity a short distance past the
caudal edge of the proboscis receptacle. The poorly developed oval
shaped testes lying in a rather wide genital ligament are 0.07-0.08 x 0.04-
0.05 mm. There are four rather poorly developed cement glands.

1964]

The Acaxthocephala ix Virginia

93

This species was previously described and reported (Holloway, 1958)
in Virginia from five specimens recovered from the alimentary tract of the
one Allegheny spotted skunk, Spilogale putorius (L.), examined. The host
was trapped at Castle Rock, Mountain Lake.

Centrorhynchus sp.

(Plate I, Figures 1&2)

The worms (Plate I, figure 1) vary in length from 3.70-4.70 mm., with
a maximum diameter slightly posterior to the mid-point of the longitudinal
axis of 0.56-0.75 mm. The proboscis (Plate I, figure 2) varies in length
from 0.89-1.00 mm. It is 0.57 mm. long from insertion of proboscis recep¬
tacle (IPR, Plate I, figures 1&2) to the apex and 0.42 mm. long from the
insertion of the proboscis receptacle to its base. The proboscis is clavate
with the portion distal to the insertion of the proboscis receptacle being
slightlv greater in diameter. The distal part of the proboscis varies in width
from 0.35-0.47 mm. and the proximal portion is 0.34-0.45 mm. in width. It
is armed with 3-35 longitudinal rows of hooks ( Plate I, figure 2) each row
containing from 18-19 hooks. The first five hooks of each row are stout
and strongly recurved. They are 0.040-0.070 mm. in length and have well
developed roots. The “medial” hooks (5th- 10th rows) are 0.030-0.040
mm. in length and they possess poorly developed roots. The basal hooks
measure 0.026-0.035 mm. in length and they lack roots. The proboscis recep¬
tacle (Plate I, figure 2) is a biliamellated cvlindrical sac measuring about
1.00 mm. in length. The invertors of the proboscis penetrate the caudal
apex of the proboscis sheath and continue into the lumen of the trunk as the
retractors of the proboscis receptacle. They terminate in the subhypoder-
mal trunk musculature. The reproductive organs are so poorly stained
that description of them is impossible.

Four juvenile acanthocephalans of this genus were removed from the
lumen of the alimentary tract of a raccoon, Procyon lotor, trapped in western
Virginia by Prof. W. L. Threlkeld.

Although the diagnostic features of the specimens of Centrorhynchus
species from the raccoon do not correspond with those of any species de¬
scribed in the literature from North America, it does not seem desirable to
establish a new species at this time.

The specimen reported from the raccoon is compared in Table II with
the unnamed specimen of this genus from North America described bv Ward
(1940). It is obvious, upon comparing the dimensions of these specimens,
that they are closely related, if not the same. The carnivorous habit of the
raccoon would readily explain the occurrence of the same species within
the snake. Handley and Patton (1947) note that the racoon, “ . . . delights
in hunting crawfish, snails, small fish, aquatic insects and almost anything
else that moves.”

94

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

On June 22, 1955, the class in Helminthology under Prof. Arthur W.
Jones recovered four encysted specimens of Centrorhyncnus from two of
three Rana captured in Mountain Lake. In an attempt to repeat Read’s
work (1950) the author placed the specimens in a pocket within muscle
tissue and fed them to a specimen of Peromyscus leticopus. The experi¬
mentally fed mouse escaped and was killed in being recepatured. Upon
authopsy approximately twenty-four hours after experimental feeding, no
acanthocephalous worms were recovered.

liable II. — Comparison of Unnamed Juvenile Members of the Genus Cen-
trorhynchus from North America
All measurements in millimeters

Centrorhynchus sp.

K^eniToray rivnas sp.
measurements from
Ward, 1940

Number of longitudinal rows
of hooks

31-35

28-33

Number of hooks per row

18-19

18-22

Length of “anterior hooks”

0.040-0.070

0.050-0.060

Length of “medial hooks”

0.030-0.040

0.040

Length of “posterior hooks”

0.026-0.035

0.030

Length of proboscis

0.09-1.00

0.94-1.10

Anterior width of proboscis

0.35-0.47

0.28-0.30

Posterior width of proboscis

0.34-0.45

0.28-0.30

Length of proboscis receptacle

1.00

0.86

Length of lemnisci

0.70

Body length

3.70-4.70

male 3.40-4.20
female slightly
longer

Host

Procyon lotor
(raccoon)

Natrix sipedon
(water snake)

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

95

Plagiorhynchus formosus Van Cleave, 1918

The body is eliptical to ovoid. The female body is more cylindrical
than male. The femal is 9.50 x 2.00 mm.. The male is 8.50 x 2.00 mm..
The proboscis is armed with sixteen to eighteen longitudinal rows of eleven
to fifteen hooks each (Van Cleave, 1942). Hooks in a single row from tip
to base of proboscis measure (“.... straight line connecting the tip of the
hook with its extreme basal part” (Van Cleave, 1918) ) 0.071, 0.077, 0.083,
0.083, 0.083, 0.083, 0.083, 0.083, 0.083,0.077, 0.077, 0.077 and 0.065
mm.. The cylindrical proboscis sheath is 1.73 x 0.42 mm.. Lemnisci are
0.19 X 0.06 mm.. The lemnisci may be multiple. Ensheathed embryos
are 0.040-0.060 x 0.018-0.029 mm. (Van Cleave, 1942). Testes are 1.15 x
0.60 mm.. There are six long, tubular cement glands. Specimens of this
species were collected in Virginia by Prof. B. D. Reynolds from the robin,
Turdus amercanus, and identified by Prof. H. ]. Van Cleave (1942).

Other hosts include: flicker {Colaptes auratus) , domestic chicken
(Gallus domesticus), crow (Corvus brachyrhychos) , catbird {Dumatella
carolinensis) , thrush (Hylocichla sp.) towhee {Piplio erythropthalmus) ,
starling {Sturnus vulgaris) and grackle {Quiscalus quiscula) (Van Cleave,
1942).

P. formosus, in addition to Virginia, has been reported from Maryland,
New Jersey, District of Columbia, Pennsylvania, New York, Michigan, and
Kentucky (Van Cleave, 1942).

Mediorhynchus grandis Van Cleave, 1916

The cylindrical females are 27-35 mm. in length and 0.70-1.40 mm. in
diameter. The proboscis is 1.20 mm. long with proboscis receptacle in¬
serting approximately at midpoint of its longitudinal axis. The anterior
portion of the proboscis is armed with twelve longitudinal rows of approxi¬
mately four hooks each, with massive roots. Hooks on proximal portion
of proboscis are not in perfect rows but approximately thirty longitudinal
rows of three to six hooks each. Thorns on anterior proboscis are 0.050
mm. long and roots 0.075-0.086 mm. in length. Ensheathed embryos are
0.043 X 0.035 mm. Males are 8.20 mm. in length and 1 mm. in width
Lemnisci are approximately 2 mm. long. Testes are 1.2 x 0.35 mm.
There are eight pyriform cement glands. This species was reported in Vir¬
ginia by E. F. Daly (1959) from the Southern Crow, Corvus hrachy-
rhynchos paulus Howell. He examined one hundred and three crows and
found one to be infected with a single male specimen of this species.

Van Cleave (1947) reports this species from the following avian hosts
and localities: Quiscalus (fuiscula cpdscua (L,) purple grackle, Marvland
and New Jersey; Quiscalus quiscula aeneus (Ridgeway), bronze grackle.

96

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Kansas, Illinois, Ohio, and Kentucky; Corvus brachyrhynchos Brehm, crow,
Maryland and Ohio; Sturnella magna (L.), eastern meadowlark. North
Carolina, Ohio, and Illinois; Agelaius phoenicius (L.), red-winged black¬
bird, Ohio; Euphagus carolinus (Muller), rusty blackbird, Illinois.

Macracanthorhynchus ingens (Von Linstow, 1879)

(Plate I, Figures 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, & 12)

The body is of large size with accentuated sexual dimorphism (Plate
I, figure 3). Females are 120-175 mm. long and 6 to 7 mm. wide. Males
are 43 mm. long and 4 mm. wide. The proboscis is sub-globular (Plate I,
figure 4) and measures 0.62 mm. in maximum diameter and 0.48 mm. in
length. It is armed with six transverse or diagonal rows of six hooks each.
Since none of the specimens in the author's collection shows the roots clearly,
the measurements of the thorns alone will be recorded. The hooks in each
circle alternate with those in the circles immediately above and below. The
proboscis hooks decrease in length caudariy , while the degree of curvature
increases. In one series, the thorns of the proboscis hooks measured:
0.155mm., 0.141 mm., 0.148 mm., 0.113 mm., 0.099 mm., and 0.071 mm.
(Plate I, figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10). The preceding measurements are one
from each of the six transverse rows; and the first measurement is of the
anterior circle, and the last measurement of the posterior circle. The thorns
of the two anteriormost circles are acuminate (Plate I, figures 5 & 6), third
and fourth circular rows have chisel-shaped points (Plate I, figures 7 & 8)
and the fifth and sixth are acuminate (Plate 1, figures 9 & 10). The thorns
of the first and second circular rows correspond to Moore’s (1946) Type I,
third and fourth rows to Type II, and fifth and sixth rows to Type III. It is
obvious that Moore erred in transcribing his measurements of hook lengths:
Type I, 24.5 microns; Type II, 15-18 microns; and Type III, 7-8 microns.
The unspecialized neck is 0.50 mm. long and 0.47 mm. wide.

The elongate tandem testes (AT, PT, Plate I, figure 12) occupy the
middle and anterior third of the body. The testes are approximately 1 mm.
apart. Thev are 6.50 mm. in length and 0.60 mm. in width. There are
eight ellipsoidal cement glands (CG, Plate I, figure 12). Mature eggs
(Plate I, figure 11) are elliptical in shape and provided with irregularly
ridged and heavy brown shells. Between the outer shell (OS, Plate I,
figure 11) and inner shell (IS, Plate I, figure 11), there is a thin hyaline
membrane (OHM, Plate I, figure 11). The inner shell is relatively thick
and between it and the acanthor there is a thin hyaline membrane (IHM,
Plate I, figure 11). Outer dimensions of a series of ova are 0.087-0.092
mm. in length by 0.49-0.053 mm. in width, average dimensions being
0.090 mm. x 0.050 mm.. The acanthor within the egg shells ranged in length
from 0.063-0.069 mm., and in width from 0.016-0.025 mm., with mean
dimensions of 0.066 x 0.019 mm.. All of the measurements in this discrip-

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

97

tion were made on specimens killed and fixed in ten per cent formalin.

The previous description was based on two specimens given to the
author bv Prof. W. L. Threlkeld. The specimens were recovered from a
raccoon, Procyon lotor, trapped in western Virginia. Previously this para¬
site has been reported from Texas (Chandler, 1942 and Moore, 1946),
Pennsylvannia (Chandler and Melvin, 1951), Connecticut (Penner, 1954),
Maryland (Hermann, 1955), and Georgia (Jordan and Hayes, 1959). The
apparent discontinuous distribution is probablv due to the lack of sampling.

The raccoon, Procyon lotor, is the onlv definitive host from which this
species has been reported.

More (1946) experimentallv demonstrated that M. ingens in Texas
will undergo its larval development in grubs of the following scarabaeid
beetles: Phyllophaga crinita Burmeister, Phyllophaga hirtiventris Horn
and Ligyrus sp. Moore also experimentally demonstrated that a frog
{Rana pipiens) may possibly act as a transport host.

Moniliformis clarki (Ward, 1917)

(Plate II, figures 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, & 19)

The three specimens recovered, although poorly preserved, apparently
due to decomposition of the host, are difinitely Moniliformis clarki. Two
of the three specimens recovered developed paler staining dilated regions
(Plate H, figure 13). The specimens are immature females, measuring 5-6
mm; in length. This is in sharp contrast to the body length measurements
of mature worms listed by various other authors: 400 mm. (Chandler), 130
mm. (Van Cleave), and 121 mm. (Perry) (Chandler, 1947). The pro¬
boscis (Plate H, figures 14 & 15) is cylindrical and 0.30 mm. in length by
0.10 mm. at its distal end, and 0.08-0.09 mm. at its base. The unspecialized
neck is short, 0.02 mm. long. The proboscis is armed with crescentic hooks
(Plate H, figures 14 & 16). There is no sharp differentiation between the
thorn and root. The hooks are arranged (Plate H, figure 14) in approxi¬
mately 12dongitudinal rows of 6-10 hooks each. The longitudinal rows are
relatively indistinct. Theer are 196-125 hooks on the proboscis. Various other
authors list the following hook numbers for this species: 95-108 (Chandler),
12-16 X 6-8 (Van Cleave), and 5 x 12 (Perry) (Chandler, 1947). The
hooks, measured in a straight line (Plate H, figure 18) from the tip of the
thorn to the cephalic limit of the root thorn junction, are 0.013-0.023 mm..
Other authors list the following hook sizes: 0.016-0.021 mm. (Chandler),
0.012-0.018 mm. (Van Cleave), and 0.016-0.030 mm. (Perry) (Chandler,
1947). The root is bifurcated caudally (Plate H, figure 17).

The proboscis receptacle (PR, Plate H, figure 15) is bilamellated and
the layers are of equal thickness. It is approximately 0.40 mm. in length.

98

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

The cellular mass in the caudal end of the proboscis receptacle is apparently
the ‘‘brain”. The invertors of the proboscis penetrate the caudal end of
the proboscis receptacle and continue out into the trunk cavity. In this
way members of this genus deviate from the other genera assigned to the
order Archiacanthocephala. In other representatives of this order, the in¬
vertors pass through a ventral cleft (VC, Plate III, figure 22) to enter the
trunk cavity, but in species of the genus Moniliformis the invertors pass
through openings in the caudal end of this structure. The receptacle is a
single layered sac in all representatives of this order except species of the
genus Moniliformis, in which it is a bilamellated sac. The definition of this
order should be modified so as to include the genus Moniliformis without
necessitating a note on this exception.

The lemnisci (Plate II, figure 15) are highly twisted and curled, thus
making significant length measurements impossible. They are longer than
1.80 mm,. Thev appear to be of equal length and to contain many nuclei.
Most of the nuclei appear to be situated in the cephalic half of the organs.
All of the nuclei (Plate II, figuers 15 & 19) which could be visualized were
slightly oval in shape. The width of the lemnisci is highly variable, being
somewhat greater in the nuclear areas. Width in anuclear areas is 0.03
mm. and 0-05-0.07 mm. in nuclear areas. Chandler (1947) list the lemnisci
of this species as being 8-13 mm. long and 0.07-0.10 mm. wide.

Three specimens of this species. Moniliformis clarki (Ward, 1917),
were recovered from the small intestine of Tamias striatus found dead along
the White Pine Lodge Road, Mountain Lake, Giles County, Virginia on
June 24, 1955. Van Clave (1953) gives the geographical distribution of
this species in North America as north from Florida to New York, west
through Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, Manitoba, Kansas,
Oklahoma, and California. This constitutes the first report of this species
in Virginia.

This species has been recovered from the following hosts (Van Cleave,
1953): Sciurus niger rufiventer, western fox squirrel; Sciurus carolinensis
carolinensis southern grey squirrel; Citellus 13-lineatus, 13 stripped ground
squirrel; Scaloptis aquations intermedins, southern plains mole; Scalopus
aquations maohrinns, prairie mole; Tamias striatus fisheri, eastern chipmunk;
Mephitis mephitis nigra, eastern stripped skunk; Peromysous manioulatus
graoilis, deer mouse; Citellus nelsoni, ground squirrel; Eutamias sp., chip¬
munk; Pitymys pinetorum soalopsoides, pine mouse; and Geomys bursarius
illinoensis, Shaw’s pocket gopher. It is interesting to note that only one out
of seven chipmunks examined was infected. Representatives of several other
species reported to act as host for this parasite (Mephitis mephitis-1, Soiuris
oarolinensis-1, Peromysous manioulatus-44 and Pitymys pinetorium-1) ex¬
amined during the course of this study were found not to be infected.

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

99

The ecological situation in which the chipmunk was found does not
appear to corroborate Chandler’s (1947) correlation between incidence of
Moniliformis in grey squirrels and the ecological habit of the host. The
deciduous forest to the north of White Pine Lodge Road is composed of a
canopy of maples, oaks, and hemlocks. The slope from the elevated road
to the forest table is covered by a dense undergrowth of nettles (Urticaceae)
which become located in scattered patches on the forest table. The forest
floor is covered by huge fallen chestnut logs, scattered patches of nettles
and other herbaceous plants. This area is only about fifty yards wide and,
as it approaches the Pond Drain Stream, an extensive undergrowth of Rho-
dendron. Mountain Laurel and various other shrubby plants occur. This
northern area is quite damp. The deciduous forest to the south of the
White Pine Lodge road is composed of a canopy of oaks, maples, and hem¬
locks, but the undergrowth is not nearly as dense. This southern area is
not as moist as the area between the road and the Pond Drai. The overall
ecological area does not correspond to Chandler’s “dry localities” in which
squirrels infected with Moniliformis were captured. Therefore some doubt
is thrown on his generalitv that the intermediate host of this worm is limited
to dry localities. Chandler also fails to take into account the normal range of
squirrels (especialy the arborea species), which woud appear to be rather
great. Chandler’s correlation between ecological distribution of host and
incidence of Moniliformis appears to be a matter of chance based on in¬
sufficient sampling (12 squirrels examined).

The life cycle is unknown but the intermediate host is probably an
arthropod. Grassi and Calandruccio (1888) found the common beetle
(Blaps mucronata) to be the intermediate host of Moniliformis moniliformis
(Bremser, 1811) .

Oncicola canis (Kaupp, 1909)

As the original description of this species is so very incomplete it has
been necessary to consult the works of Parker (1909), Hall and Wigdor
(1918), and Van Cleave (1921 & 1953) to more fully characterize the
species. This species should be redescribed from the “type materials”. The
bodv is short and heavv, with irregular transverse striations. The worm
measures 6-14 x 4 mm. The globular proboscis is 0.37-0.46 x 0.40 x 0.50
mm.. The proboscis is armed with six circles of six hooks each. Accord¬
ing to Hall and Wigdor (1918) hooks range in size, tip of thorn to tip of
manubrium, from 0.348 - 0.130 mm., with the longest at the anterior end.
Van Cleave (1953) states, “Largest thorns about 0.067 mm. long, those
at base of proboscis about 0.530 mm.” Obviouslv Van Cleave erred, proba¬
bly by a decimal point, in recording the length of the basal hooks. Although
a comparison of the preceding hook measurements may appear to be incom¬
patible the figures of Hall and Wigdor (1918) indicate that the hooks of

100

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

the four anterior circles in this species have relatively well developed manu-
bria suggestive of the handle of taeniod cestode hooks. Ensheathed em¬
bryos measure 0.046 x 0.081 mm.. There are eight pyriform cement glands.
In none of the works previouslv cited is mention made of the dimensions of
proboscis sheath, or size and shape of lemnisci and testes. The presence
of Oncicola canis in Virginia was noted bv Progulske (1952, manuscript
thesis), who examined seventv stomachs and intestines of Lynx rufus rufus
Schreber, and found one to be infested with this worm. He made no men¬
tion of the number of specimens present.

According to Van Cleve (1953) this species has been reported from the
following hosts: Canis familaris, dog; Canis latrans, coyote; Lynx rufus,
bobcat; and Felis domestica, domestic cat. Immature stages have been
recovered from Dasypus novemcintus texanus, armadilo.

It has been reported from the following states in addition to Virginia:
Texas, Nebraska, Wvoming, Arizona, District of Columbia, and Illinois
(Van Cleave, 1953).

EchinopardaV.s Macrurae (Mever, 1931)

(Plates II and III, Figures 20, 21 and 22)

The two male specimens recovered (Plate III, figure 20) have a body
length of 13.50-4.50 mm. with a maximum bodv width of 1.14-3.00 mm.
The unspecialized neck is 0.33 mm. in length and 0.48 mm. in maximum
diameter. The globular proboscis (Plate III, figure 21) is 0.4 mm. long
with a maximum diameter of 0.48-0.50 mm. The proboscis hooks are
indistinctly arranged in six spirals or six circles of six hooks each. The
hooks are in a quincunxial arrangement. Largest hooks in the anterior
most series have a length of 0.188-0.201 mm. from tip of thorn to ante¬
rior edge of the thorn-root junction. The following three hooks in each
spiral have a length of 0.099-0.168 mm. The two succeeding hooks in
each circle have a length of 0.037-0.069 mm. Van Cleave records (1953)
the following lengths for the hooks in the same order as: 0.210 mm.,
0.180-0.090 mm., and 0.031-0.053 mm. The proboscis receptacle (Plate
III, figure 22) is 1.74-0.86 mm. in length and 0.48-0.57 mm in maxi¬
mum width. The invertors of the proboscis receptacle penetrate the
conspicuous ventral cleft (VC, Plate III, figure 22) to enter the trunk
cavity. The lemnisci (Plate III, figure 20) are cylindrical and of
unequal length. The longer lemniscus is 6.43 mm. in length and 0.31
mm. in maximum diameter. The shorter lemniscus is 5.81 mm. long
and 0.31 mm. in maximum width. The lemnisci in one specimen are
not sufficientlv clear for metric analysis. The longer lemniscus extends
caudally past the anterior testis to approximately midway between the
two testes. The shorter lemniscus extends posterior to the mid-point of

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

101

the anterior testis. The lemnisci are irregularly constricted and dilated
throughout their lengths. Globular nuclei are present, but they are not
sufficiently clear to count.

A genital ligament (GL, Plate Ill, figure 20) extends from the ante¬
rior testis to the base of the proboscis receptacle. The tanden testes
(AT, PT, Plate III, figure 20) are situated in the posterior two thirds
of the specimen. The anterior testis measures 0.40-1.68 mm. in length
with a maximum diameter of 0.10-0.54 mm. The posterior testis is 0.35-
2.30 mm. in length with a maximum diameter of 0.11-0.57 mm. The
testes are separated from each other by a space of 0.13-0.28 mm. The
posterior testis is almost in contact with the anterior cement gland. There
are eight spherical to pyriform, separate cement glands (GG, Plate III,
figure 20) which tend to be arranged in lateral pairs. Each gland appears
to contain one nucleus. Between the posterior testis and the anterior
cement glands and lateral to the cephalic four cement glands the vas
deferens stained blue when the worm was stained with Ehrlich’s acid hema¬
toxylin and counterstained with eosin Y. For this reason the author con¬
siders this worm to be mature. Although this criterion for judging sexual
maturity proposed by Lvnch (1936) is not entirely satisfactory, it does
appear to be more accurate than any other. The efferent cement ducts
pass through Saefftigen’s pouch (SP, Plate III, figure 20) toward the
copulatory bursa. This latter organ joins a short unspecialized canal
which opens to the exterior at the genital pore.

This is the first report of this species in an endemic situation in North
America. Van Gleave (1953) first reported this species and genus from
North America, but since the host. Lynx nifiis, was residing in a zoo,
the source of the infection was not known. Up to the time of Van Gleave’s
report members of this genus were known only from South America and
Egypt. He recoyered fiye female specimens from the bobcat and record¬
ed the body size as 11-43 mm. in length and 2.00-3.50 mm. in maxi¬
mum diameter.

Two male specimens of this species were recoyered from the small
intestuie of Spilogale puroriits (L). The skunk was trapped at Gastle Rock,
approximately two miles northeast of the Mountain Lake Biological Sta¬
tion in Giles Gounty, Virginia. The worms occurred in association with
Centrorhynchus wardae. Some difficulty was encountered in making a
positiye identification due to the hook lengths being recorded in the litera¬
ture (Van Gleaye, 1953) as oyerall length (thorn plus cephalic root pro¬
jection). This is in juxtaposition to a statement made by Van Gleaye
(1953) in the same article, “In making measurements of the hooks it is
standard practice to measure the straight line connecting the freepoint
of the thorn with the point where the thorn joins the root”. The roots
were not distinct in the preparations examined.

102

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

As no mature females were recovered during this study the natural
definitive host remains unknown, but the species can with more certainty
be attribute dto the endemic fauna of North America. The alimentary
tract contents of the host were analyzed and previously reported (Hollo¬
way, 1958). Several species of insects which may serve as intermediate
hosts were noted, foremost of which are coprophagous beetles. An unsuc¬
cessful attempt was made to demonstrate the intermediate host of this
parasite by feeding various coprophilic insects recovered in the area
where the ‘‘skunk” was trapped to white laboratory rats.

A specimen of this species has been deposited in the U. S. N. M.,
Helm. Coll. No. 54708.

Apororhynchis ainphistomi Byrd and Denton, 1949

The small body is sub-conical in shape. Females are 1.46-2.78 x
0.60-1.10 mm. The wider than long bulbar proboscis is 0.21-0.60 x
0.55-0.92 mm. Males are 1.43 x 0.58 mm. The wider than long pro¬
boscis is 0.36 X 0.44 mm. A distinct proboscis receptacle is absent. Nu¬
merous hooks, shaped like big headed tacks, are arranged in about forty
spiral rows of approximately 20 hooks each. The trunk is slightly con¬
stricted into an anterior dilated portion and a conical posterior portion.
Longitudinal vessels of lacunar system are dorsal and ventral. Highly
folded and looped lemnisci are of greater length than the body. En-
sheathed embryos are 0.048-0.064 x 0.020-0.030 mm. The rather large
testes are ovoid. The anterior testis is 0.26 x 0.21 mm. and posterior
testis (1.25 X 0.22 mm. There are eight pyriform cement glands. This
species was reported in Virginia by Byrd and Denton (1949) from the
Canada warbler, Wilsonia canadensis (L.) from Mountain Lake, Virginia.
The authors also recorded this species from the Panda warbler, Com-
posthlypis americana (L.), from Agusta, Georgia.

N eoechinorhynchus cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) Plate HI, Figures
23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 & 30).

The body of N. cylindratus is composed of two regions; the praesoma
and the trunk. The praesoma is further subdivided into the proboscis
(P, Plate HI, figure 28) and the neck. The worms are almost straight
with the caudal extremity of both males (Plate III, figure 30) and fe¬
males (Plate HI, figures 23, 28 & 30) slightly curved ventrally. Mature fe¬
males are 6-10 mm. long with a maximum diameter of 0.60-0.80 mm. slight-
Iv caudal to the praesoma. Mature males are 4.00-7.00 mm. long with a
maximum diameter of 0.40-0.70 mm. The body tapers gradually poste-
riad from the region of maximum width to the caudal extremity and it
narrows anteriorly from the region of maximum width to the neck. The
proboscis (Plate III, figuers 23, 28 & 30) is globular in shape and meas-

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

103

ures 0.11-0.17 mm. in length, and 0.15-0.19 mm. in width. The probo¬
scis (Plate III, figures 23, 28, & 30), a hook covered introvert, is armed with
circles of six hooks each. Hooks in the terminal circle are 0.073-0.100
mm. long, in the middle circle 0.030-0.040 mm., and in the basal circle
0.020-0.030 mm. The hooks are arranged in a quincunxial pattern.
The anterior and medial hooks (Plate III, figures 24 & 25) consist of
a thorn and a root. The roots of the basal hooks are poorly developed
(Plate III, figure 26). A manubrium (M, Plate III, figure 24) projects
centripetally from the cephalic edge of the roots of the anterior hooks.
Lynch (1936) noted that manubria occur in older and larger worms of
other species of this genus. The function of these structures is unknown;
however, because of their positional relationship to the root of the hook
and proboscis it appears that they may serve as pivots about which the
hooks move during extrusion and retraction. This does not appear to
invalidate the observation by Lynch, that manubria occur in older and
larger worms, but rather to be supported by it.

The praesoma and trunk are covered by a thin, acellular, nonsculp-
tured cuticula. The hypoderm or subcuticula of the praesoma is sepa¬
rated from the hypoderm of the trunk by an invagination of the cuticula.

The invertor muscles extend from the apex of the proboscis to the
caudal end of the proboscis receptacle. The central nervous ganglion
or “brain” (B, Plate III, figure 28) lies between the invertors of the
proboscis in the caudal end of the proboscis receptacle. These muscles
penetrate the posterior wall of the proboscis receptacle and continue into
the trunk as the dorsal and ventral retractors of the receptacle, (DR,
VR, Plate III, figure 30).

The proboscis receptacle (PR, Plate III, figure 28) is a blind uni-
lamellated muscular sac. At its cephalic extremity, it opens into the
cavity of the proboscis and caudally it is penetrated bv the invertor
muscles.

The dorsal and ventral retractors extend from the caudal limits of
the proboscis receptacle to end respectively in the dorsal and ventral
subhypodermal musculature.

The lemnisci are a distinctive pair of organs which are suspended
from the hypoderm of the neck into the lumen of the trunk. The two
lemnisci are of unequal length and this difference is correlated with
the number of nuclei present in each organ. The shorter lemniscus
(SL, Plate III, figure 28) contains a single giant nucleus, while the
longer has two (LL, Plate II, figure 28). Van Cleave (1914 & 1949)
has explained the length difference of the two lemnisci upon the basis
of the nuclear-cytoplasmic ratio. The nuclear variability in the lemnisci
of three species of the genus Neoechnorhychus has been studied by Lynch

104

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

(1936) and he found that ten of the forty individuals examined revealed
deviations from the normal. No deviations from the normal number
of giant nuclei in the lemnisci have been encountered in this study. The
most plausible function attributed to these organs is that of hydrostatic
control of the proboscis during retraction and extrusion (Van Cleave
and Bullock, 1950). The histochemical studies of Bullock (1949) indi¬
cate that the lemnisci are organs of relatively great metabolic activity.
The principal vessels of the lacunar system situated in the hypoderm,
are dorsal and ventral. These longitudinal canals are connected to each
other bv irregular, anastomosing transverse canals. There are five giant
nuclei associated with the dorsal longitudinal canal (Plate III, figures 28
& 30), and one such nucleus with the ventral longitudinal canal.

According to Van Cleave (1928) all species of the genus Neoechinor-
hynchiis possess giant globular nuclei with only occasional tendency toward
amoeboid form. The subcuticular nuclei encountered in this study were
of three morphological types; globular, rosette, and amoeboid. In a
preparation submitted to Van Cleave in 1950, he noted that the rosette
nuclei were probably the result of some accident in fixation.

An ovary (O, Plate III, figure 27) is present in the trunk cavity of
the female in early ontogenetic stages. It is club shaped to oval and
usually located between the third and fourth dorsal subcuticular nuclei.
The intact ovary is 0.19 mm. long and 0.07 mm. in maximum diameter
at its cephalic end. The ovary disintegrates into egg masses which
become progressively smaller, finally resulting in single ova. The mature
ovum of N. cylindratiis is oval in shape and 0.030-0.044 mm. x
0.012-0.020 mm. When eggs within the body cavity of the female
exhibit the definitely plump outline of the outer menbrane the specimen
is considered to be mature. A genetal ligament (CL, Plate III, figure
29) extends from the uterine bell to the proboscis receptacle.

The uterine bell (UB, Plate III, figure 29) is a funnel shaped struc¬
ture. Several cells are located in the caudal portion of this structure
and apparentlv represent the selector apparatus. Ova pass from the
uterine bell through the relativelv long uterus (U, Plate III, figure 29)
and into the vagina (V, Plate III, figure 29), and thence to the exterior
through the subterminal genital pore (CP, Plate III, figure 29).

The tandem testes (AT, PT, Plate III, figure 30) are ellipsoidal and
in contact or slightly overlapping. The anterior testis is usuallv the larger,
0.60 X 0.24 mm.; while the posterior testis is 0.42 x 0.20 mm. The
cement gland (CG, Plate III, figure 30) is an elongate, undivided, syn-
cvtial mass practically filling the trunk cavity in the region posterior
to the testes. It is 0.91 mm. long and 0.23 mm. in maximum width.
There are eight giant nuclei (GN, Hate III, figure 30) within this gland.

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

105

Lynch (1936), studying other species of this genus, found numbers
varying normally from four to twelve. At its caudal surface it is directly
continuous with the pyriform cement reservoir (CR, Plate III, figure
30). The cement reservoir is 0.26 mm. long and 0.17 mm. in maxi¬
mum width. The size of the cement gland varies greatly from speci¬
men to specimen (0.53-1.81 mm. long x 0.13-0.45 mm. in maximum
width) and may be correlated with the degree of maturity of the worm.
Two prominent efferent cement ducts lead to the cement reservoir.

Ventro-lateral to the cement gland and reservoir, the vas deferens
(VD, Plate III, figure 30) may readily be visualized in some worms.
The presence of sperm in this duct can be used as the criterion for
judging sexual maturity of the worm.

The efferent cement ducts and the vas deferens extend through Saeff-
tigen’s pouch (SP, Plate III, figure 30) to empty their products into
the copulatory bursa. Saefftigen’s pouch extends posteriorly from the
cement reservoir to the copulatory bursa. The copulatory bursa is a
highly muscular evertible organ. The genital pore is subterminal.

Ward (1940) found the large mouth bass, Micropterus salmoides
Lacepe^de, to be the natural definitive host in the Columbian Park La¬
goon, Lafayette, Indiana. She found ensheathed embryos discharged in
the feces of this host to undergo further development in the ostracod,
Cypria globula (Furtos, 1933). In this intermediate host the embryo
loses its membranes and develops through the various acanthor stages
into a juvenile. The juvenile stage is represented by specimens simi¬
lar to the adults except in size and degree of development of the repro¬
ductive organs. She (Ward, 1940) further found that when the ostra¬
cod is ingested by a Blue Gill, Lepomis m. macrochinis Rafinesque, the
juvenile acanthocephala migrate to and encyst in the liver. When the
Blue Gill is ingested by a Large Mouth Bass, the juveniles excyst and
mature in the intestines of this host. Van Cleave and Mueller (1934)
found two significant hosts of N. cylindratiis in different regions of Oneida
Lake, New York: Micropterus salmoides and Stizostedion vitreum (Mit¬
chell).

Manter (1926) found the liver of the minnow, Fimdulus heteroclitus
L., almost invariably heavily infected with a juvenile form of N. cylin-
dratiis. He sometimes found the parasite free within the liver, but usu¬
ally they were coiled within a very thin walled cyst. Through feed¬
ing experiments he determined that the parasites could be transmitted
from the liver to the intestine of the same host species. No evidence
was found that the parasite ever reached sexual maturity in the host.
The definitive host was found to be the common eel, Anquilla chryspa
Rafinesque. In conclusion Manter (1926) states. “The demonstration

106

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

seems to be quite complete that the eel (at least in this locahty) ac¬
quires (at least in part) its infection through the minnow, Fundulus
heteroclitus. Whether the minnow is a necessary link in the life his¬
tory of the parasite is very doubtful.”

Very few of the natural infection records of fishes harboring this
species indicate the sexual maturity of the specimens recovered. That
the need exists for such information can not be denied because the lists
of ‘‘hosts” (approximately 28 species) increases without qualification of
the adjustment of the parasite to the host. Data secured through a
study, employing the criteria for maturity previously considered, of speci¬
mens isolated from various fishes of Westhampton Lake indicate that
Micropterus s. salmoides Lacepe^de is the natural definitive host of N.
cylindratus and probably the only species of fish examined during the
months of the studv in which this parasite is capable of attaining sexual
maturity (100% mature males and 54% mature females). Large Mouth
Bass were capture and examined in July, August, September, October,
of 1950; March of 1951; and December of 1952. These data are sum¬
marized in Table III.

Infection of Chaenobrytus gulosus Cuvier (Table III) was high but
this is not surprising as the adult of this species is piscivorous and appar¬
ently could get its infection from either an ostracod or a fish transport
host. The relationship of host and parasite may be imperfect as indi¬
cated by the complete lack of mature females or the sexual cycle of
the parasite in C. gulosus may differ from that of the specimens in
Micropterus s. salmoides. Fishes of this species were collected and ex¬
amined for parasites in June, July, August, October, and November of
1950. Two female specimens of this species with intact copulatory caps
were removed from a fish of this species in December, 1952: they
were both immature with eggs in balls.

The number of specimens of Lepomis gibbosus L., Pumpkin Seed,
(Table III) examined was too small to determine the degree of infec¬
tion, if it occurs, but it is apparent that it does not compare with the
degree of infection of the natural definitive host.

The relationship between N. cylindratus and Pomoxis nigromaculatus Le
Sueur appears to be imperfect as indicated by the lack of mature females
and the absence of male specimens.

The Golden Shiners, Notemigonus c. crysoleucas Mitchell, (Table III)
examined in June, July, and February were found not to be infected,
as were the Northern Brown Bullheads, Ictalurus n. nebulosus Le Sueur
(Table III) collected and examined in June, July, and August.

The degree of infection of the Yellow Perch, Perea flavescens Mit-

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

107

1964]

Table II. — Assembled Data for the Occurrence of N eoechinorhynchus cylin-
dratus in All Species of Fishes Examined from Westhampton Lake.

Family

Name of Host

No.

of

fish

ex.

No.

of

fish

inf.

No.

para¬

sites

found

%

ma¬

ture

fe¬

males

%

ma¬

ture

males

Scientific

Common

Ameiurudae

Ictalurus

nehulosus

nebulosus

Le Sueur

Northern

Brown

Bullhead

3

0

0

Cyrpinidae

Notemigonus

c7'ysoleucas

crysoleucas

Mitchell

Golden

Shiner

9

0

0

0

Centrar-

chidae

Micropterus

salmoides

Lacepede

Large

Mouth

Bass

6

6

130

54

100

Centrar-

chidae

Chaenobrythus

gulosus

Cuvier

War-

mouth

18

8

30

0

100

Centrar-

chidae

Lepomis

gibbosus

Linnaeus

Pumpkin

seed

4

0

0

Centrar-

chidae

Lepomis

macrochirus

macrochirus

Rafinesque

Blue

Gill

28

1

1

9

Centrar-

chidae

Pomoxis

nigromacula-

tus

Le Sueur

Black

Crappie

13

2

2

0

Percidae

Perea

flavescens

Mitchell

Yellow

Perch

7

2

2

0

0

Lepomis

gibbosus

Hybrid

X

Lepomis

macrochirus

macrochirus

5

0

0

Hybrid

Chaenobryttus

gulosus

X

Lepomis

macrochirus

macrochirus

1

1

4

0

100

108

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

chell (Table III) was relatively high but only one specimen was removed
from each of the infected fish. The adjustment of the parasite to this
host is apparently imperfect as both of these specimens were immature.
Specimens of this species were examined during the months of June,
July, August, October and December.

The hybrids of Lepomis gibhosiis x Lepomis m. macrochirus (Table
III) were not found to be infected which is also the condition encoun¬
tered in the parent species. It is interesting to note that the one hybrid,
Chaenobrijttus gulosiis x Lepomis m. macrochirus (Table III) examined
was found to be infected with acanthocephala almost to the same degree
as the average number of specimens per infected fish of Chaenobrijttus
gulosus.

Bogitsh (1957, manuscript dissertation) reports this species from the
intestine of Micropterus salmoides and as cystacanths in the liver and
mesenteries of Lepomis m. macrochirus, Lepomis gibbosus, and Ictalurus
n. nebulosus from ponds in Albemarle County.

V. cijlindratus has been reported (Holloway, 1957a) from nine states
(eight east of the Mississippi and Minnesota) and the Canadian province
of Ontario.

Ward (1940) found all of fiftv Blue Gills which she examined, dur¬
ing the summer of 1937, from the Columbian Park Lagoon, Lafayette,
Indiana, to be infected with from ten to twenty-five hepatically encysted
specimens of N. cijlindratus. She encountered one immature fish which
contained three immature specimens of this acanthocephalous worm in
the intestinal tract, in addition to nine encysted juveile worms in the
liver. No hepatic cyst of N. cijlindratus were found in 28 fishes of this
species examined during the course of this study. Absence of the hepati¬
cally encysted juveniles may be due to the small sample or the cyclic
behavior of this parasite in Westhampton Lake. Obviously the incidence
of hepatic infection of the Blue Gill is not as high in Westhampton Lake
as in the Columbian Park Lagon. However the situation may be simi¬
lar to that in Leptorhijnchoides thecatus (Linton, 1891) in whfch larvae
that have developed for thirty days or more in the amphipod host are
capable of attaehing immediately to the intestinal wall of suitable fishes
which eat the infected amphipod (DeCiusti, 1939).

The injuries inflicted upon the host may be of two types; mechani¬
cal injury, and physiological injury. All of the specimens recovered were
removed from the small intestine and in no instance was the intestinal
wall perforated to the extent that the proboscis came to lie in the bodv
eavity of the host. The size of the fish harboring N. cylindratus in
relation to non-infected fish was not distinguishable from comparative

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

109

weights, total and standard length measurements. Venard and Warfel
(1953) note the damage to host tissue caused by this parasite is largely
due to the mechanical action of the hooks. A maximum of 49 worms
was recovered from one host.

SUMMARY

1. Centrorhynchus wardae Holloway, 1958, Plagiorhynchus formosus
Van Cleave, 1918, Mediorhynckus grandis Van Cleave, 1916, and
Apororhynchis amphistomi Byrd and Denton, 1949, are recognized
from the literature as components of the acanthocephalan fauna
of Virginia and are sufficiently characterized to permit recognition.

2. Macracanthorhynchus ingens (von Linstow, 1879), Moniliformis
clarki (Ward, 1917), Echinopardalis macrurae (Meyer, 1931) and
Neoechinorhynchiis cijlindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) are added to
the fauna of the Commonwealth through the critical analysis of
specimens recovered.

3. A juvenile Centrorhynchus species, recovered from a raccoon, is
analyzed and comparison with a Centrorhynchus sp. recovered by
Ward, 1940, reveals that the two are very similar. The carnivorous
habit of the raccoon may explain the presence of the parasite in
that host and a Water Snake.

4. The presence of cvstacanths of the genus Centrorhynchus in frogs
of the genus Rana recovered around Mountain Lake is noted.

5. Oncicola canis (Kaupp, 1909) was recognized from Lynx rufus
rtifus Schreber by Progulske (1952, manuscript thesis) during a
study of the bobcat and its relations to prey species in Virginia.
The consideration of some literature dealing with this species, par¬
ticularly the original description, indicates that the species should
be redescribed from the “type materials”.

6. The genus Echinopardalis, formally known endemically only from
Egypt and South America, may with more certainity be attributed
to the fauna of North America. However, as only one mature and
one immature males, were recovered from Spilogale putorius (L.)
the natural endemic definitive host in North America may remain
unknown.

7. Hosts and geographical distribution of species reported are given
and in some instances analyzed.

8. The ecological situation in which the chipmunk was found infected
with Moniliformis clarki does not appear to corroborate Chandler’s

no

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

correlation between incidence of Moniliformis in grey squirrels and
the ecological habit of the host. Accordingly the idea that the
intermediate host of this worm is limited to dry localities is ques¬
tionable.

9. The validity of the order Sphenacanthocephala Byrd and Denton,
1949 should be determined through a critical analysis of the funda¬
mental ordinal relationships of the genera Apororhynchtis and Medi-
orhynchus.

10. The family Monilformidae Van Cleave, 1924 should be removed
from the order Archiacanthocephala Mever, 1931 or the definition
of that order should be modified so as to include the Moniliformi-
dae.

11. Employing the criteria of sperm in the vas deferens and ova
with definitely plump outlines due to the outer membrane as indica¬
tive of sexual maturity reveal that Micropterus s. salmoides La-
c’ep’ede, at least in Westhampton Lake during the months of this
study, is the only species of fish in which both male and female
N eoechinorhynchus cylindratiis (Van Cleave, 1913) mav attain sexual
maturity and complete its life cycle. Through the application of
these criteria for judging sexual maturity it will be possible to dis¬
tinguish fish which simplv harbor (heterologous host) this parasite
from those in which it can attain sexual maturity and complete its life
cycle (homologous host).

12. Micropterus s. salmoides is the most generally utilized host (incidence
of infection 100%) of the eight species, representing four families,
examined from Westhampton Lake. The Large Mouth Bass also
carries a larger number of parasites of this species per host than
any of the other fishes examined.

13. The absence of hepaticalTy encysted juveniles of N. cylindratus in
the Blue Cills examined (28) during the study cannot be explained.
Although conditions may have been such that the juveniles remained
in the ostracods sufficiently long to complete development prereq¬
uisite to attachment to the intestinal wall. Upon being ingested
by “suitable fish” they excysted and attached.

14. In future works dealing with the Acanthocephala it is recommend¬
ed that the length of the thorn be recorded separately from the
length of the root and the manubrium. This will result in greater
similarity between the analyses of acanthocephalan hooks and tae-
noid taperworm hooks in which usually the dimensions of the handle,
guard and blade are recorded separately. It will also result in
the length of the thorn, the dimension usually determinable in

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

111

whole mounts, being consistently recorded and available for com¬
parative studies.

15. It is suggested that the manubria of the hooks serve as pivots upon
which the hooks rotate during extrusion and retraction of the probo¬
scis.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author is indebted to Dr. William L. Threlkeld, Animal Pathology
Section, Virginia A.gricultural Experiment Station, for the specimens from
the raccoon and to Dr. Allen McIntosh, Animal Disease and Parasite
Research Division, U, S. D. A. and the late Dr. H. J. Van Cleave, Pro¬
fessor of Zoology, University of Illinois, for verifying some of the iden¬
tifications. The author desires to acknowledge his gratitude to the late
Dr. B. D. Reynolds, Professor of Biology, University of Virginia, for his
interest, encouragement, and criticism during the course of this work
and to Dr. Nolan E. Rice, Professor of Biology, University of Richmond,
for his assistance and guidance during the early part of this study.

LITERATURE CITED

Bogitsh, B. J. 1957. Studies of helminths of fish from ponds in Albe¬
marle County, Virginia. Manuscript dissertation, Univ. Virginia Li¬
brary, Charlottesville: 1-161.

Bullock, W. L. 1949. HistochemicaT studies on the Acanthocephala
II. The distribution of gylcogen and fatty substances. J. Morph.
84: 201-206.

Byrd, E. E. and J. F. Denton. 1949. The helminth parasites of birds.
II. A new species of Acanthocephala from North Amtrican birds.
J. Parasitol. 35: 391-410.

Chandler, A. C. 1942. The helminths of raccoons in east Texas. J.
Parasitol. 28: 255-268.

Chandler, A. C. 1947. Notes on Moniliformis clarki in North Ameri¬
can squirrels. J. Parasitol. 33: 278-281.

Chandler, A. C. and D. M. Melvin. 1951. A new cestode, Oochoristica
pennsylvanica, and some new or rare helminth host records from
Pennsylvania mammals. J. Parasitol. 37: 106-109.

Daly, E. F. 1959. A study of the intestinal helminths of the Southern
Crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos Paulus) in Virginia. Proc. Helm. Soc.
Wash. 26: 66.

112

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

De Guisti, D. L. 1949. The life cycle of Leptorhynchoides thecatus
(Linton), an acanthocephalan of fish. J. Parasitol. 35: 437-460.

Grassi, B. and S. Galandruccio. 1888. Ueber einen Echinorhynchus,
welcher auch im Menchen parasitirt and dessen Zwischenwirt ein
Blaps ist. Gentralbl. Bakteriol. 3: 521-525.

Hall, M. G. and M. Wigdor. 1918. Notes on the Acanthocephala and
arthropod parasites of the dog in North America. J. Amer. Vet.
Med. Assoc. 6: 493-500.

Herman, G. M. 1955. Macracanthorhynckus ingens from raccoons in
Maryland. Proc. Helm. Soc. Wash. 22: 105.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1951. A morphological study of Neoechinorhyn-
chus cylindratus, a typical representative of the Eoacanthocephala.
Va. J. Sc. 2: 311.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1953a. Observations on the morphology of the prae-
soma of N eoechinorhynchus cylindratus (Acanthocephala: Eoacantho¬
cephala). J. Tennessee Acad. Sc., 28:181.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1953b. Notes on the occurrence of Neoechino-
rhynchus cylindratus in fishes of Westhampton Lake, Va. J. Sc. 4:
232.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1956a. A new species of the acanthocephalan genus
Centrorhynchus from Spilogale putorius (L.). ASB Bull. 3:10-11.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1956b. The Acanthocephala of Mountain Lake
mammals. Va. J. Sc. 7: 285.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1957a. The distribution of N eoechinorhynchus
cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) in North America. Va. J. Sc. 8:
296-297.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1957b. Sorex dispar at Mountain Lake, Virginia.

J. Mammal. 38: 406.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1958. Notes on the helminths of mammals in
the Mountain Lake region. Part 3. The genus Centrorhynchus in
North American with the description of a new species. Va. J. Sc.
9: 221-232.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. 1964. Notes on the ecology and habits of small
mammals at Mountain Lake, Virginia. J. Mammal. In press.

Holloway, Jr., H. L. and B. J. Bogitsh. 1964. Helminths of West¬
hampton Lake fish. Va. J. Sc. 15: 41-44.

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

113

Jordan, H. E. and F. A. Hayes. 1959. Gastrointestinal helminths of
raccoons (Procyon lotor) from Ossabaw Island, Georgia. J. Para-
sitol. 45: 249-252.

Lynch, J. E. 1936. New species of N eoechinorhynchus from the West¬
ern Sucker, Catostomus macrochuliis Girad. Trans. Amer. Micros.
Soc. 55: 21-43.

Manter, H. W. 1926. Some Noath American ^ish trematodes. Ill.
Biol. Monogr. 10: 1-138.

Moore, D. V. 1946. Studies on the life history and development of
Macracanthorhynchus ingens Meyer, 1933, with a description of the
adult worm. ]. Parasitol. 32: 387-399.

Parker, J. W. 1909. Echinorhynchus canis. Amer. Vet. Rev. 35: 702-
705.

Penner, L. R. 1954. A note on Macracanthorhynchus ingens in a Con¬
necticut raccoon. J. Mammal. 35: 459.

Progulske, D. R. 1952. The bobcat and its relation to prey species in
Virginia. Manuscript thesis. Va. Polytech. Inst. Library, Blacks¬
burg. 1-135.

Read, C. P. 1950. The rat as an experimental host of Centrorhyn-
chus spinosus (Kaiser, 1893), with remarks on host specificity of
the Acanthocephala. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 179-182.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1913. The genus Neorhynchus in North America.
Zool. Anz. 43: 177-190.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1914. Studies on cell constancy in the genus Eor-

hynchus in North America. ]. Morph. 25: 253-299.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1916. Acanthocephala of the genera Centrorhyn-

chus and Mediorhynchus (new genus) from North American birds.
Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 35: 221-232.

Van Cleave, H. ]. 1918. The Acanthocephala of North American birds.

Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 38: 19-47.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1921. Acanthocephala parasitic in the dog. J. Para¬
sitol. 7: 91-94.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1928. Nuclei in the subcuticula in the Acantho¬

cephala. Zeitsch. Zellforsch. Mikr. Anat. 7: 109-113.

Van Cleave, H. J. and J. F. Miller. 1934. Parasites of Oneida Lake

114

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

1964] The Acanthocephala in Virginia 115

20

116

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

117

fishes. III. A biological and ecological survey of the worm para¬
sites. Roosevelt Wild Life Ann. 3; 156-334.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1942. Reconsideration of Plagiorhynchus formosus
and observations on Acanthocephala with atypical lemnisci. Trans.
Amer. Micros. Soc. 61: 206-210.

Van Cleave, H. ]. 1947. The acanthocephalan genus Mediorhynchus,

its historv and a review of the species occurring in the United States.
J. Parasitol. 33: 297-315.

Van Cleave, H. J. 1949. The acanthocephalan genus N eoechinorhyn-
chus in the catostomid fishes of North America, with descriptions
of two new species. J. Parasitol. 35: 500-512.

Van Cleave, H. J. and W. L. Bullock. 1950. Morphology of Neoechin-
orhynchiis emydis, a typical representative of the Eoacanthocephala.

I. The praesoma. Trans. Amer. Micros. Soc. 69: 288-308.

Van Cleave, H. ]. 1953. Acanthocephala of North American mam¬

mals. Ill. Bio. Mongr. 23: 1-179.

Venard, C. V. and J. H. Warfel. 1953. Some effects of two species
of Acanthocephala on the alimentary tract of the Large Mouth Bass

J. Parasitol. 39: 187-190.

Ward, H. L. 1940. Studies on the life history of Neoechinorhynchus
cylindratus (Van Cleave, 1913) (Acanthocephala). Trans. Amer.
Micros. Soc. 59: 327-347.

Ward, H. L. 1940. Notes on the juvenile Acanthocephala. J. Para¬
sitol. 26: 191-194.

The scale to the right of figure 1 applies to that figure. The scale
above figure 4 applies to figures 2 and 4. The scale (millimeter rule)
to the right of figure 3 has a value of a 15.6 centimeters and applies to
that figure. The scale below figure 11 appleis to figures 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, and 11. The scale below figures 6 and 7 applies to figure 12.

Figure 1. Immature female of Centrorhynchus species to show gross
morphology. Abbreviations: IPR — insertion of proboscis receptacle
and PR — proboscis receptacle.

Figure 2. Proboscis and portion of neck of Centrorhynchus sp. Abbre¬
viation same as in figure 1.

Figure 3. Male (on left) and female Macracanthorhynchus ingens to
show the accentuated sexual dimorphism.

Figure 4. Proboscis and portion of neck of Macracanthorhynchus ingens.

[April

118 The Virginia Journal of Science

Figure 5. Acuminate hook of first transverse row from proboscis of

M. ingens.

Figure 6. Acuminate hook of second transverse row from proboscis of
M. ingens.

Figure 7. Hook with chisel-shaped point from third transverse row from
proboscis of M. ingens.

Figure 8. Hook with chisel-shaped point from fourth transverse row
from proboscis of M. ingens.

Figure 9. Acuminte hook of fifth transverse row from proboscis of

M. ingens.

Figure 10. Acuminate hook of sixth transverse row from proboscis of
M. ingens.

Figure 11. Mature ovum of M. igens. Abbreviations: OS — outer
shell; OHM — outer hyaline membrane; IS — inner shell; and
IHM — inner hyaline membrane.

Figure 12. Mature male of M. igens to show gross morphology. Ab¬
breviations: AT — anterior testis; CG — cement gland; GL — genital
ligament; L — lemniscus; P — proboscis; and PT — posterior testis.

The scale to the right of figure 13 applies to that figure. The scale
above figure 19 applies to figures 14 and 19. The scale to the right

of figure 15 applies to that figure. The scale to the left of figure 16

applies to figures 16, 17, and 18. The scale to the right of figure 20
applies to that figure. The scale to the left of figure 21 applies to
that figure.

Figure 13. Outlne of Moniliformis clarki to show body form. The oval
shaped portion of the trunk, adjacent to scale, stained lighter.

Figure 14. Proboscis of immature female of M. clarki to show distribu¬
tion of hooks.

Figure 15. Anterior portion of M. clarki to show especially the twisted
condition of the lemnisci. Abbreviations: EB — ovarian ball; L —
lemniscus; and PR — proboscis receptacle.

Figure 16. Profile view of proboscis hook of M. clarki to show crescent
shape.

Figure 17. Surface view of root of proboscis hook of M. clarki to show
bifid nature.

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

119

Figure 18. Profile view of proboscis hook of M. clarki to show line
(A-B) of measurement.

Figure 19. Lemniscus of M. clarki to show the oval shaped nuclei
and somewhat greater width of lemniscus in nuclear areas.

Figure 20 Mature male of Echinopardalis macrurae to show body form.
Abbreviations: AT — anterior testis; CG — cement glands; GL —
genital ligament; PT — posterior testis; and SP — Saefftigen’s pouch.

Figure 21. Proboscis of E. macrurae to show arrangement of hooks.

The scale to the left of figure 22 applies to that figure. The scale
below figure 23 applies to that figure. The scale to the right of figure
24 applies to figures 24, 25, and 26. The scale to the right of figure
27 applies to that figure. The scale to the left of figure 28 applies to
that figure. The scale below figure 29 applies to that figure. The scale
to the right of figure 30 applies to that figure.

Figure 22. Proboscis receptacle of Echinopardalis macrurae to show the
ventral cleft (VC) through which the invertors of the proboscis
pass into the body cavity and become the retractors of the proboscis
receptacle.

Figure 23. Proboscis and neck of N eoechinorhynchus cylindratus to show
the quineunxial arrangement of the proboscis hooks.

Figure 24. Profile view of proboscis hook from anterior circle of N.
cylindratus to show especially the manubrium (M) and well de¬
veloped root.

Figure 25. Proboseis hook of medial cirele from N. cylindratus to show
especially the root.

Figure 26. Proboscis hook of posterior circle from N. cylindratus.

Figure 27. Optical section of an immature female of N. cylindratus
to show the morphology and location of the intact ovary (O)
between third and fourth dorsal subcuticular nuclei.

Figure 28. Immature female of N. cylindratus, containing ovarian balls,
to show general organization. Abbreviations: B — brain; LL —
longer lemniscus; P — proboscis; PR — proboscis receptacle; and
SL — shorter lemniscus.

Figure 29. Optical section of ‘posterior portion of trunk of N. cylindratus
to show the reproductive organs. Abbreviations: GL — genital liga¬
ment; GP — genital pore; U — uterus; UB — uterine bell; and V —
vagina.

120

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Figure 30. Mature male of N. cylindratus to show general organiza¬
tion. Abbreviations: AT — anterior testis; CG — cement gland;
CR — cement reservoir; DR — dorsal retractor of proboscis receptacle;
SP — Saefftigen’s pouch; VD — vas deferens; and VR — ventral
retractor of proboscis receptacle; PT — posterior testis.

ARSTRACT OF MINUTES OF COUNCIL MEETING
University of Virginia, November 10, 1963

President Foley F. Smith presided and 23 Council members, commit¬
tee chairmen and guests were present. Dr. Roscoe Hughes presented
plans for a Symposium on Virginia’s Human Resources for Thursday, May
7, 1964 to be sponsored bv the VAS with assistance of industrial patrons
who will assume expenses including generous honorariums. Speakers
will be announced later. Dr. Henry Leidheiser, Jr. submitted a resolu¬
tion, which Council adopted, recommending to the Governor the appoint¬
ment of a Committee to study the present State Science Museum and
to consider means for short-range and long-range improvement of the
Museum.

Research Committee chairman. Dr. Stanley Williams, reported that,
after study, the suggestion to consider all papers presented to a Senior
Academy meeting for the J. Shelton Horsley Research Award was not
feasible. He emphasized the increased ($500) award and pointed out
that Dr. Royd Harshbarger is handling 1964 publicity concerning the
award. Two $250 research grants have been made. Council suggested
the Committee consider a rewording of the award requirement which
refers to the date of publication for a printed paper.

Council accepted a Long Range Planning Committee proposal to have
the Executive Secretary-Treasurer accept responsibility for VAS public
relations with, the advice and assistance of a committee to be appointed
by the President. Chairman Edward Harlow described current efforts
being made for a tax revision which would provide State tax exemption
for funds expended by Virginia industry on basic research. Council
directed the Executive Secretary-Treasurer to work with the proper au¬
thorities stating the VAS positive interest.

Miss Roggs, chairman, reported the VAS History will not be ready
for publication by January 1964. Her request to transfer the 1963
appropriation for this printing to the 1964 budget was referred to the
Finance Committee.

Council suggested that the Executive Secretary-Treasurer write to
college presidents seeking new VAS members from the ranks of faculty

1964]

The Acanthocephala in Virginia

121

additions; also, that he inform all VAS Section officers of their respon¬
sibility to be dues paying Academy members.

Dr. W. W. Scott reported that Junior Academy membership includes
74 permanently affihated science clubs; that 13 students and 3 teachers
attended the National Science Seminars in New Mexico; and that 2
Juniors will represent the Academy at the Cleveland AAAS meeting. He
distributed copies of the NSF renewal proposal for a 1964-65 grant for
$9,724.

The Journal announced, through Editor Siegel, a new printing con¬
tract with the Bassett Printing Corporation at about a 10% increase.
Council referred Journal finances for study to the Finance Committee.

President Smith appointed Dr. Kenneth Nisley, VPI, to the Virginia
Flora Committee; Dr. Russell J. Rowlett, Jr. to the History of Science
Committee; and a new committee, Dr. S. S. Obenshain, chairman, and
Dr, J. T. Baldwin, Jr., to review the Dismal Swamp manuscript and to
recommend action to Council. Mr. E. W. Ramsey reported plans for
an April 22, 1964 Governor’s Conference on Natural Resources spon¬
sored by the Virginia Resource Use and Education Council.

Respectfully submitted

Russell J. Rowlett, Jr.
Secretary

122

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Who developed the first
compound charcoal filter?

HERE’S THE ANSWER IN BLACK AND WHITE:

'\

The first cigarette with a mod¬
ern compound charcoal filter
was introduced by The Ameri¬
can Tobacco Company in 1958.
Its name: Dual Filter Tareyton.

Behind the Introduction of
this first compound filter lay
years of research and experi¬
mentation by American TPbac-
CO scientists to produce a filter
that would improve the taste
, and flavor of fine fobacco. This
was a large order, but it was
filled by the Dual Filter Ta reyton .
compound filter.

With an outer filter of white
cellulose acetate and an inner
filter of activated charcoal, this

compound filter is just the
right complement to Dual Filter
Tareyton’s quality tobaccos.
Proof of its success may be
seen in the exceptional loyalty
Dual Filter Tareyton smokers
have for their brand.

Developing and perfecting
the first compound charcoal fil¬
ter took manyyears. Maybe this
proves something: our persist¬
ent dedication to maintaining—
and ever improving— the high
quality of our products.

For at The American Tobacco
Company, QUALITY OF product
IS ESSENTIAL TO CONTINUING
SUCCESS.

IB9T IN CIGARETTE RESE>0

1964]

The Virginia Journal qf Science

123

SERVING SCIENCE SINCE 1925

[PK]aP>[pg(2i.[Da [JilltoKieo

YOUR SIGN POST TO SERVICE

LAB APPARATUS
LAB FURNITURE
CHEMICALS

SIXTH AT BYRD STS. RICHMOND, VA.

124

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

You don’t have to learn involved
procedures to run this calculator.

The most automatic calculator ever produced— the Monro-Matic® IQ-123—
reduces computational activity to mere push-button procedures. Touch the
memorv recall button, for instance, and a ten digit constant sets itself on
the keyboard automatically. And don’t worry about clearing the keyboard—
that’s all done automatically, too. As is positioning of the carriage, setting
zeros, as well as other tasks normally associated with changing from one
arithmetic sequence to another. The IQ-213 features a single keyboard,
too, for both regular and three-factor multiplication— and all answers are
displayed. What’s more, it has the largest display capacity of any calculator
on the market. In short, it will do your figurework faster, simpler, and more
accurately than any calculator ever devised. And it’s easier to operate. For
details, call your local Monroe representative. Or write us. Monroe Calcu¬
lating Machine Company, Inc., Orange, N. J.

MONROS [Q

A DIVISION OF THE BUSINESS MACHINES GROUP OF LITTON INDUSTRIES

1964]

125

The Virginia Journal qf Science

WeU EMANATION ELECTROSCOPE

A Student Experiment for Measuring The Half
Life of Thoron (Rn^^°)

The Student plots radioactive decay curve and computes half life
to within two seconds

RADIOACTIVE SOURCE INCLUDED

The Emanation Electroscope is intended for use by students at
the introductory level in physics or chemistry for measuring the
half life of radioactive material with complete safety and without
requiring costly or complicated electronic equipment.

WRITE FOR COMPLETE CIRCULAR

SINCE 1
1880

THE WELCH SCIENTIFIC COMPANY

foremost manufacturers of scientific equipment

1515 NORTH SEDGWICK ST., CHICAGO 10, ILLINOIS

126

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

BUSINESS MEMBERS
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Company

Allied Chemical Corporation

The American Tobacco Company

Dan River Mills

The Dow Chemical Company

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Inc.

First and Merchants National Bank
General Electric Company
Larus and Brother Company, Inc.

The Newport News Shipbuilding Qompany Foundation
Norfolk and Western Railway Company
Phihp Morris and Company, Limited, Inc.

Phipps and Bird, Inc.

Reynolds Metals Company
A. H. Robins Company
Southern Materials Company
State-Planters Bank of Commerce and Trusts
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
Virginia Chemicals and Smelting Company

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

127

Virginia Academy of Science

P'

ro^ram

OF THE

Forty-Second Annual Meeting

CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA

May 6-9, 1964

Host To Meeting
University of Virginia

128

The Virginia Journal of Science

[Aprii

Virginia Academy of Science

Officers

F. F. Smith, President S. S. Obenshain, President-Elect

R. J. Rowlett, Jr., Seeretary W. B. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Seeretary -Treasurer

Local Committee on Arrangements

General Chairman: James W. Cole, Jr.; School of General Studies,
University of Virginia

Viee Chairman: Eldred H. Hendricks

Puhlic Information: Bevin Alexander

Thomas I. Crowell
Robert L. Ellison
Edward W. Lautenschlager
Kenneth R. Lawless
Edward C. Stevenson
John Reitz
B. F. D. Runk
W. Dexter Whitehead

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

129

General Program Of The 42nd Annual Meeting

May 6-9, 1964
University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Virginia
Wednesday, May 6

1:00 p.m. Registration Virginia Junior Academy of Science (VJAS).

North Lobby, Newcomb Hall. Arrangement of Exhibits, Ball¬
room.

7:00 p.m. VJAS Committee Meeting, Honor Committee Room, Newcomb
Hall.

7:00 p.m. VJAS Symposium on Earth Sciences, Auditorium, Cabell Hall.

8:30 p.m. VJAS Reception and Social Hour, Lobby, Cabell Hall.

Thursday, May 7

8:00 a.m. Registration, North Lobby, Newcomb Hall. Exhibits, Ballroom.

8:30 a.m. Virginia Science Talent Interviews. Rooms 332, 333, 334,
Conference Room and Reading Room, Newcomb Hall.

9:00 a.m. Symposium— Exploring Virginia’s Human Resources. See de¬
tailed section of the program.

9:00 a.m. Concurrent Sessions of VJAS. Botany, Room 160, Gilmer
Hall; Zoology, Room 150, Gilmer Hall; Microbiology, Room 11,
Monroe Hall; Biochemistry, Room 4 A, Newcomb Hall; Chem¬
istry, Informal Lounge, Newcomb Hall; Physics, Room 204,
Physics Bldg., Mathematics, Room 4C, Newcomb Hall; Engi¬
neering, Room 126, Thornton Hall; Astronomy and Eartli
Sciences, Room 4B, Newcomb Hall; Psychology, Room 110,
Gilmer Hall.

2:00 p.m. Concurrent Sessions of VJAS. See above.

2:00 p.m. Meeting of Council, Honor Committee Room, Newcomb Hall.

2:00 p.m. Section of Science Teachers. See detailed section of the pro¬
gram.

130

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

5:30 p.m.
7:00 p.m.
8:00 p.m.

VJAS Committee Dinner Meeting, Parlor A, Newcomb Hall.
VJAS Business Meeting and Lecture, Auditorium, Cabell Hall.

Annual Academy Conference, South Meeting Room, Newcomb

Hall.

Friday, May 8

8:00 a.rn. Registration, North Lobby, Newcomb Hall. Exhibits, Ballroom.
8:00 a.m. Section Meetings. See detailed section of the program.

10:00 a.m. VjAS Awards Hour, Auditorium, Cabell Hall.

8:00 p.m. Virginia Academy of Science Assembly. Auditorium, Gilmer
Hall. Business Meeting, Election of Officers, J. Shelton Hors¬
ley Award, Guest Speaker— Professor F. H. Sanford, Dept, of
Psychology, Univ. of Texas, Work and Leisure.

Saturday, May 9

8:00 a.m. Section Meetings. See detailed section of the program.

10:00 a.m. Meeting of Council, Honor Committee Room, Newcomb Hall.

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

131

Symposium

EXPLORING VIRGINIA’S HUMAN RESOURCES

Sponsored by the Virginia Academy of Science in Cooperation
With the Virginia Chamber of Commerce
May 7, 1964
Auditorium, Cabell Hall

9 : 00 INTRODUCTION

Roscoe D Hughes — Professor, Department of Biology and
Genetics, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia

9:15-10:30 MODERATOR

Lorin A. Thompson — Director, Bureau of Population and
Economic Research, University of Virginia, Charlotesville,
Virginia

9:15 VIRGINIA’S FIRST FAMILIES AND THE FIRST

FAMILIES OF VIRGINIA

Wilcomb E. Washburn — Curator, Division of Political His¬
tory, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

9:40 VIRGINIA’S PEOPLE IN THE 18th AND 19th CENTURIES

John M. Jennings — Director, Virginia Historical Society,
Richmond, Virginia

10:05 CHANGING DENSITY PATTERNS OF VIRGINIA’S

POPULATION

Rupert B. Vance — Professor, Department of Sociology, Uni¬
versity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina

10:30 BREAK

10:45-12:00 MODERATOR

Edward W. Gregory — ^Professor, Department of Sociology,
University of Richmond, Richmond, Virginia

10:45 THE PEOPLE OF VIRGINIA’S APPALACHIAN REGION

AND THEIR TIES WITH AMERICAN LIFE

Leland B. Tate — Professor, Department of Rural Sociology,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia

11:10 SKILLS, TRAINING AND EDUCATION— VIRGINIA’S

BLUE COLLAR WORKERS

Lorin A. Thompson — Director, Bureau of Population and
Economic Research, University of Virginia, Charlotesville,
Virginia

11:35 SKILLS, TRAINING, AND EDUCATION— VIRGINIA’S

WHITE COLLAR WORKERS

132

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

William H. MacFarlane — Director, State Council of Higher
Education, Richmond, Virginia

12:00 LUNCH

2:00- 4:30 MODERATOR

Henry Leidheiser, Jr., — Director, Virginia Institute for
Scientific Research, Richmond, Virginia

2:00 HOW THE BIRTH PATTERNS OF THE 1960’S SHAPE THE

POPULATION OF VIRGINIA

Robert C. Cook — Presidenc, Population Reference Bureau,
Inc., Washington, D. C.

2:25 EPIDEMICS AND EUBIOTICS— THE PHYSICAL HEALTH

OF VIRGINIANS

Frederick J. Spencer — Professor, Department of Preventive
Medicine, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia

3:15 THE MENTAL HEALTH OF VIRGINIA’S PEOPLE

Richard W. Garnett — Professor, Department of Neurology
and Psychiatry, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Vir¬
ginia

3:40 TALENTS, INTELLIGENCE AND APTITUDES

IN VIRGINIA’S POPULATION

John J. McMillan, Chief Psychologist, Department of Psy¬
chiatry, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Virginia

Section Of Agricultural Science

Friday, May 8—8:20 A.M.

Session A

Honor Com. Room, Newcomb Plall

1. 8:30 A New Concept in Pine Sawfly Decline. Marvin L. Bobb, Vir¬

ginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Charlottesville

2. 8:45 Differential Reaction of Certain Peanut Lines to Botrytis Blight.

M. W. Alexander and G. M. Bousch, Virginia Agricultural Ex¬
periment Station, Holland

3. 9:00 Blackeye Peas and Related Horticultural Types for Virginia

Growing Conditions. Win. H. Brittingham, Virginia Truck Ex¬
periment Station, Norfolk

4. 9:15 Plastic Greenhouse Research and Evaluation. McNeil Mar¬

shall and P. H. Massey, Jr., Departments of Agricultural Engi¬
neering and Horticulture, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

133

5. 9:30 Effect of Molybdenum on the Yield and Growth of Alfalfa. G.

D. Jones and W. W. Moschler, Virginia Agricultural Experiment
Station, Blacksburg and Orange

6. 9:45 The Analysis of Pestieide Residues by Microcoulometric Gas

Ghromatography. Boyd L. Samuel, Virginia Department of
Agrieulture

10:00 Intermission

7. 10:15 Incidence of Lipids, Including Gholesterol Esters and Leeithin,

in the Skin of Sheep and Goats. Lubow A. Margolena, Animal
Husbandry Research Division, Sheep and Fur Animal Research
Branch, Beltsville, Maryland

8. 10:30 A Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor: Its Influence on Semen and

and Blood Pressure in Ghiekens. B. W. Hawkes and P. B.
Siegel, Poultry Science Department, Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute

9. 10:45 The Effect of Temperature and Storage Time on Gertain Physio¬

logical Gharacteristics of Undiluted Turkey Semen. Ira F. Carte
and A. T. Leighton, Jr.; Poultry Science Department, Virginia
Polytechnie Institute

10. 11:00 The Effect of Temperature and Storage Time on the Fertilizing

Capacity of Undiluted Turkey Semen. A. T. Leighton, Jr., W.
L. Beane and L. M. Potter, Poultry Science Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute

11. 11:15 Nutritive Value of Hatchery Refuse for Poultry. E. L. Wisman,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

12. 11:30 The Heritability of Growth and Conformation in Beef Calves.

Thomas J. Marlowe and Dale W. Vogt, Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station

13. 11:45 Various Measures of Daily Gaines of Beef Calves through Post-

Weaning Tests. K. P. Bovard and B. M. Priode, Virginia Agri¬
cultural Experiment Station, Front Royal

Session B

Informal Lounge, Newcomb Hall

14. 10:15 Landslides and Soil Geology Relationships in Several Regions

of Virginia. H. C. Porter and J. H. Redden, Virginia Agricul¬
tural Experiment Station and Geology Science Department, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute

134

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

15.

16.

17.

18.
19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

10:30 A Preliminary Study of the Shrink-Swell Characteristics of
Several Virginia Soils. John E. Moody, Virginia Agricultural
Experiment Station

10:45 Parent Material, PenepTanes, and Oxidation Facies as Controll¬
ing Factors in Soil Formation. Tinsley Mack, Soil Conservation
Service, USD A, Richmond

11:00 Potassium Exchanges as Affected by Cation Properties and
Mineral Structure, C. I. Rich, Agronomy Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute

11:15 What Organic Matter Really Does for the Soil. J. O. Pendleton,
Department of Agronomy, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

11:30 Relationship of Soil to the Growth of White Pine Forest in Floyd
County, Virginia. H. C. Porter, C. E. Gill and J. H. Redden,
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Forestry and Wildlife
Department and Geology Science Department, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute

11:45 Vegetative Stabilization and Use of Critical Land Areas Created
by Massive Moving Operations in Virginia. Joseph H. Vaden,
Soil Conservation Service, USDA, Richmond

Session A

Honor Com. Room, Newcomb Hall

1:00 Effect of Some Chelated Nutrients on Peanut Yield and Seed
Size. D. L. Hallock, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Holland

1:15 The Biology of the Southern Corn Rootworm on Peanuts in
Southeastern Virginia. G. M. Boush and M. W. Alexander,
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland

1:30 The Effect on Yield of Soybeans Infested with the Soybean Cyst
Nematode, Heterodera glycines, from Virginia. Grover C.
Smart, Jr.; Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station

1:45 Some Genetical Studies of the German Cockroach, Blattella
germonica (L.). Mary H. Ross, Entomology Department, Vir¬
ginia Polytechnic Institute

2:00 Outstanding VJAS Paper in Agricultural Science

2:15 Control of Respiration in Cockroach Muscle Mitochondria.
Donald G. Gochran, Department of Entomology, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

135

27. 2:30

2:45

28. 3:00

29. 3:15

30. 3:30

31. 3:45

32. 4:00

33. 4:15

4:30

Germination of Peanuts Affected by Harvesting Techniques. E.
S. Bell, Jr., Agricultural Engineering Department, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute

Intermission

Response of Hornworm Moths to Monochromatic Light. J. J.
Lam, J. M. Stanley and V. F. Earp, Agricultural Engineering
Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Electrotaxis of Phytophthora parasitica Zoospores and its Possi¬
ble Role in Infection of Tobacco by the Fungus. J. L. Trout¬
man and W. H. Wills, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station,
Chatham

Maximum Economic Production of Corn on Congaree Loam, J.
A. Lutz, Jr., P. H. Hoepner and G. D. Jones, Agronomy Depart¬
ment, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Rumex conglomeratus and Rumex obtusifolius. New Host of the
Knotweed Cyst Nematode, Heterodera weissi. Lawrence 1.
Miller, Paul L. Duke and Betty J. Gray, Virginia Agicultural
Experiment Station, Holland

Determination of Mercury in Paint by X-Ray Emission Spectro-
graphy, R. P. Hudson, Virginia Department of Agriculture

Some Uses of Emission Spectrographic Analysis in Virginia De¬
partment of Agriculture Laboratories. Jesse E. Swann, Vir¬
ginia Department of Agriculture

Business Meeting

Section Of

Astronomy, Mathematics And Physics

Friday, May 8—8:30 A. M.

Room 204, Physics Building

1. 8:30 Types of Etch Pits Formed ElectrolyticaUy in High Purity Cop¬

per. Angus C. MacDonald, University of Virginia

2. 8:40 Electron Microscope Observations on Zinc-Cadmium Wafers,

Wilham A. Jesser, University of Virginia

136

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

3. 8:50 Theoretical Calculation of the Electronic Energy of a Vacant

Lattice Site in Monatomic, Monovalent Metals, Doris Kuhlmann-
Wilsdorf, University of Virginia

4. 9:00 Germanium Semiconductor Detectors. A. ]. Levy, University

of Virginia

5. 9:10 Recoil Nuclei in Semiconductor Detectors. C. D. Porterfield,

University of Virginia

6. 9:20 Structure of Epitaxial Germanium Films. C. O. Tiller and B.

W. Sloope, Virginia Institute for Scientific Research

7. 9:30 Electrical Properties of Epitaxial Germanium Films. B. W.

Sloope and C. O. Tiller, Virginia Institute for Scientific Re¬
search

8. 9:40 Comparison of IR Spectra of CH4 and NH3 witli Spectra of

Jupiter and Saturn. Lawrence W. Frederick, University of
Virginia

9. 9:50 Experimental Demonstrations of the Motions of the Interference

Fringes Which Are Characteristics of Beats. L. G. Hoxton,
University of Virginia

10:00 COFFEE BREAK

10. 10:30 Studies on the Properties of the Intermetallic Compound Ti Ni.

James S. Legg, Jr. and J. Thomas Ratchford, Washington and
Lee University

11. 10:45 Low Frequency Internal Friction in the Intermetallic Compound

Ti Ni. J. W. Pugh, The Cathohc University of America, and
A. Atkins, R. A. Paddock, and J. Thomas Ratchford, Washing¬
ton and Lee University.

12. 10:55 Instrumentation for the Measurement and Display of Some

Characteristics of VHF Plasma Oscillations. S. R. Mosier (In¬
troduced by F. R. Crownfield, Jr.), College of William and
Mary

13. 11:05 A Generalized Least Squares Computer Program. M. D. Holt

and D. B. Raiford (Introduced by F. R. Crownfield, Jr.), Col¬
lege of Wilham and Mary

14. 11:15 Application of a Generalized Least Squares Program to the

Analysis of Wave and Oscillation Properties of Gas Discharges.
D. B. Raiford and M. D. Holt (Introduced by F. R. Crownfield,
Jr.) , College of William and Mary

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

137

15.

16.
17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

11:25 A Summary of Al-Saghani’s Treatise of Projections on the
Astrolobe. Ruth Bahous and E. Saleh, Lynchburg College

11:40 The Investigation of Crystal Defects by Means of Sensitive Den¬
sity Determinations. Julius A. Sigler, University of Virginia

11:50 Detection of Dislocations in Holes in Evaporated Single Crystal
Films. J. W. Matthews, Universtiy of Virginia

LUNCH BREAK

1:30 Business Meeting.

2:00 Outstanding Paper, Virginia Junior Academy of Science.

2:20 Hyperfine Splitting of Muonium. Morton Eckhause, College of
William and Mary

2:35 Muon Capture in Complex Nuclei. Robert E. Welsh, College
of William and Mary

2:50 Electroexcitation of Giant Resonance Levels in Ca^“. J. M.
Eisenberg and L. J. Weigert, University of Virginia

3:00 Photoexcitation of Electric Dipole States in SF®. L. N. Bolen
and J. M. Eisenberg, University of Virginia

3:10 Some Properties of Multiple-Electron Processes in Atoms. F. R.
Crownfield, Jr., College of William and Mary

3:20 Improvements and Uses of Liquid Heium Scintillation Coun¬
ters. Robert T. Siegel, College of William and Mary

3:35 The Scintillation of Liquid Helium. Frank E. Moss, University
of Virginia

3:45 Problems in Extraction of the Proton Beam from a 600 MeV
Cyclotron. Herbert O. Funsten, College of William and Mary

4:00 A Microwave Polarimeter. C. W. Lucas (Introduced by F. R.
Crownfield, Jr.), College of William and Mary

4:10 Observations on Thin Ribbons of Cadium in the Electron Micro¬
scope. J. C. Crump, III, University of Virginia

4:20 Neutron Decay Constants for Measurement of Buckling. Y. P.
Hwu and A. Robeson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

4:30 Heat Measurements in V.P.I. UTR-10 Reactor Core. C. F.
Sears and A. K. Furr, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

4:40 Ultraviolet Absorption Method of Measuring Densities in the
Ultracentrifuge. F. N. Weber, Jr., University of Virginia

138 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

32. 4:50 Molecular Weight Distribution Measurements. H. G. Kim,

University of Virginia

Saturday, May 9—8:30 A. M.

Room 204, Physics Building

33. 8:30 The Dielectric Polarizability of Fluid Para-Hydrogen. John W.

Stewart, University of Virginia

34. 8:45 Early Stages in the Plastic Deformation of a Phase Copper

Aluminum Alloys. J. C. Chevrier, University of Virginia

35. 8:55 Geometry of Dislocation Intersections with Sub-Boundaries.

Theodore R. Duncan, University of Virginia

36. 9:05 Real and ‘‘Complex” Eigenvalues. Fuad Hajj, University of

Virginia

37. 9:15 The Concept of Hydrostatic Pressure in the 16th and 17 Cen¬

turies. John L. McKnight, College of William and Mary

38. 9:25 A Method of Measuring the Gravitational Constant with In¬

creased Precision. J. W. Beans, University of Virginia

39. 9:35 Some Improvements in the Magnetically Suspended Ultracentri¬

fuge. H. M. Familant and J. W. Beams, University of Virginia

40. 9:45 Motion of Crystal Defects: A Study of Simple Classical Models.

Walter E. Atkinson, H, University of Virginia

41. 9:55 Characteristics of Growth of KH. PO4 from Aqueous Solution.

Majorie Lundquist, University of Virginia

10:15 COFFEE BREAK

42. 10:45 Positron Annihilation in Sulphur. T. M. Amos and W. T.

Joyner, Hampden-Sydney College

43. 10:55 Some Aspects of Titanium Vacuum Pumping. G. N. Salaita and

W. H. Foster, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

44. 11:05 Infrared Absorption Due to Lithium and Lithium-Oxygen Com¬

plexes in Silicon. K. R. Franks and T. E. Gilmer, Jr., Virginia
Polytechnic Institute

45. 11:15 Measurement of Partial Specific Volumes by Magnetic Methods.

James P. Senter and Dale V. Ulrich, University of Virginia

46. 11:25 Telemetering from the Magnetically Suspended Ultracentrifuge.

T. K. Robinson and A. S. Koralek, University of Virginia

47. 11:35 Mechanical Strength of Iron Whiskers. W. L. Piotrowski, Uni¬

versity of Virginia

1964]

8:00
1. 8:10

2. 8:20

3. 8:30

4. 8:40

5. 8:55

6. 9:10

7. 9:25

8. 9:40

9. 10:30

10. 10:45

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting 139

Section Of Biology

Friday, May 8—8:00 A.M.

Auditorium, Gilmer Hall

Announcements and introductory remarks. PAanklin F. Flint,
Chairman, Biology Section, presiding

Photoperiodism as a Factor in the Germination of Statoblasts
of the Bryozoan, Lophopodella carteri (Hyatt). Elizabeth Ann
Bergin, Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott, University
of Richmond

The Histological Changes in the External Gills of Larval
Amby stoma opacum when Treated with Homogenated Lopho¬
podella carteri. Eric J. Collins, Wilton R. Tenney and William
S. Woolcott, University of Richmond

The Use of Hemoglobin in Media for Culturing Pilobolus sp.
Kenneth L. Poff and Wilton R. Tenney, University of Rich¬
mond

The Acanthocephala in Virginia. 1. Morphology and Taxono¬
my. Harry L. Holloway, Jr., Roanoke College

The Acanthocephala in Virginia. II. Host-Parasite Relation¬
ships, Ecology and Geographical Distribution. Harry L. Hollo¬
way, Jr., Roanoke College

A Preliminary Investigation of Incipient Speciation in Drosophila
equinoxialis. J. Ives Townsend, Medical College of Virginia

Cytology of Aging in Tetrahymena pyriformis. Carolyn Wells,
Longwood College

Ribonucleic Acids in Embryonic Development. Frank Fina-
more, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
{Invitational Lecture)

Growth of the Tetraspore Ascomycete Podospora anserina Niessl
in a Synthetic Nutrient Medium. James E. Perham, Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College and A. Gib DeBusk, Florida State
University

Chrysopsis in Virginia. A. B. Massey and (Mrs.) E. A. Smyth,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The Virginia Journal of Science

140

[April

11. 11:00 The Influence of Hunting on Rabbit Populations in Southeastern

Virginia. Neil F. Payne, Virginia Polytechic Institute

12. 11:15 Sampling Methodology of Winter Deer Browse. W. Alan

Guthrie, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

13. 11:30 Incidence and Degree of Infection of Pneumonstrongylus tenius

in White-Tailed Deer {Odocoileus Virginianus) West of the
Blue Ridge in Virginia. Daniel Dudak, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute.

14. 11:45 Natural Selection in a Population of Polymorphic Snails. B. C.

Clarke and J. Murray, Virginia Polytechnic Institute.

12.00 Luncheon
1:30 Section Business Meeting

15. 2:00 Outstanding VJAS Paper in Biology

16. 2:30 Futher Notes on the Culture of Dugesia dorotocephala. Marie M.

Jenkins, Madison College

17. 2:45 Studies on the Life Cycle of a New Trypanosome from the

Rabbit, Sylvilagus floridanus, in Virginia. Rhodes B. Holliman,
Virginia Polytechnic Institute

18. 3:00 Studies on the Cercarial Fauna of Southwestern Virginia.

Rhodes B. Holliman, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Frank
J. Etges, University of Cincinnati

19. 3:15 A New Hymenostome Ciliate from Friday Harbor, Washington.

Jesse C. Thompson, Jr., Hampden-Sydney College and Jacques
Berger, Duke University

20. 3:30 Studies on the Host Range and Chemical Control of Fungi As¬

sociated with Diseased Tropical Fish. Charles O. Warren,
University of Florida, and William W. Scott, Virginia Polytech¬
nic Institute.

21. 3:45 The Phy corny cetous Flora of Water Enriched with Organic

Pollutants. Raymond Herndon and William W. Scott, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute

22. 4:00 Aquatic Hyphomycetes from Marine and Brackish Waters.

William W. Scott, Viiginia Polytechnic Institute

23. 4:15 A Species of Aphanomyces Parasitic on Rotifers. Roland L.

Seymour and William VV. Scott, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

24. 4:30 Application of the Oligodynamic Effect to the Separation of

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

141

Bacteria from Saprolegnia. James R. Powell, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute and Wilton R. Tenney, University of Rich¬
mond

25. 4:45 Studies on the Ecological Succession of the Epiphytic Diatoms

and Associated Fungus Parasites of Eel Grass {Zostera marina).
Charles M. Heartwell, III and William W. Scott, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute

Saturday, May 9 — 8:00 A. M.

Auditorium, Gilmer Hall
8:00 Announcements

26. 8:05 Intermediary Metabolism Involving Melanization in Drosophila

melanogaster. M. E. Jacobs, Eastern Mennonite College

27. 8:17 Hemolysis of Frog Erythrocytes. S. P. Maroney, Jr., University

of Virginia

28. 8:29 Adsorption of Some Fission Products on Clay Minerals. J. E.

Warrinner, Virginia Institute of Marine Science

29. 8:41 Concentration of Suspended Matter in Estuarine Waters into

Bottom Deposits by the Process of Biodeposition. Dexter S.
Haven, Virginia Institute of Marine Science

30. 8:53 The Use of Telementry to Determine Animal Activities and

Movements. Fairfax H. Settle, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

31 9:05 Critical Thermal Maximum in Adult and Larval Eurycea

hislineata. Garnett R. Brooks, College of William and Mary

32. 9:17 Oyster Problems in the James River Seed Area. Jay D. Andrews,

Virginia Institute of Marine Science

33. 9:29 Yolk Influence on Responses to ACTH in the Chick. Herbert

S. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

34. 9:41 Notes on the Biosystematics of Bidens (Compositae) . Gustav

W. Hall, College of William and Mary

35. 9:53 Ectopic Bone Formation in Rat Muscle. David Longfellow and

Paul J. Osborne, Lynchburg College

36. 10:05 Acid Phosphatase in Earthworms. Paul J. Osborne and John

Freed, Lynchburg College and A. T. Miller, Jr., University of
North Carohna

37. 10:17 Evidence of Selection for the Snorter Dwarf Gene in Cattle.

142

[April

38.

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

44.

45.

46.

1.

2.

3.

4.

The Virginia Journal of Science

Thomas J. Marlowe, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

10:29 Cleavage Factors in Marine Eggs. Dorothy S. Fry, Randolph-
Macon Woman’s College.

10:41 The Marine Algae of Virginia. Jacques S. Zaneveld, Old Do¬
minion College

10:53 The Evocation of Regenerative Growth in Denervated Amphi¬
bian Limbs. J. David Deck, University of Virginia

11:05 A Hydrarch Study in Rockingham County, Virginia. Donald
G. Leisch and James F. Ferry, Madison College

11:17 A Xerarch Study in Rockingham County, Virginia. John D.
Collins and James F. Ferrv, Madison College

11:29 Representative and Rare Plants of Pittsylvania County, Virginia.
William T. Hathaway and James F. Ferry, Madison College

11:41 An Inexpensive but Useful Herbarium for Small Colleges and
High Schools. James F. Ferry, Madison College.

11:53 Sociophysiological Differentiation. Bruce L. Welch, William
and Mary

12:05 The Influence of Differential Early Social Experience upon
Spatial Distribution within Populations of Prairie Deer Mice.
C. Richard Terman, William and Mary

Section Of Chemistry

Friday, May 8 — 8:00 A. M.

South Meeting Room, Newcomb Hall
8:00 Announcements, Introductory Remarks

8:10 Some Arylcyclobutane Derivatives. Stuart E. Zimmerman and
Alfred Burger, University of Virginia

8:25 A New Procedure in the Preparation of n-Butyl t-Butyl Sulfide.
John B. Daffin, Chemistry Department, Mary Baldwin College,
and Dennis Draper, Jr., Hampden-Sydney College. (Work
done as a summer project at Mary Baldwin College)

8:40 Kenetics of Schiff Base Formation, and Some Related Reactions.
Thomas I. Crowell, Richard K. McLeod, Daniel H. O’Brien and
Andrew W. Francis, Jr., University of Virginia

8:55 Preliminary Report on the Isolation and Identification of the
Aromatic Principle of Ailanthus Altissima (Tree of Heaven).

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

143

Myra E. Steele and S. J. R. Gamble, Lynchburg College

5. 9:10 The Effect of a Simulated Space Environment on Polymers.

George D. Sands, National Aeronautics and Space Administra-
tration

6. 9:25 Mixed Complexes of Ethylenediaminetetraacetic Acid, Mercury

(II), and SCN', Br", Cl", and I". Michael Rose and J. G.
Mason, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

7. 9:40 The “NIR”— A Neglected Region of the Spectrum. W. L.

Truett, DuPont Company, Benger Laboratory, Waynesboro,
Virginia

8. 9:55 Mass Spectrometer Studies on a Series of Perfluro Nitrogen-

Oxygen Compounds. Rudolph C. White, Texaco Experiment
Incorporated

9. 10:15 The Transmission of Electronic Effects Across the Pyridine Ring.

O. R. Rodig, C. Hill and S. L. Wang, University of Virginia

10. 10:30 Reaction of Fluorine with Boron in a Mass Spectrometer. Harry

P. Woods, U. V. Henderson, Jr., and Genevieve Poplin, Texaco
Experiment Incorporated

11. 10:45 Tallow-Derived Surfactants. Allan Berne-AIlen and Luciano

Nobile, Consulting Chemical Engineer, Sarasota, Florida

12. 11:00 An Investigation of 4-CarboxybenzenesuIfhydrazide as an In¬

termediate in the Resolution of Racemic Carbonyls. James K.
Shillington, G. Ashley Allen, Thomas W. Fauntleroy, Jr. and
Cary J. Hansel, Jr., Washington and Lee University

13. 11:15 The Effect of Certain Analogs of l-Ethyl-4-(2-morpholino-

ethyl)-3,3-diphenyl-2-Pyrrolidinone on Alcohol Dehydrogenase
Activity. John P. Davanzo, Lillian Kang, John W. Ward and
Carl D. Lunsford, A. H. Robbins Co., Research Laboratories

14. 11:30 Some Reactions of Tetrahydro thiophene 1-Oxide. Robert C.

Krug and Donald E. Boswell, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

15. 11:45 Chemical Products Derived from the Chemistry of Wood.

Reavis C. Sproull, Chesapeake Corporation

12:00 Business Meeting
12:20 Luncheon Recess

16. 1:10 Some Chemical Aspects of the Upper Atmosphere. Richard A.

Hord and Harold B. Tolefson, National Aeronautics and Space

144

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

Administration

17. 1:25 An Improved Synthesis of 7-Cyclohexylbenz(a)anthraeenes.

Frank A. Vingiello and George Vaughan, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

18. 1:40 Acidity, Destroyer of Man’s Fund of Knowledge Emily L.

Parr, W. J. Barrow Research Laboratory

19. 1:55 Alkylenediphosphonates. R. T. Kemp, Virginia-Carolina

Chemical Company

20. 2:10 Outstanding VJAS Paper in Chemistry for 1964

21. 2:25 Photolysis with Nitryl Chloride. David L. Myers and John H.

Wise, Washington and Lee University

22. 2:40 The Synthesis of Some Sulfur-Containing Benz (a) anthracenes.

Frank A. Vingiello and Richard Kornmann, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

23. 2:55 Excretion Studies of Metaxalone-C^^ in the Rat, Rabbit and Dog.

Jack H. Newman and Robert B. Bruce, A. H. Robins Co., Re¬
search Laboratories

24. 3:05 An Acid Metabolite from Metaxalone. Lennox B. Turnbull and

Robert B, Bruce, A. H. Robins Co., Research Laboratories

25. 3:15 The Study of the Reactions of the Grignard Reagents of 1- and

2-Promonaphthalene with ortho-Substituted Benzaldehydes.
Erank A. Vingiello and Ronald Denk, Virginia Polytechnic Insti¬
tute

26. 3:30 The Heat of Solution of Ag^SO^ in Molten NaNO,. K. G.

Everett and W. J. Watt, Washington and Lee University

27. 3:45 Thermodynamics of NaNOg-AgNOs-NaSOi Molten Salt System.

R. L. Cafferata and W. J. Watt, Washington and Lee University

28. 4:00 The Mechanism of the Schmidt Reaction between Hydrazoic

Acid and Eully-Substituted cis-Chalcone Systems. Robert E.
Pratt and Robert E. Lutz, University of Virginia

29. 4:15 A Polarigraphic Study of Complex Ion Formation in Cupric

Acetate Solutions. J. C. Gills and G. T. Miller, Jr., Hampden-
Sydney College

30. 4:25 The Synthesis of 4-Carboxymethylenethiosemicarbazide. James

K. Shillington and F. Scott Kennedy, Jr., Washington and Lee
University

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

145

31. 4:40 Salt Elects on Equilibrium Constants. James D. Evans and J.

G. Mason, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

32. 4:55 The Revised Chemistry Curriculum at Washington and Lee.

E. S. Gilreath and John H. Wise, Washington and Lee Univer¬
sity

33. 5:10 Free-Radical Addition to Cycloalkenes. George S. Whitney,

Washington and Lee University

Section Of Engineering

Friday, May 8 — 8:45 A. M.

Room 126, Aero-Mechanical Engineering Bldg.

1. 9:00 Nonequilibrium Effects in a Rapidly Expanding Gas. Harold

S. Morton, Jr., University of Virginia

2. 9:20 A Basic Study of Spherically Blunted Cones Including Force

and Moment Coefficient Correlation and Air-Helium Simulation
Studies in the Machnumber 10 to 20 Flow Regime. Julius
Harris, NASA, Langley Research Center

3. 9:40 The NASA-Langley Space Vacuum Facility. John Mugler,

NASA, Langley Research Center

4. 10:00 An Experimental Study of Aerodynamic Molecular Beam Per¬

formance. Jesse H, Heald and John E. Scott, Jr., University of
Virginia

5. 10:20 Break

6. 10:40 An Ionization Gauge Detector for Molecular Beams of Atmos¬

pheric Gases. John A. Phipps and John E. Scott, Jr., Univer¬
sity of Virginia

7. 11:00 Effect of Source Density on the Velocity Distribution of Classi¬

cal Molecular Beams. John A. Phipps, John F. Moonan, and
John E. Scott, Jr., University of Virginia

8. 11:20 Survey of Velocity Requirement for Manned Mars Mission. Brian

Pritchard, NASA, Langley Research Center

9. 11:40 Title to be announced. James B. Eades, Virginia Polytechnic

Institute

10. 12:00 Observations on the Mechanism of the Interaction of Gas Mole¬
cules with Solid Surfaces. M. Bishara and A. R. Kuhlthau,

146

11. 12:20
12. 2:00

13. 2:20

14. 2:40

15. 3:00

16. 3:20

17. 3:30

18. 4:00

19. 4:20

20. 4:40

21. 9:00

22. 9:20

23. 9:40

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

University of Virginia
Lunch

Outstanding VJAS Paper

Electrical Properties of Thin Single-Crystal Germanium Films.
R. R. Humphis and A. Cathn, University of Virginia

A New Correlation of Vapor-Liquid Equilibria for Associating
Systems. G. F. Meehan and Nelson F. Murphy, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute

An Experiment with Continuous Ion Exchange. James W. Davis
and Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia

Continuous Esterification of Ethylene Glycol and Maleic Anhy-
dryde. Albert J. Pfeffer and Robert M. Hubbard, University
of Virginia

Break

Transfer Function for P’low Through a Horizontal Partly-Filled
Tank. William Zalewski and Robert M. Hubbard, University of
Virginia

Simutaneous Optimization of Plastic Engineering Properties by
Varying Terpolymer Composition. Richard G. Griskey, William
A. Haug, Siu Yuen Fok, Sidney C. Smith and David Claude-
pierre, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Industrial Espionage of Engineering and Scientific Secrets.
Auzville Jackson, Jr., Robertshaw Controls Company

Saturday, May 9 — 9:00 A. M.

Session A

Room 125, Aero-Mechanical Engineering Bldg.

Determination of the Moisture Content of Portland Cement Mor¬
tar. James T. Cowgill and Fred C. McCormick, University of
Virginia

The Study of Destructive Volume Change of Coarse Aggregate
in Concrete Exposed to Freezing and Thawing. Richard D.
Walker, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Development of a Generalized Solution for Design of Rein¬
forced Concrete Slabs. George A. Gray and Robert C. Het-
erick, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

1964]

24. 10:00

25. 10:20

26. 10:40

27. 11:00

28. 11:20

29. 11:40

30. 12:00

31. 9:00

32. 9:20

33. 9:40

34. 10:00

35. 10:20

36. 10:40

38. 11:20

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting 147

A Vibration Study of Selected Composite Highway Bridges in
Virginia. H. L. Kinnier, University of Virginia

Break

The Structural Feasibility of a Large Accelerator. C. H. Gay¬
lord, D. L. Bowers, S. E. Thornton and J. A. Friedericy, Uni¬
versity of Virginia

Migration of Particles in Leminar Velocity Fields. H. R.
Bungay, III and J. M. Wiggert, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Volume-settling Time Relationships for Silt Particles. Robert
D. Krebs and H. R. Bungay, III, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Shoreline Contamination Status of Waste Stabilization Ponds.
Wesley J. Wentworth and William A. Parsons, Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute

A Correlation of the Theoretical and Field Break Out Point of
Phreatic Line for Homogeneous Earth Dams. J. S. Wilburn
and H. G. Larew, University of Virginia

Session B

Room 126, Aero-Mechanical Engineering Bldg.

Hazards Analysis for Operation of the University of Virginia
Reactor at Powers above One Megawatt. T. G. Foster and J.
L. Meem, University of Virginia

Correlation of the Power Calibration of the University of Vir¬
ginia Reactor by Heat Balance and by Foil Irradiation. H. I.
Sternberg and J. L. Meem, University of Virginia

Measurement of the Transfer Function of the University of Vir¬
ginia Reactor. S. U. Zaman and A. C. Lapsley, University of
Virginia.

Study of Small Changes of Reactivity in the University of Vir¬
ginia Reactor by Perturbation Theory. T. D. Tham and T. G.
Williamson, University of Virginia

Break

Neutron Activation Analysis of Biological Tissue— Detection of
Mangaese. P. B. DeLozier and T. G. Williamson, University
of Virginia

Fission Neutron Attenuation in Concrete. M. G. Lim and T. G.
Williamson, University of Virginia

148

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

39. 11:40 Theoretical Fitting of Neutron Flux Plot in Reflector of Univer¬

sity of Virginia Reactor. J. W. Folsom and J. L. Meem, Uni¬
versity of Virginia.

40. 12:00 Multiplication Factor for Subcritical Assembly Spontaneous

Fission Source. J. R. Easter and T. G. Williamson, University
of Virginia

Section Of Geology

Friday, May 8 — 9:00 A. M.

Room 4B, Newcomb Hall

1. 9:00 Celestite from Hayfield, Frederick County, Virginia. W. H.

Rodgers, Jr., and R. S. Mitchell, University of Virginia

2. 9:15 Sti'atigraphy of the Martinsburg Formation of Northwestern

Virginia with Preliminary Notes on the Fauna. J. J. Ryan,
University of Virginia, and E. K. Rader, Virginia Division of
Mineral Resources

3. 9:30 Ore-bearing Magmatic and Metamorphic Brine from the Salton

Sea Volcanic Domes Geothermal Area, Imperial County, Cali¬
fornia. D. K. Grubbs, University of Virginia

4. 9:45 The Hollins Landslide on Route 81 near Troutville, Virginia.

H. G. Larew, University of Virginia, G. S. Meadors, Virginia
Department of Highways, and D. P. Spangler, University of
Virginia

5. 10:00 Alkylbenzenesulfonate Adsorption by Soils. D. H. Fink and

G. W. Thomas, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

6. 10:15 Foundation Stabilization at Flannegan Dam, Pound River, Vir¬

ginia. E. H. Ern, University of Virginia

7. 10:30 Revision of the Lower Pennsylvania Correlations in Wise Coun¬

ty, Virginia. T. M. Gathright, II, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

8. 10:45 The Structure and Structural Control of some Blue Ridge Moun¬

tain Gaps North of Rockfish Gap, Virginia. W. A. Nelson, Emeri¬
tus, University of Virginia

9. 11:00 The Determination of Surface Charges on Quartz Aggregates

Induced by Geologic Provenance. D. S. Haglund, University
of Virginia

1964] Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting 149

10. 2:00 Outstanding VJAS Paper in Geology

11. 2:15 Sea-surface Temperature Studies using Air-borne Infrared Ra¬

diation Thermometer (IRT). R. C. Barnes, Virginia Institute
of Marine Science

12. 2:30 Barite from the White River Formation of Northeastern Colo¬

rado. W. E. Workman, University of Virginia

Section Of Medical Science

Friday, May 8 — 8:45 A.M.

Room 11, Monroe Hall

1. 8:45 Action of Norethandrolone or Testerone on Mouse Sex Accesso¬

ry Organ Fructose Levels. A. J. Strauss, Jr. and J. A. Thomas,
Dept, of Pharmacology, University of Virginia School of Medi¬
cine

2. 9:00 The Influence of Hormones on Histamine Metabolism in the

Rat, T. Assaykeen, Dept, of Pharmacology, University of Vir¬
ginia School of Medicine

3. 9:15 Effects of Ethanol and Diphosphopyridine Nucleotide on

Avoidance Behavior in Rats. R. Whitfield and J. P. Mohr,
Dept, of Pharmacology, University of Virginia School of Medi¬
cine

4. 9:30 Alterations in Carbohydrate MetaboHsm Induced in Aspergillus

niger by Dinitrobenzene. Edwin S. Higgins and Wilbur G.
Chambers, Dept, of Biochem., Medical College of Va.

5. 0:45 Molybdenum and Cellular Division. Germille Colmano, Dept.

of Veterinary Science, V.P.I.

6. 10:00 Studied Concerning One Line of Morphologically Transformed

‘‘Epithelilial-hke” Cells and an Associated Virus. C. Williams,
Dept, of Pharmacology, University of Virginia School of Medi¬
cine

7. 10:15 Time-lapse Motion Pictures of Intracellular Disturbances In¬

duced in Sea Urchin Zygotes after Ultraviolet or X-ray Irradia¬
tion of Zygotes, both Gametes, or One Gamete. Carl C. Speidel
and Ralph H. Cheney, Dept, of Anatomy, University of Vir¬
ginia, and Dept, of Biology, Brooklyn College, N. Y.

150

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

10:35 Intermission

8. 10:45 Lymphocyturia and Renal Homograft Rejection in Man. H. M.

Kauffman, R. J. Cleveland, H. M. Lee, J. J. Dwyer, and D. M.
Hume, Dept, of Surgery, Medical College of Virginia.

9. 11:00 Hypothermia as a Means of Organ Preservation. R. J. Cleve¬

land, H. M. Lee, J. J. Dwyer, and D. M. Hume, Dept of Surgery,
Medical College of Virginia.

10. 11:15 Prolongation of Functional Survival of Renal Homografts by

Local Radiation. H. M. Lee, R. J. Cleveland, H. M. Kauffman,
J. J. Dwyer, and D. M Hume, Dept of Surgery, Medical College
of Virginia

11. 11:30 Alteration in Isozymes of Serum LDH during Hormonal Therapy

of Prostatic Carcinoma. E. V. Macalalag, and G. Prout, Jr.,
Dept, of Surgery, Division of Urology, Medical College of Vir¬
ginia

11:45 Business Meeting (members of Virginia Academy of Science).
Election of officers

12. 1:00 Allergic Inflamation in E. coH Diarrhea. J. Clark Osborne,

Dept, of Veterinary Science, V. P. I.

13. 1:15 Determination of the Protein Moiety of the Low Density Lipo¬

proteins of Human Serum. Mary C. Thrift, and J. C. Forbes,
Thomas Jefferson High School and Medical College of Virginia.

14. 1:30 Effect of Chohne Deficiency on the Serum Lipids of Rats. J. C.

Forbes and O. M. Petterson, Dept, of Biochemistry, Medical
College of Virginia

15. 1:45 Synthesis of Pulmonary Phospholipids. W. B. Harlan, Jr., S. I.

Said, C. I. Spiers, C. M. Banerjee and M. E. Avery, Dept, of
Medicine, Medical College of Virginia and John Hopkins
University

16. 2:00 The Effect of Mesenteric Vascular Occlusion on Small Bowel

Pressure in the Dog. A. M. Zfass, Larry Horowitz and John
Farrar, Dept.’s of Medicine, Medical College of Virginia, Rich¬
mond, Virginia and Manhattan Veteran’s Administration Hos¬
pital, N. Y.

17. 2:15 Ocular Effects of Light Coagulation and Optical LASER’S.

Walter J. Geeraets, Ray Williams and J. J. Voss, Depts. of Oph¬
thalmology and Biophysics, Medical College of Virginia

18. 2:30 A Statistical Evaluation of the Clinical Burn Data at MCV.

Rhoda Maddox, F. W. Schmidt and M. S. Rittenbury, Depts. of

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

151

Biophysics and Surgery, Medical College of Virginia

19. 2:45 Fluid and Electrolyte Therapy of Irreversible Shock in the Cat.

T. K. Suh and E. D. Brand, Dept, of Pharmacology, University
of Virginia School of Medicine

3:00 Intermission

20. 3:15 Effect of Puromycin on Drug-Induced Porphyria. Rosser A.

Rudolph, Jr., Deborah E. Markow and Lynn D. Abbott, Jr.,
Dept, of Biochemistry, Medical College of Va.

21. 3:30 Epinephrine Tolerance in Frogs. Patrick K. Burke, Charles O.

O. Watlington and A. D. Campbell, Department of Physiology,
Medical College of Virginia and Dept, of Physics, University of
Richmond

22. 3:45 Sodium Diffusion in Epidermis and Corium of Frog Skin. M.

Godwin Jones, Priscilla M. Winn and Ernst G. Huf, Dept, of
Physics, University of Richmond, and Dept, of Physiology,
Medical College of Virginia

23. 4:00 Sodium Transport Inhibition by Chronic Exposure to Sodium.

J. L. Kirzie, Dept, of Physiology, University of Virginia, School
of Medicine

24. 4:15 Further Studies on the Movement of Drugs from the Isolated

Urinary Bladder of the Rabbit. Joseph F. Borzelleca, Dept, of
Pharmacology, Medical College of Virginia

To be read by title:

The effects of Pentobarbital on Body Temperature of Rats Sub¬
jected to 5° C. C. L. Gemmill and K. M. Browning, Dept of
Pharmacology, University of Virginia, School of Medicine

The Action on Androgenic Steroids on Some Aspects of Acces¬
sory Sex Organ Metabolism. J. A. Thomas, Dept, of Pharma¬
cology, University of Virginia, School of Medicine

Section Of Microbiology

Friday, May 8 — 2:00 P. M.

Room 150, Gilmer Hall

1. 2:00 Outstanding Paper of VJAS in Microbiology

2. 2:15 Reversion Studies with Mutants of Escherichia coli. R. M.

152

The Virginia Journal of Science [April

CribbSj Department of Biology & Genetics, Medical College of
Virginia

3. 2:30 Fractionation of Labelled Gamma Globulin on Carboxymethyl-

Cellulose. Ronald D. Jome and P. Arne Hansen, University of
Maryland

4. 2:45 Agglutination of White Blood Cells by Meningopneumonitis

Virus. G. C. Parrikh and 1. L, Schmeister, Southern Illinois
University

5. 3:00 The Formation of TDP-3-amino-3, 6-dideoxyhexose from TDPG

by Xanthomonas campestris. Wesley A. Volk, Department of
Microbiology, University of Virginia

6. 3:15 Observations of Histoplasma capsulatum in Rabbit Alveolar

Macrophages. Robert E. James, Jr., and Catherine M. Russell,
Department of Microbiology, University of Virginia

7. 3:30 The Application of an Equation Describing the Time-Course

of Spore Germination. Neil G. McCormick, Department of
Microbiology, University of Virginia

8. 3:45 Entamoeba histolytica Response to Nutrients in COg-bicarbonate

Buffered Medium. E. Clifford Nelson and Muriel M. Jones,
Department of Microbiology, Medical College of Virginia

9. 4:00 The Relationship Between the Host’s Resistance to Tuberculosis

and Metabolism of Certain of His Tissues. M. J. Allison, De¬
partment of Clinical Pathology, Medical College of Virginia

10. 4:15 Influence of Arginine on Herpes Simplex Virus Infection

in vitro. R. W. Tankersley, Jr., Department of Microbiology,
Medical College of Virginia

Section Of Psychology

Friday, May 8 — 8:55 A. M.

Session A

Room 110, Gilmer Hall

George W. Kent, Bridgewater College, Chairman
8:55 Announcements

1. 9:00 Effects of Hypothermia on Behavior. Lester E. Bush, The

1964] Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting 153

University of Virginia

2. 9:15 Effects of Drugs on Rats with Neocortical Lesions. Robert E.

Lee III and Rodney L. Stump, Washington and Lee University

3. 9:30 Effects of Hippocampal Ablation and Intertrial Interval on Ac¬

quisition of a Complex Maze. Thomas C. Lewis, Washington
and Lee University

4. 9:45 Cutaneous Sound Localization. George A. Gescheider, The

University of Virginia

5. 10:00 Errors in the Reproduction of Binary Visual Patterns as a Func¬

tion of Event Proportion. Richard L. Cherry and Peter L.
Derks, The College of William and Mary

6. 10:15 Effect of Drive Level on Performing a Complex Task. Patricia

C. Lucky, University of Richmond

10:30 Recess

7: 10:45 Rate of Responding as a Function of Current and Prior Depriva¬
tion in Rats. Mary E. Shield, Daniel Fallon, and Donald M.
Thompson, The University of Virginia

8. 11:00 Manipulations of Drive and Reinforcement in Instrumental

Escape Conditioning. Paul J. Woods, Hollins College

9. 11:15 A Curious Parallel between Serial Learning and Tachistoscopic

Perception. E. Rae Harcum, The College of Wilham and Mary

10. 11:45 The Effect of Prolonged Practice on the Serial Position Curve
of Learning. Edwin W. Coppage, The College of William and
Mary

Session B

Room 114, Gilmer Hall

Virgil V. McKenna, The College of William and Mary, Chairman
8:55 Announcements

11. 9:00 An Analysis of Unaided Recall in Short-term Verbal Retention.

Glenn H. Hughes and Kenneth A. Blick, Randolph-Macon
College

12. 9:15 Effects of Conceptual Grouping and Priming in Serial Learning.

David A. Bernstein, The University of Virginia

154

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

13. 9:30 The Role of Stimulus and Response Familiarization in Paired-

associate Learning. Annette S. Thompson, The University of
Virginia

14. 9:45 Nominal and Functional Stimuli in Paired Associative Learning.

Richard Pearlstein, The University of Virginia

15. 10:00 Effects of Reduction in Visual Feedback in the Mirror Drawing

Task. Johanna Dorsey and George W. Kent, Bridgewater Col-
lege

16. 10:15 Shaping Pursuit Rotor Performance by Scheduled Information

Feedback. Mary J. Simpson and George W. Kent, Bridgewater
College

17. 10:45 Phychometric Correlates of Deviant Responding— A Factor

Analysis. Ernest L. Robinson, University of Richmond

18. 11:00 Facihtating Therapeutic Personality Changes in Psychiatric

Patients by Sensory Deprivation Methods. Henry B. Adams,
Malcolm H. Robertson, and G. David Cooper, VA Hospital,
Richmond

19. 11:15 An Investigation of Card Concepts Using the Holtzman Ink

Blot Technique Form A as Stimuli. Mildred A. Gilman, Uni¬
versity of Richmond

20. 11:30 Factors Related to Distortion on the Guilford-Zimmerman

Temperament Survey. Arthur H. Struck, University of Rich¬
mond.

21. 11:45 The Discriminative Value of the Carver Self-portrait Judgement

Test. George Goldstein and Charles H. Jennings, University
of Richmond

Session A

Room 110, Gilmer Hall

John F. Hahn, The University of Virginia, Chairman

22. 2:00 Outstanding VJAS Paper in Psychology

23. 2:15 Effects of Continuous Versus Intermittent Secondary Rein¬

forcement on Acquisition of the Straightway. Kenneth A.
Marion, Washington and Lee University

24. 2:30 The Effects of Secondary Reinforcement and Discrimination of

Cues During Extinction in Rats. David G. Elmes, The Univer¬
sity of Virginia

April] Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting 155

25. 2:45 The Effects of Food Deprivation on Young Naive Rats.

Spencer R. Mathews, The University of Virginia

26. 3:00 The Effect of Restricted Homogeneous Visual Input upon Ex¬

ploratory Behavior of the Hooded Rat. William P. Fitzhugh,
University of Richmond

27. 3:15 Discrimination of Angles by Rats. Leslie Yonce, University of

Richmond

3:30 Recess

Session B

Room 114, Gilmer Hall

Charles L. Fry, The University of Virginia, Chairman

28. 2:15 Personality Factors in a Game Situation. John K. Berry and

Charles L. Fry, The University of Virginia

29. 2:30 The Use of the Semantic Differential to Determine Creativity in

College Essays. Jimmye Angell, The College of William and
Mary

30. 2:45 Self Esteem as a Function of Educational Level. Dennis Lee

McLaughlin, University of Richmond

31. 3:00 Creativity and the Lowenfield Mosiac Test with First, Second,

and Third Grade Children. Shelby H. Cook, University of
Richmond

32. 3:15 The Job Interest Test: A Short Occupational Interest Inventory

Lower Level Jobs. Ernest L. Robinson, University of Richmond

3:30 Recess

3:45 Business Meeting: Psychology Section of the Virginia Academy
of Science

5:30 Social Hour and Dinner: Virginia Psychological Association

Saturday, May 9 — 9:00 A. M.

Session A

Room 110, Gilmer Hall

Dean Foster, Virginia Military Institute, Chairman

33. 9:00 Interactions and Independence in Multiple Schedules of Rein¬

forcement. Robert Fernie, James H. Woods, and Donald M.
Thompson, The University of Virginia

156

The Virginia Journal of Science

[April

34. 9:15 Escape from a Progressive Work Schedule as Functions of De¬

privation and Amount of Reinforcement. Sandy Gaines, Donald
M. Thompson, and James H. Woods, The University of Virginia

35. 9:30 Punishment by S® Associated with Faxed-ratio Reinforcement.

Donald M. Thompson, The University of Virginia

36. 9:45 Rats, Infant People, and Schedules of Reinforcement. Delores

Rudolph and George W. Kent, Bridgewater College

37. 10:00 Performance and Resistance to Extinction in the White Rat as a

Function of Reward Pattern. Dale W. Leonard, The College
of William and Mary

10:15 Recess

Session B

Room 114, Gilmer Hall

William H. Leftwich, Universitv of Richmond, Chairman

38. 9:00 The Role of Content Ambiguity on Response Sets in Two Popu¬

lations. G. Eugene Brown, University of Riehmond

39. 9:15 Acquiescence Response Set and Necker Cube Reversals. Judy

Bryan, Lynda Walker, and Thomas Coffman, The College of
William and Mary

40. 9:30 Dogmatism and Self-experience. Nancy Mahoney, The College

William and Mary

41. 9:45 Experimental Manipulation of Scores on the Allport- Vemon-

Lindzey Scale of Values. Roger B. Adams and Kenneth A.
Blick, Randolph-Macon College

42. 10:00 Voice and the Self-concept. R. E. Waters, Virginia Military

Institute

10:15 Recess

10:30 Business Meeting: Virginia Psychological Association

1964]

Program, Forty-Second Annual Meeting

157

Section Of Science Teachers

Thursday, May 7 — 2:00 P. M.

Dogwood Room, Newcomb Hall

1. 2:00 Coffee; Get Acquainted

2. 2:30 Recent Work with Insect Hormones. D. Bodenstein, University

of Virginia

3. 3:15 Solid State Physics. N. Cabrera, University of Virginia
4:00 Business Session

Section Of Statistics

Friday, May 8 — 9:30 A. M.

Room 4A, Newcomb Hall

1. 9:30 Welcome by Ronald Walpole, Chairman

2. 9:40 The Logarithmic Distribution. WilMam C. Nelson, Statistics,

V.P.I.

3. 10:00 Estimation by Duplication. Janice A. Speckman — National

Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C.

4. 10:20 To Be Announced.

5. 10:40 Some Optimal Properties of Least Square Test Ratios. John G.

Saw, Statistics, V.P.I.

6. 11:20 Apphcation of Discriminant Function Analysis to Clinical Data

on Burns. F. H. Schmidt, Medical College of Virginia.

7. 11:40 To Be Announced

8. 2:00 Outstanding Paper from Junior Academy

9. 2:20 An application of Statistical Methods to the Manufacture of

Vinyl Asbestos Floor Tile. Theodore W. Horner, Booz Allen
Applied Research Inc., Bethesda, Maryland

10. 3:00 To Be Announced

11. 3:20 An Application of the Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion

Merril W. Hume, Statistics, V.P.I.

158 The Virginia Journal of Science [April

12. 3:40 The Probability of Detecting an Outlying Observation. H. A.

David, Statistics, V.P.I.

13. 4:00 Business Meeting

Saturday, May 9 — 9:30 A.M.

Room 4 A, Newcomb HaU

14. 9:30 Problems in Sampling From A Time Series. N. R. Thompson,

Dairy Science, V. P. I.

15. 9:50 The Negative Binomial Distribution and the Likelihood Func¬

tion. Gary B. Beus, Statistics, V.P.I.

16. 10:10 Comments on Estimators For The Negative Binomial Distribu¬

tion. L. R. Shenton, Statistics, V.P.I.

17. 10:50 Orthogonal Parameters for a Class of Two-Parameter Distribu¬

tions. John W. Philpot, Statistics, V.P.I.

18. 11:10 A Study of the 1960 Survey of the Virginia Manufacturing Grade

Dairy Industry. Roger E. Flora, Statistics, V.P.I.

19. 11:30 To Be Announced

The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is
returned. All orders except those involving exchanges should be addressed
to Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. The
University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and
communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian,
Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia,

Notice To Contributors

Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject
which is submitted a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript.

Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8 1/2" X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on oil sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them ot cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number
of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the approxi¬
mate number of printed pages in the Journal.

Division of the manuscript into subheadings must follow a consistent plan. It Is desir¬
able that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.

Footnotes should be included In the body of the manuscript Immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashedline above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.

References should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should
include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume and pages.
For example: Harvie, L. E. and S. P. Maroney, Jr., 1961. Respiration and hemolysis of ultra¬
violet Irradiated frog erythrocytes. Va. Jour. Sci. 12:1-9. References to the bibliographic
citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citation, where a
reference is desired: either (Harvie and Maroney, 1961) or Horvie and Maroney (1961).

Explanation of graphs and tabular material should be fyped on separate pages. All
figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted In the text this should be Indicated at the
appropriate place in the margin.

Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. Large plates must be ac¬
companied by photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will
furnish the author with one plate or Its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations
or lithographs may be used only If the author makes a grant covering the cost of production.
Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings,
should accompany the manuscript. When photographic prints are used they should be glossy,
sharp and show good contrast. Drowings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a
typewriter), or which are not submitted on white paper will not be accepted.

Galley proofs are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from
the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.

OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY SCIENCE

F. F. Smith, President S. S. Obenshain, President-Elect

R. J, Rowlett, Jr., Secretary W. B. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Secretary-Treasurer

E. D. Brand
J. L. Calver
B. Harshbarger
S. B. Williams
P. B. Siegel
W. P. Boyer

COUNCIL

Suzie V. Floyd
J. M. Grayson
E. F. Turner, Jr.
P. A. Hansen
L. C. Bird
W. B. Ben
J. J. Taylor

W. S. Woolcott
J. F. Eckel
W. E. Trout, Jr.
E. S. Harlow
W. W. Scott
H. H. Hobbs, Jr.

THE VIRGINIA^
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Vol. 15, New Series

July, 1964

No. 3

VoL. 15, New Series

No. 3

July, 1964

THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

Published Four Times A Year In January, April, July and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science

Printed by the Bassett Printing Corporation, Bassett, Virginia

CONTENTS

Ivey F. Lewis. Ladley Husted .

The Scientist and Engineering Shortage-Cooperative Effort is a
Must. D. D. Redfield .

Influence of Various Factors on the Sale Price of Purebred

Hereford Calves in Southwest Virginia. T. J. Marlowe .

An Analysis of the Food Habits of the Bullfrog, Rana catesbeiana,

by Body Size, Sex, Month, and Habitat. G. R. Brooks, Jr . 173

Genetic Variation in Chick Bioassays for Gonadotropins. 1. Testes

Weight and Responses. P. B. Siegel and H. S. Siegel . . 187

Genetic Variation in Chick Bioassays for Gonadotropins.

2. Histological and Histochemical Responses.

H. S. Siegel and P. B. Siegel . 204

159

162

168

EDITORIAL BOARD

Paul B. Siegel, Editor
Carl W. Allen, Managing Editor
Section Editors

D. R. Carpenter, Jr.
P. Ame Hansen
J. C. Thompson
G. R. Bass

N. F. Murphy
W. T. Parrott
C. Y. Kramer

T. Doggins
G. W. Thomas
E. S. Higgins
W. H. Leftwich

Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia,
and Blacksburg, Virginia, under the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription
$3.00 annually. Published four times a yean in January, April, July and
September by the Virginia Academy of Science, Blacksburg, Va.

Mailed July 15, 1964

o^

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

VoL. 15, New Series

July, 1964

No. 3

IVEY FOREMAN LEWIS

1882 - 1964

Ivey Foreman Lewis, the first president, and one of the founders of
the Virginia Academy of Science died on the sixteenth of March, 1964,
after serving the Academy with lovaltv and devotion for nearly forty years.

On the sixth of May the Academic
Facult\^ of the Universitv of Virginia
adopted a memorial resolution^ which
follows:

‘‘Ivey Foreman Lewis was born
in Raleigh, North Carolina, on the
thirty-first of August, 1882. His fa¬
ther, an alumnus of the University of
Virginia, was a physician instrumen¬
tal in establishing and later directing
the Board of Health of the State of
North Carohna. His mother was Cor¬
nelia Viola Battle, the first daughter
of Kemp Plummer Battle who for
many \'ears was President of the Uni¬
versity of North Carolina.

“Dean Lewis received the A.B.
degree from the University of North
Carolina in 1902, and the M.S. de¬
gree in 1903. He was awarded the
Ph.D. by the Johns Hopkins Univer¬
sity in 1908 and for his pubhshed
dissertation, The Life History of
Griffithsia Bornetiana was given the Walker Prize by the Boston Society of
Natural History. He studied at the Universitv of Bonn in 1908 where he
worked with Eduard Strasburger, the great’ botanical cytologist of that

iThe resolution was prepared by a committee appointed by Dean Robert Harris and con¬
sisting of Robert K. Gooch, Ladley Husted, and B.F.D. Runk (Chairman).

mumm

JUL 301964

160

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

day, and also at the Stazione Zoologica, Naples where he held the Smith¬
sonian Table. During the academic year 1905-1906 and again after
returning from Naples, he was Professor of Biology at Randolph-Macon
College, Ashland, Virginia. He left Randolph-Macon College in 1912 to
be Assistant Professor of Botany at the University of Wisconsin. In 1914
he was made Professor of Botany at the University of Missouri. In 1915
upon the recommendation of the Miller Board of Trustees he was appointed
the third Miller Professor of Biology and Agriculture at the University of
Virginia.

‘‘For many years Dean Lewis was associated with the Marine Biologi¬
cal Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts. He was an Instructor in
Botany as early as 1907, and again from 1910 through 1917. From 1918
through 1927 he was in charge of botanical instruction, and also served as
Trustee and a member of the Executive Committee of the Laboratory. In
1928 Dean Lewis was a Carnegie Fellow at the Dry Tortugas Laboratory,
and in 1929, a Professor at the Hopkins Marine Laboratory of Stanford
University. From 1933 until 1946 he was Director of the University’s
newly established summer station at Mountain Lake, Virginia. In 1934
he was appointed Dean of the University, and in 1946 Dean of the College
of Arts and Sciences.

“Dean Lewis founded the Association of Virginia Biologists in 1920.
Phis gave rise to the Virginia Academy of Science and in 1924 Dean Lewis
was elected the first President of the Academy. He was a trustee of Bio¬
logical Abstracts, a Fellow of the American Association for the Advance¬
ment of Science, a member of the Society of the Sigma Xi and one of the
charter members of the Virginia Chapter. For eight years he was a mem¬
ber of the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the National Research
Council and from 1933 through 1936 the Chahman of the Division. Dean
Lewis was President of the American Society of Naturalists (1939),
President of the American Biological Society (1942), President of the
Botanical Society of America (1949), a member of the Zeta Psi fraternity,
the Colonnade Club, Omicron Delta Kappa, The Raven Society, Phi Beta
Kappa and the Seven Society.

“Dean Lewis was presented a Doctor of Science degree by the Uni¬
versity of North Carolina in 1947, and received the Thomas Jefferson
Award in 1959.

“After thirty-eight years as Professor and Dean, Ivey Foreman Lewis
was retired on the first of July, 1953. He had during his career the devo¬
tion and esteem of his wife, the late Margaret Hunter whom he married
in 1909. There are three children: Ivey Foreman Lewis of Hampton,
Margaret Elliott Lewis of Charlottesville, and the late Penelope Battle
Lewis.

1964]

Ivey Foreman Lewis

161

“While describing the University as it existed before the Rotunda fire,
Dean Lewis said ‘the University was a place of individual men, men of
flavor and distinction, of bold initiative, the sort from which comes the
concept of ‘the grand old man’ .... there was a dignity about these men,
solidity of character, a seriousness of judgment, a quality of fineness that
made up, and more than made up for their ignorance of gadgetry of
education.’ Dean Lewis entered the academic world when a ‘revolutionary
wind had blown through the ancient halls of American Universities— The
idea of meticulous and pin-pointed research had transformed every school
of Graduate studies.’ He left it a grand old man, a revered teacher, a
keen investigator, a friend of the rich and the poor, a gentle man, a kind
and considerate counselor, a man of flavor and distinction and bold initia¬
tive. There was a dignity about this man, ‘a solidity of character, a
seriousness of judgment’ and above all ‘a quality of fineness.’ Dean Lewis
did not rue the place he left; he welcomed the technological advance of the
age and asked ‘how can we preserve the ancient liberties, the integrity and
responsibility of the individual, the respect for personality in the light of the
responsibilities of the University?’

L. Husted

162

The X'irginia Journal of Science

[July

THE SCIENTIST AND ENGINEERING SHORTAGE
COOPERATIVE EFFORT IS A MUST

David D. Redfield

Science Supervisor, Roanoke City Public Schools
Received for Publication, October 1, 1963

The National Science Foundation estimates there are approximately
1,100,000 scientists and engineers in the United States today. By the
year 1970, the nation will need at least 2,032,000 to meet its minimum
requirements.’ The present rate of graduation gives us only about 80,-
000 a vear." Yet the United States must find 106,000 additional scien¬
tists and engineers a \ear — 85,000 for new jobs and 21,000 to replace
those who die or retire." Last vear only 249 men and women who
had prepared to teach high school phvsics graduated from college and
imiversites in the United States. Previous experience suggests that less
than half of this number will actuallv teach this fall,'^ Shocking? Some¬
thing out to be done about it?

The reasons for this shortage are many and varied vet three are parti¬
cular! v clear:

First, there is a teacher shortage. The National Education Associa¬
tion calls for 12,000 to 15,000 additional men and women to teach
science and mathematics now.

Secondlv, there is a shortage of adequately equipped classrooms and
laboratories.

The third reason is the most critical of all — namelv, lack of sufficient
interest on the part of high school students. The U. S. Office of
Education shows that the greatest majority of students stop with one
vear of general science or, at the most, a vear of biologv. Yet onlv
21.3 per cent of the 9-12 grade students take biologv and fewer than
9 per cent go on to take chemistry. A mere 5 per cent take phvsics.^

i"The David Sarnoff Industry-Science Program", Monograph, published by The Radio
Corporation of America and the Board of Education of the City of New York, 1962, p. 30.
-op. cit.

“ibid., p. 32

'"Science Teaching Improvement Program", Monograph, American Association for
the Advancement of Science, 1962, p. 1.

“"Offerings and Enrollments in Science and Mathematics in Public High Schools",
Kenneth E. Brown and Ellsworth S. Obourn, U. S. Dept, of Health, Education, and Welfare,
Bulletin 1961, No. 5, p. 22

1964]

Scientist and Engineering Shortages

163

In 1950, Russia graduated 54,000 scientists and engineers while the
United States graduated 36,000. In 1962, the Russian scientific output
increased to 130,000, an increase of 76,000, while the United States in
the same vear graduated only 45,000, representing an increase of only
9,000.6

Thinking of science as a discipline, it is well for us to constantly ask
ourselves just what are we really trying to teach our students. What
are our objectives? To what extent do we approach science as a body
of fact rather than a mode of inquiry?

Philosophically it seems axiomatic that if a student is to feel the thrill
of achievement to be found in science he must be given the opportunity
to discover relationships for himself through laboratory oriented experi¬
ences. He must be encouraged to ask questions, to isolate variables, and
through planned experimentation to collect data which upon analysis
will shed light on his question. Too frequently in todays classroom,
the expectation of the student in asking a question is simply a direct
answer from the teacher, admission by the teacher of not knowing the
answer (but will find out), or a reference to some printed material.
This approach from kindergarten through college is enough to cause a
student to shy away from science. The student misses the very root
of the discipline.

Throughout our entire undergraduate educational structure, we need
to make possible and encourage the student to be willing, even anxious,
to ask questions with the expectation of receiving help in the form of
facilities and guidance permissive of a research oriented solution to his
questions. Science instruction needs to focus more on the inquiring
mind. It needs to offer the challenge and intellectual reward charac¬
teristic of its productive vocations. It needs to stress the very root of
the discipline of science.

In Roanoke, Virginia, we have one answer — at least a program in
development which has demonsti'ated promise. It places premium on
the two vital areas: meaningful vocational guidance and the root of
the discipline of science.

The program evolving affects a student population of 20,000 in grades
I-I2. As background it should be pointed out that at the elementary
and junior high school levels, each of Roanoke’s thirty-four schools in¬
volved have both science laboratory facilities and equipment which are
increasingly being used as a basic instructional tool. At senior high
level, under NDEA and government surplus programs, excellent facilities

®"The David Sarnoff Industry Science Program", Monograph, op. cit., p. 30

[July

164 The Virginia Journal of Science

have been developed for the laboratory sciences at both basic and more
advanced levels.

The exciting part of the Roanoke program has to do with curriculum
and the role of communitv resources in its development. At the ele¬
mentary level, the Division of Extension Services and General Studies
of the University of Virginia and the Roanoke City Public Schools have
completed the second of a three year sequence in planning of curriculum,
textbook adoption, and correlated laboratory experiences. The effect of
this in the classrooms has already proved to be one of excitement and
anticipation.

At the junior high level, by means of a three year National Science
Foundation in-service program, the University of Virginia departments
of Geology, Astronomy, Chemistry, and Biology are supplying senior level
staff in meeting each week with eighth and ninth grade teachers in a
content-oriented program. University staff travel involves over 250 miles
per instructor round trip each week — a fact which shows genuine inter¬
est and sacrifice on the instructor’s part. This in-service program com¬
plements a four semester suggested curriculum developed in 1962 by the
Division of Secondary Education of the Virginia State Department of
Education. The four semester curricula are in the areas of Biology,
Chemistry, Phvsics, and Earth-Space Science. All depend heavily on
acth'e student laboratory activity.

At the senior high level, under a grant from the National Science
Foundation, the Roanoke City Public Schools and the University of Vir¬
ginia this fall are engaging in a two phase program of considerable
potential. Phase one involved evaluation of each of the major national
science and mathematics curriculum studies by a committee of one out
of every four Roanoke secondary science and mathematics teachers.
The science and mathematics supervisors, the Director of Instruction,
Superintendent, and School Board Chairman, and the chairman and q
major staff member of each science and mathematics department of the
University of Virginia will also be intimately involved providing neces¬
sary support, leadership, and technical resource for the study. This Phase
I study committee will generate a specific proposal spelling out what it
feels to be the best mutually complementary science-mathematics cur¬
ricula which could be developed for Roanoke and how such a program
should be implemented. Notice that under such a program particular
attention would be given by the study group to the roles of chemistry,
biology, physics, earth science, and mathematics one to another such
that there would be a parallel correlated program developed among them
for students at various ability levels. Phase II quite simply is an exten¬
sive in-service program to make feasible the Phase I recommendations.

1964]

Scientist and Engineering Shortages

165

Special programs for gifted students are also in operation which give
premium emphasis to the root of the discipline concept and meaning¬
ful vocational guidance. Under a grant from the National Science Foun¬
dation, the University of Virginia and the Roanoke City Schools have
just completed for a second year a College-School Cooperative Summer
Institute for gifted rising seniors (boys and girls) in Nuclear Engineer¬
ing and Nuclear Physics. Local educational, civic, professional, and
industrial groups financed 50 per cent of the program’s cost. Carefully
planned field trips, guest lecture presentations, and extensive research
participation are offered to help the student gain deeper understanding
regarding scientific method as well as nuclear physics and nuclear engi¬
neering as possible vocations.

Similarly this summer, with total community financial support, the Uni¬
versity of Virginia and the Roanoke City Schools have just completed
offering a six week summer institute in fundamentals of electronics for
gifted tenth and eleventh grade students. The program offered carefully
selected lecture presentations (less than 40 per cent of the school day)
and extensive research participation to tenth and eleventh grade boys
providing more specialized experiences designed to help the student gain
insight regarding the role of elecRonics as a basic tool of scientific
inquiry. Further for the concluding two weeks of the program, the stu¬
dents were interned at the U. S. Army Signal Research and Development
Laboratory, Forth Monmouth, New Jersey providing first-hand on-the-
job research experience planned for deepening the students’ understand¬
ing of the vital but diverse role of electronics in a large research and
dvelopment laboratory.

In both the Nuclear and Electronics Summer Institute programs, indi¬
vidual research is a direct aim of the laboratory activities. The student’s
laboratory work initially was designed to be of such a nature as to intro¬
duce him to the problem solving approach to experimentation. By the
end of the first six weeks, the student was generally able to identify and
pursue a problem of particular personal interest which would warrant
long-range study in the following year. As a major part of the summer
programs, the student receives guidance in planning his investigation.
During the following academic year staff visit each student in his school
continuing the research consultant relationship thereby aiding ad stimu¬
lating the student to further study. At the conclusion of the students’
senior year, a one day scientific conference is held at which time each stu¬
dent presents an oral summary of his year’s work.

In today’s scientific community increasing demands are placed on the
scientist and engineer to depend upon electronic knowledge for instru¬
mentation. In facing this need, a four hour once-a-week laboratory course
has been organized emphasizing fundamentals of measurements. Stu-

166

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

dents in attendance have vocational interests in physics, biology, medicine,
engineering sciences, etc. Again the program emphasizes reesarch orient¬
ed study. Coulomb’s Law, Kirchoff’s Laws, Gauss’s Law — these are
discovered from experimental data by the student. Student response is
excellent. Though their scientific interests are widely varied, the thrill
of discovery and the understandings thereby derived drive the students
to eagerly pursue new problems.

The University of Virginia is not the only instittuion making this
Roanoke approach possible. Every Saturday for at least a half a day
for the past two academic years the Roanoke Chapter of the Virginia
Society of Professional Engineers, the Virginia Military Institute, and
the Virginia Polytechnic Institute cooperatively offer with Roanoke a
program for gifted students called “A Survey of Engineering”. Seniors
interested in any phase of basic or applied physical science are eligible.
The program involves study of the basic fields of engineering on a lec¬
ture, laboratory, field trip basis. In general the program operates by
tire studv of fundamentals of a given field of engineering for two to
three weeks in Roanoke followed by specific suggestive experiments con¬
ducted in the college or industrial laboratory. Students are exposed to
theorv, experiments, philosophy, practical applications, plus field trips
and professionalism. Both leadership and instruction is divided among
secondary and college of engineering educators as well as Roanoke prac¬
ticing engineers. The interdisciplinary requirements on the engineer are
clearlv developed.

Also, in the area of medicine and biology an excellent program has
emerged. Again active community support has made this possible. The
program is a “Hospital Internship” for several high school seniors in
each of Roanoke’s five community hospitals. Students are assigned to
each hospitals’ chief pathologist and laboratory technician for a one aca¬
demic year period to study medicine from a laboratory perspective. Each
student works in the hospital one afternoon a week plus Saturdays.

What is Roanoke’s approach to the scientist and engineer shortage?
It is only a beginning — an ideal and some preHmiary work. The pro¬
gram has shown definite promise. It merely involves:

1) Offering an environment of educational opportunity to attract quali¬
fied teachers.

2) Adequate laboratory and classroom facilities through both the schools
and community industrial and educational resources.

3) Most important of all, a “root of the disciphne” oriented curriculum
coupled with meaningful vocational guidance opportunity.

1964]

Scientist and Engineering Shortages

167

The present program is no panacea, yet we do see definite progress.
The student seems to like it. The community sees and feels its im¬
portance. One thing is certain. For the development of such a pro¬
gram, schools and communities have to face the fact that cooperative
effort is a must.

168

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

INFLUENCE OF VARIOUS FACTORS ON THE SALE PRICE
OF PUREBRED HEREFORD CALVES IN SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA

Thomas J. Marlowe

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

Since the advent of performance testing of beef cattle in Virginia and
other states, the writer has been asked by many breeders how they
should price their performance tested cattle. From following the results
of purebred sales it is obvious that certain animals sell for considerably
more than others. In order to pinpoint some of the things that buyers
of purebred cattle are interested in and are willing to spend their money
for, the writer has collected data at several purebred sales in Virginia.
The findings reported here are based on the results of purebred Here¬
ford calf sales at three locations in southwest Virginia over a 5-year
period. Factors included in this study were year and location of sale,
dwarfism status of each animal’s pedigree, grade or type score at the
time of the sale, average daily gain from birth to sale date, and age
and weight at sale time.

Experimental Procedure

Data were collected on 201 purebred Hereford bull calves and year¬
ling bulls and 418 purebred heifer calves sold during the month of
October in southwest Virginia during the years 1955-1959. Data were
obtained on all animals sold at the Bland, Tazewell, and Wytheville
sales for each year included in the study with the exception of the
Tazewel sale in which a couple of breeders refused to allow their ani¬
mals to be weighed and graded. All animals were weighed and graded
on the date of the sale or the day prior to the sale. Their average
daily gains from birth to sale date were calculated and adjusted for
differences in age of dam and season of birth. The following data
were mimeographed and placed in the hands of the buyers to the sale:
each animal’s identification, weight, and adjusted average daily gain.
In addition, each buyer had a copy of the sale catalog which included
the animal’s birth date and pedigree. Animals were driven into the
sale ring individually, providing the buyers an opportunity to observe
and appraise the conformation of each animal. Prior to the sale each
animal had been graded by an official grader of the Virginia Beef Cat¬
tle Improvement Association, but that grade was not made available
to the buyers except for one of the Wytheville sales. AU animals sold
were later indexed as outlined by Marlowe et ah (1958) for the Vir¬
ginia B.C.I.A. program. The pedigree of each animal was evaluated

1964]

Factors Influencing Sale Price of Calves

169

for dwarfism status and coded as follows: (1) known carrier in the pedi¬
gree, (2) questionable pedigree, but with no known carrier shown, and
(3) clean pedigree. Consequently, information on all factors included
in the study was available to the buyer prior to and/or during the sale.
The factors studied included age and weight of calf on sale day, ad¬
justed average daily gain from birth to sale day, dwarfism status of
the animal’s pedigree, grade or conformation score, and the effect of
vear and location of sale. In another analysis the factors of average
daily gain and grade were eliminated and an index value (calculated by
using an equation which gave equal emphasis to adjusted daily gain and
to grade) substituted for them.

Result and Discussion

Least squares estimates of the effects studied are shown in Table 1.
These effects accounted for 75.7% of the 'total variation in sale price
of the bulls and 66.3% of the total variation in sale price of the heifers.
The selected base for comparison was either a bull or a heifer that graded
good plus, had a clean pedigree, and sold at Bland, Virginia, in Octo¬
ber, 1958. Highest prices were paid during the year 1958 which aver¬
aged $121 above 1955, $120 above 1956, $85 above 1957, and $56
above 1959 for the bulls and $63 above 1955, $95 above 1956, $54
above 1957, and $24 above 1959 for the heifers. Tazewell sales aver¬
aged $46.47 higher for the bulls and $36.71 higher for the heifers
than the Bland sales and $60.41 for bulls and $61.86 for heifers above
the Wytheville sales.

The second largest influence on the sale price was the dwarfism status
of the animal’s pedigree. Buyers discriminated against pedigrees with
known carriers or otherwise questionable animals in the pedigree by
paying $58.46 more for bulls and $47.12 more for heifers with clean
pedigrees.

Another important factor was the conformation of the animal. Among
the bulls the sale price increased $17.10 for each 1/3 of a grade in¬
crease in conformation score from low good to top choice. However,
buyers did not pay any additional premium for bulls grading fancy.
On the other hand, fancy heifer calves brought the top price by aver-
$63.45 above the top good grade heifer calves. The average
increase among the heifers was $12.57 for each 1/3 of a grade increase
in conformation score with the medium grade calves bringing the lowest
price and averaging $25 below the good grade calves. Choice grade
calves brought $30 per head more than the good grade calves.

Average daily gain from birth to sale date had an important influ¬
ence on the sale price of the bulls but had no significant influence on

170

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Table 1.— LEAST SQUARES ESTIMATES OF THE EFFECTS OF VARI¬
OUS FACTORS ON THE SALE PRICE OF PUREBRED HEREFORD
CALVES IN SOUTHWEST VIRGINIA DURING 1955-59

Classification

Bulls

Heifers

of

Effects Studied

No.

Head

b

Value

Std.

Dev.

No.

Head

b

Value

Std.

Dev.

Year

1955

15

-120.71

16.54^^^'^=

40

-63.32

7.56**

1956

21

-120.29

15.25**

53

-95.33

7.04**

1957

44

- 84.71

11.81**

92

-54.10

5.50**

1958

61

Base

—

127

Base

1959

60

- 56.01

10.40**

106

-24.05

5.07**

Location

Bland

122

Base

—

232

Base

—

Wytheville

42

- 13.94

10.66

117

-25.11

4.63**

Tazewell

37

46.47

11.91**

69

36.71

5.83**

Type Score

8 medium plus

3

1.99

32.09

6

-24.75

15.45

9 Good minus

9

- 19.82

19.71

20

- 8.18

9.02

10 Good

14

- 14.57

16.29

51

-10.15

6.23

11 Good plus

53

Base

—

99

Base

—

12 Choice minus

56

15.38

10.57

118

4.64

4.93

13 Choice

37

45.60

12.02**

82

24.36

5.69**

14 Choice plus

21

64.80

14.76**

32

42.72

7.67*-

15 Low fancy

8

51.44

20.86*

10

63.45

12.10**

Dwarf Status

Known carrier shown

in pedigree

106

- 54.00

9.65**

271

-50.10

4.76**

Questionable pedigree

32

- 62.91

11.98**

52

-43.94

6.23**

Clean pedigree

63

Base

—

95

Base

--

ADG

Per pound of ADG

201

69.35

26.95**

418

0.77

12.92

Age

Per day of age

201

.33

.16*

418

0.06

.09

Weight

Per 100# increase

201

13.31

.09**

418

21.13

.06**

♦Significant at .05 level.

♦♦Significant at .01 level.

1964] Factors Influencing Sale Price of Calves 171

the sale price of the heifers. For example, bulls averaging 2.5 pounds
of gain per day sold for $34.67 above bulls averaging 2.0 pounds per
day, whereas the faster gaining heifers brought no more than the slower
gaining heifers. When index value (which is a combination of grade
and ADG) was substituted in the analysis for grade and ADG, buyers
paid $2.55 per index point for the bulls and $1.36 per index point for
the heifers. They also paid an additonal 33 cents per day of age to
obtain the older bulls but paid no attention to the age of the heifers.
Size (weight) influenced the sale price of heifers more than of bulls
when ADG was considered at the same time. Apparently, they placed
more emphasis on average daily gain than on final weight in purchasing
bulls, whereas the reverse was true with heifers. When weight was
substituted for ADG in the analysis, however, it became an important
factor, amounting to $40.16 per cwt. for the bulls and $28.54 per cwt.
for the heifers.

Even though all factors had a significant influence on sale price, they
varied in magnitude. The percentage of the total variation in sale price
accented for by each effect, over and above all other effects, is shown
in Table 2.

Average price of all bulls was $230.19 and of all heifers $151.70.

Summary

Factors studied included year and location of sale, dwarfism status,
grade, average daily gain (ADG) from birth to sale date, and age and
weight at sale time. Records on 201 bulls and 418 heifers sold at 3
locations (Bland, Tazewell, and Wytheville) in southwest Virginia over

Table 2.— PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL VARIATION IN SALE PRICE OF
PUREBRED HEREFORD CALVES ACCOUNTED FOR BY THE VARI¬
OUS EFFECTS SHOWN, OVER AND ABOVE ALL OTHER EFFECTS

Classification

Bull

Heifer

of Effects Studied

Calves

Calves

Year

12,15

17.35

Location

3.08

9.31

Type score

4.72

6.69

Dwarf status

5.68

9.82

Average daily gain

0.89

0.00

Age in days

0.59

0.04

Weight

0.31

1.19

Combined

75.65

66.29

172

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

a 5-year period were analyzed. Average price of all bulls was $230.19
and of all heifers $151.70. These effects accounted for 75.7% of
the total variation in sale price of the bulls and 66.3% among the hei¬
fers. The high year was 1958 and the high location was Tazewell.

All factors studied had a significant influence on sale price. The
order of importance was year, dwarf status, grade, location, average
daily gain, weight and age.

LITERATURE CITED

Marlowe, T. J., C. M. Kincaid, and G. W. Litton. 1958. Virginia
Beef Catle Performance Testing Program. Va. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bui.
489.

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

173

AN ANALYSIS OF THE FOOD HABITS OF THE BULLFROG,
Rana catesbeiana, BY BODY SIZE, SEX, MONTH,

AND HABITAT

G. R. Brooks, Jr.

Department of Biology, College of William and Mary
Received for publication November 21, 1963

Our knowledge concerning the food habits of the ubiquitous bullfrog,
Rana catesbeiana, has been based on many studies: Frost (1935), Korsch-
gen and Moyle (1955), Perez (1951), Cohen and Howard (1958), and
Korschgen and Baskett (1963). All authors have found that insects and
spiders were the most important food items. The occurrence of unusual
food items in the bullfrog's diet has also received much attention. Some
of the strange food items include birds (Howard, 1950; Hewitt, 1950),
a mole (Heller, 1927), a coral snake (Minton, 1949), a spadefoot toad
(Holman, 1957), and a mouse (Cohen and Howard, 1958).

Korschgen and Basket (1963) studied the foods of impoundment- and
stream-dwelling bullfrogs in Missouri. Until their paper no study had
been concerned with the effect of different habitats on the diet of the
bullfrog.

The present report is a detailed comparative study of the food habits
of bullfrogs collected from five different ponds in central Virginia. Com¬
parisons also were made to determine if body size, sex, and month influ¬
enced the kind and amount of food taken.

Procedure.

Between June and November of 1958, 138 bullfrogs of varying sizes
were collected in 49 field trips. All were captured after sunset. Indi¬
viduals were located by use of a strong light, and then taken by hand
or gig. They were immediately preserved in 10 per cent formalin.
Large specimens were injected with formalin to insure preservation of
the internal organs.

Three body measurements were made in the lab: 1) weight to near¬
est tenth of a gram, 2) snout-vent length, or the distance from tip of
snout to cloacal aperture, and 3) mouth width, or the distance between
corners of the mouth. Both length measurements were to the nearest

^This paper is part of a masters thesis completed at the University of Richmond under the
direction of Dr. William S, Woolcott.

The Virginia Journal of Science

174

[July

one-half mm. Sex was determined by a gross examination of the gonads.

Three categories which concerned gut contents were devised: 1) per
cent of frogs with item (obtained by dividing the number of frogs
which contained a specific item by the total number of frogs with any
type of material), 2) per cent occurrence of item (obtained by divid¬
ing the number of a specific item taken by the total number of items),
and 3) per cent weight of item (obtained by dividing the weight of
a specific item by the total weight of all items.) The per cent weight
measiuement is used only in certain instances and should be regarded
witli caution. In many instances an item was identified only by certain
parts, such as a beetle elytron, the weight of which would represent
only a fraction of the weight of the specimen eaten. Also a large item
taken by a single frog at one pond would swamp the weight percentages
of smaller, but equally important, food items. The measurement of vol¬
ume would have the same disadvantages.

Description of the Ponds.

The five ponds used in the study are dispersed within an area of
approximately ten square miles in southeastern Hanover County, Virginia,
totally within the Coastal Plain. A part of the Chickahominy River
system, the drainage area is composed of a mixture of woodland, pas¬
tures, and cultivated lands.

Pond A — Pond A, located in a dense growth of hardwoods, received
water from springs and a small creek. The pond had a surface area
of approximately three acres, and a maximum depth of 13.5 feet near
the dam.

Profuse vegetation overhung the water line except at isolated open
areas on the dam and east bank. The west end of the dam was cov¬
ered with smooth alder {Alnus rugosa) and honeysuckle (Lonicera japo~
nica); while numerous species of grasses and annuals grew on the east
end. Dominant vegetation on the southwestern bank was Alnus rugosa and
sweet pepper bush (Clethra alnifoila), while that of the northwestern
bank was a composite of hardwoods with an undercover of Lonicera
iaponica. The hardwood flora consisted of sweet gum (Liquidambar
styraciflua) , tulip tree {Liriodendron tulipifera), bitternut hickory (Cary a
cordiformis) , and red maple (Acer ruhrum) . A zone of river birch (Betula
nigra) and crack willow (Salix fragilis) was present on the southeastern
bank; vegetation on the northeastern side was similar to that of the
northwestern. Black gum (Nyssa sylvatica) grew in the marshy head¬
waters.

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

175

Pond B - Pond B was built as a source for irrigation water. Sup¬
plied by springs, the pond had a surface area of approximately one and
one-half acres, and a maximum depth of 12 feet near the center.

Only on the northwestern bank did vegetation overhang the water
line. Dominant vegetation on the eastern and western banks was com¬
posed of a mixture of Carya cordiformis, Liriodendron tidipifera, Acer
Tuhnim, beech (Fagtis grandifolia) , and white oak (Qtiercus alba). A
sandy projection, covered with Lonicera japonica, grasses and blackberry
(Rubus agutus), divided the northern bank. Nijssa sijlvatica was the
dominant plant in the headwaters. Major plants on the dam were dog
fennel {Eupatorium capillifolium) and broom straw (Artholophis sp.).

Pond C ~ Pond C, fed by numerous creeks and springs, bad a sur¬
face area of 11 acres, and a maximum depth of 26 feet near the dam.

A small bay divided the west bank into two distinct regions. The
vegetation on the northern portion, a picnic and fishing area, consisted
of a zone of short leaf pine (Pinus echinata) with an undercover of
grass; a zone of weeping willow {Salix babylonica) and S. fragilis; and
a beach. The southern portion was predominantly hardwoods, consist¬
ing of Liquidambar styraciflua, post oak {Quercus stellata) , swamp white
oak (^, bicolor), Q. alba, and Acer rubrum. The vegetation on the
east bank was similar to that of the northeastern. Grasses and weeds
covered the dam.

Pond D — Pond D, fed by springs and a small creek at the east end,
had a surface area of approximately one and one-half acres, and a maxi¬
mum depth of six feet near the center.

The south bank was separated into two sections; overhanging vege¬
tation on the southwestern sector was button bush {Cephalanthus occi~
dentalis), Alnus rugosa, Clethra alnifolia, and sand vine {Gonolobus
laevis); on the southeastern sector, Nyssa sylvatica, blackjack oak {Quer-
cus marilandica) , and alba. A projection of land divided the north
bank into two equal parts. Pinus echinata and an undercover of lawn
grass grew on the western portion of the north bank. Dominant vegeta¬
tion on the northeastern bank was similar to that of the southeastern.
Nyssa sylvatica was the dominant plant at the headwaters. The domi¬
nant plants on the dam were Lonicera japonica and horse brier (Smilax
rotundifolia) .

Pond E — Pond E was an open body of water completely surrounded
by pasture land. Supplied with water from two upstream ponds and
by intrinsic springs, Pond E had a surface area of approximately one
and one-half acres and a maximum depth of five feet.

176

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Both north and south banks, covered with grasses, were grazed by
cattle. Alnus rugosa, growing in clusters in the water off the east bank,
and a large willow oak {Quercus phellos) , at the extreme south corner
of the dam, were the only woody plants present. A vine, arrow-leaved
tearthumb {Polygonium sagittatiim) ,grew profusely in spots on the
southeastern bank. The dam, devoid of vegetation, was used as a walk-
wa\' bv cattle.

General Food Habits.

Of tlie 138 specimens examined, the intestinal tracts of 129 contained
material. A list of the food items is given in Table 1. This list is
certain!}' not complete since certain soft-bodied food items, such as
dipterans, lepidopteran larvae, etc., were more easily digested than hard¬
bodied forms, such as beetles. Turner (1959), in a study of the food
habits of Rana pretiosa, found that the relative number of beetles was
higher than other insect orders; this finding he attributed not only to
the large number of coleopterans but also to the undigestibility of cole¬
opterous fragments. Kilby (1945) in a study of the food habits of Rana
pipiens and Hyla cinerea, performed several experiments determining
digestion time in R. pipiens for different types of food. He found that
after 15 hours, beetles were very little digested, whereas after 10 hours
earth worms were reduced to tiny fragments. Thus caution must rule
in interpreting gut contents as exact percentages of food items eaten.

Penn (1950), Korschgen and Moyle (1955), and Korschgen and
Basket! (1963), found that crayfish formed an important role in the
bullfrog’s diet. During field trips crayfish were noticeably scarce at all
ponds, and subsequently were found only in a very small number of
frogs. Spiders, especially argiopids, however, were very numerous at
four of the ponds (Ponds A, B, C, and D), and were found in large
numbers of frogs from these four ponds. The large number of insects
eaten, coupled with the data above, indicates that R. catesheiana fed on
those organisms which were most abundant and readily available in its
environment. Korschgen and Moyle (1955) also concluded that ‘‘prin¬
cipal foods cosumed closely parallel availability ...”

Several unusual food items were recorded. A garter snake, Thamno-
phis sauritus, 39.5 cm. in total length, was eaten by a frog measuring
12 cm. in snout-bent length. Unidentified fish were very unusual food
items, and along with the tadpoles, show that bullfrogs do catch food
items under water. Whether the item is swallowed under water, or is
first brought to land, is not known. A shrew, Sorex sp., was eaten by
a large frog at Pond C.

Vegetative material, composed of sticks, leaves, and blades of grass,
was found in over 50 per cent of the specimens. The presence of

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

177

Table 1. The gut contents of 129 specimens of Rana catesbeiana listed
by per cent of guts with item, per cent occurrence of item, and per
cent weight of item.

Item

Per Cent of
Guts with
Item

Per Cent
Occurrence
of Item

Per Cent
Weight of
Item

Insecta

78.3

51.8

20.6

Coleoptera

52.7

22.4

10.1

Curculionidae

20.9

7.3

0.4

Unidentified (A)

20.9

6.4

2.7

Carabidae

10.9

3.2

2.6

Scarabaeidae

3.1

0.9

1.2

Chrysomelidae

2.3

2.2

0.1

Coccinellidae

2.3

0.6

0.1

Elateridae

2.3

0.6

0.2

Erotylidae

1.6

0.4

*

Lucanidae

1.6

0.4

2.7

Melandryidae

0.8

0.2

Rhyncophora

0.8

0.2

*

Unidentified (L)

0.8

0.2

0.3

Lepidoptera

19.4

6.9

3.9

Unidentified (L)

17.1

6.2

3.7

Unidentified (A)

3.1

0.8

0.2

Hymenoptera

17.8

8.4

1.0

Formicidae

12.4

6.7

0.3

Vespidae

3.9

0.9

0.6

Apidae

0.8

0.2

0.1

Braconidae

0.8

0.2

*

Serphidae

0.8

0.2

*

Unidentified (A)

0.8

0.2

*

Hemiptera

14.0

4.3

0.3

Gerridae

7.0

2.1

0.1

Cicadellidae

3.1

0.8

*

Unidentified

3.1

0.8

*

Aphididae

0.8

0.6

*

Nepidae

0.8

0.2

0.2

Diptera

10.1

3.7

0.3

Culicidae

3.9

1.1

*

Unidentified (A)

3.1

0.8

0.1

Unidentified (L)

1.6

1.5

0.1

Tipulidae

0.8

0.2

0.1

Syrphidae

0.8

0.2

*

178

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Table 1. — Continued.

Item

Per Cent of
Guts with
Item

Per Cent
Occurrence
of Item

Per Cent
Weight of
Item

Orthoptera

10.1

3.2

3.4

Tettigoniidae

4.7

1.5

1.7

Unidentified

2.3

0.6

0.4

Acrididae

1.6

0.6

0.8

Gryllidae

1.6

0.4

0.4

Gryllotalpidae

0.8

0.2

0.1

Odonata

10.1

2.8

1.7

Libellulidae (N)

3.1

0.8

0.3

Gomphidae (N)

2.3

0.6

0.1

Cordulegasteridae (A)

1.6

0.4

0.7

Aeschnidae (A)

0.8

0.4

0.3

Aeschnidae (N)

0.8

0.2

0.1

Gomphidae (A)

0.8

0.2

0.2

Unidentified (A)

0.8

0.2

❖

Unidentified (N)

0.8

0.2

❖

Arachnida

30.2

11.2

4.8

Araneae

27.9

10.5

4.2

Unidentified

16.3

5.2

2.8

Argiopidae

13.2

5.2

1.4

Phalangida

Phalangidae

2.3

0.8

0.6

Amphibia

Anura

Ranidae

8.5

2.8

27.4

Rana catesbeiana (A)

2.4

0.8

15.0

Rana sp. (A)

3.1

0.8

7.2

R. catesbeiana (L)

1.6

0.4

3.5

Rana sp. (L)

3.1

1.0

1.8

Diplopoda

Polydesmoidea

Polydesmidae

5.4

1.3

0.3

Gastropoda

Pulmonata

3.9

1.3

1.0

Planorbidae

2.3

0.9

0.9

Lymnaeidae

0.8

0.2

*

Unidentified

0.8

0.2

*

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

179

Table 1. — Continued.

Item

Per Cent of
Guts with
Item

Per Cent
Occurrence
of Item

Per Cent
Weight of
Item

Crustacea

4.7

1.4

4.3

Decapoda

Astacidae

3.1

0.8

4.2

Isopoda

Unidentified

1.6

0.6

0.1

Teleostomi

Perciformes

Centrarchidae

3.1

1.1

0.6

Mammalia

Insectivora

Soricidae

Sorex sp.

0.8

0.2

5.0

Oligochaeta

Opisthopora

Lumbricidae

0.8

1.3

1.3

Reptilia

Serpentia

Colubridae

Thamnophis sauritus

0.8

0.2

6.4

Miscellaneous

Pebbles and sand

9.3

3.4

8.9

Vegetative Material

51.9

12.5

12.3

Digested Invertebrates

44.2

10.8

5.3

Digested Vertebrates

3.1

0.8

2.0

*Les3 than 0.05 per cent.

vegetation in the gut of a carnivore might be explained in several ways:
1) the vegetation might have been ingested accidentally along with a
captured food item; 2) it is possible tbat a floating stick or a moving
leaf might evoke in a hungry frog a food-catching response; 3) the vege¬
tative material might have been eaten as a food material. The average
number of food items per frog was 4. 1 (Table 4).

Food Habits by Size.

The food items of three arbitrarily selected size groups were compared
to determine the trend, if any, in the selection of food between indivi¬
duals of different size. These groups are not intended to indicate age

180

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

groups although the larger individuals tend to be older than the smaller.
A size-ratio number was obtained for each specimen by dividing the
true weight (weight of the frog minus the weight of the gut contents)
by the width of the mouth. Size-ratio numbers were then plotted against
snout-vent length and three groups selected.

Group I, with a size-ratio number range of 0.36 to 1.81 (x = 0.84;
S. E.ni = 0.026), consisted of 78 specimens, three of which contained no
food. Insects were the most important group of food items, being found
in 83 per cent of the frogs and making up 47 per cent of the total food
weight. Of the insects, coleopterans were taken most often; 60 per

cent of the frogs contained at least one. Arachnoids were found in

31 per cent of the frogs; vegetative material in 41 per cent; and uniden¬
tified invertebrates in 51 per cent. Only three specimens contained
vertebrate material; this being several anuran tadpoles. The aver¬
age number of items per frog was 4.33; the average weight per frog
of food was 0.40 gm. The average weight of food divided by the

average weight of frog (17.5 gm.) gives a relative weight figure of

0.023.

Group II, with a size-ratio number range of 1.82 to 4.10 (x = 2.76;
S. = 0.083), consisted of 42 frogs, of which six contained no food.
Insects, found in 72 per cent of the frogs, were again the most abundant
food items taken. In this group, however, the insects comprised only
24 per cent of the total food weight. Coleopterans were the most
frequently taken insect, being found in 53 per cent of the frogs. Arach¬
noids were found in 31 per cent of the guts; vegetative material in 67
per cent; and unidentified invertebrates in 44 per cent. Adult and
larval anurans, more important as food items in this group than in the
smaller frogs, were found in 14 per cent of the frogs and comprised
29 per cent of the total food weight. The average number of items
per frog was 4.33; the average weight of food per frog was 2.33 gm.
The average weight of food divided by the average weight of frog (106.3
gm.) gives a relative weight figure of 0.022.

Group III, with a size-ratio number range of 4.11 to 6.89 (x = 5.07;
S. E.m = 0.104) , contained 18 frogs all of which contained food. While
insects were found in 61 per cent of the frogs, they comprised only
seven per cent of the total food weight. Again coleopterans were found
to be the most numerous insect taken (33 per cent). Arachnoids were
found in 28 per cent of the specimens; vegetative material in 78 per
cent; and unidentified invertebrates in 17 per cent. Adult and larval
anurans comprised 32 per cent of the total food weight but were only
found in 11 per cent of the guts. The two large vertebrates previously
mentioned {Thamnophis sauritus and Sorex sp.) comprised 27 per cent

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

181

of the total food weight. The average number of items per frog was
2.67; the average weight of food per frog was 4.60 gm. The average
weight of food divided by the average weight of frog (248.7 gm.)
gives a relative weight figure of 0.019.

Food Habits by Sex.

There were 86 males and 43 females captured which contained food.
Between sexes major groups of food items occurred in approximately
the same per cent of specimens and in per cent occm'rence. For exam¬
ple, insects were found in 77 per cent of the females and in 79 per
cent of the males. Females were found to contain more food by weight
than males. The mean weight of food per male was 1.01 gm., whereas
that per female was 2.58 gm. However, most of the larger frogs were
female. The mean size-ratio number for males was 1.78; that for females
was 2,33. It appears that both sexes took the same types of food but
since the females were larger, they took larger (heavier) food items.
It is interesting to note, however, that Smith and Bragg (1949), study¬
ing toads, found a great difference in the quantity of food taken by
members of the two sexes of Bufo. w. woodhousei and Bufo cognatus;
females taking the larger amount in both species.

Food Habits by Month.

Over the five month study period, major food items showed no trend
of increasing or decreasing consumption (Table 2). Certain types of
insects did fluctuate somewhat: orthopterans did not appear as food
until August (five per cent of the guts) but increased to 30 per cent
by October; lepidopterans also appeared in more guts as the season

Table 2. Selected gut contents of Rana catesbeiana listed by per cent
of frogs with item by month. The number of frogs with food for
each month is given beneath the month.

Item

June

(14)

July

(27)

August

(22)

September

(46)

October

(20)

Insects

57

85

82

72

95

Arachnids

29

37

27

22

50

Vegetative

Material

79

74

50

39

35

Unidentified

Invertebrate

Material

14

37

41

50

60

182 The Virginia Journal of Science [July

progressed. One unusual finding was that the number of frogs con¬
taining vegetative material decreased as the season progressed whereas
the number containing unidentified digested invertebrates increased.

Food Habits by Habitat.

The five pods described above were selected in order to give a wide
diversity in habitat structure. The ponds range from one completely
surrounded by open pasture land (Pond E) to one completely surround¬
ed bv woods. The food habits for the frogs at each pond are given in
Table 3. Table 4 lists the number of frogs at each pond and several
data concerning weight of gut contents and frog size.

The largest difference existed between Pond A and Pond E. The
total productivity of frog biomass was extremely different; Pond E con¬
tained many more frogs and these frogs contained much more food than
those at Pond A. Pond A, the woodland pond, although comparable
in size to several of the other ponds, contained relatively few frogs.
Only 20 were captured and these were obtained only after diligent
searching. The average number of items per frog (4.1) compares favor¬
ably with the other ponds but the mean weight of gut contents was
the lowest (Table 4). The diversity of food items, considering num¬
ber of families, was also the lowest. Pond B was also relatively poor
in food production for frogs. Both the mean number of items (3.7)
and the mean weight of gut contents (1.17) were second lowest among
the five ponds. Pond C, the largest pond, produced the second
smallest numtier of frogs. The frogs from this pond were unique in that
62 per cent contained arachnids and 67 per cent contained vegetative
material. The largest number of frogs was collected at Pond D. Ninety-
seven per cent of the frogs from this pond contained insect material.
Twenty-five per cent of the frogs from Pond E contained a frog as
food and 50 per cent of the total food weight was vertebrate material.

Discussion.

Among different size groups one would expect that smaller frogs would
contain more food per gram of body weight than larger frogs, since the
rate of metabohsm is higher in smaller individuals. The results given
above do not support this assumption. The average amount of food
per gram of body weight for frogs in Group I was 0.023; that for Group

Table 3. Gut contents of Rana catesbeiana, showing per cent of guts
with item, per cent occurrence of item, and per cent weight of item,
hsted by pond.

Per Cent of Guts Per Cent Occur- ‘ Per Cent Weight

with Item rence of Item of Item

Ponds Ponds Ponds

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

183

00a>* 00C01lOtH(MtH00C0
tH

tH o
CO (M

oo(Mth?D(M':o* cooooo

(M tH

O500tHCX)(M?DtH'^C0CO

OOOCOCO'^(MOOCO(OC|(M

«OCOOU5CO'^lOOOOO

(NiHiHCOCOCO

lO'?t<t>C0C<IC00505«0C0
(MOq

^ ^ ^ ^

^ ^ ^ ^ E
a a g

s ^

«5

tHCO|0| I 1^1

II* I®* III *23®

I I

iH I tH I * CO 00

S I

*§11111 -"2°’l

is^riiii '^§®i

lOr-l|^| I I'^l

M^^l-'^lll '"SS’^iS

I I CO j I 1H I 00

T-IC0'tHU3j|| ||
I^^I^MM

OeOlCOI I ICOI O5C05O
tH I CO 1 I I I rH lO CO

||®|®®|||

2 I I I I I 233 I
I I I I I ““^3 I

r rS ^
o o 2 j

Ph o

I -M M S

"S OS <u S

Ci .5 >

5 ^

H ^ O)

C 03 > -j:^ o 2 M ■

S 5 g 5 ft ^ ^ S 'B. 2 .

O S D---H p

OiUoWOQt-5

Q. oj ft M 23

O M ?-l *o ^

§ JH 0) ft O

h-H M M O

a; <u *1^
P > Q

; 73 T3 S
<u O) S
m M Z

> <D D

bG r-,

S3

184

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

II was 0.022; and for Group III, 0.019. All three groups had essen¬
tially the same value. One possible explanation is that the rate of
feeding is higher in small frogs. If this is so, the smaller frogs would
take in more food per hour per gram of body weight.

It is also of interest that more large frogs contained vegetative mate¬
rial than did small frogs. And, as the season progressed, the percentage
of frogs containing vegetative material decreased (79, 74, 50, 39, 35;
Table 2). Also, over 50 per cent of all frogs contained some type of
vegetation. These results might be due to chance; still it is evident
that more research is needed concerning the role of vegetation in the
diet of frogs.

Korschgen and Baskett (1963) in their study of frogs from ponds
and streams concluded that “General patterns of feeding were similar
in impoundment and rivers, and both resembled those of farm-pond
bullfrogs ...” The data from river frogs were taken from frogs col¬
lected during June only. Unfortunately, Korschgen and Moyle (1955)
did not describe the farm ponds utilized in their study. Thus it is
not possible to compare the results of the present study with theirs in
regards to the effect of habitat.

Table 4. Comparison of ponds showing number of frogs caught, num¬
ber with food material, total weight of gut contents, mean weight
of gut contents, the mean size-ratio number, and the mean number
of items.

Pond

Number

of

Frogs

Caught

Number

with

Food

Total
Weight
of Gut
Contents
in Grams

Mean
Weight
of Gut
Contents
in Grams

Mean

Size-

Ratio

Numbers

Mean

Number

of

Items

A

20

19

9.89

0.52

1.11

4.1

B

24

23

13.81

0.60

1.17

3.7

C

23

21

46.44

2.21

3.27

4.4

D

37

35

23.79

0.68

1.51

5.1

E

34

31

103.79

3.35

2.71

3.4

Total

138

129

197.72

Mean

1.53

1.97

4.1

iMean response from saline injected control in microns.

1964]

Food Habits of Bullfrogs

185

SUMMARY

1. Data concerning food habits were obtained from the examination
of 138 Rana catesbeiana collected from five different types of ponds in
central Virginia.

2. Insects and spiders were found to be the most abundant food items.

3. As the size of the frog increased, the role of insects in the diet de¬
creased somewhat.

4. Males and females were found to contain similar types of food.

5. The data indicated that vegetation might have an important part
in the frogs’ diet.

6. Ponds located in relatively clear areas provided more available
food for frogs than did ponds in wooded areas.

LITERATURE CITED

Cohen, N. W., and W. E. Howard. 1958. Bullfrog food and growth
at San Joaquin Experimental Range, California. Copeia (3):223-
225.

Frost, S. W. 1935. The food of Rana catesbeiana Shaw. Copeia (1);
15-18.

Heller, I. A. 1927. Brewer’s mole as food of the bullfrog. Copeia 4
(165): 116.

Hewitt, O. H. 1950. The bullfrog as a predator on ducklings. J. Wildl.
Mgt. 14(2): 244.

Holman, J. A. 1957. Bullfrog predation on the eastern spadefoot,
Scaphiopus holbrooki. Copeia (3): 229.

Howard, W. E. 1950. Birds as Bullfrog food. Copeia (2): 152.

Kilby, J. D. 1945. A biological analysis of the food and feeding
habits of two frogs. Quart. Jour. Fla. Acad. Sci. 8(1): 71-104.

Korschgen, L. J., and T. S. Basket! 1963. Foods of impoundment*
and stream-dwelling bullfrogs in Missouri. Herpetologica 19(2):
89-99.

. , and D. L. Moyle. 1955. Food habits of the bullfrogs

in central Missouri farm ponds. Amer. Midi. Nat. 54(2): 332-341.

Minton, J. E. 1949. Coral snake preyed upon by the bullfrog. Copeia
(4): 288.

186

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Penn, G .H. 1950. Utilization of crawfishes by cold-blooded verte¬
brates in the eastern United States. Amer. Midi. aNt. 44(3):

643-658.

Perez, M. E. 1951. The food of Rana catesbeiana Shaw in Puerto

Rico. Herpetologica 7: 102-104.

Smith, C. C., and A. N. Bragg. 1949. Observations on the ecology
and natural history of Anura, VII. Food and feeding habits of the
common species of toads in Oklahoma. Ecology 30(3): 333-349.

Turner, F. B. 1959. An analysis of the feeding habits of Rana p.

pretiosa in Yellowstone Park, Wyoming. Amer. Midi. Nat. 61(2):
403-413.

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

187

GENETIC VARIATION IN CHICK BIOASSAYS FOR
GONADOTROPINS

L TESTES WEIGHT AND RESPONSE

P. B. Siegel and H. S. Siegel

Poultry Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg

Criteria for a satisfactory bioassay have been recently outlined by Em-
niens (1962). These criteria are met in the bioassay of gonad stimulat¬
ing preparations by the response of the chick testes weights which have
been used by many investigators for the past three decades (e.g. Jaap,
1935; Byerly and Burrows, 1938; Breneman, 1945; Herrick et al., 1962).

Chicks are a good assay animal for gonadotropins because they can
be readily obtained in quantity, there is httle interference with endoge¬
nous hormones, they are sensitive to small amounts of gonadotropin and
the result is based on the response of the primary organ affected, the

testes.

Although it is common knowledge to endocrinologists that variability
in bioassays is large, surprisingly little has been done to determine exact
sources of variability. Even in the rat, where Chapman (1946) dem¬
onstrated genetic and non-genetic sources of variation in ovarian responses
httle has been done to control variables other than body weight in the
design of bioassay experiments. Genetic control is usually limited to utiliz¬
ing animals from the same strain (Dorfman, 1962).

The series of experiments reported here were designed to determine
if genetic factors influence testes weight and their response to different
gonad stimulating preparations. If the genetic portion of the total varia¬
tion is large, genetic control in conjunction with artificial insemination
techniques can be used to produce more uniform assay animals. This
would provide the endocrinologists with greater precision in bioassay
experiments.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank the Endocrinology Study Section, National Institutes of Health
for providing the ovine sources of FSH and LH used in these studies. Dr. Jack Wagner of
Eli Lilly Company for the supplies of PMS, and Mrs. Mary Coleman, Mrs. Pat Hankins and
Mr. W. L. Beane for their technical aid.

188

The Virginia Journal of Science
METHODS AND MATERIALS

[July

A series of eight experiments (Table 1) were conducted. They involv¬
ed 1281 gonadotropic injected chicks and 304 saline injected control
cockerels. White Rock males were used as sires because Nalbandov and
Casida (1940) and Munro et ah, (1943) have shown that males of this
breed are more responsive to gonadotropins than those from other breeds.
All chicks were obtained from single male matings and pedigrees were
known for each assay and control animal. Eggs within an experiment
were incubated at the same time in a forced-di'aft incubator for 18 days,
after which they were transferred to a hatcher. Four days later, on the
22nd day, chicks were removed from the hatcher, individually marked
and sexed. Cockerels were then randomized into treatment groups and
returned to the hatcher where they were maintained in darkness, with¬
out food and water for the injection period. The only time during this
period that chicks were removed from the hatcher was for the admin¬
istration of the gonadotropic preparations.

Gonadotropins, in 0.2 ml. of 0.85% sahne, were administered sub¬
cutaneously in the dorsal region of the neck at 12-hour intervals. Con-

Table 1. — Experiments conducted

Expt.

Date

Treatment

No.

injections

No.

sires

No.t

chicks

1

4/10/60

ant. pit. homog.

2

8

47

2

6/25/60

10 /xg.FSHi

2

8

78

100 ;4g.LH2

2

8

79

20 ^ig.FSHi

4

10

76

3

10/22/60

200 ag.LH2

4

10

76

20 /xg.FSH + 200 /xg.LHb 2 4

10

79

4

4/20/61

5,10,20 + 40 ^g.FSHi

2

5

160

5

12/30/61

5,25,125 + 625 ^g.FSHi

2

5

191

6

1/27/62

7.5,15 4- 30 /xg.PMS3

3

5

117

7.5,15 -h 30 /xg.PMS4

3

5

117

7

6/9/62

5,25 -1- 125 ^g.FSHS

3

5

114

8

7/28/62

1,5 + 25 ^g.LH6

3

5

147

tSaline injected control chicks run in each experiment are not included.
iFSH— Armour L8730-02.

2LH— Armour L8739.

aPMS— Ferring Malone, Batch 6110, L12661.

^PMS — Organon, Gestyl Batch 90,138.

6NIH-FSH— SI.

6NIH-LH— S6.

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

189

trols received similar injections of saline only. Eleven hours after the
last injection chicks from all treatment and control groups were inter¬
mingled in chick boxes. Individuals were then taken from these boxes,
weighed in grams and sacrificed by cervical fracture. Their testes were
removed immediately and weighed to the nearest 0.1 mg. In certain
experiments the testes were placed in fixature for the histological and
histochemical studies reported in the second paper of this series (Siegel
and Siegel, 1964).

As shown in Table 1, treatments varied from experiment to experiment.
This was done to determine if sire differences existed for several gonado¬
tropic preparatons. Control chicks were maintained in each experiment
and genetic variation was determined for testes weight in these chicks.

Response to gonadotropins was determined in all experiments as the
change in testes weight per 100 g. of body weight from the mean of
the controls on an intra-sire basis. In Experiments 5 and 6, response
was also measured as the percentage change from controls. The rea¬
sons for analyzing these data by the latter method was to provide com¬
parisons between percentage and absolute change when significant dif¬
ferences among sires were found for testes weight of the controls.

The regression of testes weight response on dosage level were calcu¬
lated in Experiments 4 through 8. Precisions (A) were obtained by the
method outlined by Bliss (1952) for comparison with other bioassay
techniques for gonadotropins.

EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS
Genetic Variation in Testes Weight

Analyses of testes weights for the non-stimulated control chicks were
made in Experiments 2 through 8 to determine the portion of total varia¬
tion due to sire effects. Since each sire was mated to a random sam¬
ple of dams and the progeny of each sire were taken as a random sam¬
ple from the progeny sired by that male, it was proper to use the vari¬
ance components for the one-way classification. The statistical model
was:

Xy = ;* + Si -h ey ,

where Xy was the testes weight of the jth animal from the ith sire. The
sire component of variance includes 1/4 of the additive autosomal and
sex-Hnked genetic variation and 1/16 of the epistatic effects. Multi¬
plication of the sire component by four provides an estimate of herita-
bihty which includes the additive genic effects plus 1/4 of the epistatic
deviations. Although the number of controls within each experiment was
small the total number of control cockerels was 304. The percentage

190

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

of variation due to the she component of variance is presented in Table
2 for testes weights per 100 g. body weight and for unadjusted testes
weights. The unweighted mean was .16 ± .06 for both methods of
expressing testes weights and the heritability estimates were .64. These
estimates although high were slightly lower than the estimate of .81
reported by Jaap et ah, (1961) and demonstrated that testes weight at
hatching is highly heritable.

It has been suggested by Munro et al., (1943) and Jaap et al., (1961)
that covariance be used to correct testes weights for body weight. Re¬
gressions of testes weight on body weight were calculated in Experiments
5 and 6 on an intra-sire basis. Linear regression coefficients ranged
from —.15 ± .27 to .86 zt .46 and none was significant. Thus, it appears
that there is not a linear relationship between testes weight and body
weight at this age and covariance analysis is inappropriate.

Table 2. — Percentage of the among sire variation to the total variation

Testes-weights

Expt.

No. prog.

per 100 g. body wt.

unadjusted

2

30

.00

.00

3

78

.10

.15

4

38

.00

.14

5

44

.39

.39

6

37

.47

.48

7

27

.15

.04

8

30

.15

.06

Total

__ 304

X zh Sg .16 zb. 06

.16 zb -06

Table 3. — Testes weight response^ of sire families to anterior pituitary
injections, Experiment

Sire Family

A

B

C

D

Testes weight

22.1a

22.9ab

23.9ab

24.7ab

Wt.

Sire Family

E

F

G

H

mean

Testes weight

26.2ab

35.9bc

39.1c

48.8c

28.6 zb 2.28

^Mean response from saline injected controls in mg. per 100 g. body wt.

2Any 2 means which do not have the same superscript are significantly different
(P^.05).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

191

Testes Weight Response to Gonadotropins

Experiment 1. This experiment was conducted to determine if there
were differences in the testes weight response of progeny from different
sires to injections of avian anterior pituitary homogenates. Avian pituita-
ries have been shown to be low in gonadotropin content by Domm (1931).
A satisfactory bioassay should, however, be able to demonstrate a response
to small amounts of biological material.

Means and standard errors of testes weights of controls and cockerels
injected with two mg. of anterior pituitary homogenates were 15. 1 zt 1.4
and 43.7 zb 2.3 mg. per 100 g. of body weight, respectively with the dif¬
ference of 28.6 between means being highly significant. Mean testes
weight responses from controls, by sire families ranged from 22.1 to
40.8 mg. per 100 g. of body weight (Table 3) with significant differ¬
ences among sires. This provided evidence that genetic factors influ¬
enced the response to avian anterior pituitary preparations and were
consistent with the results obtained by Munro et al., (1943) who com¬
pared testes weight responses in different breeds of chickens to pituitary
extracts.

Experiment 2. To ascertain if the genetic differences could be observed
for both FSH and LH, preparations (Armour) of each were injected
into chicks from eight sire families. Highly significant responses over
the controls were noted in testes weight response to 10 jmg. injections
of FSH and 100 jug. injections of LH. A significant difference in the
magnitude of response of the two gonadotropins was also found. Means
and standard errors of the testes weight response to 10 jug. of FSH was
5.02 bi .58 mg. per 100 g. of body weight while that for 100 fig. of
LH was 3.21 zb -74. This was in agreement with the work of Brene-
man et al., (1959) who found that Armour FSH was much more potent
than Armour LH. Differences between sire families were highly signifi¬
cant for testes weight response to injections of 10 fig. FSH (Table 4).
In some of the families no response was found whereas in others a large

Table 4.—

Testes weight responsei of
100 fig. of LH,

sire families to 10
Experiment 2^

fig. of FSH and

Sire family

Wt.

Treatment

A

B

C

D

E F

G

H

mean

FSH

-1.1a

3.6b

3.7b

5.3bc

4.0b 6.4bc

9.7cd

9.0cd

5.02 zb

LH

1.8a

-1.0a

1.2a

2.0a

5.7a 3.6a

5.1a

7.0a

3.21 zb .71

’^Mean response from saline injected controls in mg. per 100 g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal which do not have the same superscript are signif¬
icantly different (P — 0.05).

Table 5.— Testes weight responsei of sire families to 20 ^g. of FSH, 200 ^g. of LH and a combination of 20 ^g.

of FSH + 200 fxS- of LH, Experiment 3^

192

The Virginia Journal of Science

^ §

(M 05 (M

+1 +1 +i

K W

ui w

bii S

fH ^

[July

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

193

response was noted. Differences between sire families for testes weight
responses to 100 fxg. LH were not significant; however, the heritability
of this trait, based on paternal half-sib correlations was .24 suggesting
that the response was moderately heritable. The sire-gonadotropin inter¬
action was not significant indicating that the sire famihes that responded
to FSH had a similar weight response to LH.

Experiment 3. Although sire differences were not significant the mag¬
nitude of the heritability of testes weight response to 100 /xg. of LH in
Experiment 2 suggested that it would be appropriate to measure the
response of sire families at a higher dosage. Further, the number of
injections was increased since Breneman et al., (1959) found that the
LH response was greater when more than two injections were adminis¬
tered. Progeny from ten sires were randomized into the control and
three treatment groups shown in Table 1. This design, in addition to
enabling comparisons for genetic effects, facilitated the determination
of the effect of a combination administration of FSH and LH on testes
weights.

Significant differences among sire famihes were found in the testes
weight response to injections of 20 fig. of FSH (Table 5). This was
consistent with the results obtained with 10 fig. of FSH in Experiment
2. Differences among sire famihes in testes weight response to injec¬
tions of 200 fig. of LH were not significant. The heritability estimate,
based on full-sib correlations, was .24 and was identical with the heritabil¬
ity obtained in Experiment 2.

Standard errors of the means of the testes of the LH injected cockerels
were considerably larger than those for the FSH injected chicks in Experi¬
ments 2 and 3. Breneman et al., (1959) found that an increase in num¬
ber of injections reduced the within variation of chicks receiving LH.
This did not occur in our experiments.

Significant differences among sire famihes were obtained when a com¬
bination of FSH and LH was administered (Table 5) and provided
additional evidence of the importance of genetic variation in the response
of assay animals. The testes weight response to the combination injec¬
tion of FSH and LH was significantly greater than that obtained when
either hormone was administered singly. The response was additive but
not synergistic because the response of the combination of the two hor¬
mones was less than the sum of each administered alone. This was
consistent with the report of Breneman et al., (1962) who found no
synergistic effect with testes weight as the assay criterion and a minor
synergism with as the assay criterion. The response of individual
sire families can be observed in Table 5. Most of the sire families
responded in an additive manner. Progeny from sires which gave the

194

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

greatest response to FSH, namely H, I and J however, responded to
the FSH-LH combination at approximately the same level as to FSH
alone. This could suggest that these families had reached their maximum
response from the FSH alone and could not respond further.

Experiment 4. Five of the sires used in Experiment 3 were selected
to provide chicks to evaluate the response of testes weight to several
dosages of FSH. The purpose of this was to determine if the response
of sire families was consistent from experiment to experiment, to measure
the dose-response relationships and the precision of the assay procedure.
Dosages, as shown in Table 1, were 5, 10, 20 and 40 /xg. of FSH.

Once again significant differences were obtained between sire families
for response of testes weights to FSH preparations (Table 6). The
ranks of the sires were the same as they were for FSH in Experiment 3
and demonstrated the consistency of sire responses from experiment to
experiment. Further, the treatment means at the 20 yug. level of FSH
were similar (8.03 vs. 8.56) in the two experiments. Heritabihty esti¬
mates based on half-sib correlations were 0, .04, .16, and .64 respectively,
at the 5, 10, 20, and 40 /xg. dosages of FSH.

The regression of testes weight response on dosages of FSH was 6.72
zh 1.23. The lowest dosage, 5 /xg. of FSH, elicited a significant response
over the saline injected controls. Within the range of FSH used in this
experiment there was a significant linear response aecording to analysis
of variance. Quadratic and cubic sources of variation were not significant.
The precision (a) was .18. The values for various sire families de¬
viated considerably from the line of best fit which indicated the im-

Table 6.—

■Testes weight response^ of sire families to
FSH (Armour), Experiment 42

graded levels of

Treatment

[xg./ chick

Sire family

Wt.

A

C

G

H

J

mean

5

3.9

2.2

4.6

4.8

3.6

3.80 ± 1.14a

10

2.0

2.8

4.5

7.8

5.4

4.51 ± l.Olab

20

4.0

8.6

7.0

10.4

10.2

8.03 ±; 0.90bc

40

8.3

5.4

13.6

6.8

12.6

9.36 ± 1.07c

Wt.mean

4.55a

4.73ab 7.45ab

7.46ab

7.94b

Se

.94

.65

1.01

.85

.75

^Mean response from saline injected controls in mg. per 100 g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P:^0.05).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

195

portance of genetic uniformity in assay animals. A practical method
of obtaining this will be discussed later in this paper.

Experiment 5. Since it was shown in Experiment 4 that sire families
were consistent from experiment to experiment in their response to FSH
it seemed desirable to determine whether the general results obtained
in Experiment 4 could be repeated over a wider range of dosages and
with a different set of sires. Dosages as shown in Table 1 ranged from
5 to 625 of FSH.

Significant differences among sire families were again found for testes
weight response to FSH (Table 7). As in previous experiments the response
of some families was double that found in other families.

Five /xg. of FSH resulted in a significant increase in testes weight
over the saline injected controls; a result consistent with that found in
Experiment 4. Data presented in Table 7 show that testes weights were
significantly heavier at the 25 /xg. dosage than at the 5 fxg. dosage. Fur¬
ther they were significantly heavier at the 125 and 625 ^ag. dosage than
at the 25 fig. level. The plateau at the upper dosages of FSH was evi¬
dent in all famihes except D and overall no significant weight response
was noted between 125 and 625 fig. of FSH. There was a considerable
decline in the response of progeny from Sire A when FSH dosage was
increased from 125 to 625 fig. No explanation other than chance can be
offered at this time.

The linear regresison of testes weight response on log dosages of FSH
was 6.76 ±1.81, a value almost identical to the regression coefficient
of 6.72 that was obtained in Experiment 4. This similarity of regres¬
sions shows the consistency of the slope from one experiment to another.

Table 7. — Testes weight responsei of sire families to graded levels of FSH
(Armour), Experiment 5^

Treatment

^g./chick

Sire family

Wt.

mean

A

B

C

D

E

5

3.6

2.1

4.4

9.9

9.8

5.97 ± 1.63a

25

13.2

11.0

14.1

16.9

15.7

14.17 ± 1.59b

125

16.0

18.0

19.0

20.3

25.5

19.77 ± 1.61c

625

9.4

18.8

16.8

25.4

29.2

19.91 ± 2.16c

Wt. mean

10.57a

12.47ab

13.57ab

18.10bc

19.91c

1.89

2.24

1.86

2.13

2.48

^Mean response

from saline

injected

controls in

mg. per 100

g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

196

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Over the wide dosages of FSH used in this experiment, analysis of
variance revealed, in addition to a highly significant linear response,
a significant quadratic response and a non-significant cubic re¬
sponse. The significant quadratic response confirmed the plateauing
effect obtained at the higher dosages. Although the response to the dos¬
ages used was curvilinear, A was .27, a value comparable to that obtain¬
ed with other bioassay procedures which evaluated narrower dosage ranges.
Since, however, the response was not linear between 125 and 625 fig.
the regression of weight response at 5, 25 and 125 dosages was calculated.
The regression was 9.83 ± 1.28 with a A of .13 showing that within
the 5 to 125 fig. range precision was very good.

Breneman et al., (1959) have suggested that the weight changes of
assay males be measured as percentages of the testes weights of con¬
trol animals rather than the actual difference. They reasoned that this
would correct for weight differences in testes among control groups.
Since significant differences among sire families were found for the testes
weights of the controls in this experiment, it was felt that this would
provide a comparison of ranks of sire families based on absolute and
percentage resopnse and a comparison of bioassay precision values. The
ranks of sire families in ascending order for absolute response was A,
B, C, D, E while for percentage response the rank order was B, A, C,
D, E. The A obtained for the assay of 5 to 625 fig, of FSH was .27
for actual changes and .33 for percentage changes. Our results do not
confirm the hypothesis that percentage change is superior to absolute
change in the measurement of testes weight response.

Experiment 6. Progeny from the same sires used in Experiment 5
were used to bioassay two sources of pregnant mare serum (PMS).
Dosages and sources are given in Table 1. We were interested in the
measurement of differences between sire families in the testes weight
response of each source of PMS and the comparison of associated ranks
of these families for both sources. Further, the experimental design
facilitated a comparison of the potency between and within sources of
PMS.

Significant differences in testes weight response among sire families
were found for both sources of PMS as shown in Table 8. The ranks
of sire families were similar for the two sources of PMS and the rank
correlation was .60.

Since the sires used in this experiment were the same as those in
Experiment 5 comparisons of ranks between experiments yielded informa¬
tion on the similarity of the genetic responses to PMS and FSH. Rank
correlations of sire families between responses to FSH and Ferring PMS
was .30 while between FSH and Organon PMS the rank correlation was

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

197

.40. These correlations while positive and of moderate magnitude are
lower than the value of .68 obtained in Experiment 3 between the
ranks of sire families which received FSH singly and FSH in combina¬
tion with LH. Turner (1960) stated that PMS had biological properties
similar to LH and FSH, however he also stated that attempts to split
the PMS complex into FSH and LH components have failed.

Means and standard errors for testes weight response to all dosages
employed were 11.62 ± 0.83 mg. per 100 g. of body weight for Fer-
ring PMS and 10.64 + 1.13 for Organon PMS. The difference of 0.98
was not significant. The response of testes weights over sahne injected
controls was significant for both sources of PMS at the 7.5 ^ag. level.
As shown in Table 8, within sources, significant differences were found
among all dosages for Ferring PMS, whereas no significant differences
were found among dosages for Organon PMS. The regression of testes
weight response on log dosage was 5.33 dz 3.46 and 12.78 it 1.39 for
Organon and Ferring PMS, respectively. The standard error for the re¬
gression with Organon was large and resulted in a A of .65 which, al¬
though comparable with that obtained by Breneman et ah, (1959) is not
good precision. The A of the bioassay with Ferring PMS was .11, a
precision superior to any bioassay procedure reported in the literature
for PMS.

As in Experiment 5, significant differences were found between sire

Table 8. — Testes weight response^ of sire families to three levels of PMS
from two sources, Experiment 6^

Source

of PMS

Dosages
^g./ chick

A

Sire family

BCD

E

Wt.

mean

Ferring

7.5

9.1

2.8

12.8

10.4

5.0

8.02 ± 2.02a

15.0

8.5

12.2

13.4

1.8

19.3

11.04 + 1.52b

30.0

19.5

3.7

22.7

8.0

23.2

15.43 zb 2.52c

Wt. mean

12.37ab

6.25a

16.32b

6.73a

15.82b

Se

2.61

2.78

3.06

3.29

3.02

Organon

7.5

9.9

8.4

10.1

4.6

15.1

9.62 Hz 1.73a

15.0

9.1

6.6

12.4

5.4

13.5

9.39 zb 1.89a

80.0

8.8

14.2

17.3

7.0

16.9

12.85 zb 2.42a

Wt. mean

9.28ab

9.72ab 13.26ab 568a

15.16b

1.72

3.76

2.57

1.86

2.41

iMean response from saline injected controls in mg. per 100 g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

198

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

families for testes weights of control chicks. Precisions were again cal¬
culated and ranks of sire families determined on a percentage and absolute
response basis to evaluate the suggestion of Breneman et ah, (1959) that
percentage be used. Rank orders of sire families were essentially the
same for either percentage or absolute response. Use of percentages
reduced the A for the Ferring PMS from .11 to .04 whereas for Organon
PMS A increased from .65 to .71. The results from this experiment
and Experiment 5 show that in 2 of 3 comparisons a better A was ob¬
tained when response was measured as the absolute rather than the per¬
centage change in testes weights.

Experiment 7. Since in the previous experiments the FSH used was
prepared from equine pituitaries, it seemed advisable to determine if
the responses found applied to FSH prepared from other sources. FSH
of ovine origin (NIH-FSH-Sl) was injected at the 5, 25, and 125 fxg.
dosages into progeny from five sires (Table 1). Although sire means
ranged from 2.21 to 10.16 mg. of testes weight per 100 g. of body
weight responses over the controls, no significant differences were found
among sire families. Variation within sire groups was very large. Testes
weight response for chicks injected with 5 and 25 /xg. of NIH-FSH
were not significantly larger than saline injected controls. There was
a significant response at the 125 fxg. dosage which showed that chick
testes did respond to this type of FSH preparation. Heritability of
testes weight response at the 125 /^g. level was .08.

The regression of testes weight response to log dosages was 13.87 dz
4.52. Lambda was .32, a satisfactory value, which is intermediate to
the A obtained with other bioassay procedures of NIH-FSH.

Experiment 8. This experiment was conducted to determine the re¬
sponse of testes weights to ovine LH (N1H-LH-S6) and to make com-

Table 9. — Testes weight response^ of sire families to graded levels of FSH
(NIH), Experiment 7^

Treatment

^g./chick

Sire family

Wt.

mean

A

B

C

D

E

5

-4.2

-4.3

6.5

1.6

0.3

-0.03 dz 1.16a

25

-2.7

5.1

5.3

7.3

3.6

3.73 dz 1.46a

125

13.6

16.6

14.6

19.2

26.5

18.09 dz 3.41b

Wt. mean

2.21a

5.79a

8.78a

9.36a

10.16a

2.64

3.16

2.59

2.36

3.20

^Mean response from saline injected controls in mg. per 100 g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

199

parisons with that obtained from equine LH (Armour). The NIH prep¬
aration is supposed to be highly purified whereas the Armour LH has
been reported to be contaminated with as much as 10% FSH. NIH-LH
was injected at 1, 5 and 25 /xg. dosages (Table 1) into the progeny
from the same matings used in Experiment 7.

Significant differences were found between sire families in testes
weight response. The differences between sires was particularly large
at 25 ixg. of LH.

The 1 fxg. dosage did not cause a significant testes weight response
over the sahne injected conti-ols. The heritabihty of response, based on
half-sib correlations, however was .28 at this level and suggests that
there was a response from certain sire families. Observation of Table
10 indicates that these were families C and D. The 25 fxg. dosage
resulted in a testes weight response that was significantly greater than
that obtained at 5 fxg. which in turn gave a greater response than the
1 jjig. level.

Inspection of Tables 9 and 10 shows that there was no relationship
among the ranks of sire families for response to NIH-FSH and NIH-LH.
Further at the 5 ^g. level the response to LH was considerably greater
than that from FSH indicating the greater potency of the former. This
was in agreement with the findings of Schmidt-Elmendorff et ah, (1962)
and Breneman et ah, (1962).

The regression of testes weight response from controls on log dosage
was 9.50 ± 1.37. The A of .14 is very good and denotes that the
chick testes is quite precise in the assay of this source of LH.

Table 10. — Testes weight responsei of sire families to graded levels of LH
(NIH), Experiment 8^

Treatment

^./chick

Sire family

Wt.

mean

A

B

C

D

E

1

-1.2

0.4

3.4

3.6

-4.6

0.32 ± 0.91a

5

3.2

4.3

8.4

9.3

1.5

5.33 ± 1.16b

25

15.5

5.9

13.8

22.9

5.8

12.78 ± 1.66c

Wt. mean

5.83bc

3.53ab

8.53cd

11.94d

0.90a

Sr

2.43

1.56

1.35

1.69

1.71

^Mean response

from saline injected

controls in

mg. per 100

g. body wt.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

200 The Virginia Journal of Science

DISCUSSION

The series of eight experiments reported here showed that there
were considerable genetic influences on testes weight response to gonad
stimulating preparations. Significant differences were found among sire
families for preparations of equine FSH, ovine LH, two sources of PMS,
avian anterior pituitary homogenates, and combination administration
of equine FSH and LH. Rank orders of sire families to the same prep¬
aration were consistent from experiment to experiment. Although no
significant differences were found among sire families for testes weight
response to equine LH, the heritability was .24 indicating that the response
was moderately heritable.

The large difference in the response of sire families to avian anterior
pituitary homogenates and PMS suggested that genetic responses to LH
and FSH were not under the same control. As will be shown in the
histological and histochemical aspects of this study the direct action of
FSH and LH are on different parts of the testes. The results of Ex¬
periment 3 showed that the response to the combination administration
of both hormones was additive in some sire families whereas in others
the response was no larger than that obtained with either hormone ad¬
ministered singly.

These experiments show that more specific genetic control, than the
common resti'iction to the use of a particular stock, is necessary in obtain¬
ing precise bioassays of gonadotropins. The differences in the magnitude
of response among sire families to both FSH and LH provides the endoc¬
rinologist with a powerful tool. Sire families can be initially screened
to determine their responses to specific sources of gonadotropins and to
combination effects of more than one gonadotropin. Those sires which
produced progeny which had the more sensitive assay response could be
maintained to provide progeny for specific assays. Through aiiaficial
insemination techniques a single sire can be mated to 40-50 dams. This
would conservatively enable the production of 120-180 male chicks to
serve as assay animals at any one time. This control of genetic varia¬
tion, which also provides many assay animals at any one time, in turn
minimizes non-genetic sources of variation such as litter effects, sampl¬
ing and other complicating factors associated with working with small
numbers.

Although the chick testes weight assay for gonadotropins minimizes
genetic variation, has little interference with endogenous hormones, is
sensitive to small amounts of gonadotropin and is inexpensive, it also has
to have precision equal to or superior to that obtained by other meth¬
ods before it can be routinely used as a bioassay of gonad stimulating
preparations. Testes weight responses to gonadotropins were measured

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bio assays

201

on an intra-sire basis to account for differences between sires and A was
measured in those experiments where several dosages were administered.
For most of the preparations the precisions obtained by this method
were superior or equal to those reported in the literature.

The A for FSH (Armour) obtained here were superior to that obtained
for chick testes weight response not measured on an intrasire basis (Bre-
neman et aL, 1959, 1962), to ovarian weights of immature rats (Schmidt-
Elmendorff et al, 1962), and ovarian ascorbic acid depletion (Schmidt-
Elmendorff et al, 1962). The A obtained here was within the range
of precision obtained when FSH was measured by uptake (Brene-
man et al, 1962) and the mouse uterus test ( Schmidt-Elmendorff et al,
1962). Wtih NIH-FSH A was .32, a value comparable to that obtained
with P-^“ (Breneman et al, 1962) although somewhat inferior to that
obtained for NIH-FSH when the response used was the mouse uterus
test (Schmidt-Elmendorff et al, 1962).

With PMS the A obtained here was .65 for Organon PMS and .11
for Ferring PMS. The .65 value was comparable to that obtained with
chick testes weights by Breneman (1959) who did not measure the
response on an intra-sire basis. The precision obtained in the assay of
the Ferring PMS was superior to any method reported in the literature
for PMS (e.g. Dofman et al, 1948; Schmidt-Elmendorff et al, 1962).
Thus it appears that we have a very precise bioassay for one source
of PMS and just an adequate bioassay for another source of PMS.

The A of .14 obtained in the assay of NIH-LH was superior to that
obtained by Schmidt-Elmendorff et al, (1962) who used ovarian ascorbic
acid depletion, a bioassay which is supposed to be highly specific for
LH. It was also comparable to the A of .15 which Breneman et al,
(1962) calculated using P^^ uptake.

Another criterion for a bioassay procedure is that its measure of potency
be in agreement with that obtained by other bioassay procedures. Our
results with two sources of FSH and LH showed that ovine LH was
more potent than equine LH while equine FSH was more potent than
ovine FSH. Further, ovine LH was more potent than ovine FSH where
with equine sources FSH was more potent than LH. These results were
consistent with the observations of Breneman et al, (1962) and Schmidt-
Elmendorff et al, (1962) who employed other bioassay procedures.

SUMMARY

Evidence has been obtained to show that there are large genetic influ¬
ences on the testes weight of non-stimulated males and on the testes
weight response of males administered gonadotropic preparations. The
heritabihty of testes weight for non-stimulated males was .64. Significant

202

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

differences were found among families of paternal half-sibs for prep¬
arations of avian anterior pituitary homogenates, pregnant mare serum,
follicle stimulating hormone, and lutenizing hormone.

Data obtained indicated that the testes weight responses to FSH and
LH were not under the same genetic control. Testes weight response
to a combination administration of these two hormones was additive in
some families and non-additive in others.

Through the utilization of genetic procedures in the bioassays of
gonadotropins the index of precision was equal to or superior to that
obtained bv other assays. A method is proposed for use in gonadotropic
bioassay procedures that enables a finer control of the large amount
of genetic variation which exists in the assay animals.

LITERATURE CITED

Bliss, C. L, 1952. The Statistics of Bioassay. Academic Press, New
York.

Breneman, W. R., 1945. The gonadotropic activity of the anterior pitui¬
tary of cockerels. Endocrinology 36:190-199.

Breneman, W. R., F. J. Zeller and B. E. Beekman, 1959. Gonadotro¬
pin assay in chicks. Poultry Sci. 38:152-158.

Breneman, W. R., F. J. Zeller and R. O. Creek, 1962. Radioactive
phosphorus uptake by chick testes as an end-point for gonadotropin
assay. Endocrinology 71:790-798.

Byerly, T. C. and W. H. Burrows, 1938. Chick testes weight response
to gonadotropic hormone. Endocrinology 22:366-369.

Chapman, A. B., 1946. Genetic and non-genetic sources of variation
in the weight response of the immature rat ovary to gonadotropic
hormone. Genetics 31:494-507.

Domm, L. V., 1931. Precocious development of sexual characters in
the fowl by homoplastic hypophyseal implants. 1. The male. Proc.
Soc. Expt. Biol. & Med. 29:308-309.

Dorfman, R., A. S. Dorfman and D. Grim, 1948. Studies on the bio¬
assay of hormones — The assay of pregnant mare’s serum chorionic
gonadotrophins. Endocrinology 42:93-97.

Dorfman, R., 1962. Chapter 22. Methods in Hormone Research. 2.
Bioassay. Academic Press, New York.

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

203

Emmens, A. W., 1962. Chapter 1. Methods in Hormone Research. 2.
Bioassay. Edited by R. Dorfman, Academic Press, New York.

Herrick, R. B., W H. McGibbon and W. H. McShan, 1962. Gonado¬
tropic activity of chicken pituitary glands. Endocrinology 71:487-
491.

Jaap, R. G., 1935. Gonad-stimulating potency of individual pituitaries.
Poultry Sci. 14:237-246.

Jaap, R. G., M. W. Murray and R. W. Temple, 1961 The genetic
control of variance in comb and testes weights of young male chickens.
Poultiy Sci. 40:354-363.

Munro, S. S., I. L. Kosin and E. L. Macartney, 1943. Quantitative
genic-hormone interations in the fowl. 1. Relative sensitivity of
five breeds to an anterior pituitary extract possessing thyrotropic
and gonadotropic properties. Amer. Nat. 7:256-273.

Nalbandov, A. and L. E. Casida, 1940. Gonadotiopic action of pituita¬
ries from pregnant cows. Endocrinology 23:559-566.

Schmidt-Elmendorff, H., J. A. Loraine and E. T. Bell, 1962. Studies
on the biological activity of various gonadotropin preparations. Jour.
Endocrinol. 24:349-357.

Siegel, H. S. and P. B. Siegel, 1964. Genetic variation in chick bioassays
for gonadotropins. 2. Histological and histochemical responses. Va.
Jour. Sci. 15:204-214.

Turner, G. D., 1960. General Endocrinology. W. B. Saunders Go.,
Philadelphia.

204

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

GENETIC VARIATION IN CHICK BIOASSAYS FOR
GONADOTROPINS

IT HISTOLOGICAL AND HISTOCHEMICAL RESPONSES
H. S. Siegel and P. B. Siegel

Poiiltrij Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg

The germinal and interstitial tissue of vertebrate testes are influenced
by gonadotropic substances. Crude pituitary extracts have been shown
to induce seminiferous tubule hvpertrophv and increased androgen secre¬
tion in avian and mammalian species (Domm, 1931; Jaap, 1935; Brene-
man, 1936; Simpson and Evans, 1946). Functional division of the follicle
stimulating (FSH) and interstitial cell stimulating (ICSH or LH) influ¬
ences were indicated bv the experiments of Creep et ah, (1942), who
found that small quantities of porcine FSH caused enlargement of the
tubules but did not influence the interstitial tissue of rat and pigeon
testes. In contrast, relativelv low dosages of purified LH, which were
responsible for mild interstitial cell stimulation did not affect the tubules.
Nalbandov and Baum (1948) presented further evidence for such divi¬
sion of FSH and LH effects in diethylstilbesterol treated cockerels.

Tubular differentiation leading to spermatozoa formation could be in¬
duced by ICSH (or LH) in 40-day old hvpophvsectomized rats within
15 days according to Simpson et ah, (1944). This was considered a
result of the stimulating effect of endogenous androgenic substances of
Leydig cells of the interstitial tissue (Simpson and Evans, 1946). Nal¬
bandov and Baum (1948) suggested, however, that tubule diameter
changes that are caused by LH administration, are a result of contamina¬
tion by FSH.

Teppenuan and Tepperman (1947), considering cholesterol in the
testes to be a precursor to testosterone, found that esterified cholesterol
was increased in rat testes by FSH administration, but showed ‘‘striking
depletion” after four-day treatment with ICSH augmented with FSH.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The authors wish to thank the Endocrinology Study Section, National Institutes of
Health for providing the ovine sources of ESH and LH used in these studies, Dr. Jack
Wagner of Eli Lilly Company for the supplies of PMS, and Mrs. Mary Coleman, Mrs. Pat
Hankins and Mr. W. L. Beane for their technical aid.

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

205

In contradiction to previous work, Perlman (1950), through histochemi-
cal examination of lipid distribution, suggested that only small quantities
of cholesterol were found in the interstitial tissue compared to that found
in the tubules.

Although microhistometric measurements of thyroid epithelium have
been used for the bioassay of thyrotropin (Dvoskin, 1947; D’Angelo
and Gordon, 1950) and histochemical changes in the mouse uterus has
been used for progesterone (Hooker and Forbes, 1947), few attempts
have been made to utilize these techniques for the assay of gonadotro¬
pins. Nalbandov and Baum (1948) made subjective estimates of FSH,
LH and PMS activity by the appearance of the tubules but did not quantify
them sufficiently for bioassav.

Part I of this investigation (Siegel and Siegel, 1964) has clearly shown
an hereditary influence on the weight response of the chick testes to
various gonadotropic substances. It became of interest to determine
whether such genetic variation in response was manifested in the micro¬
structure of the gonads of these families of newly hatched male chicks.
If so. would microhistometric and histochemical methods, along with
genetic control, present effective assay procedures for gonad stimulat¬
ing substances?

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

Pre-assay procedures, dosages, stocks and numbers of chicks per assay
have been previously described (Siegel and Siegel, 1964). Detailed
microscopic examinations were made on the testes from Experiments 4,
5, 7, and 8.

Immediately after weighing, testes of assay chicks were fixed in marked
vials by sire and dose level. Depending on subsequent procedures, fixa¬
tives were either phosphate buffered neutral formaHn or Bouin’s solu¬
tion. Embedding was accomplished so that at least five testes from
chicks of a particular sire family were placed in the same paraffin
block. Thus, when sections were cut at 8 fx., a representative sample
of these families would be found on the same slide. In addition, sam¬
ples from three levels of the block were placed on the same shde.

For the microhistometric measurement of seminiferous tubule diam¬
eters, Bouin’s fixed material was stained with Harris Hematoxylin and
Eosin Y. Using the basement membrane surrounding the germinal epi¬
thelium as a landmark, measurements were made at 430X with an oecular
micrometer. A repeatabihty estimate of 0.73 from preliminary tests indi¬
cated that at this magnification seven measurements per section were
an adequate sample of this tissue.

206

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Nucleic acids were demonstrated by the methyl green-pyronin variant
described by Kurnick (1952) utilizing chloroform extracted methyl green
in a pH 4.2 M/100 acetate buffer. General observation of lipids was
carried out on frozen sections of buffered formalin fixed testes cut at
20 /X. which were stained with Sudan black B (Lillie, 1954).

Differences among sire families and dosage levels were evaluated on
the mean change from the family control by analysis of variance in a
randomized block design (Snedecor, 1946). Means were separated by
Duncan’s (1955) multiple range test and assay precision was calculated
according to Bliss (1952).

RESULTS

Experiment 4. The tubule diameter measurements for Experiment 4
are shown in Table 1. Equine FSH (Armour) injected at 20 or 40 ^g.
per chick increased tubule diameters significantly (P^0.05). Ana¬
lysis of variance indicated that the trend was linear, although leveling
off was experienced at the 40 /xg. level. The regression was 11.08
± 3.90 and the precision (A) of 0.35 although adequate does not com¬
pare favorably with that of 0.18 obtained for the weight response in
this same experiment in Part I. Differences among these sire families
in response to the levels of FSH used in this experiment were not signifi¬
cant. This was due to the wide divergence of sire means and this
variation was removed by analysis on an intra-sire basis.

Shown in Figure 1 are photomicrographs of sections of testes from sire
family A, which show the tubule response to a dosage of 40 /xg. per chick
of FSH.

Experiment 5. In this experiment a greater dosage range of equine

Table 1. — Responsei of seminiferous tubules of sire families to graded levels
of FSH (Armour), Experiment 4^

Treatment

/xg./chick

Sire family

Treatment

means

G

C

H

J

A

5

2.06

3.89

2.51

5.22

12.80

5.30a

10

8.70

7.95

12.57

2.06

16.46

9.55ab

20

9.84

15.78

18.51

15.78

20.13

16.00b

40

16.18

13.04

10.29

27.90

14.64

14.42b

Sire means

6.69a

10.16a

10.98a

12.74a

16.00a

iMean response

from saline

injected control in microns.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

207

FSH was used. Data at a particular level may not be comparable with
those for Experiment 4 since different sire families were employed. A
significant increase in tubule diameters above control levels was found
between the 5 and 25 levels (Table 2), but there was no real dif¬
ference between the 25, 125, and 625 /xg. levels. The result was a
significant quadratic term in the analysis of variance. The precision
calculated for this assay was quite poor (A = 0.53), considerably higher
than that found for the testes weight response (A = 0.27). Thus, it
would appear that dosages of FSH above 125 /xg. per chick may be
beyond effective assay limits for this method. The quadiutic term
was removed by omitting the 625 /xg. dosage and the linear regres¬
sion was 8.85 zt 1.01. With the quadratic term removed, the A = 0.11
was excellent for assay precision and is comparable with that shown in
Part I.

As shown in Table 2, tubule response to the levels of hormone used
in this experiment differed significantly among the families of paternal
half-sibs. The changes in germinal tissue of chicks of Sire A resulting
from stimulation by FSH were low and quite erratic, while the progeny
of Sire D were very responsive at the 5 /xg. level as well as at the 625
/xg. level. It should be pointed out that the rankings of sire families
according to tubule response were not necessarily the same as those
ranked for the testes weight response (see Part I).

Experiment 7. In Experiment 7, the response of the seminiferous
tubules to FSH of ovine origin was investigated. The hormone, purified
under the auspices of the National Institutes of Health (NIH-FSH-SI)
produced a significant (P^O.Ol) response at the levels tested, with a
regression of 5.50 + 1.24 and a calculated precision of /x = 0.23. (Table
3). -

Table 2. — Responsei of seminiferous tubules of sire families to graded levels
of FSH (Armour), Experiment 5^

Treatment

/xg./chick

Sire family

Treatmej

means

A

E

C

B

D

5

-8.22

-2.75

0.46

10.75

10.98

2.24a

25

5.25

9.14

8.91

10.75

14.18

9.65b

125

5.02

10.27

19.44

18.98

19.20

14.57b

625

2.29

11.87

3.89

18.98

19.89

11.38b

Sire means

1.08a

7.14b

8.18bc

14.86cd

16.06d

^Mean response from saline injected control in microns.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.05).

208

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

The sire influence was again significant (P^0.05). Since these were
progeny of the sires used in Experiment 5, it is of interest to note the
close agreement in ranks (rs = 0.96) between the two experiments when
the two sources of FSH were used.

Figure 2 illustrates the differences in tubule diameters observed among
the various sire families. Note that the diameters in the photomicro¬
graphs of sire family D increased from a control diameter of approxi¬
mately 50 /X. to that of almost 70 with 125 /xg. per chick of FSH. The
same comparison with sire family E indicates an increase from about
35 IX. to approximately 50 fx. The photomicrographs taken at 970X
(Figure 3) demonstrate the influence of FSH on the germinal epithelium
in the same two families. In family D, development similar to that
seen in testes of five to six-week old cockerels was observed, but in
the testes of the chick from family E, Httle change was seen as a result
of FSH stimulation. Figure 4 illustrates the effect of FSH on the lipid

Table 3. — Response^ of seminiferous tubules of sire families to graded levels
of FSH (NIH), Experiment 7^

Treatment

Sire family

Treatment

^g./chick

A

E

C

D

B

means

5

4.80

5.49

6.16

7.07

9.36

6.58a

25

2.06

7.78

4.56

10.74

19.42

8.91ab

125

4.11

8.91

18.96

18.27

21.02

14.26b

Sire means

3.66a

7.39ab 9.89bc

12.03bc

16.61c

^Mean response

from saline

injected control in microns.

2Any two means on the horizontal

or vertical which do not

have the same superscript

are significantly

different ( P

^0.05)

Table 4. — Response^ of seminiferous tubules of sire families
levels of LH (NIH), Experiment 8^

to graded

Treatment

^g./ chick

Sire family

Treatment

means

E

C

A

D

B

1

.69

-.22

5.71

10.06

10.29

5.31a

5

3.65

7.78

5.95

4.80

9.14

6.26a

25

2.74

5.71

10.06

7.09

7.54

6.62a

Sire means

2.35a

4.42ab

7.25ab

7.31ab

8.99b

I'Mean response from saline injected control in microns.

2Any two means on the horizontal or vertical which do not have the same superscript
are significantly different (P — 0.06).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

209

of the interstitial tissue. In all samples studied the lipid density was
considerably intensified at the higher dose levels of FSH.

Theoretically, there should be little response by the germinal tissue
to purified LH, except as a result of indirect endogenous androgen
secretion. The results of Experiment 8 shown in Table 4 seem to sup¬
port this. No significant differences were found among the three levels
of NIH-LH— S6 used. The response on the log dose was linear (b =
0.94 zb .024), however, and the precision was X = 0.25.

Of greater interest here, was the difference among sire famihes in the
response of the tubules to LH. The diameters of the tubules of cer¬
tain families enlarged quite readily to the stimulation, either directly
or indirectly, of LH. The rank correlation of sire famihes between
Experiments 5 and 8 was 0.58 and between Experiments 7 and 8 it
was 0.68; both were non-significant at the 5 percent level of probabil¬
ity. Note, however, that famihes D and B, most profoundly stimulated
in the LH experiment, were those which responded to FSH in Experi¬
ments 5 and 7.

Shown in Figure 5 are photomicrographs which illustrate the differ¬
ences observed as a result of stimulation by LH in this experiment. A
dosage of 25 /xg. to chicks of Sire A resulted in considerable tubule
enlargement and development of interstitial tissue. A similar dose to
chicks of Sire C however, caused hyperplasia in the interstitial tissue,
but tubule development was not observed.

In Figure 6 are shown the effects of LH on the lipid content of the
interstitial tissue. In general, moderate depletion of sudanophilic gran¬
ules was noted in most sections observed after LH stimulation, how¬
ever, this was an all or nothing response within a single section but
not consistent within a family and thus could not be quantitated. The
overall effect was in contrast to that produced by FSH. Also shown
in Figure 6 is the increased nuclear activity found in the interstitial
tissue and in the tubules after LH administration in some of the fami¬
hes. The intensely stained chromatin material indicated greater num¬
bers of cell divisions in this tissue. Here again, the response was of
an all or nothing nature and was not of value for assay purposes.

DISCUSSION

The results of these experiments are in agreement with those of others
(Domm, 1931; Jaap, 1931; Simpson and Evans, 1946; Nalbandov and
Baum, 1948) in that FSH of equine or ovine origin induced increased
activity of the germinal tissue. In all the experiments involving FSH
in which microhistometric measurements were made, significant increases

210

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

in seminiferous tubule diameter was found as dosage increased. As an
assay procedure for purified FSH, the tubule diameter method appears
to offer good precision at dosages not above 125 fxg. per chick. The
value of A = 0.11 computed on an intra-sire basis in Experiment 5 was
comparable with the weight response of Part I and was superior to
values for the same material given by Breneman et ah, (1959, 1962)
for chick testes weight responses and by Schmidt-Elmendorff et ah, (1962)
for ovarian weights of immature rats or ovarian ascorbic acid depletion.
It lies within the range given for the uptake method described by
Breneman et al, (1962) and the mouse uterus test reported by Schmidt-
Elmendorff et al., ( 1962) .

An advantage of the tubule diameter method would appear to lie in
its specificity for FSH (Creep et al, 1942). Small LH contamination
that might increase testes weight by stimulation of the interstitial tissue
should have only a minor influence on the diameter of the tubules.

The differences among sire families for the change in tubule diameter
in response to graded levels of FSH supports the results of the previous
section. There was little relationship, however, between the rankings
of families based on their testes weight response versus their rankings
on the tubule diameter response. Rank correlations were essentially zero.
Although the weight of the testes and the diameter of the tubules both
increased with increased stimulation by FSH, these results raise a ques¬
tion as to whether the testes weight response is entirely a result of in¬
creased activity within the tubule. Increased sudanophilia was observed
as a result of FSH stimulation (Figure 4), which indicated that the
activity of FSH was not strictiy limited to the germinal epithelium. It
is doubtful that this was due to contamination by LH, since generally
the effect of the later was depletion of lipid material.

Priming with FSH has been shown necessary before LH causes a
significant fall in esterified cholesterol in the testes (Tepperman and
Tepperman, 1947). Although Sudan black stains most lipoidal com¬
pounds, our results appear to lend support to the proposal by Tepper¬
man and Tepperman (1947) that FSH accelerates the rate of either
local esterification or abstraction of a pre-esterified cholesterol from the
blood. LH (ICSH) would then function in the conversion to and/or
the release of the androgen. Thus, if there is a difference in the familial
end-organ response, i.e. germinal epithelium versus the interstitial tissue,
the testes weight response measured in Part I may reflect these effects
in an additive manner.

Administration of purified LH did not cause a significant alteration
of tubule diameters in the testes of these chicks. Among sires, a signif¬
icant difference in this response was found. This suggests either that

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bio ass ays

213

Fig. 4c Fig. 4d

Fig. 5b

Fig. 5c

Fig. 6a

Fig. 5d

0

Fig. 6b

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

211

212

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

214

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Fig. 6C 0 40ijl Fig. 6d 0 40fx

FIGURE 1. — Experiment 4. Comparison of tubule diameter responses of
testes from sire family A to: (a) saline and (b) 40 aiVchick of PSH
(Armour). Hematoxylin and Eosin.

FIGURE 2. — Experiment 7. Comparisons of tubule diameter responses
by two sire families to FSH (NIH). (a) Sire D — saline control, (b)
Sire D — 125 ug-^chick, (c) Sire E — saline control, (d) Sire E — 125
/u.g./chick. Hematoxylin and Eosin.

FIGURE 3. — Experiment 7. Comparisons of germinal tissue development
by two sire families to FSH (NIH). (a) Sire D — saline control, (b)
Sire D — 125 ^g./chick, (c) Sire E — saline control, (d) Sire E — 125
jug. /chick. Hematoxylin and Eosin.

FIGURE 4. — Experiment 7. Effects of FSH on sudanophilia of interstitial
tissue, (a) Sire C — saline control, (b) Sire C-— 125 ^g. FSH/chick,
(c) Sire D— saline control, (d) Sire D — 125 ug. FSH/chick. Sudan
black B.

FIGURE 5.— Experiment 8. Comparisons of tubule diameter responses
by two sire families to LH (NIH). (a) Sire A — -saline controls, (b)
Sire A — 25 ^ig. LH/chick, (c) Sire C- — saline control, (d) Sire C — 25
jug. LH/chick. Hematoxylin and Eosin.

FIGURE 6. — Experiment 8. Effects of LH administration on the limpid
content and nuclear activity of the testes, (a) saline control, sudan
black B, lOOX, (b) 25jug. LH/chick, sudan black B. (c) saline
control, methyl green-pyronin, 970X. Except for nuclei of red blood
cells (arrow) little intense nuclear staining, (d) 25 ^g. LH/chick,
methyl green-pyronin. Note intense nuclear staining in the
interstitial tissue (arrow 1) and in the tubules (arrow 2).

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bioassays

215

certain families are responsive to small contaminations of FSH (Nal-
bandov and Baum, 1948) or that the germinal epithelia of these fami¬
lies are influenced to varving degrees by the endogenous androgen secre¬
tion of the Leydig cells (Simpson and Evans, 1946). The histochemical
observations of testes of chicks given LH indicated generally increased
activity of the interstitial tissue. This in turn, should be indicative of
greater androgen reelase. However, if as concluded by Tepperman
and Tepperman (1947) priming by FSH is required for androgenic
release, one must conclude that small amounts of FSH were present in
the LH employed. Microhistometric and histochemical methods could
be used to screen out families which are sensitive to FSH and thus might
alter the precision of assays for LH.

SUMMARY

There is considerable genetic variation in the response of the micro¬
structure of chick testes to stimulation bv follicle stimulating or luteiniz¬
ing hormones of equine or ovine origin. Linear increases in germinal
tissue development, as measured by tubule diameter change, showed
that by analysis on an intra-sire basis good assay precision for FSH
could be obtained. Histochemical observation indicated that the inter¬
stitial tissue also responded to FSH by accumulation of lipid substances,
while the response to LH was generally depletion of these substances.
Germinal epithelia of testes of certain families of paternal half-sibs were
apparently also responsive to LH. By microhistometric and histochemi¬
cal means, famihes of chickens most useful for the bioassay of the sepa¬
rate pituitary gonad stimulating factors could be determined.

LITERATURE GITED

Bliss. G. I., 1952. The Statistics of Bioassay. Academic Press Inc.,
New York, New York.

Breneman, W. R., 1936. The effect on the chick of some gonadotropic
horaiones. Anat. Rec. 64:211.

Breneman, W. R., F. J. Zeller and B. E. Beekman, 1959. Gonadotropin
assay in chicks. Poultry Sci. 38:152-158.

Breneman, W. R., F. J. Zeller and R. O. Greek, 1962. Radioactive
phosphorus uptake by chick testes as an end-point for gonadotropin
asay. Endocrinology 71:790-798.

D’Angelo, S. A. and A. S. Gordon, 1950. The simultaneous detection
of thyroid and thyrotropic hormones in the vertebrate sera. Endoc¬
rinology 46:39-54.

216

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

Domm, L. V., 1931. Precocious development of sexual characters in the
fowl by homeoplastic hypophyseal implants. I. The male. Proc.
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med. 29:308-309.

Duncan, D. B., 1955. Multiple range and multiple F tests. Biometrics
11:1-42.

Dvoskin, S., 1947. Intracellular colloid droplets as a basis for thyro¬
tropic hormone assay in the chick. Endocrinology 41:220-229.

Creep, R. O., H. B. van Dyke and B. F. Chow, 1942. Conadotiopins
of the swine pituitary. I. Various biological effects of purified thy-
lakentrin (FSH) and pure metakentrin (ICSH). Endocrinology
30:635-649.

Hooker, C. W. and T. R. Forbes, 1947. A bio-assay for minute amounts
of progesterone. Endocrinology 41:159-169.

Jaap, R. C., 1935. Conad-stimulating potency of individual pituitaries.
Poultry Sci. 14:237-246.

Kurnick, N. B., 1952. Histological staining with methyl green-pyronin.
Stain Tech. 27:233-242.

Lillie, R. D., 1954. Histopathologic Technic and Practical Histochemis¬
try. The Blakiston Company, Inc., New York, New York.

Nalbandov, A. V. and C. J. Baum, 1948. The use of stilbesterol inhibited
males as test animals for gonadotrophic hormones. Endocrinology
43:371-379.

Perlman, P. L., 1950. The functional significance of testes cholesterol
in the rat. Histochemical observations on testes following hypo-
physectomy and experimental cryptorchidism. Endocrinology 46:
347-350.

Schmidt-Elmendorff, H., J. A. Loraine and E. T. Bull, 1952. Studies
on the biological activity of various gonadotrophic preparations.
Jour. Endocrin. 24:349-357.

Siegel, P. B. and H. S. Siegel, 1964. Cenetic variation in chick bio¬
assays for gonadotropins. 1. Testes weight and response. Va. Jour.
Sci. 15:187-203.

Simpson, M. E., C. H. Li and H. M. Evans, 1944. Sensitivity of the
reproductive system of hypophysectomized 40-day male rats to gona¬
dotropic substances. Endocrinology 35:96-104.

Simpson, M. E. and H. M. Evans, 1946. Comparison of the spermato-
genic and androgenic properties of testosterone propionate with those

1964]

Genetic Variation in Bio assays

217

of pituitary ICSH in hypophysectomized 40-day old male rats. En¬
docrinology 39:281-285.

Snedecor, G. W., 1946. Statistical Methods. The Gollegiate Press, Inc.,
Ames, Iowa.

Tepperman, J. and H. M. Tepperman, 1947. Effect of gonadotrophins
on the cholesterol content of the testes of immature rats. Endocri¬
nology 41:187-195.

218

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

in cigarette research

195®

First

to introduce activated
charcoal compound filter.

i

First
to put the menthol
in the tip.

64 First to print
tar and nicotine test results
on all packs and cartons.

MAKERS OF PALL MALL • LUCKY STRIKE • TAREYTON • MONTCLAIR • CARLTON

1964]

The Virginia Journal of Science

219

SERVING SCIENCE SINCE 1925

[PGG Q Ql B Q [Il©jca(3<

YOUR SIGN POST TO SERVICE

LAB APPARATUS
LAB FURNITURE
CHEMICALS

SIXTH AT BYRD STS. RICHMOND.VA.

220

The Virginia Journal of Science

[July

BUSINESS MEMBERS
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Company

Allied Chemical Corporation

The American Tobacco Company

Dan River Mills

The Dow Chemical Company

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, Inc.

First and Merchants National Bank
General Electric Company
Larus and Brother Company, Inc.

The Newport News Shipbuilding Company Foundation
Norfolk and Western Railway Company
Philip Morris and Company, Limited, Inc.

Phipps and Bird, Inc.

Reynolds Metals Company
A. H. Robins Company
Southern Materials Company
State-Planters Bank of Commerce and Trusts
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
Virginia Chemicals and Smelting Company

The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is

should be addressed

returned. All orders

to Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. The
University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and
communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian,
Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.

Notice To Contributors

Contributions to the Journal should be. addressed to Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject
which is submitted a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript.

Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8 1/2" X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number
of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the approxi¬
mate number of printed pages in the Journal.

Division of the manuscript into subheadings must follow a consistent plan. It Is desir¬
able that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.

Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript Immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashedline above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.

References should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should
include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume and pages.
For example: Harvie, L. E. and S. P. Maroney, Jr., 1961. Respiration and hemolysis of ultra¬
violet irradiated frog erythrocytes. Va. Jour. Sci. 12:1-9. References to the bibliographic
citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citation, where a
reference is desired: either (Harvie and Maroney, 1961) or Harvie and Maroney (1961).

Explanation of grophs and tabular material should be ^ped on separate pages. AW
figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be indicated at the
appropriate place in the margin.

Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. Large plates must be ac¬
companied by photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will
furnish the author with one plate or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations
or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production.
Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings,
should accompany the manuscript. When photographic prints are used they should be glossy,
sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a
typewriter), or which are not submitted on white paper will not be accepted.

Galley proofs are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from
the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.

OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY SCIENCE

F. F. Smith, President
R. J. Rowlett, Jr., Secretary

S. S. Obenshain, President-Elect
W. B. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Secretary-Treasurer

COUNCIL

E. D. Brand
J. L. Calver

J. M. Grayson
E. F. Turner, Jr.
P. A. Hansen

W. S. Woolcott
J. F. Eckel

B. Harshbarger

W. E. Trout, Jr.
E. S. Harlow

S. B. Williams
P. B. Siegel
W. P. Boyer

L. G. Bird
W. B. Befl
J. J. Taylor

W. W. Scott
H. H. Hobbs, Jr.

THE VIRGINIA
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

A JOURNAL ISSUED QUARTERLY BY THE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

PROCEEDINGS FOR THE YEAR
1963-1964

Vol. 16, New Series September, 1964 No. 4

VoL. 15, New Series

No. 4

September, 1964

THE VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE

Published Four Times A Year In January, April, July, and
September, by The Virginia Academy of Science

Printed by the Bassett Printing Corporation^ Bassett, Virginia
CONTENTS

Pages

Proceedings for the year, 1963-1964

Detailed Table of Contents . 222

EDITORIAL BOARD
Paul B. Siegel, Editor
Carl W. Allen, Managing Editor
Section Editors

D. R. Carpenter, Jr
P. Arne Hansen
J. C. Thompson
G. R. Bass

N. F. Murphy
W. T. Parrott
C. Y. Kramer

T. Doggins
G. W. Thomas
E. S. Higgins
W. H. Leftwich

Entered as second-class matter, at the post office at Bassett, Virginia, under
the Act of March 3, 1897. Subscription $3.00 annually. Published four
times a years in January, April, July and September by the Virginia
Academy of Science, Blacksburg, Virginia.

Mailed September 25, 1964

VoL. 5, New Series

No. 4

VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE

Proceedings for the Year

1963 - 1964

MINUTES OF THE FORTY-SECOND ANNUAL MEETING
MAY 6-9, 1964

HOST— UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA

222 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

Contents

Officers and Committees, 1964-1965 223

Minutes of the Academy

Council Meeting . 225

Academy Conference . 228

Academy Assembly . 229

Council Meeting . 233

Reports of Officers and Committees

Treasurer . 235

Investment Fund Trustees . 242

Journal . 242

Awards . 243

Virginia Flora 243

Research . 244

Science Talent Search 245

Junior Academv 246

History 247

Long Range Planning 247

Minutes and Abstracts of Sections

Agricultural Sciences . 248

Astronomy, Mathematics and Physics . 267

Biology . 287

Chemistry . 301

Engineering . 315

Geology . 329

Medical Science . 336

Microbiology . 348

Psychology . 352

Science Teachers . 371

Statistics . 371

List of Membership . 377

List of Business Members . 415

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

223

OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY
OF SCIENCE, 1964-1965

OFFICERS

S. S. Obenshain, President R. H. Hughes, President-Elect

R. J. Rowlett, Jr., Secretary W. W. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Secretary-Treasurer

TRUSTEES

L. C. Bird (1966), Chairman
C. T. O’Neil (1967) H. R. Hanmer (1965)

COUNCIL

Elected Members

L. D. Abbott, Jr. (1967) W. S. Woolcott (1966)

J. L. Calver (1967) J. F. Eckel (1966)

B. Harshbarger (1967) W. E. Trout, Jr. (1966)

L. S. Reid (1967) Miss S. V. Floyd (1965)

P. A. Hansen (1966) J. M. Grayson (1965)

E. F. Turner, Jr. (1965)

EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS

H. McKennis, Jr. L. C. Bird W. W. Scott

P. B. Siegel B. Harshbarger F. D. Kizer

PAST-PRESIDENTS

H. H. Hobbs, Jr. (1965) J. J. Taylor (1966)

F. F. Smith (1967)

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

OCT 15 1964

[September

224 The Virginia Journal of Science

COMMITTEES APPOINTED BY THE PRESIDENTS

RESEARCH. B. Harshbarger (1965), Chairman, E. C. Stevenson (1966),
N. F. Murphy (1967), H. H. Hobbs (1968), W. T. Ham, Jr. (1969).

LONG RANGE PLANNING. H. McKennis, Jr (1966), Chairman, O. L.
Updike, Jr. (1965), P. B. Siegel (1965), W. G'. Guy (1965), A. D. Camp¬
bell (1965), W. B. Bell (1965), R. D. Hughes (1966), J. J. Taylor (1966),
E. S. Harlow (1966), J. W. Cole, Jr. (1966), L. C. Bird (1966), H. Wake-
ham (1967), C. S. Chadwich (1967), W, H. Hinton (1967), H. Leidheiser,
Jr, (1967), G. W. Jeffers (1967).

MEMBERSHIP. F, D, Kizer (1967), Chairman, P. H. Knipling (1965), B.
Harrell (1965), B. English (1965), M. A. Kise (1965), F. R. Millhiser
(1966), J. C, Wells (1966), A. Roby (1966), W. P. Boyer (1966), R. C.
Lehman '(1967), K. Bick (1967), C. L. Adams (1967).

VIRGINIA JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. P. B. Siegel, Editor, C. W. Allen,
Managing Editor, F. L. Butler, Auditor.

FINANCE AND ENDOWMENT. B. Hanshbarger (1966), Chairman, J.
W. Cole, Jr. (1965), C. T. O’Neil (1965), R. F. Smart (1966), E. S. Har¬
low (1967), H. H, Hobbs, Jr, (1967), E. Cox (1968), G. W. Horsley
(1968), L. C. Bird (1969), -VV. B. Bell (1969).

PLACE OF MEETING. J. M. Grayson, Chairman.

VIRGINIA FLORA. A. B. Massev (1965), Chairman, W. S. Flory, Jr.
(1965), R. Freer (1965), L. Artz'(1966), K. D. Nicelv (1966), D. L.
Crandall (1967), A. M. Harvill, Jr. (1967).

SCHOLARSHIP. M. D. Lacy (1966), Chairman, B. Harshbarger (1965),
E. Cox (1965), H, R. Hammer (1965), L. C. Bird (1967).

AWARDS. L. C. Bird (1965), Chairman, W. G. Guy (1966), W. T.
Sanger (1967).

JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. W. W. Scott (1967), Chairman,
W. S. Woolcott (1965), E. L. Wisman (1965), D, Whitehead (1965), M.
S. Tischler (1965), J. Pugh (1965), E. S. Grable (1965), M. Walsh
(1966), J. J. Thaxton (1966), V. B. Remsburg (1966), F. D. Kizer (1966),
R. A. Johnson (1966), V. Ellett (1966), D. Blickenstaff (1966), R. L.
Ellison (1967), E. V. Russell, Jr. (1967), A. B. Niemeyer (1967), S. V.
Floyd (1967), R. H. Dunn (1967).

SCIENCE EDUCATION IN VIRGINIA. J. C. Forbes (1967), Chair¬
man, W. S. Wolcott, Jr. (1965), J. W. Stewart (1965), B. English (1965),
L. V. Heisey (1966), 1. Rucker (1966), W. W. Scott (1967), J. C. Wells
(1967), F. D, Kizer (1967).

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

225

HISTORY OF SCIENCE IN VIRGINIA. I. Boggs (1966), Chairman, R.
J. Rowlett, Jr. (1965), W. G. Guy (1965), G. W. Jeffers (1967), E. Gox
(1967).

RESOLUTIONS. Z. Blaek (1965), Chairman, J. F. Ferry (1965), J. H.
Starling (1965).

NATURAL RESOURCES. E. W. Ramsey (1966), Chairman, H. P.
Cotton (1965), B. F. D. Runk (1967).

NOMINATING. H. H. Hobbs, Jr. (1965), Chairman, J. J. Taylor (1965),
F. F. Smith (1965).

LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS. M. B. Rowe (1965), Chairman.

SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH. E. V. Russell (1965), Chairman, H. H.
Garretson (1965), E. S. Higgins (1966), J. C. Holmes (1966), C. W.
Bondurant (1967), P. B. Siegel (1967).

MINUTES OF COUNCIL MEETING
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Newcomb Hall, University of Virginia

May 7, 1964

The Council was called to order bv President Smith at 2:00 p.m. The
following were present: R. C. Berry, Lloyd C. Bird, Miss Isabel Boggs,
E. D. Brand, J. L. Calver, J. M. Grayson, P. A. Hansen, B. H. Harshbarger,
H. H. Hobbs, Jr.. Herbert McKennis, S. S. Obenshain, R. J. Rowlett, Jr.,
E. V. Russell, W. W. Scott, P. B. Siegel, F. F. Smith, J. J. Tavlor,
R. L. Taylor, W. E. Trout, Jr., W. B. Wartman, Jr., S. B. Williams ^and
W. S. Woolcott.

It was moved, seconded and approved to dispense with the reading
of the minutes of the previous meeting. They were approved as distri¬
buted.

Mr. McCord, Historian for the State Library, introduced bv President
Smith, reported on die status of the proposed State Science Museum. He
reviewed recent legislative action and urged the Academy to work with
the Virginia Legislative Advisory Council and the general public for estab¬
lishment of the Museum. The President expressed appreciation for Mr.
McCord’s enthusiasm and referred the question of Academy participation
to the Long Range Planning Committee. After Mr. McCord’s departure,
several Council members expressed doubts as to the value of inanimate

226 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

natural science exhibits and the need for such within 100 miles of the many
museums in Washington, D. C.

The President and Secretary had no reports to make. President-Elect
Obenshain announced that 1964-1965 committees had been appointed with
a few exceptions and these would be cleared up during this meeting. He
reported representing the Academy at the inauguration of the new President
of Roanoke College and stated that he was looking forward to a fruitful year.

Treasurer Wartman outlined the report he would make to the Academy
Conference. He stated a new policy; membership fees received in advance
will not be recorded until the year for whieh they were paid. This will
also be true of gifts made to the Junior Academy. Executive Secretary-
Treasurer Berry summarized reeeipts and disbursements so far for 1964 and
pointed out they were in line with budget estimates. Since the 1963
Annual Meeting, 107 new members have been admitted and 143 old mem¬
bers dropped when their dues were unpaid for one year.

The Executive Secretary-Treasurer moved to appoint a committee to
review and to bring up to date the Academy’s Constitution and By-Laws.
President-Elect Obenshain pointed out this must be done every five years
and said he would appoint the eommittee for 1964-1965. The Journal
Editor asked to be informed as to when the revisions would be ready for
publication.

President Smith expressed his and Council’s appreciation for the first
year’s service of the new Executive Secretary-Treasurer.

There were no reports from the Trustees or the following committees:
Membership, Virginia Flora, Scholarship, Resolutions, Natural Resources,
and Arrangements.

Chairman McKennis, Long-Range Planning Committee, reviewed the
recent objectives of this committee previously stated in the Council minutes
of November 10, 1963. He thanked the special committee under Dr.
Roscoe Hughes for the symposium on Virginia’s Human Resources under¬
way on this date.

The Research Committee, Chairman Williams, reported the award of
two $250 grants in 1963. There have been no awards in 1964 although
one request has been rejected. There is a balance of $1,849.39 in tLe
Research Fund. He added that eleven papers were submitted for the
1964 Horsley Award and the Committee considered them ‘‘the best papers
we ever had.”

Chairman Scott stated that “everything was under control” for the
Junior Academy program; 340 Juniors were registered as of noon this

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

227

date; 150 papers were being read, selected from about 400 submitted ab-
stacts.

Dr. Harshbarger outlined the 1964-1965 budget, pointing out expected
receipts of $11,260 and expected expenses of $12,875 including publication
of the History. He reviewed attempts to increase membership and urged
all members to step up their membership classification. Mr. Berry an¬
nounced a study of the 1964 program in which he found many scheduled
papers did not have at least one author who is an Academy member. At
his suggestion, some sections have tried to correct this prior to the meeting.
He urged ail sections to carry in their 1965 call for papers the statement
that one author must be a member of the Academy or the paper must be
sponsored by a member.

The report of the Awards Committee was read by the Secretary.
There were two recommendations: 1) that a Distinguished Service Award
not be made in 1964; and 2) that in the future this award be called the
Ivey F. Lewis Distinguished Service Award of the Virginia Academy of
Science. These recommendations were moved, seconded, and approved
unanimously.

Chairman Russell, Science Talent Search Committee, reported tliere
were 933 applications requested from 87 high school groups; 136 were
completed from 42 high schools. From these, Virginia had 11 honorable
mentions (representing 10 different high schools) and three of these were
national winners out of a total of 40 national winners.

Editor Siegel did not have a formal report from The Journal. He
thanked the Executive Secretary-Treasurer for reworking the membership
list which had substantially decreased post office returns, only 10 returned
out of 1200 mailed.

New Business— Dr. Harshbarger asked for suggestions for encouraging
members to up-grade their memberships. President-Elect Obenshain
pointed out he had asked Section Councilors to do just this in meetings this
year. President Smith acknowledged to anonymous gifts for the publica¬
tion of the Academy History and expressed the Academy’s deep apprecia¬
tion.

President Elect Obenshain took the Chair and President Smith retired.
Treasurer Wartman, reporting for an ad hoc committee, moved to elect Foley
F. Smith to honorary life membership in the Virginia Academy of Science.
This motion was seconded and unanimously approved.

The meeting was adjourned upon the return of President Smith.

Respectfully submitted,

Russell J. Rowlett, Jr.,

Secretary

228

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

ACADEMY CONFERENCE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Newcomb Hall, University of Virginia
May 7, 1964

President Smith declared a (juoriim present and opened the meeting
at 8:10 p.m. Minutes of the 1963 Academy Conference were approved as
printed in The Journal.

The President announced that he and Executive Secretary-Treasurer
Berry had attended two meetings of the A A AS Academy Conference in
Cleveland, Ohio, representing the Virginia Academy.

The following reports were read, their acceptance moved, seconded
and each unanimously approved by the Conference: Virginia Junior
Academy, Treasurer, Trustees, Long-Range Planning Committee, Research
Committee, Virginia Flora Committee, Awards Committee, Science Talent
Search Commitee, History of Science in Virginia Committee, and The
Journal Business Manager. These reports are hereby made a part of these
minutes and are published elsewhere in this issue of The Journal.

President Smith expressed appreciation for the work of the new Execu¬
tive Secretary-Treasurer and Treasurer Wartman pointed out how the new
permanent officer takes the heavy load of bookkeeping from his shoulders.

Finance Chairman Harshbarger emphasized the need for Academy
members to upgrade their membership to either contributing or sustaining
status. This would be a significant help to Academy finances.

The President adjourned the meeting, after thanking the officers and
committee chairmen for their work which, he said, “has kept this one of
the very best State Academies of Science.”

Respectfully submitted,

Russell J. Rowlett, Jr.

Secretary

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

229

42ND ANNUAL ACADEMY ASSEMBLY
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia
May 8, 1964

President Foley Smith called the Assembly to order at 8:13 p.m. In
the absence of Dr. Edgar F. Shannon, Jr., President of the University of
Virginia, Dr. James W. Cole, Chairman of the Arrangements Committee,
read the following message of greeting from Dr. Shannon:

“The University of Virginia is honored to have you as guests
during the four-day Annual Meeting of the Virginia Academy of
Science. As President of the University, I had hoped to claim the
privilege of welcoming you to the Grounds in person. It is my mis-
misfortune, however, that the date set for your one General Meeting,
the 8th of May, is a day on which I have had a long-standing commit¬
ment to participate in a meeting away from Charlottesville.

‘T have accordingly asked the General Chairman to extend to you
the greetings of the University and bid you a warm welcome. I have
already had the pleasure of greeeting some of you informally, and I
hope to see many more of you before your sessions end on Saturday.

In the meantime, let me assure you all that we are delighted to have
the Virginia Academy meet here at Mr. Jefferson’s Foundation. I hope
the meeting will be a valuable and rewarding occasion for each of you,
and that you will return soon.”

Dr. Raymond Taylor brought greetings from the national office of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science.

Chairman Zoe Black presented the following report of the Resolutions
Committee:

INASMUCH AS The Virginia Academy of Science has held its
Forty-Second Annual Meetings at the University of Virginia in Char¬
lottesville, Virginia, on May 6th, 7th, 8th and 9th, 1964, and

INASMUCPI AS these Meetings have been highly successful and
have afforded much gratification to the members,

THEREFORE we, the members of the Virginia Academy of
Science, in full assembly on May 8th, 1964, wishing to acknowledge
our sense of gratitude to those chiefly responsible for the success of the
Meetings do propose the following resolutions and ask that these be
spread upon the minutes of the Academy; to witness.

230

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

WHEREAS the President of the University of Virginia, Dr.
Edgar F. Shannon, Jr., has most graciously welcomed us and has
honored us with his presence at our meetings,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy expresses to Dr. Shannon
its deep respect and grateful thanks.

AND WHEREAS the University of Virginia has shown us warm
hospitality in countless ways, particularlv by giving a dinner in honor
of the Academv officers and members of the Symposium,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy thanks the University
and Dr. Shannon for their generous actions, and expresses its
delight at being guests of the University.

AND WHEREAS the Chairman of the Local Committee on
Arrangements, Dr. James W. Cole, Jr., and the Vice-Chairman, Mr.
Eldred H. Hendricks and the members of the Committee have made
every arrangement for our convenience and happiness,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy here echoes the high
praise heard on all sides for the excellence and efficiency with
which they have discharged their duties.

AND WHEREAS the Virginia Chamber of Commerce has co¬
sponsored with the Academy the Symposium on Exploring Virginia’s
Human Resources and its Executive Director, Mr. Richard Gillis, has
worked long and hard to make the Symposium a success,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy extends its salutation and
appreciation to the Chamber of Commerce and to Mr. Gillis.

AND WHEREAS the work of Dr. Roscoe D. Hughes, and of the
three Moderators, Dr. Lorin A. Thompson, Dr. Edward W. Gregory,
and D. Henry Leidheiser, Jr., and of the Speakers of the Symposium
on Exploring Virginia’s Human Resources has initiated and brought
to completion a major contribution to the intellectual life of the
Commonwealth,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy expresses to them its sin¬
cere appreciation.

AND WHEREAS the President of the Academy, Mr. Foley F.
Smith, has performed his duties diligently and with devotion,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy expresses to him its love
and gratitude, for what is the latest one of his many years of
distinguished service.

AND WHEREAS the Executive Secretary-Treasurer, Mr. R. C.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

231

Berry, has fulfilled the functions of this important new office with
eonscientious concern beyond the requirements of the position,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy thanks Mr. Berry and
aeknowledges its indebtedness to him.

AND WHEREAS the other officers and those who presented
research papers, and the other committee chainnen have made essen¬
tial contributions of great importance to the Meetings,

BE IT RESOLVED that the deep appreciation of the Academy
is expressed to them.

AND WHEREx4S scientific companies which are listed elsewhere
have contributed greatly to our knowledge through their exhibits,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy expresses its thanks to
them.

AND WHEREAS the Academy has lost several members by
death during the year,

BE IT RESOLVED that the Academy notes with sorrow these
losses: Prof. Harold L. Alden, Dr. Earle H. Barkley, Mr. R. R.
Chesson, Dr. Julian W. Crews, Prof. W. H. Keeble, Prof. Claudius
Lee, Dr. Hildegarde Stucklen (a former member). Dr. R. C.
Summerville, Dr. Allan T. Gwathmey, Dr. Ivey F. Lewis, Dr.
Sidney S. Negus.

The last three of these gentlemen served as presidents of the
Academy and all three were recipients of the Meritorious Service
Award of the Virginia Academy of Science.

Respectfully submitted.

Signed— James H. Starling

Signed— Zoe W. C. Black, Chairman
Resolutions Committee

The Outstanding Biology Teaeher Award was presented by Frank
Kizer for the Biology Teachers of America to Robert Allen Hodge, a
teacher from Ashland, Virginia.

The J. Shelton Horsley Research Award for 1964 was presented by
Dr. Boyd Harshbarger to Dr. E. Rae Harcum, William and Mary, for his
paper “A Curious Parallel between Serial Learning and Tachistoscopic
Perception.”

Chairman Jack Taylor, Nominating Committee, reported the election
by the Sections of the following new Councilors: Medical Science, Dr.

232 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

Lynn D. Abbott; Geology, Dr. James L. Calver; Statistics, Dr. Boyd Harsh-
barger, and Psychology, Dr. L. Sterling Reid.

He announced the nomination of the following officers for 1964-1965;
President, Dr. S. S. Obenshain; President-Elect, Dr. Roscoe D. Hughes;
Secretary, Dr. Russell J. Rowlett, Jr.; and Treasurer, Wilham R. Wartman,
Jr. It was moved, seconded and approved that the nominations be closed.
The Secretary was directed to cast a unanimous ballot for the candidates
nominated.

President Smith announeed the following future annual meeting dates
and plaees: 1965, Richmond, Hotel John Marshall, May 5-8; 1966, Madi¬
son College, Harrisonburg; and 1967, Old Dominion College, Norfolk.

Dr. John J. MeMillan introduced Dr. Fillmore H. Sanford, University
of Texas, who spoke on “Work and Leisure.”

President Smith expressed the appreciation of the Academy to Dr.
Sanford. He then thanked the members of the Academy for their coop¬
eration during his tenure of office and presented the newly elected offieers.
In traditional ceremony he handed the dogwood gavel to new President
Obenshain.

Dr. Obenshain made brief remarks of appreciation for the trust placed
in him and announced the election by Council of Foley F. Smitli to honorary
life membership for his long service to the Academy. He aeknowledged
the untiring serviees of the Executive Seeretary-Treasurer and The Journal
Editor and Business Manager. He thanked the some 170 committee mem¬
bers and section officers who give leadership and eontinued service to the
Academy.

The Assembly was adjourned at 10:00 p.m.

Respectfully submitted,

Russell J. Rowlett, Jr.,

Secretary

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

233

MINUTES OF COUNCIL MEETING
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Newcomh Hall, University of Virginia
May 9, 1964

President Obenshain called the meeting to order at 10:00 a.m. The
following were present: R. C. Berry, E. O. Brand, J. T. Calver, Miss
Suzie Floyd, J. M. Grayson, P. A .Hansen, B. H. Harshbarger, H. H. Hobbs,
Jr., R. D. Hughes, Herbert McKennis, S. S. Obenshain, L. S. Reid, R. J.
Rowlett, Jr., W. W. Scott, P. B. Siegel, F. F. Smith, J. J. Taylor, Raymond
Taylor, W. E. Trout, Jr., W. B. Wartman, Jr., and W. S. Woolcott.

New Gouncilor Reid from Psychology was introduced and Dr. Brand
said he was representing Dr. Abbott, new Medical Science Gouncilor.

The President explained a letter to all Gouncilors asking them to em¬
phasize to the Sections their responsibility for running the Academy. He
called for suggestions which Gouncilors had brought from their respective
Section meetings. Gouncilor Trout, Ghemistry, reported a suggestion to
place life membership on a sliding, actuarial scale. This was referred to
the Long-Range Planning Gommittee. Councilor Calver, Geology, re¬
ported that for the second year the Geology Ghairman had given an in¬
vited paper. He said this was a successful effort within the Section to
upgrade presented papers.

Dr. Obenshain stated that more suggestions were needed for commit¬
tee appointments. “It is important for chairmen to select their own mem¬
bers,” he said; and reported the appointment of only two committee mem¬
bers who were not selected by the chairman.

The President asked for guidance on Academy representatives to the
Annual AAAS meeting. It has been traditional for the President to go and
last year the Executive Secretary-Treasurer accompanied him. After dis¬
cussion, it was suggested that the permanent Executive Secretary-Trea¬
surer become the annual AAAS representative. It was moved, seconded
and approved that the Executive Committee consider this and report to the
next Council meeting.

The President announced proudly the 1965 Academy Assembly
speaker, Dr. Sterling B. Hendricks, ARS Pioneer Research Lab, Beltsville,
an internationally known Sigma Xi lecturer. His subject has not been
selected. The 1965 Local Arrangements Chairman will be Maurice Roe,
State Department of Agriculture, Richmond.

The President asked for instructions for assignment of responsibility of

234

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

the Place of Meeting Commitee. None had been active in 1964. Coun¬
cilor Woolcott, Biology, reported a motion from his Section “to hold Acade¬
my meetings only in metropolitan areas.” There was considerable discus¬
sion with motions made and withdrawn. The final amended motion,
seconded and approved, was to refer the Biology Section’s suggestion to the
Long-Range Planning Committee and to ask this committee to consider
the whole question of guide lines for meeting places. In addition, they
were directed to report at the 1964 fall meeting of Council. It was then
moved, seconded, and approved to postpone selection of a 1968 meeting
place until after this committee report.

Committee assignments were almost complete, the President an¬
nounced, and he hoped to get the full slate out in a few weeks. He asked
Council for suggestions and corrections. Dr. Obenshain pointed out that
according to 1962 action of Council, the Constitution and By-Laws are to
be printed in the Proceedings issue of 1965. He, therefore, appointed a
committee to review these documents: Chairman, Wartman; Rowlett
and Foley Smith. He asked Council to give this committee their sugges¬
tions.

The Executive Secretary-Treasurer asked for suggestions for the re¬
vised Academy leaflet.

Councilor Woolcott, Biology, reported two additional suggestions from
this Section; “The Constitution should be amended to appoint a Council
Committee to nominate the President.” Council pointed out that the
present Constitution suggests Nominating Committee members but the
president makes appointments. The suggestion was referred to the Long-
Range Planning Committee. The second suggestion was “that member¬
ship lists not be published annually.” This is already under consideration.
The President commended the Biology Section for their interest in making
these suggestions.

Miss Floyd announced that the Junior Academy was collecting the
research papers of the late Dr. Allan T. Gwathmey and that the Bedford
High School Science Club may use their 1964 award money for this effort.
These will be deposited in the Virginia Institute for Scientific Research,
who will pay for the binding, if necessary.

Dr. Harshbarger stated for the Finance Committee that it is customary
to furnish stamps and stationary to Section officers. The Committee ex¬
pects to continue this but is not in a position to go further with Section
expenses. The President directed the Secretary to so inform all Sections
and to add that the Expert Letter Writing Company, Richmond, can
furnish addressed enveloped for all Sections.

The President announced the fall Council meeting, on a Sunday in

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

235

Charlottesville, the middle of Oetober; the spring meeting likewise, the
middle of March. The meeting was adjourned at 11:33 a.m.

Respectfully submitted,

Russell J. Rowlett, [r.

Secretary

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

GENERAL FUND — Receipts and Disbursements for the Year Ended
December 31, 1963

REVENUE RECEIPTS:

Dues:

Business members _ $ 1,900.00

Sustaining members _ 550.00

Contributing members _ 786.00

Regular members _ 2,340.00

Student members _ 42.00

Delinquent dues _ 324.00

Dues Applicable to Current Year _ $ 5,942.00

Deduct: Above dues collected in prior year 257.00

$ 5,685.00
110.00*
285.50

119.15

1.00

Dues Collected in Current Year _

Gifts, grants and bequests _

Remittance from Special Trust Fund Income _

Dividends received from corporate stock invest¬
ments _

Miscellaneous _

Total Cash Revenue Receipts

NON-REVENUE RECEIPTS:

Advance payment of dues _ 88.00

Sale of James River Basin book _ 3.50

Annual meeting receipts:

Registration fees _ 565.50

Exhibit space fees _ 1,500.00 2,065.50

6,200.65

Total Cash Non-Revenue Receipts _ 2,157.00

Total Cash Receipts _ $ 8,357.65

DISBURSEMENTS:

Virginia Journal of Science _ $ 2,000.00

Virginia Junior Academy of Science _ 2,289.18

Science Talent Search _ 700.00

Program for Annual Meeting _ 1,000.00

Annual Meeting expense _ 934.05

Printing expense _ 826.76

236

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Postage, express and telephone _ 441.05

Stationery, supplies and stenographic services _ 227.80

Travel expenses to AAAS meeting _ 271.75

E.C.L. Miller Award _ 50.00

W. Catesby Jones Award _ 10.00

Honorarium — Executive Secretary _ 500.00

Miscellaneous expenses of Executive Secretary _ 142.80

Miscellaneous and general expense:

Virginia Corporation Registration

Fee _ 5.00

Insurance — Fidelity bond _ 62.50

Post Office box rental _ 41.00

Auditing and preparation of tax

returns _ 460.00

Academy Conference dues _ 20.00

Binding Journal and Claytonia _ 44.30

Furniture and equipment for Execu¬
tive Secretary-Treasurer’s office 337.76

Virginia Institute for Scientific
Research — expenses and filing

cabinet _ 61.09

Other incidental expenses _ 56.87 1,088.52

Total Cash Disbursements _ $10,481.90

Excess Disbursement Over Receipts _ 2,124.25*

ADD — Balance, January 1, 1963 _ 5,880.66*

BALANCE ON DEPOSIT — DECEMBER 31, 1963 _ $ 3,756.41

*Balance of January 1, 1963 of $5,880.66 included $1,400.00 which con¬
sists of gifts for Junior Academy activities and business membership fees
received in 1962, but were for the year 1963. Also, the 1963 disburse¬
ments include a non-reoccurring expense of $337.76 for furniture and equip¬
ment for the Executive Secretary-Treasuer’s office.

GENERAL FUND — BALANCE SHEET — December 31, 1963

ASSETS:

Cash in bank _ $ 3,756.41

Investment at cost (Market value $2,353.25) __ 2,445.95

Due from Special Trust Fund _ 3,000.00

Due from VISR Building Fund _ 611.00

$ 9,813.36

LIABILITIES AND FUND BALANCE:

Advance payment of dues _ _ 88.00

James River Basin Fund _ 419.60

Fund balance _ 9,305.76

$ 9,813.36

William B. Wartman, Jr.
Treasurer

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

237

J. WADDELL RISON & COMPANY

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

ROOM 1008 MUTUAL BUILDING
RICHMOND 19, VIRGINIA
DIAL 644-4629

March 22, 1964

The Officers and Council Members
Virginia Academy of Science
Richmond, Virginia

Gentlemen:

We have examined the recorded cash receipts and disbursements of
the Virginia Academy of Science, Richmond, Virginia, for the year ended
December 31, 1963, and submit herewith our report thereon, consisting
of the statements listed in the foregoing index. Our examination was
made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and ac¬
cordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other
auditing procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.

The amounts shown on the Consolidated Fund Balance Sheet, Exhibit
A, and Statements of Cash Receipts and Disbursements, Exhibits D, E, F,
and G, relating to Trust Agency Fund Accounts, were taken from the
December 31, 1963 report of the Trust Agent, First and Merchants
National Bank of Richmond, and were not verified in any manner.

In our opinion, the accompanying statements prepared on a cash basis
of accounting, present fairly the financial position of the Virginia Academy
of Science at December 31, 1963, and the recorded cash transactions for
the year then ended, on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year.

Respectfully submitted,

J. WADDELL RISON & COMPANY

238

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

CONSOLIDATED FUND BALANCE SHEET
(Prepared on Cash Basis of Accounting*)

DECEMBER 31, 1963
ASSETS

Total General Fund _ $ 9,813.36

RESEARCH FUND:

Cash in bank (Exhibit C) _ $ 1,099.97

Due from Special Trust Fund (investments) _ 1,100.00

Total Research Fund _ 2,199.97

TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:

Cash on deposit (Exhibit D) _ $ 429.15

Investments — at cost:

Corporate bonds (market value

$7,582.50) _ $ 7,952.10

Corporate stocks (market value

$30,029.63) _ 14,374.70

Savings account _ 150.00 22,476.80

Total Trust Fund Principal _ 22,905.95

TRUST FUND INCOME:

Cash on deposit (Exhibit E) _ 749.42

SPECIAL TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:

Cash on deposit (Exhibit F) _ $ 214.14

Investments — at cost:

U. S. Treasury Notes (market

value $5,007.00) _ $ 5,021.88

Corporate stock (market

value $1,355.00) _ 1,752.50 6,774.38

Total Special Trust Fund Principal _ 6,988.52

SPECIAL TRUST FUND INCOME:

Cash on deposit (Exhibit G) _ 142.75

$42,799.97

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

239

Exhibit A

LIABILITIES AND FUND BALANCES

Total General Fund _ $ 9,813.36

RESEARCH FUND:

Fund balance _ $ 2,199.97

Total Research Fund _ 2,199.97

TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:

Fund balance _ $22,905.95

Total Trust Fund Principal _ 22,905.95

TRUST FUND INCOME:

Fund balance _ 749.42

SPECIAL TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL:

Due to Research Fund _ $ 1,100.00

Due to General Fund (James River Project) _ 1,600.00

Due to General Fund _ 3,000.00

Increment from sale of securities _ 1,288.52

Total Special Trust Fund Principal _ 6,988.52

SPECIAL TRUST FUND INCOME:

Fund balance _ 142.75

$42,799.97

240

The Virginia Journal of Science

[ September

RESEARCH FUND

CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1963

Exhibit C

BALANCE ON DEPOSIT — JANUARY 1, 1963 _ $ 1,141.54

RECEIPTS:

Remittances from Trust Fund Income

(Exhibit E) _ $ 1,268.43

Gifts, grants and bequests _ 50.00

Total Receipts _ 1,318.43

$ 2,459.97

DISBURSEMENTS:

Grants-in-aid for research work (4 in number) _$ 1,260.00
J. Shelton Horsley award _ 100.00

Total Disbursements _ 1,360.00

BALANCE ON DEPOSIT— December 31, 1963 (Exhibit A) —$ 1,099.97

TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL

CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1963

Exhibit D

BALANCE— JANUARY 1, 1963 _ $ 399.15

RECEIPTS:

Sale of U. S. Treasury Notes which matured

May 15, 1963 _ $ 3,000.00

Cash transfer from savings account with
First and Merchants National Bank,

May 27, 1963 _ 3,000.00

Total Receipts _ _ 6,000.000

$ 6,399.15

DISBURSEMENTS:

Cash transfer to savings account with First
and Merchants National Bank, May 15, 1963 _$ 3,000.00

Purchase of $3,000.00 principal amount of
Associates Investment Company, 4%%,
debentures @ 99, May 28, 1963 _ 2,970.00

Total Disbursements _ 5,970.00

BALANCE — December 31, 1963 (Exhibit A) _ $ 429.15

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

241

TRUST FUND INCOME

CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1963

Exhibit E

BALANCE — JANUARY 1, 1963 _ $ 694.65

RECEIPTS:

Interest on savings account _ $ 7.64

Dividends on stock investments _ 1,107.27

Interest on bond investments _ 258.14

Interest on U. S. Treasury Notes _ 60.00

Total Receipts

DISBURSEMENTS:

Accrued interest on Associates Investment
Company debentures when purchased on

May 28, 1963 _ $ 9.85

Trust agent’s commission for year ended

March 31, 1963 _ _ _ 100.00

Remittance to Virginia Academy of Science —

Research Fund account (Exhibit C) _ 1,268.43

1,433.05

2,127.70

Total Disbursements _ 1,378.28

BALANCE — December 31, 1963 (Exhibit A) _ $ 749.42

SPECIAL TRUST FUND PRINCIPAL
CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1963

Exhibit F

BALANCE — JANUARY 1, 1963 _ $ 214.14

RECEIPTS _ None

DISBURSEMENTS _ None

BALANCE— DECEMBER 31, 1963 (Exhibit A) _ $ 214.14

SPECIAL TRUST FUND INCOME
CASH RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS STATEMENT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1963

Exhibit G

BALANCE— JANUARY 1, 1963 _ $ 142.75

RECEIPTS:

Dividends on stock investments _ $ 48.00

Interest on U. S. Treasury Notes _ 237.50

Total Receipts _ 285.50

$ 428.25

DISBURSEMENTS:

Remittance to Virginia Academy of Science (Exhibit B) _ 285.50

BALANCE — December 31, 1963 (Exhibit A) _ $ 142.75

242

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

REPORT OF THE INVESTMENT FUND
GENERAL ENDOWMENT ACCOUNT

Book Value Market Value

Amount Invested in Bonds Corporate _ $ 7,952.10

Amount invested in Preferred Stocks _ 1,790.85

Amount invested in Common Stock _ 12,583.85

Miscellaneous (Savings Account) _ 150.00

$ 7,580.00
1,462.00
29,861.00
150.00

$22,476.80 $39,053.00

Cash Principal - 429.15 429.15

Total _ $22,905.95 $39,482.15

Estimated Annual Income _ $ 1,423.00

Cash Income Balance _ 193.39

SPECIAL ACCOUNT

Book Value Market Value

Amount invested in Bonds — Government $ 5,021.88 $ 5,000.00

Amount invested in Common Stock _ 1,752.50 1,400.00

Cash Principal

6,774.38 $ 6,400.00

214.14 214.14

Total _ $ 6,988.52 $ 6,614.14

Estimated Annual Income _ $ 286.00

Cash Income Balance _ 0.00

Total book value of investments _ $29,894.47

Total market value of investments _ $46,096.29

Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman

REPORT OF THE JOURNAL
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
Virginia Journal of Science
For The Year Ended December 31, 1963

RECEIPTS:

Academy Subsidy

members _ $2,000.00

proceedings _ 1,000.00

Advertising _ 350.00

Subscriptions _ 395.60

Back Issues _ 14.00

Extra Pages _ 70.72

Total Receipts _ 3,830.32

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

243

EXPENDITURES:

Printing _ 3,275.25

Postage and Express _ 105.52

Addressing Envelopes - 9.52

Total Expenditures _ 3,380.29

STATEMENT OF CASH ACCOUNT:

Balance January 1, 1963 _ 2,085.03

Receipts for Year _ 3,830.32

January 1 Balance and Receipts _ 5,915.35

Expenditures for Year - 3,380.29

Balance December 31, 1963 _ $2,535.06

Audited by Frank Butler.

REPORT OF THE AWARDS COMMITTEE

The first Virginia Academy of Science Distinguished Service Awards
were made in 1956. Dr. William T. Sanger and Dr. Ivey F. Lewis were
the recipients.

Dr. Lewis was one of the founders of the Academy and its first presi¬
dent. He was a gentleman of high character, scholarly, a leader, a teacher,
a scientist with abiding interest in the Academy and the advancement of
science. These are quahties that might well be considered in making
future awards. The death of Dr. Lewis occurred a few weeks ago.

Your Awards Committee suggests:

1. That no award be made in 1964.

2. That in the future the Award be called the Ivey F. Lewis Dis¬
tinguished Service Award of the Virginia Academy of Science.

Lloyd C. Bird, Chairman

REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON VIRGINIA FLORA

The committee on Virginia Flora is one of the older standin gcommit-
tees of the Academy. It was organized by Dr. Ivey Lewis and A. B.
Massey and officially approved by the Academy at the 1926 meeting in the
University of Virginia. Dr. Lewis was Chairman of the Committee for
10 years. He was especially active in promoting the publication of Pro-

244

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

fessor eMrriman’s Flora of Richmond and vicinity. In 1935 Dr. Lewis
asked that Massey be appointed Chairman. He has served thusly for 28
years.

The formation of the committee was requested to arouse more inte¬
rest in, and develop more information relative to, the flora of the State.
From the days, of John Clayton, of Colonial Virginia, to the appointment
of the committee on Virginia Flora residents of the State developed little
knowledge of Virginia flora. In the early 1920’s, Professors Merriman of
the University of Richmond and Crimes of William and Mary studied their
local flora. Merriman’s herbarium was destroyed by fire and Crime’s
specimens were not retained in the State. In recent years very encourag¬
ing interest in the State flora has developed not only by members of the Flora
Committee but also by cooperating botanists and others. Herbaria of
local flora have developed in several colleges of Virginia. A state wide
herbarium of more than 40,000 specimens has been developed at V. P. I.
Numerous publications have been issued by members of the committee and
cooperating botanists. Miss Artz has worked in northern Virginia with
emphasis on the Massanuten mountains, PTeer’s activity continues in the
central Blue Ridge mountains. Dr. Crandall’s work has been in the Pied¬
mont. Patterson formerly studied the violets of the State has for years
conducted an extensive study of the mosses. This summer he visits the
British Museum to conduct a critical study of the moss collection there.
Massey’s efforts have been state wide with emphasis on specific genera,
families and state flora in general. President Smith recently appointed.
Dr. K. A. Nicely to the Committee. He joined the V. P. I. staff Septem¬
ber 1963 and has charge of the V. P. I. State Herbarium. Dr. A. M.
Harville, Jr. reecntly joined the staff of Longwood College. He has pre¬
pared a publication on the spring flora of Virginia.

We sincerely regret the passing of Dr. Ivey F. Lewis. The committee
has lost an ardent supporter. Each member will greatly miss his encour¬
agement and counsel. He was a strong advocate of our efforts to develop
better knowledge of the Flora of Virginia.

A. B. Massey

Chairman

REPORT OF THE RESEARCH COMMITTEE

The Research Committee made two research grants of $250 each this
year, both in the autumn of 1963, as earlier reported to Council at its
November meeting. Since then no awards have been made. Though
it received one request which was rejected. The Research Fund now has
$1849.39.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

245

The Committee has also conducted the competition and judging for
The Shelton Horsley Award under the leadership of Boyd Harshbarger
who was appointed Co-Chairman of the Committee in charge of the Hors¬
ley Award. Mr. Harshbarger will make his report to the Assembly Meet¬
ing on Friday, May 8th. May I say only that the papers submitted in
this year’s competition were good, all eleven of them, and that the Com¬
mittee has selected, after harmonious discussion and with the advice of
nationally known outside consultants, a winner.

Respectfully submitted,

Stanley B. Williams, Chairman

SCIENCE TALENT SEARCH

The 23rd National Science Talent Search
for the Westinghouse Science Scholarships and Awards

Conducted bv Science Clubs of America

Science Service
1719 N. Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20036

Va. Total

Number of Entries Exams requested 933 22,997

Number of High Schools represented . 87 2,563

Number of Completed Entries and Exams . 136 3,141

Number of Schools represented . 42 1,152

Number of Students in Honors Group 11 314

Number of High Schools represented 10 238

Number of Students as Winners . 3 40

Number of High Schools represented . 3 38

Mean Score: Boys 41.6 Standard Deviation: Boys 10.9

Girls 35.5 Girls 8.8

Number of Boys 2,388
Number of Girls 753

Total 3,141

E. V. Russell, Chairman

246 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

REPORT OF THE VIRGINIA JUNIOR ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

As chairman of the VJAS Committee, it is my pleasure to report to
the membership of the Virginia Academy of Science a brief summary of
our activities during the past year. Attached to this report are the names
of the 17 members of this committee who have served faithfully to assure
the success of our program.

These meetings mark the climax of our 23rd year as a state Junior
Academy of Science. Our membership now includes 85 permanently
affiliated high school and community science clubs with a total member¬
ship of more than 2000 students and teacher-sponsors. This represents
an increase of 17 science clubs during the past year. The increase in
numbers of science clubs coupled with a fairly constant total membership
is due to the fact that more and more of our affiliated clubs require honor
grades for membership. A list of affiliated clubs is attached to this report.

Approximately 150 research papers were presented today in 10 con¬
current morning and afternoon sessions. These were selected from well
over 350 abstracts submitted. These papers represent contributions from
about 75% of our affiliated clubs. Prizes and awards will be presented
Friday morning at 10:00 A.M. in the Auditorium of Cabell Hall. Cash
awards were made possible by a generous grant from the Philip Morris
Company.

The Junior Science Bulletin, financed by a grant from the American
Tobacco Companv Research Laboratory, was prepared and distributed to
all Virginia High Schools. This issue was edited by Mr. A. B. Niemeyer
of Churchland High School.

For the first time the outstanding research papers presented at the
Annual Meeting in Roanoke were prepared, edited, and published in a new
journal, Proceedings of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science. Volume
I was edited under the direction of Mrs. J. J. Thaxton of Bedford High
School, and was financed by funds from the National Science Foundation
and from sales.

Two Virginia Junior Academy of Science Students, David Shumate of
Fairfax and Michael Cone of Falls Church accompanied by your chairman
attended the AAAS meeting in Cleveland last December where the stu¬
dents presented research papers at the National Junior Academy meetings.

Thirteen students and three teacher-sponsors represented the VJAS at
the National Science Seminars held in Albuquerque, New Mexico, last May.

I am very pleased to announce to the Virginia Academy of Science
membership that the Junior Academv has received a renewal grant from

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

247

the National Science Foundation totaling $7,770 to enable us to continue
eht expanded scope of our activities.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank the members of my
committee, the Council of the Virginia Academy of Science and the mem¬
bership for the splendid cooperation received during the past year.

Respectfully submitted,

W. W. Scott
Chairman

VIRCINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE HISTORY OF SCIENCE
IN VIRGINA COMMTTEE

The manuscripts and material collected by the Committee are now in
the hands of the Editor of the History, Dr. Russell J. Rowlett, Jr. He is
preparing the material for the printer. The sum allotted by the Finance
Committee in 1963 for publication of the History has been carried over
into the 1964 budget.

Material for the Archives, which are located in the VISR Library, will
be gladly received. Any members who have correspondence or agenda
which are a part of the growth of the Academy are asked to turn them in
to the Archives for preservation.

The VAS History of Science in Virginia Committee has undergone a
serious loss in the death of Dr. Sidney S. Negus. His insight, and his
knowledge of the growth and ideals of the Academy, and his devotion to
the Academy were invaluable to the preparation of the History.

Respectfully submitted,

Isabel Boggs, Chairman

REPORT OF LONG RANGE PLANNING COMMITTEE
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

1. PUBLICITY. The Committee suggests that increased emphasis be
given Academy publicity and recommended to Council that the Executive
Secretary-Treasurer, with the approval and assistance of a committee
appointed by the President of the Academy, be charged with the responsi¬
bility for coordinating and handling this phase of the Academy’s activities.

2. DISMAL SWAMP PROJECT. With the knowledge that the manu-

248

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

script on the Dismal Swamp project has been completed, the Long Range
Planning Committee recommended that Council, after discussion with Dr.
Baldwin, proceed with the publication of the book.

3. SYMPOSIUM ON HUMAN RESOURCES IN VIRGINIA, The Long
Range Planning Committee actively supported the Symposium Committee
in its arrangement of the symposium on human resources in Virginia and
wishes to express its appreciation to the Symposium Committee and to all
others repsonsible for arranging this most important meeting in conjunction
with our annual Academy meeting.

4. HISTORY OF THE ACADEMY. Study of the means to finance the
publication of this history of the Academy is continuing, in conjunction
with Council and the Finance Committee.

5. STATE SCIENCE MUSEUM. Study is continuing in the way the
Academy may assist in the establishment of a State Seience Museum.

Herbert McKennis, Jr.
Chairman

SECTION OF AGRICULTURE

E. A. Borchers, Chairman
J. H. Wilson, Jr., Vice-Chairman

T. J. Marlowe, Secretary
J. C. Jones, Section Editor

DIFFERENTIAL REACTION OF CERTAIN PEANUT LINES
TO BOTRYTIS BLIGHT

M. W. Alexander and G. M. Boush,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland

Botrytis blight of peanuts was of economic importance on some peanut
farms in Virginia in 1963. The organism Botrytis cinerea usually oceurs
late in the growing season, especially during periods of cool wet weather.

Thirty-eight peanut introduction lines, with a commercial variety, Vir¬
ginia 56R, as a check were evaluated for reaction to Botrytis blight. These
were seored on the basis of 0=:no blight; to 5=plant dead. A range of
scores from 1.5 to 4.0 was observed for the introduction lines and 3.40 was
observed for the check variety. One plant introduction line, PI 269-041
with a score of 1.5 was significantly lower than any line in the test. The
more resistant line is a Virginia type peanut with unknown yield and grade

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

249

characteristics. This line gives peanut breeders a source of resistance for
the development of adapted varieties if Botrvtis blight becomes a major
problem in peanut production.

GERMINATION OF PEANUTS AFFECTED
BY HARVESTING TECHNIQUES
E. S. Bell, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

In recent years a large portion of the Virginia peanut crop has been
harvested from the windrow and artificially dried. This method of harvest
has been adopted primarilv due to the saving in labor, and therefore a
eduction in harvesting cost compared to the stackpole method of harvest¬
ing.

Peanut seed producers should receive the economic benefit of this
method of harve.st, if the seed produced in this way is of acceptable quality.
In 1962, an investigation to determine the effect of windrow picking and
artificial drying on peanut germination was conducted.

The seed control section of the Virginia Department of Agriculture
and the Agricultural Engineering Department, Virginia Agricultual Experi¬
ment Station, cooperated in the investigation.

Results of this investigation show that harvesting seed peanuts by
windrow combine and artificially drying tends to reduce germination per¬
centage. The amount of reduction depends greatly on the length of time
the peanuts are left windrowed before picking, and the extent of physical
damage the seed receives from the picking machinery.

Peanuts windrowed less than five days may also have a reduction due
to the drying process, depending on their location within the drying bin.
No effect due to drying was noted for peanuts left in the windrow for
longer periods.

To produce good quality seed by this harvest method, the peanuts
should remain in a windrow a minimum of five days, be picked with a
combine adjusted for minimum kernal damage, and artificially dried ac¬
cording to current recommended procedures.

A NEW CONCEPT IN PINE SAWFLY DECLINE
Marvin L. Bobb, Piedmont Research Laboratory, Charlotesville
Sawfly outbreaks have been noted for their sudden increase, and just

250

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

as sudden decline, in population densities. No information has been pub¬
lished on the cause of outbreak populations, and it has generally been
assumed that natural control factors have been primarily responsible for
the population decline.

Studies on the Virginia pine sawfly from 1959-1963 showed that 88
per cent of the population was destroyed by natural control factors, but
calculations from biological data indicated that a destruction of at least
95 per cent would be necessary to reduce a sawfly population. A com¬
parison of fecundity and behavior of mated and unmated females during
the year 1960 and 1963, showed that the per cent females mating was the
only factor of difference between a high and a low population. During
1960 a very high percentage of the females mated; whereas, during 1963
only 2.5 per cent mated. Mated females deposited approximately 90 per
cent of their eggs, and unmated females about 17 per cent.

Field and laboratory studies during 1963 indicated that loss of sex
attractant by the female was primarily responsible for the decline in popu¬
lation.

THE BIOLOGY OF THE SOUTHERN CORN ROOTWORM
ON PEANUTS IN SOUTHEASTERN VIRGINIA

G. Mallory Boush and Morris W. Alexander,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland

The southern corn rootworm, Diabrotica undecimpunctata howardi
Barber, is generally distributed over the eastern half of the United States,
in southeasten Canada, and in northeastern Mexico. In Virginia, the larvae
seriously damage peanuts, and occasionally corn and sweet potatoes. In
addition, the adults are general feeders and attack over 200 species of cul¬
tivated plants.

In the peanut belt of Virginia, there are four complete generations per
year. The winter is passed in the adult stage, with emergence occuring in
early March. The larval hosts of the first and second generations are
largely unknown, although seedling corn and the clovers are suspected.
Adults of the first generation appear in early June, and adults of the second
generation in mid to late July. Peanuts are a major host of the third and
fourth generations; with adults of these later generations appearing in late
August or early September and early October respectively. The sex ratio
at emergence in March is usually four or five to one in favor of the females,
but fom mid June until hibernation it is approximately equal. First larval
injury to peanuts occurs from August 4 to August 18. Soil moisture during

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

251

and after egg deposition seems to be the major factor influencing abun¬
dance.

VARIOUS MEASURES OF DAILY GAINS OF REEF CALVES
THROUGH POSTWEANING TESTS

K. P. Rovard and B. M. Priode,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, and
Agricultural Research Service, U.S.D.A., Front Royal, Virginia

Average dailv gains were calculated from weights obtained at birth,
midsummer, bulls were creep-fed; following weaning bulls received a grow¬
ing-fattening ration ad lib, whereas heifers received no creep after mid¬
summer, limited grain but ample roughage after weaning. Thus, bulls’
gains exceeded heifers’ by .80 Ib/day over all periods. Average daily
gains of 80 non-inbred heifers were .06 Ib/day above those of 59 inbreds;
in bulls this was .13 Ib/day. Gains of 70 calves of dams less than 5 years
old were .03 Ib/day less than those of 117 older cows.

BLACKEYE PEAS, AND RELATED HORTICULTURAL TYPES,
FOR VIRGINIA GROWING CONDITIONS
Wm. H. Brittingham,

Virginia Truck Experiment Station, Norfolk

Varieties of blackeye peas and related horticultural types, collectively
called Southern peas, that have been available in the past to Virginia
growers have been, without exception, poorly adapted to Riis area because
of low yields and excessive vininess when grown under long day and high
fertility conditions. Because of this and because of the strong belief that
further commercial expansion of this crop depends on the development of
early, determinate, bunch-type varieties that could be mechanically har¬
vested, a breeding program was begun about 12 years ago at the Virginia
Truck Experiment Station at Norfolk.

This paper reports the development of the first Southern pea variety
in this program, the Princess Anne Blackeye pea, and its release in 1962 to
Virginia seedsmen. Description and yield performance of this new variety,
and other new types are presented. Considerations involving spacing and
fertilization with the new varieties are discussed. It is apparent that, in
addition to being a plant breeding problem, the development of these new
types requires Riat attention be given to spacing problems, both within
and between rows and to fertilization requirement if optimum growing
conditions are to be attained.

252

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE AND STORAGE TIME
ON CERTAIN PHYSIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS
OF UNDILUTED TURKEY SEMEN

1. F. Carte and A. T. Leighton, Jr.,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The study presented was designed to obtain information on the effect
of storage temperatures of 32°, 56°, 80°, and 104 °F. and storage times of
15, 45, and 75 minutes on certain physiological characteristics of undiluted
turkey semen. Variables studied included changes in pH, percentage
progressive motility, percentage dead spermatozoa, percentage abnormal
spermatozoa, and resazurin reduction time.

There was a highly significant linear trend of pH on storage tempera¬
ture; i.e., as temperature increased pH decreased. Storage time up to 75
minutes had no apparent effect on pH.

Storage temperature or storage time within the range of treatments
utilized in this study had no apparent effect on eithr progressive motility
or percentage dead spermatozoa.

A significant cubic effect of temperature on percentage abnormal
spermatozoa was obtained with percentage abnormal spermatozoa minimal
at 80 °F.

Resazurin reduction time showed a significant linear increase with
storage temperature.

Results suggest that the optimum storage temperature of undiluted
turkey semen under the conditions of these exepriments was 80 °F., and
that semen could be stored as long as one hour and 15 minutes without
detrimental effects on the physiological characteristics studied.

CONTROL OF RESPIRATION IN COCKROACH MUSCLE
MITOCHONDRIA

Donald G. Cochran,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

When an insect begins to fly, or to undertake any other vigorous physi¬
cal activity, it exhibits a very marked increase in rate of respiration. This is
a reflection of the tremendous demands for energy created by such activity.
A question that has intrigued investigators for many years is how this
energy is made available to the insect apparently only when it is needed.
In the present report this problem has been studied with the aid of isolated

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

253

mitochondria from thoracic muscles of the American cockroach, Peri-
planeta americana (L.). The mitochondria are sub-cellular components of
the muscle which contain most of the enzymes that are involved in the
synthesis of high energv chemical bonds in the form of adenosine triphos¬
phate (ATP). It is this energv which is used by the muscles for the con¬
traction process.

The results indicate that the rate of oxidation of several Krebs cycle
intermediates by mitochondria is under the control of adenosine diphos¬
phate (ADP) concentration. The rate of oxidation of alpha glycerol phos¬
phate is not directly under ADP control. The control mechanism involv¬
ed here appears to be a complex feed-back type of arrangement which
eventually is under ADP control. Thus, a theory has been proposed,
based on these findings, which may satisfactorily explain how respiration
is contrilled at the cellular level.

EFFECT OF SOME CHELATED NUTRIENTS ON PEANUT YIELD
AND SEED SIZE

D. L. Hallock, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland

Exploratory experiments were carried out in 1962 and 1963 to study
the effect of chelates and other substances in various combinations and
frequencies of foliar application on fruit yield and grade. Plots were
widely spaced single peanut plants.

In 1962, NaoCaEDTA, CaSO|2HoO, MgS04, and 20% superphosphate
were applied at 20 and 40, 675, 40, and 400 pounds per acrea, respectively.
Peanut yield and seed size generally were high from single applications at
the start of the fruiting period ( July 2) than from split application over a
10-week period. Highest yields and larger seed were obtained from single
apphcations of material combinations which contained gypsum or 20%
superphosphate which contains considerable gypsum. A small but con¬
sistent proportion of the fruits from plants treated with NagCaEDTA con¬
tained discolored inner cotyledonary faces similar to that attributed to B
deficienty. Also, this chelate at a rate of 100 pounds per acre applied July 2
killed the plants within a few hours.

In 1963, NaFeEDTA, FeEDDHA, FeDTPA, and NaMgEDTA, acids
(0.02M) of EDTA, EDDHA, and DTPA in combination with 0.02M
Ca(OH)2, and EDDHA in combination with O.OIM KOH and/or 0.05M
MgSOiTHaO were sprayed on peanuts during the fruiting period. No foliar
toxicity was observed from the application of any of these substances.
Yields were statistically (5% level) similar although the average yield for
the EDTA acid -t- Ca (OH) 2 treatment was considerably lower than that

254 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

for any other treatment. This marked reduction in yield was accompanied
bv a significant marked reduction in seed size.

At the rates used, none of the chelates increased peanut yields or
grades over usual nutrient sources.

A MONAMINE OXIDASE INHIBITOR: ITS INFLUENCE ON SEMEN
CHHARACTERISTICS AND BLOOD PRESSURE IN CHICKENS

B. W. Hawkes and P. B. Siegel,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The experiment was designed to measure the influence of phenelzine
sulfate (Nardil W- 1544- A) on semen characteristics and blood pressure in
chickens. Sixteen F5 generation, White Rock, males were used; 8 from a
line selected for high bodv weight and 8 from one selected for low weight.
Differences between lines were known to exist for motility of spermatazoa.
Phenelzine sulfate was administered daily for 12 weeks, in capsule form,
at levels of 0, 4, 16 and 64 mg commencing when the males were 400 days
of age. Biweekly determinations were made of semen volume, sperm
motility and concentration of spermatazoa. Determinations were an
average of measurements made on 3 successive days for each bird. No
significant effect of the drug was found for these semen characteristics.
Systolic blood pressure was measured bv an indirect method at 4-week
intervals. There was a highly significant linear depression in blood pres¬
sure noted by 4 weeks (controls, 292; 4 mg, 242; 16 mg, 230 and 64 mg,
190) which disappeared by 8 weeks. This was probably due to a develop¬
ment of a tolerance by the treated males. At the levels used there was
no supression of appetite or loss of body weight. (The cooperation of Dr.
Sevmour B. Bronstein, Warner-Lambert Research Institute is appreciated).

DETERMINATION OF MERCURY IN PAINT BY X-RAY EMISSION
R. P. Hudson,

Virginia Department of Agriculture

Determination of mercury, added as a mildewcide, in paint vehicle
can be done easily by X-Ray Emission. Separation of vehicle and pig¬
ment by centrifugation eliminates interference by heavy metals. Matrix
effects are overcome by using the addition method.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

255

EFFECT OF MOLYBDENUM ON THE YIELD AND GROWTH
OF ALFALFA

George D. Jones and W. W. Moschler,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station

A significant response of alfalfa to molybedenum was obtained on
Tatum silt loam at soil pH values up to approximately 6.0. The yield
increases were 84, 83 and 27 percent at pH values of 5.2, 5.4, and 6.0,
respectively. At higher pH values the increases were smaller and not
significant. Molybdenum responses was characterized bv improvement in
stand and plant vigor as well as yield.

Molybdenum deficiency was characterized bv a yellowing condition
of the leaves, followed by necrosis of the plants in the more advanced
stages.

RESPONSE OF HORNWORM MOTHS TO MONOCHROMATIG
LIGHT

J. J. Lam, J. M. Stanley and U. F. Earp, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Tobacco (Protoparce sexta (Johannson) ) and tomato (P. quinquema-
culata (Haworth)) hornworm moths were tested to determine their spec¬
tral responses. Trap caught moths from wild population of each species
and reared tobacco hornworm moths were irradiated individually, with
eight bands of energy, each with a nominal width of 33 A. between 3129
and 5780 A. Tests were made in a temperature and humidity controlled
light-tight chamber. Significant differences between responses of species
and their responses to wavebands were determined.

Generally, responses to the four shorter wavelengths were greater
than to the four longer. Greatest responses were at 3129 and 3341 A.
wavelengths. Trapped moths were more selective but less responsive to
the treatments. Female tomato hornworm moths were the least responsive
of all moths tested. Male tomato hornworm moths responded about the
same as male tobacco hornworm moths.

All moths tended to respond more readily to the first band of energy
with which they were irradiated than to the other energy bands. Their
selectivity was more pronounced however, when responses to all eight
bands were considered.

256

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

THE EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE AND STORAGE TIME
ON THE FERTILIZING CAPACITY OF UNDILUTED
TURKEY SEMEN

A. T. Leighton, Jr., W. L. Beane and L. M. Potter,

Virginia Pohjfechnic Institute

The study presented was designed to obtain information on the fer¬
tilizing capacity of undiluted turkey semen as affected by storage tempera¬
tures of 32°, 44°, 56°, 68°, 80°, 92° and 104 °F. and storage times of
15, 45, and 75 minutes. Semen was obtained bi-weekly from a commer¬
cial strain of Broad White Turkey males, pooled and subjected to the
designated treatments. Semen from each treatment combination was
then used to inseminate 252 Broad White turkey females. Variables
studied were fertility and hatchability of fertile eggs.

Results obtained oyer a 21 week production period .showed signifi¬
cantly higher fertility for semen held at 80 °F. Semen held at temperatures
aboye or below 80 °F. resulted in a rapid decline in fertilizing capacity.
Fertility declined rapidly when semen was stored longer than 15 minutes.
Extremes of storage temperature depressed fertility leyels more seyerely
during the last 11 weeks of the breeding sason than during the first 10
weeks.

Semen temperature treatments resulting in highest fertility also
showed highest hatchability of fertility eggs. On the other hand, storage
time appeared to haye no effect on hatchability of fertile eggs.

The data presented suggest that undiluted turkey semen should be
stored at 80 °F. for 15 minutes or less for maximum expression of fertility
and hatchability.

MAXIMUM ECONOMIC PRODUCTION OF CORN ON CONGAREE

LOAM

J. A. Lutz, Jr., P. H. Hoepner and G. D. Jones,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

The maximum economic production of corn on Congaree loam was
investigated in an experiment conducted at Orange, Virginia in 1962. The
soil tested medium in PaOr, and KoO. Ground limestone was adequately
applied to adjust the pH to about 6.5 Nitrogen was applied at 5 rates,
while PnO.T and K.O were each applied at two rates. Three of the six

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

257

replicates were irrigated when 50% of the available moisture in the 0-18
inch layer had been depleted. Silage and grain yields were measured.

The 1962 data indicate no response to irrigation since rainfall was
adequate and well distributed. A maximum yield of 31 tons of silage and
202 bushels of corn was obtained. There was an excellent response to
nitrogen but not to P^Og and K.O when applied at more than 50 pounds
per acre. With nitrogen at 12c per pound and corn at $1.20 per bushel,
the most profitable level of nitrogen was 223 pounds per acre on irrigated
plots and 205 pounds per acre on non-rrigated plots. With nitrogen at the
same price and silage at $6.00 per ton, 209 pounds per acre of nitrogen
was the most profitable level of nitrogen.

The experiment was revised in 1963 to include 5 levels of N, P^Og and
KoO. Six irrigations increased corn yields by 6 to 35 bushels per acre.
Corn responded quite well to nitrogen fertilization but there was little re¬
sponse to P.Og and K.O in excess of 30 pounds per acre. Yields on irri¬
gated plots in 1963 were lower than on irrigated and non-irrigated plots in
1962.

Assuming the same prices as in 1962, the most profitable rate of nitro¬
gen for silage was 209 pounds per acre on irrigated plots and 149 pounds
per acre on non irrigated plots. For grain it was 205 pounds per acre on
non-irrigated and irrigated plots.

PARENT MATERIAL, PENEPLANES AND OXIDATION
FACIES AS FACTORS IN SOIL GENESIS
Tinsley Mack,

USD A Soil Conservation Service, Richmond

On a continental basis, the factors that influence the formation of soil
are parent material, climate, vegetation, slope, and time. If the factors
that influence the formation of soil are considered on a county basis, vege¬
tation and climate can generally be eliminated since these are the same
over a smal larea. Obviously, parent material, slope, and time of forma¬
tion, change over an area as large as a county. However, slope and time
are both dependent on the peneplanes that have occurred on a land sur¬
face. The factor of past climates that have been present on the uneroded
peneplane surface often has an influence on the lower horizons of a soil.
Four peneplanes have an influence on the lower horizons of a soil. Four
peneplanes have been recognized in Virginia. Post-Cretaceous faults
cause the relief between respective peneplanes to be dissimilar in the dif¬
ferent physiographic provinces present in Virginia.

258

The Virginia Journal of Science

1 September

CHOLESTEROL AND LECITHIN IN THE SEBACEOUS GLANDS
AND SKINS OF SHEEP AND GOATS
Lubow A. Margolena

Sheep and Fur Animal Research Branch, Animal Husbandry Research
Division, USDA, Beltsville, Md.

Biopsies ol four breeds of sheep of the Beltsville, Md. flock and one
breed of the Fort Wingate, N. M. flock were analyzed for cholesterol
and lecithin during the different seasons of the year. Toggenbiirg, Angora
and Kabul goat skin samples, obtained from different localities, as well
as biopsies of two fetal sheep were also tested.

Further detailed analyses are necessary to determine whether the free
cholesterol observed during certain seasons bears a close relationship to
the reproductive cycles of sheep.

Lecithin was usually found in a portion of the fat of the lower dermis
of both fetal and postnatal skins. It was practically absent in the excre¬
tions of the intact sebaceous cells of postnatal animals, but was demon¬
strable in the sebaceous glands of the two 95 day fetal lambs. Lecithin
appeared, however, over most of the skin surface and also in the lower
portions of the non-growing keratinized bulbs of wool fibers and goat
hairs. The above lipid did not seem to be seasonal in character.

THE HERITABILITY OF GROWTH AND CONFORMATION
IN BEEF CALVES

T. j. Marlowe and D. W. Vogt,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station

Records on 12,145 Angus calves by 596 sires in 106 herds and 8,279
Hereford calves by 420 sires in 84 herds were used to estimate heritability
of preweaning growth rate, conformation score and index (growth rate -f
conformation) through sire component analysis. Data were separated
into subsets by year, season of birth and management practice for each

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

259

breed. Each subset was analyzed separately and all subsets results pooled
to obtain the estimates. Herd differences were taken into account by in¬
clusion in the model. Heritability was estimated as the ratio of 4 times
the sire component of variance to the sum of the sire within sire variances.
Genetic correlations were computed as the ratio of the sire component of
covariance to the square root of tlie product of the appropriate sire com¬
ponents df variance. Estimates obtained for Angus calves were .36 ±; .03.
.34 dz .03 and .36 zb -03 for gain, conformation and index, respectively.
Corresponding estimates for Hereford calves were .26 dz .03, .29 dz .03
and .30 dz .03. Genetic correlations between preweaning gains and con¬
formation were estimated as .28 dz -06 for Angus and .23 dz .07 for
Herefords.

PLASTIC GREENHOUSE RESEARCH AND EVALUATION

McNeil Marshall and P. H. Massey Jr.,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

Plastic greenhouses represent an important recent development in
controlled enviionment facihties for growing vegetables and flowers off¬
season. Light-weight frameworks that are strongly fabricated and easy
to cover have been designed to support the plastic film. Component parts
are easily assembled to form a dear-span structure that is attractive and
functional. New methods of film application result in better and faster
application techniques on gothic-shaped greenhouse structures.

Through cooperative effort many plastic film samples are being
weathered to “failure” in standard test racks in 7 geographic areas of the
United States and at one location in Canada. The most promising films
are furtlier tested on greenhouse structures. Results of Virginia tests
so far have indicated 4-mil ultra-violet-inhibited polyethylene film to be
good, economical material for covering plastic greenhouses. Research
and development divisions of plastic film manufacturers are continuously
striving to provide improved covering films that are longer-lasting and
economical.

Heating and ventilating systems compatable with the low-cost plastic
greenhouse structures have been developed. They automatically maintain,
within certain limits, desired conditions in the greenhouse by thermostatic
controls.

The V. P. I. gothic greenhouse is a popular design, principally because
its characteristic shape and skin-tight plastic covering makes it attractive
looking; and it is functional as a structure and plant growing facility.

260

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Research data on plant growth and productivity in plastic and glass
greenhouses under identical environmental conditions show no differences
in 4- and 5-year trials with tomatoes, peppers, and lettuce. The quantity
and quality of the products was as good in the plastic as in the glass house.
Economical off-season production of horticultural crops could be increased
through expanded usage of the low-cost plastic greenhouses.

RUMEX CONGLOMERATUS AND RUMEX OBTUSIFOLIUS, NEW
HOSTS OF THE KNOTWEED CYST NEMATODE,
HETERODERA WEISSI

Lawrence I. Miller, Paul L. Duke, and Bettv J. Gray,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station

Atempts to determine the host range of Heterodera weissi in the
Polygonaceae are in progress in Virginia. From these studies buckwheat
{Fagopijrum escidentiim) was first reported as a host of the knotweed cyst
nematode. Recent tests have also shown that Rumex conglomeratus and
R. obtusifolius are hosts of this cyst-formaing nematode. R. conglomeratus
and R. ohtusifolium were grown in sterilized loamy fine sand soil, which
was artificially infested with cysts from a Nansemond County, Va., popu¬
lation of H. weissi cultured on smartweed {Polygonum pensylvanicurn) .
After 2 months, plants of the 2 species of dock were removed from the
infested soil and the roots washed and examined. Numerous females and
cysts containing viable second stage larvae were observed on the roots of
both species, which indicated that the full cycle of the nematode had been
completed. Rhubarb (Rheum rhaponticum) and doorweed (P. avictdare)
were tested three different times as host plants in H. weissi infested soil
but no females were observed on the roots of these plants.

A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF THE SHRINK-SWELL
CHARACTERISTICS OF SEVERAL VIRGINIA SOILS

John E. Moody, H. C. Porter and C. I. Rich,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station

Numerous problems, such as cracking of building foundations, heav¬
ing and break up of highways, landslides and low permeability, have to
some degree been associated with the behavior of soil clays. A study of
the swelling characteristics of 35 different soils of the state including soils
from the Appalachian, Piedmont and Coastal Plain physiographie regions

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

261

indicated that 12 of these soils had critical swell indices. Atterberg limits
and textural analyses of these soils suggest that swell was associated with
amount and species of clay present. X-ray diffraction analyses of the
clay fraction (<2/x) of eight soils, ranging from low to high clay content
and low to high swelling pressures, showed that the clay fractions of high
swelling soils consisted of 15 ao 80% montmorillonite, whereas those of
low swelling soils were predominantly kaolinitic clays. Since the correla¬
tion was low, other clay components, particularly the amorphous (allo-
phane?) and halloysite components may be related to swelling properties.

WHAT ORGANIC MATTER REALLY DOES FOR THE SOIL

John D. Pendleton,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Soil organic matter means many different things to different people.
In most of the first half of the nineteenth century, humus was believed to
be the source of carbon and other nutrients for plants growing in the soil.
Even though this theory was shown to be largely incorrect almost a hun¬
dred and seventy-five years ago, many non-existent benefits are still attri¬
buted to humus. There is even the anthroposophic doctrine that attributes
esoteric vital forces to humus, as well as to the light of the moon and stars.

Excellent crops giving bountiful yields of quality food can be pro¬
duced in sand without humus. Thus, any benefits of humus are not in¬
dispensable.

In this paper, water supplying capacity of humus is shown to provide
slight, if any, advantage. Perhaps the most important effect of humus is
its stabilization of the structure of soil. The structure is the natural asso¬
ciations of individual particles having some degree of permanence. This
structure is stabilized against the slaking and other disintegrating effects of
water. The instruments for demonstrating this, together with some results
are shown.

LANDSLIDES AND SOIL GEOLOGY RELATIONSHIPS IN SEVERAL
REGIONS OF VIRGINIA

H. C. Porter, ]. H. Redden and R. I. Barnhisel
Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Landslides or slumps associated with highway or other construction
excation have soil and geological settings which permit the prediction of

262

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

potential slides. A careful study of the soil and geologic settings prior to
locations for roads, buildings and etc. can save several thousands of dollars
annually.

Exploratory studies were made of eight landslides; six in the Lime¬
stone Valley, one in the Appalachian Mountains and one in the Blue
Ridge Mountain region; also, 21 slides were observed and generally classi¬
fied in other regions of the state. Soil samples were taken from areas
near the base of each of these eight landslides. Highly crystalline clay
minerals dominate the various soil samples analyzed and they varied from
60% to 90%, having an average of 80%. Mica was the dominant clay
mineral in all samples with lesser amounts of chlorite, vermiculite, kaolinite
and montmorillonite. The samples also had a high percentage of silt
(50-2u) which has a low liquid limit.

The landslides studied fall into two general types; one tvpe occurs
most extensively in the Appalachian Mountains and Valleys of Virginia
including the Allen, Jefferson and Hayter soils. These soils have formed
in old colluvial beds of quartzite, sandstones and shales with some lime¬
stone materials which accumulated on hilly or sloping lower mountains
and valley slopes. These colluvial beds contain variable mixtures of soil
and loose rock debris and overlie older land surfaces, which generally in¬
fluence the prediction of potential landslides. The second type includes
special soil and geologic conditions usually in the Frederick and Tumbez
soil areas where either the bedding, jointing or fracturing is parallel to the
slope, and a porous soil or soil material has weathered to an underlying im¬
permeable soil or geologic layer. Percolating waters are held by these nar¬
row layers which eventually lose their strength allowing the loose materials
to slide.

Results of this study show that the slides are related to the soil type
and several interrelated geologic and clay mineral factors. The know¬
ledge gained from these slides can be used to help prevent other landslides
along highways and other areas that require excavation.

RELATION OF SOIL TO GROWTH OF WHITE PINE
IN FLOYD COUNTY, VIRGINIA

H, C. Porter, C. E. Gill, J. H. Redden, and J. E. Moody,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Studies were made in a 34-acre tract of natural white pine to deter¬
mine the influence of various kinds of soil and site aspect on the site indices
of this species. The soils studied belong to the Meadowville, Chester,

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

263

Porter, Rabun and Hazel series and are representative of those occurring
in the Blue Ridge Mountain physiographic region. The soils, including
slope and erosional conditions and geologic formation, were mapped and
each unit was described as it relates to their physical and chemical char¬
acteristics. Physical characterics, including perosity, bulk density, per
cent water at 1/3 and 15 atm. tension which was calculated as inches of
available moisture in each profile were measured on four profiles. Five
trees were measured on the different site aspects— north, south, east and
west.

Results show that a significant difference exists between site indices
on the different soils and site aspect. Meadowville silt loam in a cove
had the highest site index (84 ft. at age 50 years). Plazel loam on a ridge
had the lowest site index (62 ft. at age 50 years). These differences in
growth show considerable variablity in the value of the land for growing
trees and also in the amount of money that can be economically invested
in management practices.

POTASSIUM EXCHANGE AS AFFECTED BY CATION PROPERTIES
AND MINERAL STRUCTURES
C. I. Rich, Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

Cation exchange in soils, particularly exchange of potassium, frequently
is incomplete. The exchange of K+ from Nason subsoil by the following
ions was (expressed as me./lOOg.): (C2H4)N+, 0.00; (CH3)4N+, 0.02;
Ag+, 0.16; Cs+, 0.13; Rb+, 0.12; NH4+, 0.13; Na+, 0.09; Li+, 0.05;
Mg+ + , 0.04; Ca++, 0.03; Sr++. 0.04; Ba++, 0.06; A1+ + +, 0.08.

Exchange and mineralogical studies have shown that the rate and
degree of exchange of potassium is affected by both the properties of
the exchanging cations and the structure and negative charge of the
clay minerals involved. Potassium exchange from wedge-like interlayer
zones in the silicate clays is favored by cations of small (hydrated)
size (e.g., NH4+) and by those which are easily polarized (e.g., Ag+).

In vermiculites, the distance between the silicate sheets varies with
the hydration of the saturating cation. This interlayer distance prob¬
ably is not uniform due to the occurrence of “closed” residual mica
zones located laterally with the “open” layers.

The “open” interlayers do not remain open in vermiculite when potas¬
sium or ammonium saturated unless they are “propped apart” by “islands”
of hydroxy- A1 (or Fe) groups. Without these islands, ammonium ions
tend to collapse vermiculite and trap not only potassium but other ions
that may be present in the interlayer space.

264 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

SOME GENETICAL STUDIES OF THE GERMAN GOGKROAGH,

Blattella germanica (L.)

Mary H. Ross,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Almost all genetic work in insects has heretofore been confined to
members of advanced, specialized groups, particularly to various species
of Dipterans. One might, perhaps, expect that a member of a group as
primitive and generalized as the Blattidae would show little interest as a
subject for genetic study. However, careful examination of large num¬
bers, coupled with a program of close inbreeding of both normal and irra¬
diated pairs, has led to the discovery of a number of inheritable traits in
the Germain cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.) Eventuallv, this work
should lead to an establishment of a formal genetics for the German cock¬
roach. There are indications that the study will have its own unique con¬
tribution to make to our knowledge of the evolution of insects.

The mutants found thus far may be roughly classified into two groups.
One includes genes which control color and color patterns and which ap¬
pear to be present in most strains. Several of these color variants have
been isolated and established in true-breeding lines. The other group
comprises those mutants which modify body structures. These are usuallv
of rare occurrence, and are frequently pleiotropic and accompanied by
reduced viability and other deleterious effects. The morphologic mutants
include an eye color variant, the loss of pigment spots on the head, two
antennal traits, wing-like expansions of the pronotum (pro-wings), swell¬
ings on the wing (balloon-wing), and notching of the abdominal sternites.
In the present report, brief descriptions of these mutants, in some instances
accompanied by a description of the pattern of inheritance and tests for
linkage, are presented.

THE ANALYSIS OF PESTICIDE RESIDUES
BY MICROCOULOMETRIC GAS CHROMATOGRAPHY

Boyd L. Samuel,

Virginia Dept, of Agriculture

MCGC has been found to be an excellent tool to screen chlorinated
and thiophosphate pesticide residues in virtually any material. Sample
preparation technics are described that, combined with the high sensitivity
of the instrument, result in overall sensitivities in the parts per billion range.
When necessary for identification purposes, simple absorbent columns
may be used to separate the pesticides into several groups before chroma-

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

265

tographing. This, and the ability of the apparatus to detect only the
halogenated (except fluorine) organic compounds or the thioorganics, re¬
sults in an extremely high order of specificity.

THE EFFECT ON YIELD OF SOYBEANS INFESTED WITH
THE SOYBEAN CYST NEMATODE,

HETERODERA GLYCINES, FROM VIRGINIA
Grover C. Smart, Jr.,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Holland

Greenhouse and field experiments were conducted to determine
whether soybean yields are reducd by large numbers of Heterodera glycines
Ichinohe, 1952, from Virginia. Greenhouse tests were conducted in 6-in
clay pots using field soil fumigated with methyl bromide. Soybean
{Glycine max (L.) Merr. var. Lee) was used in all tests. Yields were
determined by weighing shelled beans and oven-dried stems (plus foliage).
Combining the data from 4 greenhouse tests, with a total of 38 pots of
plants and an average of 3,812 (228-10,000) cysts per pot, the bean yield
from inoculated plants averaged 25% less and the stem yield averaged
31% less than from uninoculated plants. Eight field plots were laid out
on heavily infested soil and 4 of the plots were fumigated with 80 gal.A. of
D-D 2 weeks before planting. The average bean yield from non-fumi-
gated plots was 46% less and the average stem yield was 45% less than
from fumigated plots. Other stylet bearing nematodes, especially northern
root-knot and spirals, were present in large numbers, and the amount of
yield reduction attributable to them is not known. H. glycines populations
used in these experiments were much higher than normally found in the
field in Virginia.

SOME USES OF EMISSION SPECTROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS
IN VIRGINIA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
LABORATORIES
Jesse E. Swann,

Virginia Department of Agriculture

The method of Emission Spectrographic analysis is used to identify
metallic elements in rocks and minerals, fertilizer, water samples and un¬
known materials for poisonous elements such as arsenic, lead, thallium,
animal remedies for trace elements as iron, cobalt, manganese, copper and
zinc.

266

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

The equipment is described and the function each component has in
making a spectrographic analysis. The methods of preparing samples are
described. The methods of analysis, qualitative, semi-quantative and
quantitative methods used are explained. The emission spectrograph has
been very useful in our laboratories and we hope to use the method for
routine analvsis in the near future.

VEGETATIVE STABILIZATION AND USE OF CRITICAL LAND
AREAS CREATED BY MASSIVE EARTH MOVING OPERATIONS
IN VIRGINIA

Joseph H. Vaden,

U.S.D.A. Soil Conservation Service, Richmond

Heavy equipment that came into wide use in Virginia during the early
I940’s has made possible the movement of massive volumes of earth here¬
tofore physically or economically impossible. The use of this equipment
in strip-mining operations, liighway construction, industrial and residen¬
tial development has been the means of progress in Virginia, but has also
left its problems. Thousands of acres of denuded land have been left
subject to the hazards of erosion, both for temporary and permanent
periods of time. This land, of which the strip-mined areas are the more
extensive, presents challenging and complex problems in vegetative stabi¬
lization and used.

A wide variety of plants have been grovm successfully on coal mine
spoil, where disturbance has actually improved the fertility level of sur¬
face areas. This is not true of manganese and exposed pyrite where phy¬
sical problems are often accompanied by chemical changes that are toxic
to plants. Poor physical characteristics of the manganese spoil and ex¬
tremely acid conditions of the exposed pyrite render it practically impossi¬
ble to vegetate these areas in their present state.

NUTRITIVE VALUE OF HATCHERY REFUSE FOR POULTRY
E. L. Wisman,

Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, Blacksburg

At present, the sanitary disposal of refuse of Virginia's hatcheries rep¬
resents a considerable cost item in a hatchery operation. Regulations re¬
quire either an incinerator or a disposal pit, both of which are expensive to
construct and operate. Research conducted at Blacksburg shows that a

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

267

more efficient means of disposal is available, which is the conversion of the
refuse into a poultry feed ingredient.

The refuse, consisting of infertile eggs, dead embryos, shells of hatched
chicks and unsalable chicks, is pressure cooked, dried and ground into
a friable, free-flowing meal much similar to the production of poultry
by-products meal and meat meals. Chemical analysis of a typical sam¬
ple of the finished meal showed that it contained 26% protein and 20%
calcium. Based on an essential amino acid analysis, the quality of the
protein was found to be shghtly superior to that in poultry by-products
meal but lower than that in soybean oil meal.

Results of feeding the meal as a partial replacement of soybean oil
meal in a chick ration indicated that up to 4.5% could be used when
all known nutrients were kept balanced. A considerable adjustment was
necessary in added fat levels in the diets because of the lower energy
content caused by the high CaCOs content (50%) in the meal due to
egg shell.

In most trials, the meal produced higher body gains than the same
level of poultry by-products or soybean oil meal alone as a source of
protein, indicating the presence of unidentified growth factors. Higher
levels of hatchery meal were precluded by the relative high calcium con¬
tent, but the estimated 625 tons that can be produced annually in Vir¬
ginia could more than be used up to feed Virginia’s broilers at a level
of 4.5% of the ration.

SECTION OF ASTRONOMY, MATHEMATICS
AND PHYSICS

W. D. Whitehead, Jr., Chairman D. R. Carpenter, Jr., Secretary

J. W. Stewart, Section Editor

POSITION ANNIHILATION IN SULFUR

T. M. Amos and W. T. Joyner, Hampden-Sydney College

The angular distributions of the 2-photon annihilation radiation in the
rhombic, monoclinic, and liquid forms of sulfur have been measured. No
structure in the distributions, which might be attributed to the density
differences in these forms of sulfur, was observed. This result points to

268

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

the need for modification of the theory which relates the character of
the angular distributions to substance density. The recent discovery of
an intermediate decay lifetime in some substances, which further points
to the need for revision of this theory, is discussed. Results which can
be explained by the present theory are shown for purposes of compari¬
son. Interpretation of previous timing work is questioned, and investi¬
gation of sulfur with fast-timing technicpies now available is urged.

MOTION OF CRYSTAL DEFECTS
Walter E. Atkinson, University of Virginia

The dynamics of crystal defects are still largely unexplained. This
paper examines the classical equations of motion of a crystal in the linear
approximation, using finite difference operators. The assumption of con¬
tinuous elasticity theory are not made. The assumption of a steadily
moving defect is sufficient to determine the frequencies of radiation emit¬
ted by the defect.

A SUMMARY OF AL-SAGHANI’S TREATISE ON PROJECTIONS ON
THE ASTROLABE

Ruth Bahous, Lynchburg College and
E. Saleh Bahous, Retired

A wealth of medieval Arabic manuscripts have been catalogued in
various libraries and await study. This is a preliminary report on the
study and translation into English of Arabic Ms. 2468#39 from the com¬
pendium of mathematical and astronomical treatises in the Oriental Pub¬
lic Library, Bankipore. The Arabic text is available in a volume of
eleven treatises by famous predecessors and contemporaries of al-Biruni
(9th, 10th and 11th centuries A.D.) under the title “Rasa’ilu’l-Mutafar-
riqa F’il-hai’at”, by the Osmania Oriental Publications Bureau, Hydera-
bad-Deccan, India, 1948.

al-Saghani flourished in Baghdad c.980 A.D. where he was an astrono¬
mer and instrument maker in the observatory which Saraf al-Dawha built
in his palace garden. In the treatise under study al-Saghani claims to
be the first to discuss the mapping of circles on the celestial sphere into
parabolas, hyperbolas and ellipses. He uses freely the geometry of Apol-
lonins in his proofs.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

269

METHOD OF DETERMINING THE GRAVITATIONAL
GONSTANT G

y. W. Beams, Unwersity of Virginia

The torque produced by the gravitational pull on two magnetically
supported connected masses m by two larger masses M is measured by
the acceleration produced on the m-system. The two masses M are main¬
tained at constant distances from the two respective masses m by a spe¬
cial servo-system arrangement. As a result the two systems (as well
as the vacuum system which surrounds the m-system) rotate at the same
speed. Measurements of the initial and final angular velocities, the time
of acceleration and the effective distance between the masses gives the
value of the Newtonian gravitational constant G. Gareful analysis made
by my colleagues, H. M. Parker, A. R. Kuhlthau, and R. Lowry, indi¬
cate that the precision in the measurement in G will be greatly increased
(factor of 100) by the above method.

PHOTOEXGITATION OF ELEGTRIG DIPOLE STATES IN SF”

L. N. Bolen and J. M. Eisenberg, University of Virginia

The particle hole model has successfully accounted for several features
of the giant resonance in the light doubly closed shell nuclei O^® and
Ga'^" as well as in G^ which has a closed subshell. The experimental
results of the photoneutron cross section of Sf®, another light double
closed subshell nucleus, display a structure which is amenable to com¬
parison with the results of a particle hole calculation. This calculation
was undertaken using the Burroughs 205 computer at the University of
Virginia. The calculation predicted a large shift in the dipole strength
with 84 per cent of the strength above the (y, n) threshold. The sim¬
ple ‘‘zero approximation” shell model predicts that more than 87 per
cent of the dipole strength lies below threshold. The results of the
calculation display levels at 16. 1, 18.8, 19.9, 21.6 and 25.8 MeV which
can be compared with the levels at 18.5, 19.8, 20.7, 22.8 and 24.3
MeV seen in the photoneutron cross section of silicon which was meas¬
ured in this laboratory. Work partially supported by the United States
Atomic Energy Commission.

270 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

A PROOF OF THE EXISTENCE OF AN ELEMENTARY
ELECTRICAL CHARGE
Bias Cabrera, Lane High School, Charlotesville

This proof is based on the Millikan oil-drop experiment. The pur¬
pose of the experiment is to prove the existence of an electrical “ele¬
mentary charge” and to determine its value. The main modification
made to Millikan’s basic experiment was to use plastic spheres of uni¬
form diameter instead of oil drops.

The apparatus consists of two parallel horizontal brass plates spaced
a centimeter apart and connected to a direct current electrical power
supplv. Small plastic spheres, about a micron in diameter, slowly fall
between the two plates through a pinhole in the top one. Their ter¬
minal velocities, both with and without an electrical field, are observed
bv means of a low powered microscope. Using these observations, the
electrical charges on the spheres are calculated.

When these results were plotted on a graph, it was found that all of
the values fell at integral multiples of the smallest. The smallest could
then be called the “elementary charge.” The value of this “elementary
charge” was found to be 4.96 x 10'^" esu. This is 3.3% from the
accepted value of 4.8029 x 10"^” esu. Small discontinuities in the steady
motion of the spheres due to sound waves were the major cause of the
error. — (Editor’s Note; This was the winning paper of the VJAS Phvsics
section and was therefore presented to the VAS section also.)

EARLY STAGES IN THE PLASTIC DEFORMATION OF COPPER-
ALUMINUM ALLOYS IN THE a-PHASE
J. C. Chevrier, University of Virginia

The influence of the stacking fault energy on the plastic deformation
of face-centered cubic materials has been studied on single crystals of
99.999% pure copper and various copper-aluminum alloys in the a-phase.

The tensile specimens, oriented so as to favor single slip (approximately
[321]), were pulled in an Instron machine. A chemical etchant was
used to reveal the traces of the dislocation lines on the (Til) plane
containing the tensile axis of the crystals.

A comparison was made between the slip traces on the crystals sur¬
faces and the dislocation distribution in the interior of the crystals.

The 1 at % Cu-Al seemed to deform in a fashion similar to LiF.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

271

Slip occurred within well defined bands where the etch pit density was
high; however, the pits within the bands were randomly distributed.
The 88 and 13% alloys deformed by Luders band propagation. These
were found to consist of closeh^ spaced arrays and pile-ups of disloca¬
tions which had remained on their slip plane.

The results were discussed in terms of existing theories of plastic
deformation.

SOME PROPERTIES OF MULTIPLE-ELECTRON PROCESSES
IN ATOMS

F. R. Crownfield, Jr., College of William and Mary

Considerable interest has recently arisen in processes in which several
atomic electrons are simultaneouslv excited. Calculations using simple
wave-functions show, for example, that the absorption cross-section for
photons in neutral helium may be increased as much as 10% by multi¬
ple electron processes for photon energies near that required to excite
the 2s or 2p level of He II. Some simple calculations and their results
will be discussed.

OBSERVATIONS ON THIN SINGLE CRYSTALS OF CADMIUM IN
THE ELECTRON MICROSCOPE

J. C. Crump, HI, University of Virginia

A new type of hexagonal network of dislocations has been observed in
thin ribbons of cadmium grown by sublimation. The vacancy type loops
first observed by Price (Phys. Rev. Letters 6, 615, 1961) in cadmium
disappear when they reach a certain size (Crump and Mitchell, Phil.
Mag. 8, 59, 1963). After a very short delay hexagonal networks begin
to develop in the area previously occupied by the loops. These net¬
works lie in the basal planes. The directions of the three sets of linear
imperfections which form them are parallel to the (1100) directions
in the basal planes. These networks then shrink in a remarkable way
by the inward displacement of the hexagonal elements towards areas
of maximum surface density of elements. They can finally no longer
be seen in the central area, and a slow fading spraeds out from it. No
trace of the system can ultimately be seen by diffraction contrast observa¬
tions.

272

The Virginia Journal of Science

[ September

GEOMETRY OF DISLOCATION INTERACTIONS
WITH SUB-BOUNDARIES
T. R. Duncan, University of Virginia

Observations on dislocation etch pits on copper single crystals deformed
in tension will be presented. Previously unobserved dislocation config¬
urations on secondary slip systems near sub-boundaries have been found.
A preliminary analysis of the interactions of gliding dislocations with
a sub-boundary as they pass through it will be given. The analysis is
based on the fact that the Burgers vectors of the gliding dislocations
are not conserved as they pass from one sub-grain into another. The
theorv is applied to the experimental observations.

HYPERFINE STRUCTURE OF MUONIUM

M. Eckhause, College of William and Mary

An experiment to determine precisely the ground state muonium hyper-
fine .splitting has been done at the Columbia University Nevis synchro¬
cyclotron by a Yale group (Post Deadline Paper, Bulletin of American
Physical Society, 4, (1964): Precision Redetermination of the Muonium
Hyperfine Structure; J. Bailey, W. Cleland, M. Eckhause, V. W. Hughes,
J. Rothberg, R. Mobley.) The experimental procedures are discussed
and a comparison of the theoretical and experimental results given.

ELECTROEXCITATION OF GIANT RESONANCE LEVELS IN CA*”
J. M. Eisenberg and L. J. Weigert, University of Virginia

Matrix elements for the excitation of particle-hole states in Ca^ by
inelastic electron scattering are calculated. Electric dipole transitions to
T = 1 states are considered, taking into account both transverse and
Coulomb contributions. The particle-hole matrix elements are evaluated
for a zero-range residual interaction. Wave functions for the excited
states are obtained from the diagonalization of the secular matrix. As
functions of momentum transfer, some of the transition matrix elements
for the electroexcitation of the different energy levels exhibit charac¬
teristically different h ' ‘ ‘ nits the identification of these

levels in the scheme

model. As a consequence of

closure, the sum of the contributions of the levels carrying the major¬
ity of the dipole strength proves insensitive to changes in the residual
interaction parameters. Thus it is desirable to carry out measurements

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

273

of the transition matrix elements for the eleetroexeitation of individual
nuclear levels in order to provide a test of the details of the particle-
hole model.— (Work partially supported by the United States Atomic
Energy Commission. )

RECENT IMPROVEMENTS IN THE ULTRACENTRIFUGE
Harold M. Fomilent and J. W. Beams, University of Virginia

In order to adjust the light from the optical system entering and leav¬
ing the magnetically-suspended ultracentrifuge such that fringes can be
formed requires entrance to the vacuum chamber during various stages
of the final alignment of the optical set-up. A different hoist arrange¬
ment which could raise and lower the top part of the older centrifuge
has been replaced as a means of entering the chamber by a large door
which is featured by the new ultracentrifuge built for experimental
studies in the fields of molecular biophysics and absorption optics.
The door is large enough so that a rotor can be placed directly inside
of the chamber. Thus the danger of disturbing the original optical set¬
up by raising and lowering of the solenoid support at the top of the
centi-ifuge onto the chamber has been eliminated.

INFRARED ABSORPTION DUE TO LITHIUM AND
LITHIUM-OXYGEN COMPLEXES IN SILICON
R. Kenneth Franks and T. E. Gilmer, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

An analysis of absorption spectra obtained from lithium-doped silicon
samples indicates the existence of several different types of donor impuri¬
ties which range in ionization energy from 32.5 mev to 39.2 mev. The
relative magnitudes of the corresponding donor series show a strong
dependence upon the oxygen content of the silicon.

For silicon samples having oxygen concentration less than lO^Vcc,
the only absorption series observed is tiiat due to the lithium donor.
The observed lithium donor ionization energy of 32.5 mev is in much
better agreement with the theoretically predicted value than that of
any other donor impurity studied in silicon. This offers support to the
validity of the theoretical treatment for all regions except the immediate
vicinity of the donor nucleus.

Absorption spectra of hthium-doped silicon having oxygen concen¬
trations greater than lO^Vcc contain several donor-like absorption series,
but show no trace of the lithium donor. The absence of significant

274

The Virginia Journal of Science

[ September

quantities of moiiatomie free lithium in lithium-doped oxygen-rich sili¬
con samples has been predicted. The results of this investigation also
indicate the formation of several types of lithium-oxygen complexes.

COMPARISON OF IR SPECTRA OF CH, AND NH^

WITH SPECTRA OF JUPITER AND SATURN
Laurence W. Frederick, University of Virginia

On the basis of a comparison of five IR spectrograms of Jupiter
and two of Saturn with three laboratory spectra of CH, and one of NHy
it is apparent that the IR spectral region between a9800 and AllSOO
for these two planets can be explained by methane and ammonia. The
laboratory spectra were obtained bv means of a 1900° K filament shin¬
ing through a 72 foot column with methane at 24, 40, and 60 psi and
ammonia at 10 psi.

A recent experiment shows that the hypothesized extended atmosphere
of ammonia around Jupiter probablv does not exist.

PROBLEMS IN EXTRACTION OF THE PROTON BEAM
FROM A 600 MEV CYCLOTRON
Herbert O. Funsten, College of William and Mary

One possible method of obtaining external particle beams from a
synchrocyclotron is to perform extraction at a radius where the field
index n = 1, causing the particle no longer to be contained radially.
The chief difficulty encountered with this method is the well known
existence of several resonances in the vertical and radial oscillations
of the particle. This paper derives approximate but general expressions
for the effects of a resonance by comparing (a) The increase in betatron
oscillation amplitude per revolution at a resonance, to (b) the number
of revolutions over which a resonance is effective, n values for the
most serious resonances are obtained and the amount of amplitude build-up
is predicted.

ON REAL AND “COMPLEX” EIGENVALUES
Fuad Hajj, University of Virginia

The physical and mathematical properties of a function w are studied.
The function (Wronskian) is defined by

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

275

w = 4> - X — X - ^

dx dx

where <1> and x certain solutions of Schroedinger’s time independent
equation

— 'H- (A- V) ^^ = 0

9x^

with certain boundary conditions. The solutions are valid in the com¬
plex A— plane. It can be shown that w is independent of x and depends
onlv on A- The zeros of w on the real axis of the A— plane are the
eigenvalues corresponding to the potential V. A cut on the real axis
corresponds to a continuum in the spectrum. The analytical continua¬
tion of w below the cut gives rise to zeros which are the ^‘complex
eigenvalues”. The properties and behaviour of all the zeros of w, real
and complex, are studied for a general potential (that vanishes for large
x). The solution of the general time dependent Schroedinger equa¬
tion is found in terms of w, </>, and x- The dependence of the dis¬
tances of the complex zeros of w from the origin on the life time of
emitted particles is studied.

A GENERALIZED LEAST SQUARES COMPUTER PROGRAM
M. D. Holt and D. B. Raiford, College of William and Manj

A program has been written in FORTRAN II for the IBM 1620 at
the William and Mary Computer Center which uses Gauss’s method to
obtain a least squares fit to a function which need not involve the
parameters linearly. Several useful features have been incorporated,
and will be described. — (Supported in part by a grant from the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration.)

EXPERIMENTAL DEMONSTRATIONS OF THE MOTIONS OF THE
INTERFERENCE FRINGES WHICH ARE CHARACTERISTIC
OF BEATS

L. C. Hoxton, University of Virginia

The basic physical ideas here are not new but the methods and results
are, in large part, new or, at least, unfamiliar to college teachers. They
have been described by the same author in a paper published in the
Am. four. Physics (October 1963). However, this is the first time

276

The Virginia ]ournal of Science

[September

these demonstrations have been offered before any scientifie society.
Transportation of equipment has constituted too great an obstacle. It
is hoped that the grasp of wave motion by the student may benefit
both from the phenomena and from the simplicity of the theory.

Experiments

1. Hyperbolic fringes (n^ — 112 = 0)

2. Cartesian Ovals (n^ — iio ^0)

3. Beats vs fringes — comparison of frequencies of beats as heard
and of fringes seen.

4. Direction of motions away from source of the higher frequency.

5. The stationary observer

6. Slow velocity between the sources. Proof of standing waves

7. Velocity beyond the sources especially in dispersive media. Veloc¬
ity of a fringe equal to group velocity.

NEUTRON DECAY CONSTANTS FOR THE MEASUREMENT
OF BUCKLING

Y. P. Hwu and A. Robeson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A series of pulsed neutron experiments using a Cockcroft- Walton
accelerator have measured the neutron diffusion parameters in ordinary
paraffin (Shellwax 125) and the results have been used to evaluate
the buckling constant for several paraffin shapes difficult to evaluate
analytically.

A least squares fit to the data yielded the following relationship for
the decay constant (A) as a function of buckling (B^):

A = 4858 -f 25911B^ — 1188B^

The buckling constants for an elliptic cylinder, a hemisphere and a
pail* of cylinders in contact (with a common axis of symmetry) were
determined from the measured decay constants and the above equa¬
tion. Analytical calculations of buckling for these systems, using approxi¬
mate numerical methods, yielded values which agreed with the measured
bucklings within experimental error.

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE OBSERVATIONS
ON ZINC — CADMIUM WAFERS
William A. Jesser, University of Virginia

Vapor-grown single crystal wafers of 0.2 to 17.5 wt. % zinc in cad-

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

277

mium were excimined in the electron microscope. Among the several
interesting features observed were step-like terraces, often associated with
low-angle boundaries. Sequences of holes were observed, aligned along
the boundaries. Partial dislocations as well as perfect dislocations were
frequenty seen being emitted from such holes. Crystal growth by lami¬
nar layers is believed to be responsible for the terraces. Much evidence
suggests that seams of impurities outline the edges of the terraces. It
is suggested that the holes form where impurities evaporate, due to
the heating effect of the electron beam, in the microscope.

MOLECULAR WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION MEASUREMENTS
Hyo-gun Kim, University of Virginia

The magnetically suspended ultracentrifuge is applied to measure the
molecular weight distribution of the heterogeneous polystyrene samples
#705 and #706 (Standard Samples, National Bureau of Standards).
For this purpose a certain assumption has to be made to simplify the
solution of the Lamm diffusion equation so that this solution is man-
agable experimentally. This assumption is that we have small concen¬
tration difference between the meniscus and the bottom of the ultra¬
centrifuge cell. Experimentally this condition may be met by the low
rotor speed of the ultracentiafuge.

By the fractionation method, sample #705 has M„ : M,v : Mz = 1 :
1.07 : 1.12 while the above mentioned method gives the ratios 1 : 1.366
: 1.733, and for sample #706 the fractionation method gives Mn : Mw
: My, = 1 : 2.1 : 2.9 while this approximation method gives the ratios
1 : 2.646 : 4.292. The ratios for #705 by this approximation method
are in good agreement with the experimental results of McIntyre et al.
(jour. Polvmer. Sci. 62, S126). It is believed that the ratios on sam¬
ple #705 by fractionation method are too close to unity to correctly
describe the molecular weight distribution of sample #705.

STUDIES ON THE PROPERTIES OF THE INTERMETALLIC
COMPOUND TINI

James S. Legg, Jr. and J. Thomas Ratchford,

Washington and Lee University

Wire specimens near stoichiometric TiNi (55.06 wt. % Ni) were
subjected to tensile stresses, and flow load was determined as a func¬
tion of temperature at both constant strain and constant strain rate.
Wiggles appear in the plateau of the stress-strain curve which are attrib-

278

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

iited to a nucleation prosess, possibly a Martensitie phase transforma¬
tion. The flow load reaches a maximum at about 180 °C for specimens
subject to a constant strain rate. The “work hardening” region disap¬
pears at 80 °C. Specimens of TiNi wire were bent into loops and
heated; the rate at which they straighten out reaches a maximum at
75 °C to 90 °C, and typically displays a peak at 47 °C — 48 °C. The
75 °C to 90 °C peak is tentatively attributed to a transformation result¬
ing from tensile stress, and the 47 °C — 48 °C peak to compressive
stress. — (Supported by the NSF Undergraduate Science Education
Program and the Robert E. Lee Research Fund.)

THERMAL CONVERSION AS A METHOD OF REDUCING NOISE
IN GERMANIUM SEMICONDUCTOR DETECTORS
A. J. Levy, University of Virginia

Nuclear radiation detectors with ever sharper energy resolution require
very high resistivity semiconducting materials. To increase the resistivity
of the purest available Germanium, compensation is used. This consists
of adding impuities that combine with, and make ineffective, the charge
carriers. Material rich in charge carriers is either strongly n-type or
p-type depending on the sign of the charge. Lithium ion drift is in
use for compensating material rich in acceptors (p-type) with donors
(Lithium ions).

A phenomenon known as Thermal Conversion is being used to con¬
vert a whole disc of Germanium (typically 40 ohm-cm) to high resistivity
material. This is the first time that this approach is being applied to
the problem of reducing noise, thereby improving resolution.

A wafer of n-type Germanium is heated slowly to 850 °C, then cooled
rapidly to room temperature. This converts the Germanium to p-type
of varying resistivity. Annealing at 500° G permits a slow return to
n-type. By careful quenching and annealing, a sample can be brought
as close to intrinsic as desired. The material is left slightly n-type so
that a surface barrier diode can be made.

This process is also a form of compensation, with the acceptors being
attributed to Frenkel type structural defects and to fast diffusing Gop-
per impurity ions.

A MIGROWAVE POLARIMETER
G. W. Lucas, College of William and Mary
A microwave polarimeter which allows the determination of the four

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

279

components of the density matrix of a partially polarized beam of micro-
waves has been designed. A model operating at S-band and using stand¬
ard microwave components has been constructed. Theory and operation
will be discussed. (Supported in part by an NSF undergraduate research
participation grant. )

CHARACTERISTICS OF GROWTH OF KH,P04 FROM
AQUEOUS SOLUTION

Marjorie Lundquist and J. W. Mitchell, University of Virginia

The behavior of potassium dihydrogen phosphate during crystalliza¬
tion from aqueous solution is investigated at different initial supersatura¬
tions by phase contrast microscopy. The height of visible surface layers
is measured approximately by exploiting the birefringence of KHoPOi
under the polarizing microscope.

Quite different behavior of the system is found, depending on whether
the initial supersaturation is high or low. The observations suggest that
there may be a critical supersaturation below which visible growth lay¬
ers do not form.

THE CONCEPT OF HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE IN THE 16th
AND 17th CENTURIES
John L. McKnight, College of William and Mary

The “Hydrostatics” of Stevinus shows in its treatment of the hydro¬
static paradox shght indications of a concept of pressure. Galileo, how¬
ever, shows no concept of pressure and treats hydrostatics by analogy
with mechanics. In Pascal, for the first time we see the use of the
concept but still without an explicit definition. A few years after the
publication of Pascal’s works, we discover Boyle to be using a definition
of pressure which is modern. The suggestion is made that the intuitive
concept was used so long before a definition of pressure because ‘‘press¬
ure” is the first major field concept in physics.

TYPES OF ETCH PITS FORMED ELECTROLYTICALLY
IN HIGH PURITY COPPER
A. MacDonald, University of Virginia
Copper single crystals are prepared with one of their [111] planes

280

The Virginia [ouknal of Science

[September

parallel to a free surface. When this surface is carefully polished and
etched, the points of intersection of dislocations with the surface are
revealed. A careful examination reveals that at least two and probably
more types of etch pit exist. Arguments will be presented to show that
these correspond to different types of dislocations.

DETECTION OF DISLOCATIONS IN HOLES IN EVAPORATED
SINGLE CRYSTAL FILMS
J. W. Matthews, University of Virginia

Dislocations in the matrix of one crystal superimposed on another
are revealed by the moire fringe patterns that are observed in electron
micrographs of the crystals (Pashley, D. W., Mentor, J. W. and Bassett,
G. A.; Nature, 179, p. 752, 1957, London). It is shown that the moire
patterns also reveal dislocations whose lines lie in holes in one of the
crystals.

INSTRUMENTATION FOR THE MEASUREMENT AND DISPLAY
OF SOME CHARACTERISTICS OF VHF PLASMA OSCILLATIONS
S. R. Mosier, College of William and Mary

Instrumentation has been designed and constructed to display in analog
form the amplitude and frequency of VHF oscillations in a Penning
gauge (F. R. Crownfield, Jr., Proc. VT International Conference on Ion¬
ization Phenomena in Gases, Paris 1963) as a function of anode voltage.
The current-voltage characteristic is also displayed. (Work supported
in part by an NSF undergraduate research participation grant.)

THE SGINTILLATION OF LIQUID HELIUM
Frank Moss and Frank Hereford, University of Virginia

We have observed scintillations in liquid helium from alpha and beta
particle irradiation as a function of temperature. The scintillation light
in the case of alpha irradiation is inhibited below the lambda point,
which is possibly a new superfluid effect. This effect is not observed
in the case of beta irradiation. The cause of the effect is not under¬
stood, however several possible interpretations are discussed.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

281

MECHANICAL STRENGTH OF IRON WHISKERS
W. L. Piotrowski, University of Virginia

Single crystal « — iron whiskers are grown by the hydrogen reduction
of ferrous chloride. The experimental Irowth procedure, size of the crys¬
tals, and their orientations are well known. It has been shown that
geometrically perfect, optically selected iron whiskers are substantially
free of disocations in the as-grown state.

The mechanical strength of these iron whiskers is being investigated
using ultracentrifuge techniques, the principal advantage being that the
whisker is not distorted by grips or other constraints which were previ¬
ously employed in measuring this property.

Whiskers, of square cross section, growing along the [100] axes are
cut by chemical techniques such that they are nearly cubic. The cubes,
about 400 microns along an edge, are sealed in a glass vacuum cham¬
ber, suspended by a magnetic suspension system developed by Beams,
and spun by a rotating magnetic field, produced by field coils located
outside the vacuum chamber.

The angular frequency of rotation of the whisker is measured by light
reflected off the whisker and picked up by a photomultiplier. The
mechanical strength of these iron whiskers has been measured and their
mode of deformation observed.

RECOIL NUCLEI IN SEMICONDUCTOR DETECTORS
Charles D. Porterfield, University of Virginia

In the course of this study the recoil nuclei from two reactions, 0^®
(d, a) Ngs^^ and and (d, p) Cgs^^, were observed. Two coincidence
schemes, each with possibilities for future use, were successfully employed.

It appears that the detection of recoil nuclei is most applicable to the
study of neutron-producing reactions. The reverse coincidence scheme
appears particularly adaptable to this purpose.

LOW FREQUENCY INTERNAL FRICTION IN THE
INTERMETALLIC COMPOUND TINI

J. W. Pugh, Catholic University of America; A. Atkins, R. A. Paddock
and J. T. Ratchford, Washington and Lee University

Studies of internal friction in the intermetallic compound TiNi were
undertaken in an attempt to determine the temperature at which a

282

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

reported diffusionless phase transformation occurs. A torsion pendulum
equipped with heating and cooling jackets and an optical lever arrange¬
ment was used to measure the damping due to internal friction as a
function of temperature. With TiNi wire as the torsion member of
the pendulum, three different recurring characteristics were observed.
A relative maximum in the damping at about 47 °C — 48 °C occurred
in 42% of the curves of internal friction versus temperature. A drop¬
off in damping at about 78 °C appeared in 70% of the curves. Nine
curves of log amplitude versus swing number showed regions of increas¬
ing amplitude over progressive swings, denoted as “negative damping.”
(Supported by the NSF Undergraduate Science Education Program and
the Robert E. Lee Research Fund.)

APPLICATION OF A GENERALIZED LEAST SQUARES PROGRAM
TO THE ANALYSIS OF WAVE AND OSCILLATION PROPERTIES
OF GAS DISCHARGES

D. B. Raiford and M. D. Holt, College of William and Mary

The least squares program described in the previous paper has been
applied to the analysis of data taken in this laboratory on VHF oscilla¬
tions in a Penning Gauge (F. R. Crownfield, Jr., Proc. VI International
Conference on Ionization Phenomena in Gases, Paris 1963) and on the
Faraday Effect in a microwave cavity (M. T. Raifod and F. R. Crown-
field, Jr., Proc. VI International Conference on Ionization Phenomena
in Gases, Paris 1963). This has allowed us to improve our experimen¬
tal techniques and our understanding of the phenomena involved. (Sup¬
ported in part by a grant from the National Aeronautics and Space Ad¬
ministration.)

TELEMETERING FROM THE MAGNETICALLY SUSPENDED
ULTRACENTRIFUGE

Thomas K. Robinson and Alan S. Koralek, University of Virginia

The work reported herein was performed during the past two years
at the University of Virginia under the direction of J. W. Beams. In¬
formation can be obtained from the magnetically suspended ultracen¬
trifuge either optically or electrically. Because mechanical contact be¬
tween the rotor and its surroundings is prohibited, electrical contact must
be inductive or capacitive.

The temperature of an ultracentrifuge magnetically suspended in high

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

283

vacuum was measured accurately by means of a telemetering device
incorporating a blocking oscillator, a multivibrator switch, and a tunnel
diode oscillator, all housed within the rotor. Power was supplied by
an indued velv coupled external AC source. The device was found opera¬
tive at rotor speeds in excess of 300 RPS, and was calibrated with a
temperature bath to a precision of .02 °C. The temperature of a rotor
driven from rest to 50 RPS was determined to remain constant within
this precision. Information is obtained through inductive coupling.

This laboratory is presently atempting to measure potential differences
of the order of millivolts that exist across cells in high centrifugal fields.

A device, using capicative coupling, is being developed. Potentials
less than 1 millivolt have been measured under infinite DC impedance.

HEAT MEASUREMENTS IN THE V. P. I. UTR-10 REACTOR
C. Frederick Sears and A. Keith Furr, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A major problem encountered in the designing and construction of
any nuclear reactor system is the removal of heat from the core of the
reactor. In the V.P.I. UTR-IO, the heat is removed from the fuel plates
bv the light water moderator-coolant which is pumped between the
plates.

The maximum temperature which the fuel will attain is determined
by the coolant temperature, the coolant flow rate, and the reactor operat¬
ing power. The latter two of these are given by the reactor instrumenta¬
tion. No provisions were made which allowed the temperature of the
coolant in the region of the fuel elements to be measured. In order to
ascertain this coolant temperature, an arrav of copper-constantan ther¬
mocouples was inserted between the individual plates of the fuel ele¬
ments. The temperature of the coolant near the bottom and top of the
144 fuel plates was found using this thermocouple arrangement.

These results were used to predict temperatures of the coolant and
fuel at a power of 100 Kw. It is believed that with appropriate modifica¬
tions of the present system no major difficulties should be encountered
in increasing the reactor's licensed power from 10 Kw to 100 Kw.

MEASUREMENT OF PARTIAL SPECIFIC VOLUMES
BY MAGNETIC METHODS

James P. Senter and Dale V. Ulrich, University of Virginia

Utlizing the magnetic suspension technique, two methods for deter-

284

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

mining partial specific volumes of proteins have been developed. One
scheme, employing a laboratory microbalance, yields absolute liquid densi¬
ties by taking the difference in weighings of a container, liquid sample,
and buoy between (1) the buoy resting on the bottom and (2) the
buoy suspended in the liquid. The second method gives relative densi¬
ties by measuring the solenoid current required to support a buoy in the
liquid. Calibration is effected through the use of standard sample
sucrose and potassium chloride solutions.

The partial specific volumes of a number of biological macromolecules
have been measured. While the values are consistent within a given
preparation, significant differences have been found between prepara¬
tions of ribonuclease and tobacco mosaic virus. From the partial specific
volumes of turnip yellow mosaic virus and its components, the percent
composition of RNA and protein may l)e calculated.

IMPROVEMENTS AND USES OE LIQUID HELIUM
SCINTILLATION COUNTERS
Robert T. Siegel, College of William and Mary

The potential uses of liquid helium scintillation counters as neutron
polarimeters and spectrometers and as detectors in specific muon capture
experiments is described. Recent improvements in counter resolution
have yielded 8% FWAM resolutions for 5.3 Mev alpha particles. As an
example of the uses of improved counters, an experiment involving new
ionization phenomena in superfluid helium is described.

THE INVESTIGATION OF CRYSTAL DEFECTS BY MEANS OF
SENSITIVE DENSITY DETERMINATIONS
J. A. Sigler, University of Virginia

A differential hydrostatic weighing technique, capable of detecting

Ae

relative density changes as small as S — = 2 X 10"^ is used to study the

e

interactions between vacancy clusters and glide dislocations. Coarse
grained aluminum specimens will be strained after various heat treat¬
ments and their density determined. In this way, the properties of the
vacancy clusters and the mechanism by which they are annihilated shall
be clarified. Combining this technique with electrical resistivity measure¬
ments allows measuring the volume of relaxation of vacancies.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

285

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF EPITAXIAL GERMANIUM FILMS
B. W. Sloope and C. O. Tiller, Virginia Institnte for Scientific Research

The temperature dependence of the electrical resistivity, Hall con¬
stant, and Hall mobility have been measured in the liquid nitrogen to
600 °C range for thin films of Germanium epitaxially deposited onto
polished and heated (111) faces of CaFo. These electrical properties
are discussed in terms of film thickness, surface roughness, continuity,
crystalline structure, and microstructure and thus related to formation
conditions. The results indicate a dependence of the electrical proper¬
ties on defects in the films.

THE DIELECTRIC POLARIZABILITY OF FLUID PARA-HYDROGEN
John W. Stewart, Universitij of Virginia

This work was carried out by the author during a leave of absence
spent at the Gryogenic Engineering Laboratory, National Bureau of
Standards, Boulder, Golorado. We measured the dielectric constant of
liquid and gaseous para-hvdrogen by the capacitance ratio method be¬
tween 24° — 100°K and 2 — 326 atmospheres (corresponding to the
density range 0.002 — 0.080 g/cm®). These results were combined with
extremely accurate measurements of the density as a function of press¬
ure and temperature which were recently completed at N.B.S. The
macroscopic polarizability was computed to 0.05% precision from the
Glausius-Mossotti equation. Ideally a constant independent of density,
the polarizability was found in the present case to increase with density
at low density, and thereafter to decrease. The rise of the maximum
above the low density value of 1.00427 cmVg was 0.2%. This behavior
is qualitatively similar to that observed for some other non-polar fluids,
such as argon and carbon dioxide. The deviation of the polarizability
from constancy is too small for quantitative correlation with existing
theories of polarizabiilty to be feasible.

STRUGTURE OF EPITAXIAL GE FILMS

Calvin O. Tiller and Billy W. Sloope, Virginia Institute for Scientific
Research

An experimental investigation comparing the effects of formation con¬
ditions on the structural characteristics of thin Ge films deposited in
vacuum on polished and cleaved (111) faces of CaFa is reported. It is
shown that epitaxial films may be formed under the same conditions on
both substrates. The roughness of the free surface, film continuity,
and microstructure are compared.

286 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

ULTRAVIOLET ABSORPTION METHOD OF MEASURING
DENSITIES IN THE ULTRACENTRIFUGE
Faiistin Neff Weber, Jr., University of Virginia

Because thermodynamic ideality sets an upper limit on concentrations
that can be convenientlv studied with the magnetically suspended ultra¬
centrifuge, and because loss of precision at too low a concentration sets
a lower limit whenever interferometric optical systems are employed, one
is somewhat restricted in the choice of concentrations of solutions of
particles under investigation in the ultracentrifuge. However, using ab¬
sorption scanning, one is able to extend the lower limit of concentration
down about an order of magnitude with only a slight loss of precision.

This absorption method is based on the Lambert-Beer law stating that
the concentration of a solution is proportional to the logarithm of the
intensity that is transmitted through it. This intensity of transmission
is measured by photomultipliers which have narrow slits that are moved
through the images of the cell sectors. The outputs of these photo¬
multipliers are balanced one against the other at convenient positions
in the cell. The logarithm of the value of the potentiometer necessary
for balance is proportional to the solution concentration at the point of
balance.

The method has been checked with human hemogloblin A and yields
results that are within 2 or 3% of the expected values.

MUON CAPTURE IN COMPLEX NUCLEI
Robert E. Welsh, College of William and Mary

We have recently extended our previously reported (Filippas et al.
1963. Phys. Leters 6:118) measurements of negative muon disappear¬
ance rates to 13 elements in the region from Z = 25 to Z = 46. Muon
capture rates were determined to within 1% to 2% accuracy by study¬
ing the time distribution of capture neutrons using a 100 Me digital
timing device. Detailed values of capture rates are presented and com¬
pared to relevant calculations.

THEORETICAL CALCULATION O FTHE ELECTRONIC ENERGY
OF A VACANT LATTICE SITE IN MONATOMIC, MONOVALENT

METALS

D. Wilsdorf, University ofVirginia

The energy of a vacant lattice site in noble metals is largely due to

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

287

energy changes of the conduction electrons. These consist of two majoi
contributions. First, the repulsive potential at the vacant site raises
the energy of the electrons and second, the external volume of the speci¬
men is increased, decreasing the energy of the electrons. It is shown
that the Born approximation, which is usually employed in calculations
of vacancy energies, overestimates the energy, and that the Sommerfeld
approximation, never previouslv employed, is preferable.

SECTION OF BIOLOGY

C. Wells, Chairman

J. J. Murray, Vice-Chairman

W. R. Tenney, Secretary

J. C. Thompson, Section Editor

PHOTOPERIODISM AS A FACTOR INFLUENCING THE
GERMINATION OF STATOBLASTS OF THE BRYOZOAN
Lophopodella carteri (HYATT)

Elizabeth Ann Bergin, Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott,
University of Richmond

Lophopodella carteri is a freshwater bryozoan (Ectoprocta) . Prior
to the present study the only extensive germination study of the stato-
blasts from L. carteri was made by Oda (1959), who investigated the
factors of temperature, immersion in water, dormancy and light. As he
emphasized the first three factors, this paper is primarily concerned with
the effects of hght. The statoblasts were allowed to mature in the labo¬
ratory under continuous light and then treated by drying, freezing and
combinations of the two. The treated statoblasts were subjected to photo¬
periods of 8 hour, 12 hour, 24 hour light and a control subject to natural
day length. The three alternating dark-light photoperiods had a signif¬
icantly higher germination than the 24 hour light (p < .05). \^ile
these data established photoperiodism as an influencing factor in ger¬
mination, significant differences in numbers of germinations among the
treatments showed that temperature and moisture were also important.

288

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

OXYGEN CONSUMPTION AND CRITICAL THERMAL MAXIMUM
OF LARVAL Etirycea hisUneata.

Garnet R. Brooks, Jr., College of William and Mary

Larvae of Eurycea hisUneata, a plethodontid salamander, were collected
from small streams in York County, Virginia, during October and Novem¬
ber, 1963. Larvae utilized for measurement of oxygen consumption were
kept, after capture, at 20 °C for several days without food. Oxygen con¬
sumption was measured by the Warburg method. The mean ul Oa/gr/hr
consumed at 10°, 20°, and 30 °C was 37, 93, and 170 respectively.
Two other groups of larvae were utilized to determine the critical thermal
maximum (CTM). Each group was acclimated for 30 days; one at 4°C,
the other at 20°C. The mean CTM value for the 4° group was 33.1 °C;
that for the 20° group, 34.5 °C. The difference between the means
was significant (t = I2.6; P. ^.01).

THE HISTOLOGICAL CHANGES IN THE EXTERNAL GILLS OF
LARVAL Amhystoma opacum WHEN TREATED WITH
HOMOGENATED Lophopodella carteri

Eric J. Collins, Wilton R. Tenney and William S. Woolcott,
University of Richmond

Larvae of Amhystoma opacum were subjected to one percent con¬
centrations of the homogenate of Lophopodella caHeri. The salaman¬
ders usually died within an hour; however a bhstering of the gills, slough¬
ing of the epithelial tissue, and an emission of blov d from the gill region
were observed as early as fifteen minutes after the introduction of the
poison. Histological preparations of the poisoned animals revealed ex¬
treme destruction of the gill tissue. It is concluded that an interrup¬
tion of the respiratory mechanism leads eventually to the death of the
test animals.

THE EVOCATION OF REGENERATIVE GROWTH IN DENERVATED
AMPHIBIAN LIMBS

J. David Deck and Charlton B. Futch, University of Virginia

The presence of nervous tissue is necessary for amphibian limb regen¬
eration, and investigators have assumed or implied that the effect is trans¬
mitted chemically from nerve to responding tissue. Attempts to date
to find such a chemical substance, active apart from the nerve, have

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

289

met with only limited success. We have recently found, however, that
substances extracted from limb blastemata can effect regenerative growth
of the newt limb in the absence of nerves. Further, we have found
that only a portion of the extract is effective in promoting growth. We
do not know at present whether such a factor in blastemata is related
to the alleged growth substances in nerves.

INCIDENCE AND DEGREE OF INFECTION OF Pneumomtrongylus
Tenuis IN WHITE-TAILED DEER (Odocoileus Virginianus)
WEST OF THE BLUE RIDGE IN VIRGINIA
Daniel Dudak, Virginia Polytechnic Instiute

During the 1963 hunting season, 350 deer heads were collected at
check stations in seven counties west of the Blue Ridge. These heads
were examined for the brain worm Pneiimostrongylus tenuis. Also 32
lung specimens were examined. Seventy-five per cent of the heads con¬
tained from 1 to 15 worms; the same per cent of infection was found
in the lung specimens where larvae and eggs were observed.

SAMPLING METHODOLOGY OF WINTER DEER BROWSE
W. Alan Guthrie, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The study attempted (1) to determine the most efficient plot size for
estimating the weight of winter browse in “miniature” forests of mixed
mountain hardwoods on the Broad Run Research Area, Graig County,
Virginia, within the limits of 0.001 acre to 0.100 acre, and (2) to deter¬
mine the most efficient sampling method between simple random sam¬
pling and double sampling. A browse tip count was made on each mil-
acre plot; counting time and clipping time was recorded. Seven differ¬
ent sizes of square plots were used in the study, where the plot size is
obtained by accumulation of contiguous milacres. Ovetn-dry browse
weight was recorded for each milacre plot. Relative efficiency of plot
size in simple random sampling was computed. Regression of weight
of browse on the auxiliarv variate, number of browse tips, was com¬
puted. For each plot size, the optimum ratio of small to large sample,
using time-cost data was obtained. A comparison of the efficiency of
double-sampling with that of simple random sampling was made.

NOTES ON THE BIOSYSTEMATICS OF Bidens (Compositae)
Gustav W. Hall, College of William and Mary

The section Meduseae of the genus Bidens contains four interfertile

290

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

diploid species with n : 12, large showy yellow rays and complete self¬
incompatibility. Section Platycarpaea contains three insect-pollinated dip¬
loid species with conspicuous rays; the remainder are weedy polyploids
with ray flowers reduced or absent, highly efficient self-pollination, and
few insect visitors. The later may have originated in part by hybridiza¬
tion between the diploids of the Meduseae and the Platycarpaea, giving
tet'f’aploids with low pollen production and fertility. However, tetra-
plcidv disrupted the ancestral genetic incompatibility system, hence the
hybrids could self-pollinate and their vegetative vigor established them
in cr^rtain habitats. Reliance on autogamy during the period of low
fertility and its selective value for annual weeds of very temporary habitats
has led to regression of the rays associated with attraction of insects
and the ease with which this group has split into numerous minor local
races. In the section Heterodonta, consisting of four interfertile species
endemic to estuaries along our northeast coast, and in the widespread
section Psilocarpaea, available information suggests again that showy,
insect-pollinated diploids have given rise to polyploid complexes of non-
showy, self -pollinated and highly inbred weeds.

CONCENTRATION OF SUSPENDED MATTER IN ESTUARINE
WATERS INTO BOTTOM DEPOSITS BY THE PROCESS OF
BIODEPOSITION

Dexter S. Haven, Virginia Institute of Marine Science

Oysters and other marine organisms filter large quantities of water
to obtain food. During feeding undigested material is voided as fecal
strings or pseudofeces, (biodeposits). Biodeposits vary in density but
evidence indicates a considerable quantity is deposited on the bottom
and later resuspended by currents, while a portion is incoi'porated into
the bottom.

Biodeposition would be of importance in the event of an accidental
contamination of an estuary with fission products since the process re¬
moves algae, silts and clays along with their associated radio-nuclides.

STUDIES ON THE ECOLOGICAL SUCCESSION OF THE
EPIPHYTIC DIATOMS OF EEL GRASS

Charles M. Heartwell, HI and William W. Scott,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Past studies on epiphytic diatoms have been limited to population
counts at one collection period. By counting diatom populations over a

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

291

period of time both vertically and horizontally within an eel grass bed
near Gloucester Point, Va., this study has tried to determine whether
there is vertical or horizontal succession of the diatom genera during
the growing season. Preliminary data show that there is a fluctuation
of generic populations both vertically on the eel grass blades and hori-
zontallv within the bed. This allows one to speculate that, due to
some environmental pressure, certain diatom genera lose aspect domi¬
nance within the eel grass bed while others gain dominance, thus creat¬
ing the appearance of a seasonal succession series.

THE PHYCOMYCETOUS FLORA OF WATER ENRICHED WITH
ORGANIC POLLUTANTS

Raymond Herndon and William W. Scott, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Until recentlv, the fungi were regarded as nuisance organisms in sew¬
age treatment systems and in polluted streams. It is now apparent that
the filamentous fungi and yeasts are active members of such ecological
communities. Discussed herein were the aquatic Phycomycetes isolated
from collecting sites in the Mid- and Far West including the following
speceis: Achlya klehdana, A. flagellata, A. prolifera, A. americana, Sapro-
legnia ferax, Dictyuchus sterile, D. monosporus, Aphanomyces laevis,
and Olpidiopsis achlyae.

STUDIES ON THE CERCARIAL FAUNA OF SOUTHWESTERN
VIRGINIA

Rhodes B. Holliman, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
Frank J. Etges, University of Cincinnati

In a survey of the trematode fauna in the vicinity of the Mountain
Lake Biological Station, numerous species of cercariae have been encoun¬
tered. Over 10,000 gastropods encompassing 8 species have been isolated,
examined and dissected to date. Additional research will be done during
the summer, 1964.

Cercariae studied include: two strigeids, one microcercous opecoelid,
one cotylocercous opecoelid, one spirorchiid, one virgulate xiphidiocer-
caria, one cotylocercous xiphidiocercaria, three leptocercous xiphidiocer-
cariae, one plagiorchioid, one echinostome, the cercaria of Notocotylus
sp. and the cercaria of Zygocotyle sp. Adults of Notocotylus sp. were
recovered from the large intestine of chicks and mice 9 days after feed¬
ing metacercarial cysts. Immature Zygocotyle sp. were recovered from
the cecum of chicks 90 hours after feeding metacercarial cysts.

292

The Virginia Journal of Science

[ September

Two speeies of the leptocercous xiphidiocercariae have been observed
to penetrate the intersegmental membranes of the legs in naiads of Aeschna
and Lihellula (dragonflies) and Lestes (damselfly). Metacercarial cysts
were recovered from the thoracic muscles of these larval insects. — (This
investigation was supported by research grant AI-05 177-01 from the
National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases of the National
Institutes of Health, U.S. Public Plealth Service.)

STUDIES ON THE LIEE CYCLE OE A TRYPANOSOME IN THE
RABBIT, Sijlvilagus floiidcmws, IN VIRGINIA
Rhodes B. Holliman, Virginia Fohjteclinic Institute

A Trypanosoma leivisi-like hemoflagellate has been found in approxi¬
mately 20% of the wild rabbits (Sylvilagus floridanus) on the campus
of Virginia Poytechnic Institute. Blood smears collected from 150 S.
floridanus and 7 S. palustris at Hog Island in coastal Virginia were nega¬
tive for trypanosomes.

The parasite has a short, free flagellum, 6 microns long, and a cell
length of 18 microns. A small kinetoplast is located 5 microns from
the pointed posterior end. Little variabilitv was noted in measure¬
ments and onlv monomorphic forms have been seen in peripheral blood.
The nucleus is located in the anterior half of the cell. No other cellular
inclusions were noted.

Sections of spleen, heart, liver, brain and skeletal muscle did not dem¬
onstrate leishman bodies or other intermediate forms. Metacyclic try¬
panosomes have been observed in the rectum of the rabbit flea, Cediop-
siflla simplex. Attempts to infect domestic rabbits, rats and mice by
direct blood inoculation from infected wild hosts has been unsuccess¬
ful. Direct transfer to weanling rats and mice and to spleenectomized
rabbits, rats and mice will be attempted. To date, culture in N.N.N.,
Kelser’s and Offutt’s medium has been unsuccessful. Culture in embryo-
nated eggs will be attempted.

FURTHER NOTES ON THE CULTURE OF
Dugesia dorotocephala
Marie M. Jenkins, Madison College

A race of Dugesia dorotocephala, collected from constant temperature
springs in Oklahoma, has been shown to be sexual throughout the year.
In planarians of the same race cultured in Virginia, fission products
increased 15% and less than half were sexual eight months after hatch-

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

293

ing. An analysis of Massanetta Springs (Virginia) water, compared
with an analysis of Oklahoma water, showed the former contained exces¬
sively high amounts of CaCOy, and was extremely low in Na, K, and
Cl. It appeared a dilution of MS water with distilled water, to decrease
the CaCOy, coupled with the addition of NaCl and KCl, might provide
a satisfactorv culture solution. To determine the most desirable dilution,
four groups of planarians were hatched and cultured in MS water, diluted
in the following proportions: A. 100% MS; B. 50% MS; C. 20% MS;
D. 10% MS. At the end of six and ten weeks respectively, the mortal¬
ity was as follows: A. 9%, 39%; B. 7%, 22%; C. 6%, 12%; D.
25%, 68%. For the standard culture solution, a dilution of 25% MS
was chosen. To this was added 15 ppm Na as iodized salt, and 2 ppm
K as KCl. Insufficient time has elapsed for a study of reproductive
activity of the planarians in this medium, but present evidence indicates
it is satisfactory for the culture of both juveniles and sexually mature
worms. (Supported in part by a grant from the Virginia Academy of
Science. )

EXPERIMENTAL EXTRASKELETAL HETEROTOPIC BONE
PRODUCTION INDUCED BY AUTOGENOUS TRANS¬
PLANTATION OF UROEPITHELIUM OF RATS
David G. Longfellow and Paul J. Osborne, Ltjnchhurg College

When Osteogenisis occurs in a part of the body where bone forma¬
tion, in a particular species, does not normally occur, it is termed
ectopie or heterotopic bone formation. The history and nature of ectopic
bone is discussed. Although ectopic bone is capable of forming at many
sights throughout the body, it is most prevalent with the Urinary epithe¬
lium as inducer when transplanted to a connective tissue sight such as
the fascia of the Rectus Abdominus. Laboratory white rats were used
to reproduce the ectopic bone phenomena from an autogenous trans¬
plant of the dome of the bladder. Rats were sacrificed at intervals of
a week in an attempt to determine an appropriate bone formation period.

A second phase of work used a millipore filter diffusion chamber to
encapsule the bladder transplant. The nature of the millipore filter is
discussed. The filter was used in an attempt to determine if the actual
“Osteogenic Inducer” is cellular or non-cellular. A filter pore size of
.45 u (Microns) prohibits the passage of cells.

Histological analysis is underway and is employing a Van Gieson stain
for contrast of muscle, connective tissue and bladder. It is predicted
that the “Osteogenic Inducer” will be found to be non-cellular in nature.

294

The Virginia |ournal of Science

[September

EVIDENCE OF SELECTION FOR THE SNORTER DWARF GENE
IN CATTLE

Thomas J. Marlowe, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The rapid increase in frequency of “Snorter” dwarfs in beef herds
during the 40’s and early 50’s led many people to believe that hetero¬
zygotes were favored in selection. This suggested that the two types
were distinguishable. Homozygous dwarfs, heterozygotes, and homozy¬
gous normal cattle were compared for weight, ADC, height, chest, chest/
height ratio, grade, and masculinity at birth, weaning, yearlings, and
maturitv. Heterozygotes and suspects grew at a slower rate and were
lighter in weight and lower in height at all ages. There were no dif¬
ferences in chest circumference or chest /height ratio except among the
yearling Herefords, which were larger than homozygous normal cattle
in both measurements. Heterozygotes and suspect Herefords also graded
higher as calves and yearlings. Within-group variation was less among
the homozygous classes for most measurements at birth and from 90 to
365 days. Male offspring of carrier sires scored significantly higher
(P < .01) on masculinity development than offspring of clean sires.
These data clearly demonstrate that the Snorter dwarf gene expresses
itself in the heterozygote. Furthermore, its characteristics more nearly
approach conformation standards used during the 15 to 20 years prior
to peak of dwarfism problem than do the characteristics of presumed
clean cattle.

HEMOLYSIS OF FROG ERYTHROCYTES
S. P. Maroney, ]r.. University of Virginia

Hemolysis, or the loss of hemoglobin by erythrocytes, is the end
result of a series of cellular changes that vary depending upon the
lytic agent used. In the present study, certain prolytic changes are
described for frog erythrocytes treated with hypotonic media and with
saponin.

Prior to hypotonic hemolysis, cell thickness increased and cell length
decreased so that the cell homolysed as a sphere with a diameter equal
to the original cell width and a volume twice that of the original ellip¬
soidal cell. In the saponin-induced prolytic phase, cell width first de¬
creased, then cell thickness increased and cell length decreased so that
the cell hemolysed as a sphere with a diameter equal to the new cell
width and a volume equal to the original ellipsoidal cell. In terms of
structure, the decrease in cell width explains why hemolysis can occur
without a volume increase in saponin-treated frog red cells.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

295

CHRYSOPSIS IN VIRGINIA

A. B. Massey and (Mrs.) E. A. Smyth, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The genus Chryopsis is well represented in Virginia by several taxa.
Ch. graminifolia and Ch. Mariana are frequent to common throughout
Virginia. Ch. gossypina, Ch. longii, Ch. nervosa are of the eastern
counties. This paper reports the occurrence of the western taxon, Chry-
sopsis villosa, var. camporum, (Greene) Cronq. in Montgomery Gounty,
Virginia. This was found in 1963 by Mrs. Smyth along the Shiloh road
some six miles north of Blacksburg.

Ch. villosa var. camporum plants are 2 to 3 or more feet tall. The
flower chads are larger than those of other species. The leaves are
usually toothed.

W. J. Dress, Bailey Hortorium, who is studying the genus determined
our taxon as Ch. villosa, (Pursh) Nutt, var. camporum (Greene) Gronq.
The only previous record he has of the taxon in the east is ‘‘sparingly
in Tennessee.”

Cepaea Nemoralis IN THE ISLES OF SGILLY
James Murray, University of Virginia

Populations of the polymorphic land snail, Cepea nemoralis (L.),
inhabiting the Isles of Scilly off southwestern England were sampled in
1960 and 1961. Gollections totalling 4,894 individuals were taken from
eleven of the pincipal islands of the group. Each individual was
scored for maturity, color type and pattern of the bands on the shell.
The phenotypic characteristics of the populations were compared with
mainland populations by means of scatter-diagrams according to the
method described by Gain and Sheppard (1950. Heredity 4, 275-294).
The Scilly populations, with a few exceptions, are phenotypically homo¬
geneous. The variation is similar to that found in mainland populations
from a series of habitats of one type.

Galculation of chromosome frequencies for the four principal gene
combinations disclosed that genetic diversity underlies phenotypic simi¬
larity. This suggests that natural selection by predators which hunt by
sight is responsible for the phenotypic characteristics of the populations.
This hypothesis is supported by:

(1) Observed predation by the song thrush, Turdus ericetorum, and
the rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus.

(2) Disturbances in the joint distribution of the color and banding
types.

296 The Virginia Journal of Science LSeptember

3. Disturbances of the Hardy- Weinberg equilibrium with respect to
chromosome frequencies.

ACID PHOSPHATASE IN EARTHWORMS

Paul |. Osborne and John Freed, Lynchburg College and A. T. Miller, |r.,
University of North Carolina

P’rom a broad histochemical study of the animal kingdom, which is
under wav, we report our findings on acid phosphatase in earthworms.
The Barka and Anderson method was employed on cryostat sections of
two genera of earthworms, Allolobophora sp. and Eisenia sp. Acid phos¬
phatase activity was localized in lysosomes of epithelial cells of the
typhlosole and the intestinal wall, with very interesting patterns of changes
in distribution as determined by feeding and starvation effects. Food
was apparently acting as an inductant, whether from external sources
or derived internally at peaks of starvation, bv autolytic means. Aeid
phosphatase-loaded lysosomes were also found to abound in such func¬
tional areas as nephridia, glandular ridges, peripheral parts of the brain,
and through out the epidermal cells, especially gland cells. We would
then eonclude that aeid phosphatase is a type of intracellular enzyme
of wide distribution due to its versatile nature. Earthworms apparently
depend on this type of hydrolase for intracellular digestion, and their
many secretions involved in burrowing and in reproduction are appar¬
ently facilitated by its aetion.

THE INFLUENCE OF HUNTING ON RABBIT POPULATIONS IN
SOUTHEASTERN VIRGINIA
Neil F. Payne, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Purpose of the investigation was to determine the effect of hunting
on a rabbit population in southeastern Virginia. The research was con¬
ducted on Hog Island State Waterfowl Refuge, Surry Gounty. Twelve
study plots five to ten aeres in size were established around the fields
in fall 1962. Traps were located, and rabbit population estimates secured
on the plots. Three treatments of rabbit removal were randomly assigned
to the plots: (I) 0% removal (control treatment), (2) 50% removal,
(3) 75% removal. Eaeh treatment was replicated four times. Rabbits
were removed by trapping and hunting. In the fall of 1963, the 12
plots were again trapped to obtain post-hunting season population esti¬
mates, and the data compared to that of 1962. High rabbit populations
were eneountered in 1962 and 1963. However, despite the rabbit re¬
moval after the 1962 estimates were obtained, the rabbit population

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

297

on the 12 plots in 1963 was, in almost all cases, substantially higher
than that of 1962. These results suggest that hunting, under normal
circumstances, and where cover is adequate or comparable to that of
southeastern Virginia, will have no deleterious effects on the rabbit
population the following hunting season.

GROWTH OF THE TETRASPORE ASCOMYCETE Podospora anserina
NIESSL IN A SYNTHETIC NUTRIENT MEDIUM

James E. Perham, Rand olph-M aeon Womans College and A. Gib DeRu.sk,
Florida State Unwersity

A svnthetic minimal medium for vegetative growth of Podospora an¬
serina consists of NHiOAc, 4.4 g; glucose, 20 g; K.HPOi, 1.0 g; MgS04,
0.5 g; NaCl 0.1 g; CaCL, 7.5 mg; trace solution (Neurospora, 1.0 ml;
thiamine * HCl, 1000 /xg; and distilled water, 1000 ml. This medium
has a pH of 7.4 without adjustment and was found to be satisfactory
for biochemical genetic mutant assays. Carbon sources which could
replace glucose were fructose, maltose, cellobiose, and soluble starch.
The organism could assimilate nitrogen in the form of Noa", NHi+, and
CO(NHo)2. Maximum vegetative growth with various nitrogen sources
was dependent upon pH shifts resulting from the accumulation of hydroxyl
or hydrogen ion due to the consumption of the nitrogenous compounds.
Thiamine was found to be essential for maximum vegetative growth.

THE USE OF HEMOGLOBIN IN CULTURING SPECIES OF
PILOBOLUS

Kenneth L. Poff and Wilton R. Tenney, The Unwersity of Richmond

Pilobolus crystallinus Tode, P. umhonatns Buller, and several unidenti¬
fied isolates of Pilobolus were found to grow well on several common
media when 0.5% hemoglobin was included. The hemoglobin was dis¬
solved in aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and added to the follow¬
ing media: nutrient broth, nutrient agar, tryptic soy broth, tryptic soy
agar, and a chemically defined glucose-asparagine basal medium. Due
to their transparency and ease of preparation, these media are recom¬
mended for routine culturing and classroom work with species of Pilo¬
bolus.

298

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

APPLICATION OF THE OLIGODYNAMIC EFFECT TO THE
SEPARATION OF BACTERIA FROM Sapolegnia

James R. Powell, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
Wilton R. Tenney, University of Richmond

The application of the oligodynamic effect to the separation of bac¬
teria from Saprolegnia was shown to improve the effectiveness of Raper’s
ring technique. The authors’ modification employed glass rings silvered
by Brashear’s method. The silvered rings produced an oligodynamic
effect similar to that produced by coins. Furthermore, the silvered ings
had no deleteious effect upon the fungus.

AQUATIC HYPHOMYCETES FROM MARINE AND
BRACKISH WATER

William W. Scott, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

There is contained within the Form-family Monihaceae of the Fungi
Imperfecti an unusual group of filamentous species commonly called the
“aquatic Hyphomycetes”. These bizarre fungi complete their entire life
cycles beneath the surface of the water. They grow within the vascular
systems of skeletonized angiosperm tissue and are beheved to play an
important role in the decomposition of submerged plant debris.

Some 25 genera and about 40 species of aquatic Hyphomycetes have
been described. To date they have been found only from fresh water
habitats. This paper describes several species isolated from marine
and brackish water in the vicinity of Gloucester Point, Virginia including:
Clavariopsis aquatica, (?) Clavariopsis bulbosa, Tetrachaetum elegans,
Lemoniera aquatica, Monosporella sp., Anguillospora longissima, and A.
crassa.

THE USE OF TELEMETRY TO DETERMINE ANIMAL ACTIVITIES
AND MOVEMENTS

Fairfax H. Settle, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The secretive nature of wild animals makes the determination of their
activities and movements difficult, if not impossible, by conventional
techniques. The recent development of miniaturized radio transmit¬
ting equipment offers promise as a technique for collecting data here¬
tofore unobtainable.

No work was done with miniature radio transmitters attached to

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

299

wild animals prior to 1959. Since that time such work has become in¬
creasingly more popular.

A telemetry (radio-tracking) study was initiated at V. P. I. in Spring
1963 and is to continue until June 1964. The study includes the field
testing and evaluation of existing radio equipment suitable for attach¬
ment to wild animals. Design of equipment, method of affixing to sub¬
ject animals, efficiency under various topographic conditions, length of
life, influence of the attached equipment on subject animals, and related
data were tested in this study.

It will be the purpose of this paper to explain the telemetry technique,
present the results of the field tests, and to give an evaluation and
future outlook on telemetry as a biological technique.

YOLK INFLUENCE ON RESPONSES TO ACTH IN THE CHICK
H. S. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

An hypothesis that part of the modifying effect of age on responses
of chicks to exogenous ACTH was related to precursors present in the
yolk at hatch was tested. Yolk sacs were surgically removed from W.P.R.
chicks at hatch and responses to I.M. injections of 4 U.S.P. units of
ACTH/ 100 grams of body weight were observed at 3, 10 and 24 days
of age.

Presence of yolk did not modify normal adrenal weight increases to
the hormone, although adrenals of yolk-intact birds were significantly
heavier at 24 days of age. Bursa of Fabricuis weights were significantly
depressed in ACTH treated birds, however, the presence of yolk appear¬
ed necessary for maximum response at 24 days. Levels of plasma corti¬
costerone were higher at 10 and 24 days of age in ACTH treated birds
only when yolk was present.

Adrenal cholesterol was depleted at all three ages in birds receiv¬
ing ACTH, but adrenal corticosterone was not effected. Unexpectedly,
at 24 days of age, adrenals of those with yolks removed had significantly
higher concentration of cholesterol and corticosterone than those with
yolks remaining intact.

A PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATION OF INCIPIENT
SPECIATION IN Dro^phila equinoxialis
J. Ives Townsend, Medical College of Virginia
All possible intercrosses (30) have been attempted between geographic

300 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

strains of Drosophila equinoxialis from Cuba, Puerto Rico, Honduras,
Panama, Venezuela, and Tefe, Brazil. According to the results obtained,
the strains from Cuba, Puerto Rico, Honduras, and Panama may be
grouped into a Central American-Antillean subspecies, for they are fertile
inter se. The Venezuelan and Tefe strains belong to two other sub¬
species that apparently are unable to produce viable progeny when
crosses are attempted with each other. Although Tefe females have
produced no progeny by Honduran or Panamanian males, these females
produce progeny by Cuban and Puerto Rican males; Tefe males produce
fertile progeny when crossed with females of any Central American-
Antillean strain. On the other hand, intercrosses with the Venezuelan
strain result in fertile hybrids only when Venezuelan males inseminate
Cuban females; the reciprocal cross gives sterile progeny, as do recipro¬
cal crosses of the Venezuelan strain with Puerto Rican or Panamanian
strains or crosses between Venezuelan males and Honduran females.
No progeny have yet been obtained from crosses attempted between
Venezuelan females and Honduran males. (Work .supported by NSF
Grant G-1 9445.)

ADSORPTION OF SOME FISSION PRODUCTS ON CLAY MINERALS
|. E. Warinner, Institute of Marine Science

Clay minerals are a normal constituent of suspended and deposited
sediments in the river system and estuaries and as such serve as a sub¬
strate for the adsorption of radionuclides released into the environment.
The extent to which the fission products Cs, Ru, and Ce are adsorbed
to the clay minerals kaolinite, montmorillonite, and ilHte was meas¬
ured under different conditions of saUnity. The permanence of these
nuclides in the biodeposits from oysters, one of many marine filter
feeders, was shown by continuous leaching of the sediment with non¬
active water.

SOCIOPHYSIOLOGICAL DIFFERENTIATION
Bruce L. Welch, College of William and Mary

When animals are together they become different physiologically be¬
cause of the gradient of social effect which exists between them. The
variability of dying time for mice injected with d-amphetamine and, for
uniformity, placed in isolation to die, is up to 2600 times greater if
they have lived in groups of 5 for 5 weeks prior to injection than if
they have lived in isolation for the same period of time. This probably
reflects different basal levels of autonomic stimulation under which

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

301

the various individuals within the groups have been living as a result
of their different positions within the social hierachry.

Paradoxically, animals that are together also become alike physiologi¬
cally as a result of the common social environment which they share.
The variability of the adrenal weights between replicate groups of mice
becomes greater as the group size increases. The group takes on an
identity as a distinct physiological entity, and this is reflected in the
physiology of each of the individuals present.

THE CYTOLOGY OF AGING IN T etrahijmena pyriformis
Carolyn Wells, Longwood College

Spontaneous abnormalities occur in the micronucleus of the ciliate,
Tetrahymena pyriformis, with time. If a population of cells, originally
all diploid (immediately postfertilization), are samped at various time
intervals, an age correlated, progressive build-up of atypical micronuclei
is observed. The most frequent abnormaity is the loss of chromosomes
or of large chromosome fragments from the nucleus. Spindle formation
is often aberrant. Micronuclear abnormalities do not affect the viability
of the cell, since presumably the macronucleus governs a major portion
of the vegetative activities of the individual. — (Supported by USAEC)
Contract No. AT- (40-1) -2793.)

SECTION OF CHEMISTRY

J. B. Da f fin. Chairman C. D. Lunsford, Secretary

R. G. Bass, Section Editor

MINUTES OF BUSINESS MEETING, MAY 8, 1964

Chairman Russell J. Rowlett, Jr. called the meeting to order at 11:15
P.M. Minutes of the 1963 business meeting of the section were approved
as published in the Journal for September 1963.

Dr. William E. Trout, Counselor, was asked to make a statement to
the members. He emphasized the importance of a democratic spirit
and atmosphere for the Academy, in particular, for the Chemistry Sec¬
tion. He called on the members for stimulating new ideas in the work
of the Section.

302

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

The Chairman called for greater financial support for the work of
the Academy, emphasizing the opportunities for contributions other than
the dues paid for memberships.

The Nominating Committee presented the following slate of new offi¬
cers: Chairman, John B. Baffin, Mary Baldwin College; Secretary, Carl
D. Lunsford, A. H. Robins Company, Inc.; Counsellor, William E. Trout,
University of Richmond; Section Editor, R. G. Bass, Richmond Profes¬
sional Institute.

Nominations were closed and the recommended slate unanimously
elected.

The meeting adjourned at 12:25 P.M.

John B. Baffin, Secretary

TALLOW-BERIVEB SURFACTANTS

Allan Berne-Allen, Con.^ultant in Research Management and
Luciano Nobile, Ledoga, S. p. A., Milan, Italy

The displacement of soap bv synthetic detergents is causing ground
water contamination. Therefore, a broad family of surfactants based
upon the direct interaction of sugar and tallow is proposed. The prod¬
uct is composed of a solid solution of sugar esters in mono, di, tri-gly-
cerides. By controlling parameters a uniform mixture of desired com¬
position results. It may be separated into two fractions, one essentially
esters, the other, glycerides. All fractions are readily oxethylenated to
increase hydrophilia, and are mutually compatible with untreated mate¬
rials. Thus surfactants can be blended to exact requirements. A supe¬
rior adjuvant for agricultural sprays, a superior detergent for dish wash¬
ers and heavy duty laundry has been conclusively demonstrated. These
materials are economically competitive, superior in performance, and
100% readily biodegradable.

THERMOBYNAMICS OF NaN03-AgN0,-Na2S04 MOLTEN SALT
SYSTEM

R. L. Cafferata and W. J. Watt, Washington and Lee University

Measurements of the activities of AgNOg were made in the molten salt
concentration cell

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

303

Ag

1 NaNO,

NaNO,

AgNO,

1,

AgNOa

Na..S04

at 368°, 408°, 451 °C for dilute solutions (less than 1 mole percent)
of Ag+ and SO4. The deviations from ideality observed are related
to the concentration of Na2S04, the temperature, and the concentration
of AgNO.^. The energies of interaction at the above temperatures were
.19, .22, and ,3 kcal./mole respectively. Comparison was made be¬
tween the effects of sulfate ion in molten KNO:, with that found in
molten NaNO;,.

KINETICS OF SCHIFF BASE FORMATION AND SOME RELATED
REACTIONS

Thomas I. Crowell, Richard K. McLeod, Daniel H. O’Brien and
Andrew W. Francis, Jr., University of Virginia

The kinetics of the reactions of aromatic aldehydes with ammonia
and with primary and secondary amines have been studied. The am¬
monia reaction, followed bv dilatometer as well as infrared and ultra¬
violet spectrometer, produces hydrobenzamide (ArCH = NCH (Ar)N =
CHAr) at a rate equal to the rate of formation of the imine (ArCH =
NH) but dependent on the water concentration. The reversion of
hydrobenzamide to imine is oxonium-ion catalyzed.

Weak-base anion exchange resins can, like primary amines, engage
in Schiff base formation and act as nucleophilic catalysts in condensa¬
tion reactions.

The reaction of the secondary amine, piperidine with an aromatic
aldehyde in methanol to form the methoxyamine, ArCH(OCH;5)NR4;,
was studied. The rate and equilibrium constants were obtained. Hydro¬
lysis of the diamine, ArCH(NR2)2, at low concentrations of water in
methanol, appears to proceed via the methoxyamine.

A NEW PROCEDURE IN THE PREPARATION OF n-BUTYL
f-BUTYL SULFIDE

John B. Baffin, Mary Baldwin College, and Dennis Draper, Jr.,
Hampden-Sydney College

It has been reported by Wannamaker that fair yields of n-butyl f-butyl
sulfide have been obtained by the reaction of halides with n-butyl alcohol.
The literature does not report the preparation of this sulfide by the con-

304

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

densation of n-butyl sulfide and n-butyl alcohol with the use of a catalyst.
This paper is a report of the successful preparation of the sulfide in good
yields bv condensation, using p-toluene sulfonic acid as a catayst. —
(Research performed at Mary Baldwin College).

THE EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANALOGS OF l-ETHYL-4-
( 2-MOAPHOLINOETHYL-3, 3-DIPHENYL-2-PYRROLI-
DINONE ON ALCOHOL DEHYDROGENASE ACTIVITY

John P. DaVanzo, Lillian Kang, John W. Ward and Carl D. Lunsford,
A. H. Robins Company, Inc.

Doxapram, 1 -ethyl-4- ( 2-morpholinoethyl) -3, 3-diphenyl-2-pyrrolidinone,
was found to stimulate rat liver alcohol dehydrogenase activity 100%
at a concentration of 3 X 10'^ M in vitro. Methylation of either the
a- or /;?-carbon of the 4- (2-morpholinoethyl) side chain was accompanied
by an increase in the stimulating effect. The (2-morpholino) moiety
was found not to be essential for activity and may be substituted by
other groups. Other structure-activity relationships are discussed. A
metabolite of doxapram, 1 -ethyl-4- (2-hydroxyethylaminoethyl) -3, 3-dip-
henyl-2-pyrrolidinone, had an inhibitory effect. The stimulation of alco¬
hol dehydrogenase by doxapram HCl appeared to be unique among re¬
spiratory stimulants.

SALT EFFECTS ON EQUILIBRIUM CONSTANTS

James D. Evans and J. G. Mason, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The values of pKa for the -I-NH3 — (CH2)2 — NHs-f- ion and the pK2
for phosphoric acid have been determined in several different salt solu¬
tions over a wide range of ionic strengths. The data have been found
to fit an equation of the form

pKi = pKo —

A(Z)^ BVT

1 + Ay/f

where A(Z)2 represents the difference between the sum of the squares
of the charges on the products and the sum of the squares of the charges
on the reactants, B, the Debye-Huckel limiting law constant, P, the ional
concentration and A, an adjustable parameter. For these reactions A
is a function of the nature of the ion of opposite charge in the bulk elec¬
trolyte.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

305

THE HEAT OF SOLUTION OF Ag2S04 IN MOLTEN NaNOs
K. G. Everett and W. J. Watt, Washington and Lee University

The heat of solution of solid AgaSOi in molten NaNOg was calculated
from solubility and e.m.f. measurements by rigorous thermodynamic meth¬
ods. This value is in good agreement with the value predicted from a
cycle proposed by Flood, Forland, and Gyotheim, 3.33 zb 1.0 kcal./
mole. Comparison was made between the values for the heats of solu¬
tion for AgCl, Agl, and AgoSOi and their energies of interaction obtain¬
ed from e.m.f. measurements.

THE REVISED CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM AT WASHINGTON
AND LEE

E. S. Giheath and John H. Wise, Washington and Lee University

The chemistry program has been revised to conform with the new
American Chemical Society regulations as well as to accommodate the
divergent preparatory training and interests of the students. A special
class for well-prepared students will be offered, with qualitative analysis
included. Other students enroll in a uniform semester of chemical prin¬
ciples, with a separation into a science-oriented and a terminal second
semester. Elementary quantitative analysis may be taken as a Fresh¬
man, a Sophomore (for pre-medical majors), or a Junior. Features of
the program and an outline of topics will be presented.

REACTION OF FLUORINE WITH BORON IN A MASS
SPECTROMETER

U. V. Henderson, Jr., Harry P. Woods, and Genevieve Poplin,
Texaco Experiment Incorporated

Polycrystalline boron rods were reacted with elemental fluorine near
the ion source of a time-of -flight mass spectrometer. Above 1000 °K
the surface reaction is primarily limited to the formation of BF and
perhaps to a lesser extent BFo, which are evolved as gaseous species.
Above 1500 to 1600°K there is apparently no further increase in reac¬
tivity with temperature, and the ability of fluorine molecules to get to
the boron surface is the only rate-limiting step.

306

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

SOME CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF THE UPPER ATMOSPHERE

Richard A. Hord and Harold B. Tolefson,

National Aeronautics and Space Administration

Photodissociation by ultraviolet sunlight maintains a substantial mole
fraction of atomic oxygen in the atmosphere above about 90 km. altitude.
In this tenuous medium measurements of winds and other atmospheric
properties can be made by recording the changes of a luminous cloud
of gas released from a rocket. At night a gas which is chemiluminescent
in the presence of atomic oxygen can be used. The detailed interpreta¬
tion of the observations and inference of atmospheric properties requires
an appropriate theoretical analysis of the dynamics, diffusion, and chemi¬
cal reactions of the gas. The work in this field at the Langley Re¬
search Center and elsewhere will be reviewed.

ALKYLENEDIPHOSPHONATES
R. T. Kemp, Virginia-Carolina Chemical Company

Alkylenediphosphonates can be synthesized in high yield by the Arbu¬
zov method from alkylene bromides if triisopropyl phosphate (in 50%
excess) is used and the by-product isopropyl bromide is continuously
distilled from the reactor.

2 [(CH3)oCHO] 3P + Br(CH2)nBr

[(CH3)2CH0] 2P(0) (CH2)nP(0) [0CH(CH3)2] 2

+ 2(CH3)2CHBr

80-99%

n 1= 1 or 2

The excellent yields are attributed to the low order of reactivity
of the secondary halide by-product, isopropyl bromide, which does not
compete in the Arbuzov reaction between the alkylene bromide and
the phosphite. Alkylenediphosphonic acids were prepared from the tet-
raisopropyl ester by hydrolysis in boiling concentrated hydrochloric acid,
or, also in excellent yield, by thermal dealkyation at 200-250°. Sym¬
metrica diisopropyl dihydrogen alkylenediphosphonates were prepared by
reaction of the tetraisopropyl ester with lithium chloride followed by
treatment with cold concentrated hydrochloric acid.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

307

SOME REACTIONS OF TETRAHYDROTHIOPHENE-l-OXIDE

Robert C. Krug and Donald E. Boswell, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The action of Grignard reagents on tetrahydrothiophene-1 -oxide results
in a novel, one-step synthesis of 2-substituted tetrahydrothiophenes. The
structures of these later compounds were established by physical data
and appropriate chemical conversions.

PHOTOLYSIS WITH NITRYL CHLORIDE

David L. Myers and John H. Wise, Washington and Lee University

Reactions of nitryl chloride according to a radical mechanism are
studied with cyclohexene in cyclohexane solutions. A variety of condi¬
tions for initiating reaction have been attempted and will be compared.

EXCRETION STUDIES OF METAXALONE-C“ IN RAT, RABBIT
AND DOG

J. H. Newman and R. B. Bruce, A. H. Robins Co., Inc.

Metaxalone-C^'^ [5-(3,5-xylyloxymethyl)-2-oxazolidinone-2-C^^], a recent-
Iv developed skeletal muscle relaxant, (Marcus N. Carroll, Jr., 1961.
Arch. int. Pharmacodyn., 130.; Carl D. Lunsford, et al, 1960. J. Am.
Chem. Soc., 82) was administered to rats, rabbits and a dog by various
routes of administration. A comparison was made of the total radioac¬
tivity recovered in the urine of these animals including radioactive chro¬
matographic analyses.

The urinary excretions of the rat, rabbit and dog accounted for 72%,
97% and 45%, respectively, after orally administering the labeled drug,
while 16%, 0.2% and 30% was recovered in the fecal excretion of these
animals.

Blood levels of rabbits and dog were also studied following various
routes of administering the radioactive drug.

ACIDITY, DESTROYER OF MAN’S FUND OF KNOWLEDGE

Emily L. Parr, W. J. Barrow Research Laboratory

Book paper with a life expectancy of approximately 2000 years has
been developed by W. J. Barrow, of Richmond, Virginia. It is hoped
that all companies in the book paper industry will manufacture this

308

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

new paper and that it will replace the highly acid papers on which books
of enduring importance are now usually printed. Under normal condi¬
tions of storage and use, many vital books pubhshed today will not last
fifty years.

Grants by the Council on Library Resources from funds provided by
the Ford Foundation made possible these studies on the permanence and
durability of book paper.

THE MECHANISM OF THE SCHMIDT REACTION BETWEEN
HYDRAZOIC ACID AND FULLY-SUBSTITUTED
CIS-CHALCONE SYSTEMS

Robert E. Pratt, William J. Welstead, Jr., and Robert E. Lutz,
University of Virginia

The following substituted cis-chalcone systems reacted with hydrazoic
acid (HNa-H.SOi) to give the corresponding quinolines: trans-dibenzoyl-
stilbene gave 2,3-diphenyl-4-benzoylquinoline (proved by degradation);
diphenylchalcone gave 2,3,4- triphenylquinoline; cis-a, /^-dibromochal-
cone gave 2-phenyl-3,4-dibromoquinoline; and o-benzoylbiphenyl types
gave 9-phenylphenanthridines (cf. Smith, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76, 435.).

The mechanism was originally thought to be different from that of
ordinary Schmidt reactions, and to involve interaction between the nitro¬
gen of an intermediate iminodiazonium group and the cis phenyl group
at its ortho position. However, further investigation now demonstrates
primary keto-cis-phenyl condensation followed by HNg attack on the
carbonium ion of the resulting cyclization product.

THE TRANSMISSION OF ELECTRONIC EFFECTS ACROSS
THE PYRIDINE RING

O. R. Rodig, C. Hill, and S. L. Wang, University of Virginia

A number of 5- and 6- substituted nicotinic esters have been pre¬
pared and their rates of hydrolysis in a basic medium have been measured.
It was found that the rates fit a Hammett plot and comparison of their
values with those obtained from the corresponding benzoic esters make
it possible to determine the effect of a nuclear nitrogen atom on the
transmission of electronic effects across an aromatic ring.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

309

MIXED COMPLEXES OF ETHYLENEDIAMINE-TETRAACETIC
ACID, Hg(n) AND SCN- Br-, CP, and L.

Michael Rose, Roanoke College, and J. G. Mason, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

Potentiometric measurements of a Hg pool electrode in solutions con¬
taining Hg(II), H2Y^“ and X“ where X" is SCN", Br", CF, or I"
have permitted the estimation of the formation constants for the reaction

HgY2- + X" — HgYX^-

The values of the equilibrium constants are as follows for an ionic
medium of l.OM KNO3:

log K Hg Y SCN=^-=5.72±:0.05, log K Hg Y BF-=:4.9±0.1,
log K Hg Y CP“ = 3.3 ±; 0.2. I" solutions precipitated and could not
be evaluated. (Research performed at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.)

THE EFFECT OF A SIMULATED SPACE ENVIRONMENT
ON POLYMERS

George D. Sands, National Aeronautics and Space Administration

The effects of a simulated space envkonment on the physical and
chemical properties of polymers are presented, with special emphasis
on polyethaylene terephthalate (Mylar^), of which Echo I was con¬
structed.

Samples of various polymers were exposed in laboratory environmental
chambers to the high vacuum, ultraviolet radiation, and ionizing radia¬
tion components of a space environment. Extensive measurements of
tensile strength, elongation, hardness, solubility, viscosity, molecular
weight, etc., were made before and after exposure.

The results indicate that polymers have many applications in space,
but since different polymeric materials vary widely in their reaction to
the space environment, selection of the proper material is essential for
optimum performance. Such specific current and projected applications
are discussed.

310

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

AN INVESTIGATION OF 4-CARBOXYBENZENESULFHYDRAZINE
AS AN INTERMEDIATE IN THE RESOLUTION OF
RACEMIC CARBONYLS

James K. Shillington, G. Ashley Allen, Thomas W. Fauntleroy, Jr. and
Cary J. Hansel, Jr., Washington and Lee University

4-Carboxvbenzenesulf hydrazine, first prepared by members of this group,
has been caused to react with racemic 3-methylcyclohexanone. The
resulting sulfhydrazone, which contains a free carboxy group, has been
reacted with a number of alkaloids (brucine, cinchonidine, quinine, etc.)
to form the diastereoisomeric salts and the resolution of these by recrys¬
tallization has been investigated.

THE SYNTHESIS OF 4-CARBOXYMETHLENETHIOSEMICARBAZIDE

fames K. Shillington and F. Scott Kennedy, Jr., Washington and
Lee University

A solution of glycine in aqueous ammonia is treated in the cold with
carbon disulfide. The resulting dithiocarbamate is condensed with sodium
ehloroacetate to give the S- ( carboxymethylene ) substituted compound.
Treating this complex dithioester with hydrazine hydrate has lead to the
formation of 4-carboxvmethylenesemicarbazide, a new bifunctional reagent
for use in the isolation and identification of aldehydes and ketones.

NEW PRODUCTS FROM WOOD CHEMICALS
Reavis C. Sproull, The Chesapeake Corporation of Virginia

The chemistry of wood will be demonstrated.

Recent development of levulinic acid from the hydrolysis of cellulose
with mineral acids will be outlined. The conversion of levulinic acid
to industrial finishes and polyamide resins will be reviewed.

The procurement of dimethy sulfide and other by-products of pulping
wood will be discussed.

The procedure followed to develop a family of soil amendments based
on Southern pine bark will be outlined.

Wood as a future source of chemicals will be discussed.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

311

PRELIMINARY REPORT ON THE AROMATIC PRINCIPLE OF
Ailanthus Altissima (TREE OF HEAVEN)

Myra E. Steele and S. J. R. Gamble, Lynchburg College

Attempts have been made to isolate and identify the aromatic prin¬
ciple contained in the leaves of the plant, Ailanthus altissima (Tree of
Heaven). Isolation techniques have not been perfected sufficiently to
obtain pure products. The volatility is one of the problems which limits
isolation. The evidence so far points to a mixture of aldehydes, per¬
haps with a carbon-carbon unsaturated center.

THE IDENTIFICATION OF ELASTOMERIC MATERIALS
W. L. Truett, DuPont Company

At the present time there are a wide variety of chemical structures
present in the elastomers which are commercially available. They range
in type from the simple all hydrocarbon rubbers to the highly sophisti¬
cated terpolymers sold under the generic name “Spandex”.

The chemical structures of the following types of elastomers will be
presented and the IR spectrum of each discussed in some detail. It
will be apparent that IR is the ideal method of characterizing this very
diverse group of materials; this is especially true due to recent advances
in the IR-ATR technology.

(1) Hydrocarbons, (2) Silicones, (3) Acrylonitrile — hydrocarbon
copolymers, (4) Chlorinated hydrocarbons — “Neoprene”^, (5) Acrylate
— methacrylate copolymers, (6) Thiokols, (7) Fluorocarbons — “Vi-
ton”^, and (8) Spandex — polyurethanes — “Lycra”^.

AN ACID METABOLITE FROM METAXALONE
L. B. Turnbull and R. B. Bruce, A. H. Robins Co., Inc.

The chemical fate of metaxalone, 5-(3,5-xylyloxymethyl)-2- oxazolidi-
none (I), has been studied by urine examination of the dog and man.
Forty-four percent of the human dose (100 mg./kg., human, and 400
mg. /kg., dog) is converted to 5-(3-carboxy-5-methylphenoxymethyl)-2-
oxazolidinone (H), and the ester glucuronate (HI) of this acid. The
structure of II was determined by its cleavage to 5-hydroxy-3-toluic
acid and by its synthesis from I. The glucuronate (IH) was synthesized.
Evidence exists for the metabolic cleavage of the aromatic ether hnk-

312 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

age of I, the oxazolidinone ring appears to remain intact, and no un¬
metabolized metaxalone is excreted.

THE STUDY OF THE REACTIONS OF THE GRIGNARD REAGENTS
OF 1- and 2-EROMONAPHTHALENE WITH ort/io-SUBSTITUTED
BENZALDEHYDES

Frank A. Vingiello and Ronald Denk, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

It has been noted that Grignard condensations between the Grignard
reagents of 1- and 2-broinonaphthalene and 2-bromobenzaldehyde give
rise to abnormal products. The expected carbinols were not formed dur¬
ing these condensations; only the homologous diarylketones and diaryl-
methane derivatives were isolated following distillation of the crude prod¬
ucts.

A similar phenomenon was encountered when 2-chlorobenzaldehyde
was allowed to react with the Grignard reagent of 2-bromonaphthalene.

In order to study this reaction, along with the associated mechanistic
implications, gas-liquid chromatography was selected as a method which
most readily lends itself as a rapid and quantitative means of analyzing
the products of these reactions. The results of this research will be dis¬
cussed.

THE SYNTHESIS OF SOME SULFUR-CONTAINING BENZ(A)
ANTHRACENES

Frank A. Vingiello and Richard Kornmann, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Recently, four new sulfur containing benz (a) anthracenes have been
synthesized to be tested for carcinogenie and carcinolytic aetivity.

As a starting point in their synthesis 2-(I-naphthylmethyl)-4'-thiome-
thylbenzophenone was allowed to ring close under acid conditions to
the /^-position of the naphthalene system, forming 4'-thiomethyl-7-phenyl-
benz (a) anthracene. Using hydrogen peroxide, 4'-thiomethylsulfoxide-7-
phenyl benz (a) anthracene was prepared, but it was necessary to go
to a stronger oxidizing medium, i.e. CrOs, to prepare the sulfone.

7-phenylbenz ( a ) anthracene-4'-sulf onic acid was prepared by sodium-
liquid ammonia demethylation of the 4'-thiomethyl compound to 7-(4'-
thiophenol) benz (a) anthracene, and oxidation to the desired sulfonic acid.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

313

AN IMPROVED SYNTHESIS OF 7-CYCLOHEXYLBENZ(A)-
ANTHRACENE

Frank A. Vingiello and George Vaughan, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Because of the physiological activity of 7-methyl- and 7-phenylbenz(a)
anthracene, the synthesis of a molecular structure intermediate between
the two is desirable, i.e. a meso-substituted cyclohexylbenz( a) anthracene.

The cyclization of 2- (1-naphthylmethyl) phenyl cyclohexyl ketone on
treatment with 48% HBr-HOAc produces no more than a maximum of
25% yield of the desired hydrocarbon; the major reaction product being
benz( a) anthracene. Analyzing the products with a Microtek 2500R
Gas Chromatograph, it was found that initial formation of 7-cyclohexyl-
benz (a) anthracene took place followed by the splitting off of cyclo¬
hexane forming benz (a) anthracene. When the reaction was run in an
anhydrous HBr-HOAc media, the cyclization occurred in less time and
yields up to 97% of the desired hydrocarbon were detected. The rela¬
tion of the thermal conditions to the cleavage mechanism will be dis¬
cussed.

STEREOCHEMISTRY OF FREE RADICAL ADDITION TO
CYCLOALKENES

G. S. Whitney, Washington and Lee University

Thiolacetic acid — CH3COSH — adds to double bonds by a free radical
process. As a result, the reaction yields only the anti-Markownikoff
product. The acid will add to cycloalkenes, but here another dimension
is introduced: the thiolacetyl grouping in the product can be cis or trans
to a substituent. Both isomers are found, but the least thermodynami¬
cally stable isomer predominates, usually by four to one.

Recently, trans-2-octa\in and 2,4,4-trimethylcyclohexene have been pre¬
pared for the reaction. The products resulting from each have been
analyzed by conversion to the corresponding benzyl sulfones followed
by silica gel chromatography. As with other cyclohexenes, addition of
the radical CHgCOS group seems to proceed so as to favor attack lead¬

ing to an ‘‘axial” thiolacetyl grouping.

314

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

THE SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC DETERMINATION OF VARIOUS
CHELATE PROPERTIES
Johnny Winn, William Fleming High School

A spectrophotometer capable of covering the visible range was designed
and built. Spectral dispersion was by means of a rotatable prism. A
tungsten filament was the light source. Several photometric systems
were built and tested until a satisfactory one was obtained which would
give a degree of accuracy suitable for analytical work.

Four chelating agents were investigated. The first, dim ethylgly oxime,
was known to chelate nickle very well. The metal to ligand ratio was
found to be 1:2 for this nickle chelate. The method used was the con¬
tinuous variation principal.

Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid was used as a “masking agent” and as
a complexiometric titration constituent in later work. It was primarily
used in an atempt to find out something about its chelates with the rare
earths. No spectrophotometric work could be done with these chelates.

The other two chelating agents used were red azo dyes: l-(2-pyridv-
lazo)-2-naphthol and 2- (4-pyridvlazo) -resorcinol. The number of pro¬
tons and reagent molecules involved in the reactions were found by
plotting the log of the distribution ratio versus pH at a constant
reagent concentration and by plotting the log of the distribution ratio
versus the log of the reagent concentration at constant pH respectively
for four metal cations: Cu, Cd, Ni, and Co. Methods of determining
these ions by complexiometric titrations were found. (Outstanding VJAS
paper in Chemistry, 1964).

SOME ARYLCYCLOBUTANE DERIVATIVES
Stuart E. Zimmerman and Alfred Burger, University of Virginia

The condensation of cinnamyl chlorides, para-substituted with OCRs
and CFg, with diethyl malonate, and the subsequent addition of HBr has
been studied. The nature of the para substituents is believed to affect
the reactivity of the adducts.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

315

SECTION OF ENGINEERING

H. G. Larew, Chairman A. Jackson, Jr., Secretary

J. A. Friedericy, Section Editor

MINUTES OF THE BUSINESS MEETING OF THE ENGINEERING
SECTION

The meeting was called to order by the Chairman, Dr. Friedericy at
5:14 p.m.. May 8, 1964.

Those present were Messrs: Fades, Echols, Murphy, Jackson, Friedericy
and Larew.

The following officers for the coming year were chosen: J. A. Friedericy,
Section Editor; H. G. Larew, Chairman; A. Jackson, Secretary.

The following matters were discussed:

(a) How to interest more industrial representatives in the Engineer¬
ing Section of the V.A.S.

(b) Is the V.A.S. Directory worthwhile?

(c) The V.A.S. has been asked to work together with the Institute of
Scientific Research in assisting the Virginia Museum of Science.

(d) How can the quality of papers be improved?

(e) Should we have meetings at the same time and with the Pro¬
fessional Engineering Societies?

(f) Who selected the winner of the Junior V.A.S. paper award in
Engineering?

The meeting was adjourned at 5:50 p.m.

H. G. Larew, Secretary

OBSERVATIONS OF THE MECHANISM OF THE INTERACTION
OF GAS MOLECULES WITH SOLID SURFACES
M. Bishara and A. R. Kuhithall, University of Virginia

An experimental technique has been devised and utilized to obtain
information concerning the nature of the interaction mechanism between
thermal nitrogen molecules and engineering surfaces. A high-intensity
molecular beam is incident upon the surface of a high-speed target rotor.

316

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

This surface velocity, together with control of the other experimental
variables, provides the capability for differentiation between certain inter¬
action processes all of which would account for the reflected patterns
previously obtained from stationary targets. Initial results indicate that
the interaction is diffuse to the extent that the reflected pattern does not
seem to depend upon the incidence-angle of the beam. However, there
is some evidence of incomplete energy accommodation.

MIGRATION OF PARTICLES IN LAMINAR VELOCITY FIELDS

H. R. Bungay, 3rd and J. M. Wiggert, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Particles migrate across streamlines of laminar flow to create zones
of clear liquid. These clear zones can be observed in stirred vessels,
in tubes, or in free-flowing slurries. The migration of particles is im¬
portant in transport and deposition of sediments, in the flow of blood
corpuscles, in the flow of disease bacteria, and in the handling of fibers
as in papermaking. Methods of studying particle migration and the pro¬
posed explanations are reviewed. A theory based on unequal forces on
a particle because of differences in velocity of streamlines producing
unequal Bernouli pressures is presented and examined.

CORRELATON OF TWO-GROUP THEORY WITH EXPERIMENT
IN THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA REACTOR
W. C. Coppersmith and J. L. Meem, University of Virginia

Neutron flux measurements have been made in the UVAR swimming
pool reactor and certain two-group diffusion theory parameters deter¬
mined by an empirical adjustment to the measurements. Bare and cad¬
mium-covered U^®“ foils were used to obtain two-group flux shapes along
the vertical axis and in the mid-plane of a 4 x 4 assembly. Control
rods were arranged in the assembly comers and were essentially with¬
drawn for the measurements. A two-energy-group, two-region, neutron
diffusion model was employed with cylindrical geometry and the reflector
savings approximation. The best theoretical agreement was obtained
using a value for the fast diffusion area in the core equal to 42.5 cm^
and a value of 25.5 cm^ in the reflector. Radial and axial reflector
savings were determined to be 7.7 cm and 6.3 cm, respectively.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

317

DETERMINATION OF THE MOISTURE CONTENT OF PORTLAND
CEMENT MORTAR BY A CONICAL PENETRATOR
James Cowgill and Fred C. McCormick, University of Virginia

Laboratory studies were made to determine the sensitivity of a coni¬
cal penetrator to variations in the water-cement ratio of portland cement
mortar with other components of the mix held constant. Time delay
effects upon penetration measurements were also studied.

The test apparatus was consistently sensitive to changes of 0.01 gm/
gm, or larger, in the water-cement ratios of mixes which were tested
at the same time interval. Water-cement ratios were predictable for
each series of mixes within a range of 0-0.05 gm/gm for a given pene¬
tration value made within 60 minutes after mixing was begun.

AN EXPERIMENT WITH CONTINUOUS ION EXCHANGE
James W. Davis and Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia

After developing a solids-handling pump that effectively separated an
ion exchange column from a regeneration section, continuous removal
of copper ions from 50 ppm solution was accomplished to the extent
of 80 to 85% in about 11 feet of fluidized resin bed. The 1-1/4 inch
ID column used was mounted on the mercury-sealed resin pump. Re¬
generation was accomphshed continuously while the resin was pumped
in concentrated brine solution to a filter located at the top of the ion
exchange column.

NEUTRON ACTIVITIES ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL TISSUE
DETECTION OF MANGANESE
Paul Delozier and T. G. Williamson, University of Virginia

Tissue samples analyzed were of uniform size and approximately 50
milligrams in weight. The samples were irradiated in the University of

neutrons

Virginia Reactor at a thermal flux of about 1 x 10^® - for 20

cm^-sec

minutes with a standard of known concentration of manganese.

The tissue contained large amounts of sodium and for accurate gamma
spectroscopy the manganese was chemically separated from the activated
tissue before analyzed.

318

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Both standards and sampler were treated identically and analyzed
with the use of a 200 channel pulse height analyzer and a 4” x 5” Nal
scintillation crystal. The analyzed results of the sample were compared
to the standard and thus a concentration of manganese in the tissue was
obtained.

COMPARISON OF TRIP TIMES AND VELOCITY REQUIREMENTS
FOR AN EARTH-MARS ROUND TRIP
James B. Eades, Jr. and R. B. Dirling, Jr., Virginia Polytechnic Institute

At present there is a great deal of interest being shown in the pos¬
sibility of manned flight to the planet Mars. Various classes of trajec¬
tories have been studied for this mission, and although the propulsion
requirements for the flight are not difficult to meet, the flight times
(of from one to three years) present formidable problems in .systems
reliability and human engineering. As a consequence, it would be desir¬
able to find trajectories which would reduce the total trip time and to
compare the velocity requirements of these shorter duration flights with
those of the so-called ‘‘slow” trajectories.

This investigation compares several trajectories having trip times from
1025 days to 152 days and velocity increments from 11. 1 km/sec to
108.2 km/sec. A flight path requiring 212 days is analyzed in detail,
and an actual Mars mission profile using this trajectory and advanced
propulsion systems is discussed.

MULTIPLICATION FACTOR FOR SUBCRITICAL ASSEMBLIES
USING SPONTANEOUS FISSION SOURCE
J. R. Easter and T. G. Williamson, University of Virginia
The one group diffusion equation, including a distributed source term
D ^ — (1 — k) + epv 8 = 0

is solved, and the boundary conditions pertinent to a cylinder of finite
radius and infinite height are applied. The solution

= - UziLl

S„(l-k)L Io(yRo)J

contains the infinite multiplication factor, k, in the source constant and in

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

319

y(y =

1 — k
M2

).

Using only the natural background and the spontaneous fission of the
natural uranium fuel as a source, the flux is plotted vs the distance from
the center of the assembly, r. A least squares curve is fitted to the data
and solved for y and the source constant, k is then found from y,
and the source constant is used to solve for a desired assembly constant,
in this case e.

HAZARDS ANALYSIS FOR OPERATION OF THE UNIVERSITY OF

VIRGINIA REACTOR AT POWERS ABOVE ONE MEGAWATT
T. G. Foster and J. L. Meem, University of Virginia

An increase in power level of the University of Virginia Reactor from
its present authorized level of 1 MW with graphite reflected core in a
4x4 array of fuel elements and control rods and without major modifica¬
tion will be limited to 2 MW.

Analysis of standard operational hazards associated with coolant activa¬
tion, generation of harmful gases and general radiation shielding indi¬
cates that none of these are limiting. However, the requirement that
fuel plate surface temperatures remain below that which will cause
onset of local boiling establishes a maximum power level of 2 MW with
the present coolant flow rate. To provide an acceptable margin for fluctua¬
tion of the flow rate, a reduction of the hot spot uncertainty factor from
1.3 to 1.1 must be justified and a restriction of the inlet coolant tem¬
perature to 80 °F will be necessary.

THE STRUCTURAL FEASIBILITY OF A LARGE ACCELERATOR

C. N. Gaylord, S. E. Thornton, D. L. Bowers and J. A. Friedericy,
University of Virginia

The purpose of this study is to establish the feasibility of a flywheel
accelerator for testing man-machine systems under conditions of space
flight. This flywheel must be capable of accelerating a 232,500 lb.
test package to 300 g in five seconds.

The flywheel configuration recommended is 145 feet in diameter; has
22 linearly tapered box spokes; and has a subdivided box rim, 12.58
square feet in cross section. It weighs 5 x 10® lb and can be con¬
structed from commercial steels (U.S. Steel, T-1 and HY-80).

320

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

The stresses and displacements of the rotating flywheel have been
analyzed and some of the problems connected with latching-on a cap¬
sule have been studied. Also, such areas as power requirements, bear¬
ings, and capsule support have been discussed.

DEVELOPMENT OF A GENERALIZED SOLUTION FOR
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRET SLABS
G. A. Gray and R. C. Heterick, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The idea of generalized solutions for design of structures is explored
and illustrated using the design of one-way reinforced concrete slabs
as a model. Data obtained from proven designs is analyzed statistically.
Ecpiations are developed relating non-dimensionalized parameters, and
from them working equations and charts are developed.

SIMULTANEOUS OPTIMIZATION OF PLASTIC ENGINEERING
PROPERTIES BY VARYING TERPOLYMER COMPOSITION

Richard G. Griskey, William A. Haug, Siu Yuen Fok, Sidney C. Smith
and David Claudepierre, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Plastic end uses often require materials combining the desirable prop¬
erties of several polymers. These characteristics are obtained by poly¬
merizing two or more compounds simultaneously. It has been found
that properties of a three component system (terpolymer) when plot¬
ted as parameters on ternary composition diagrams seem to follow be¬
havior similar to contour elevation lines on maps. Occurrence of such
contours leads to the idea of applying optimization techniques such as
method of steepest ascent to determine property peak values on ternary
composition diagrams.

The present investigation studied terpolymer systems involving an
inexpensive monomer (methyl methacrvlate) and more expensive mate¬
rials such as diethylene bis (allyl carbonate) (CR-39) and acetyl triallyl
citrate. These systems were selected because they afforded an oppor¬
tunity to balance economic considerations with the optimization of such
properties as heat distortion, hardness, and solvent resistance.

Experimental data indicated that the assumption of property contour
lines appeared to be correct. It was also found that optimization of
several properties could be accomplished simultaneously while satisfy¬
ing economic considerations (i.e. large percentages of methyl methacry¬
late in the terpolymers) .

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

321

Future work will be directed to fuller delineation of property con¬
tours on ternary diagrams and their relation to terpolymer structure.

AN EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF AERODYNAMIC MOLECULAR
BEAM PERFORMANCE

Jesse H. Heald, Jr. and John E. Scott, Jr., University of Virginia

Total intensity measurements of nitrogen beams over a range of nozzle
source pressure and nozzle-skimmer separation distance demonstrate that
large beam intensities can be realized from an aerodynamic beam sys¬
tem. Comparison of the results with those from systems of different
geometry shows that the beam intensity is dependent upon the density
level and nature of the flow field at the skimmer entrance. Departures
from the theoretical beam flux are discussed in terms of the nature of
the nozzle-skimmer flow field.

ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF THIN SINGLE-CRYSTAL
GERMANIUM FILMS

R. R. Humphris and A. Catlin, University of Virginia

Thin single-crystal germanium films were obtained by vacuum deposi¬
tion, at pressures in the lO "' Torr range, onto calcium fluoride substrates.
The substrates were maintained at various temperatures from 300 to
500 °C. during deposition. Hall coefficient and resistivity measurements
were then made on these films. A comparison of electrical properties
and structural variations is presented for the following conditions:

1. Films deposited on substrates cleaved in the atmosphere.

2. Films deposited on vacuum-cleaved substrates.

3. Films deposited on a single-crystal layer of calcium fluoride which
had previously been deposited onto cleaved substrates.

INDUSTRIAL ESPIONAGE OF ENGINEERING AND
SCIENTIFIC SECRETS

Auzville Jackson, Jr., Robertshaw Controls Company

While industrial espionage is practiced by only a few companies, its
prevalence is of great enough significance to be a real concern to all
companies heavily involved in research and development. The single

322

The Virginia Journal of Science

I September

greatest force preventing an increased prevalence of industrial espionage
is business ethics. However, it is felt this should be supplemented by
an extension of the National Stolen Property Act to cover industrial
secrets.

A VIBRATION STUDY OF SELECTED COMPOSITE HIGHWAY
BRIDGES IN VIRGINIA
Henrv L. Kinnier, University of Virginia

This paper describes a dvnamic stress study of two composite high¬
way bridges in Virginia. Among the bridge responses measured and
reported on are midspan live load deflections, stresses at approximately
30 positions on each structure and longitudinal displacement of pier
tops. From these measurements, the following characteristics of the struc¬
tures were determined (a) transverse live load distribution, (b) posi¬
tion of neutral axis in the stringers, (c) fundamental frequency of vibra¬
tion, (d) Logarithmic decrement of oscillation and (e) impact factors
based on stresses and deflection.

VOLUME-SETTLING TIME RELATIONSHIPS FOR SILT
PARTICLES

R. D. Krebs and H. R. Bungay, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

For ellipsoidal silt particles settling at terminal velocity, D = dvVds‘
where D is the diameter of a sphere having the same drag, dv the
diameter of a sphere having the same volume, and ds the diameter of
a sphere having the same velocitv as the ellipsoid. D varies with elHp-
soid shape and orientation. For an oblate spheroid, its major axis, d^^,
may be found from d^ = dv^ d^i/ds^D. Values of d^/D have been cal¬
culated. Evaluation of dv and ds simultaneously during settling with
a Couter Counter was unsuccessful with mica because migration across
laminar streamlines caused particle segregation and the Counter gave
erroneous results for plate volumes.

He=^ SURFACE BARRIER DETECTORS FOR FAST
NEUTRON SPECTRUM ANALYSIS
M. Gene Lim and T. G. Williamson, University of Virginia
The interaction of fast neutrons with He® is

He3 + n-^ HI + H3 E + Q

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

323

where E is the energy of the incident neutron and Q is the energy
balance of the reaction. He'”^ surface barrier detectors for fast neutron
spectrum analysis depend upon this reaction. The reactions take place
in He® gas in a sensitive volume of 280 mm®. This sensitive volume
is sandwiched between two silicon surface barrier detectors.

Under the favorable reaction conditions, the proton is detected by
one detector and the triton bv the other and the pulses from these two
detectors are added so that the resultant pulse height is proportioned
to E + Q. In order to eliminate undesired pulses from noise, He® recoil,
etc., a coincidence counting technique is used.

A NEW CORRELATION OF VAPOR-LIQUID EQUILIBRIA FOR
ASSOCIATING SYSTEMS

G. F. Meehan and Nelson F. Murphy, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A method of correlating vapor-liquid equilibria in systems involv¬
ing an associating components, such as acetic acid is presented. This
method is based on the use of a Gibbs-Duhem equation modified by
including a term to allow for the effect of association, and fugacity-
pressure corrections, and for the modifications suggested by Ible and
Dodge.

Earlier methods for correlating binary liquid-vapor data involved use
of special, cumbersome charts and even then did not give thermodyna¬
mically consistent results for some systems. The new method is shown
to satisfactorily correlate these “rogue” systems.

NONEQUILIBRIUM EFFECTS IN A RAPIDLY EXPANDING GAS
Harold S. Morton, Jr., University of Virginia

The Chapman-Enskog second approximation to the distribution func¬
tion for a gas implies anisotropy which depends on the ratios of the
local molecular mean free path to the scale lengths characterizing the
spatial gradients in temperature, number density and streaming velocity.
In general, it also implies nonequipartition of energy among the trans¬
lational degrees of freedom. The theory is applied to a supersonic aero-
dvnamic molecular beam. It is shown that the degree of anisotropy
should be appreciable and that the estimated distribution function aniso¬
tropy is semi-quantitatively consistent with the beam speed distribution
measurements made by Scott’s group at Virginia.

324

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

THE NASA-LANGLEY SPACE VACUUM FACILITY
John P. Mugler, Jr., NASA — Langley Field

The character of the space vacuum environment will be reviewed.
The need for research and development in ground test facilities will be
pointed out. The design philosophy and guidelines for the Langley
Space Vacuum Facility will be discussed and the resulting design will
be presented. A model of the facility will be shown and used during
the presentation.

CONTINUOUS ESTERIFICATION OF ETHYLENE CLYCOL AND
MALEIC ANHYDRIDE

Albert J. Pfeffer and Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia

A continuous process of esterifying maleic anhydride and ethylene
glycol was developed and parameters affecting yield of polyester were
determined. Optimum conditions proved to be 370°F, 16 inches mer¬
cury vacuum, and less than 1 wt. % tetraisopropyl titanate catalyst.
Residence times up to 2 hours gave 75% yield when no loss of ethylene
glycol from the system was assumed. Analysis of the product for both
unreacted maleic anliydride and ethylene glycol indicated the reaction
stopped at about 80% because ethylene glycol reactant was carried away
by the water evolved.

EFFECT OF SOURCE DENSITY ON THE VELOCITY DISTRIBUTION
OF CLASSICAL MOLECULAR BEAMS

John A. Phipps, John F. Moonan, and John E. Scott, Jr.,
University of Virginia

The velocity distribution of molecular beams emanating from a thin-
walled, circular orifice has been measured with a mechanical velocity
selector. Data for argon and xenon beams at source densities corre¬
sponding to ratios of source mean free path to orifice diameter (Knud-
sen Number) from 0.5 to 10 were obtained. These data were fitted
to a function form, suggested by continuum-equilibrium expansion, that
reduces in the limit of zero flow velocity to the Maxwell-Boltzmann
distribution function for effusive flow. Departures from the results of
classical molecular effusion, which increase with increasing source den¬
sity, were detected at Knudsen Numbers as high as 2.5. These results
are discussed in terms of nonequilibrium effects in the vicinity of the
source orifice.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

325

AN IONIZATION GAUGE DETEGTOR FOR MOLEGULAR BEAMS
OF ATMOSPHERIG GASES

John A. Phipps and John E. Scott, Jr., University of Virginia

A sensitive detector for permanent gas molecules is described. The
device utilizes two Bayard-Alpert ionization gauges, in a comarator ar¬
rangement, to produce and measure a pressure increment that is propor¬
tional to molecular beam flux. Pressure increments of 5 x 10"^“ torr,
corresponding to a beam flux of 4 x 10® nitrogen molecules per second,
are distinguishabel from noise at a background pressure of 10“^ torr.
Design criteria and experimental techniques are discussed, and perform¬
ance data for nitrogen, argon, and xenon beams are presented.

SURVEY OF VELOCITY REQUIREMENTS FOR MANNED MARS
MISSIONS

E. Brian Pritchard, N. A. S. A., Langley Research Center

A survey of manned Mars mission studies was conducted. For mis¬
sions initiated from Earth orbit, these studies have shown that without
aerodynamic braking the total propulsive velocity requirements are 64,000
to 95,000 fps for the ‘‘short” trip (400 to 500 days). The use of aero¬
dynamic braking at Mars or on Earth return results in a significant reduc¬
tion in total propulsive velocity requirements as well as a reduction in
the effects of launch year on these requirements. Earth entry velocities
vary from 46,000 to 73,000 fps and Mars entry velocities from 19,000
to 36,000 fps for the Mars short trip, depending on the launch period.

CORRELATION OF THE NUCLEAR AND THERMAL POV^ER
CALIBRATIONS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA REACTOR

H. 1. Sternberg and J. L. Meem, University of Virginia

The relative neutron flux in the University of Virginia Reactor was
mapped by irradiation of bare U-235 foils. The resulting relative flux
plots were converted to absolute fission rate plots by calibrating one
point against a known flux and employing the appropriate fission cross
sections. Graphical integration of the plots yielded a nuclear power of
0.3406 watts.

Utilizing a hnear power detector, the reactor power was increased from
0.3406 watts to 983,000 watts at which point the power was calculated
from temperature drop and flow rate measurements and found to be 1,019,-
000 wats. Thus, correlation to within 3.5% was achieved.

326

3’he Virginia Journal of Science

[September

STUDY OF SMALL CHANGES IN THE REACTIVITY OF
THE UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA REACTOR BY PERTURBATION
METHOD

T. D. Tham and T. G. Williamson, University of Virginia

In this paper we are attempting to determine the effect of the change
in the reactivity of a reactor by first order-two group perturbation theory.

The procedure for determining the effect of small peturbation on a
critical reactor is as follows:

I. Deetrmine the fast thermal fluxes as well as the fast and thermal
adjoint fluxes of a critieal reactor by solving the equations:

Ds A = 0

Df A = 0

Ds A = 0

Df A 2$f^ — = 0

where :

: fictitious fast absorption cross section
Sa : thermal absorption cross section

II. The change of keff by introducing absorbing materials over a

region is determined in terms of these functions $g, #f, :

( k2s ) — a -f ( A

d keff J poison region

keff ” . k:Ss^s^f^ dV

J core

A + A ^f A $/aDf ] dV

ki^i^i^dV

J core

The method of calculation involves the use of the MCC computer code
Experimental verifications of the calculation were performed at the UVAR
through measuring the change of kgff by:

(a) Introducing absorbing materials around the core,

(b) Covering fuel elements with stainless steel.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

327

THE STUDY OF DESTRUCTIVE VOLUME CHANGE OF COARSE

AGGREGATE IN CONCRETE EXPOSED TO FREEZING AND
THAWING

Richard D. Walker, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Many coarse aggregate mineral types were studied by separating tliem
from heterogeneous gravel aggregates and incorporating them into con¬
crete specimens. The specimens were exposed to alternate cycles of
freezing and thawing while in water in accordance with ASTM test des¬
ignation C290.

The specimens were measured for length, weight and dynamics modu¬
lus at the end of specified numbers of cycles. Also, length change
measurements were made at two degree intervals during most of the
initial freezing and thawing cycle.

From the data obtained, certain characteristics of the temperature
vs length change curve was correlated with durability as measured by
dynamic modulus.

SHORELINE CONTAMINATION STATUS OF WASTE STABILIZA¬
TION PONDS

W. J. Wentworth, Jr. and W. A. Parsons, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

During the spring of 1963 a two-acre waste stabilization pond receiv¬
ing domestic sewage from an elementary school with an enrollment of
310 students was researched to compare the degree of contamination at
the shoreline with pond contents off-shore and with samples of adjacent
soil. A total of 75 samples were collected from the leeward side of
the pond and analyzed for pH and concentrations of coliform organ¬
isms and enterococci. Median values of counts of coliform organisms
registered at the sampling points were as follows:

a) soil samples 5 feet upslope from shoreline 165 per gm dry solids

b) soil samples at water line 435 per gm dry solids

c) water samples at water line 46 per ml

d) water samples at pond surface 8 feet off-shore 9.3 per ml

e) water samples iy2 feet below pond surface and 8 feet off-shore
2400 per ml.

Enterococci counts indicated a similar trend. The results were not

328 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

considered to be indicative of important localized contamination at the
shoreline.

A CORRELATION OF THE THEORETICAL AND FIELD BREAK¬
OUT POINT OF THE PHREATIC LINE FOR HOMOGENEOUS
EARTH DAMS

[ohn S. Wilburn and H. G. Larew, Universitij of Virginia

Earth dams, if not properlv designed and constructed, may fail and
cause tremendous damage. Water seeping through the dam may break
out on the downstream side and soften the soil causing failure. Theo¬
retical methods for predicting the top point of this breakout have been
developed but records of their having been checked in the field are
meager.

This study involved the determination of both theoretical and actual
breakout points for three earth dams in Virginia. Because of non-homo¬
geneity and capillarv phenomenon the theoretical and actual breakout
points did not agree. The stability of homogeneous earth dams is thereby
reduced.

TRANSFER FUNCTION FOR FLOW THROUGH A HORIZONTAL
PARTLY-FILLED TANK

William Zalewski and Robert M. Hubbard, University of Virginia

The time response for natural mixing and flow through a partly-filled
horizontal storage tank is being determined using NaCl solution with
step and pulse input techniques. Dilute solution leaving is analyzed
by electrical conductivity. Input and output are arranged at three loca¬
tions in the tank which is a model of a chemical plant hold-up tank pre¬
ceding a process unit. The output curves for step changes are shown
for several combinations of input and output.

MEASUREMENT OF TRANSFER FUNCTION OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA REACTOR
Shakir-uz-Zaman and A. C. Lapsley, University of Virginia

The transfer function of the U. Va. swimming pool type reactor is
discussed. The behavior of the neutron flux response at low and high
frequency of the reactivity variation at low and high power of the reac-

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

329

tor is studied. The Bode plots of the phase shift and gain versus fre¬
quency for the experimental values are compared with the Bode plots
for different ^ and 1 values, and the ^ and 1 determined for the Uni¬
versity of Virginia reactor by the help of analog computor.

The pile oscillator essentially consists of a poison (cadmium foil) which
moves in the neutron field so as to insert a sinusoidal variation of reac¬
tivity ( + 3 to — 3 cents ) . The variation of reactivity is achieved by
rotating a cadmium containing drum by means of a rotating shaft rotated
by a D. C. motor through reduction gears.

At high power and low frequencies, the effect of temperature feed¬
back on the reactor response is also studied.

SECTION OF GEOLOGY

R. L. Ellison, Chairman B. Hobbs, Secretary

W. T. Parrott, Section Editor

NOTES ON THE GENESIS OF THE VIRGINIA BLUE RIDGE
COMPLEX GREENE AND MADISON COUNTIES, VIRGINIA
R. M. Allen, Jr., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute

The term Virginia Blue Ridge complex iedntifies the schistose, gneissic,
granitoid, and migmatitic rocks that are older than the Swift Run, Me-
chum River and Lynchburg formations. In the Greene-Madison area the
complex consists of the Lovington formation, Marshall formation. Old
Rag granite, Pedlar formation, and Robertson River formation. For the
most part these rocks are of sialic and intermediate compositon and
appear to have undergone several cycles of deformation and alteration.
Much of the original material of the complex may have been of terrige¬
nous siliceous, arkosic and graywacke material.

On mineralogic, textural and structural grounds, it is suggested that
the order of development of these rock units into their present status
was Lovington to a Marshall facies to Old Rag granite, possibly through
a granitization process. The Pedlar formation to the northwest and the
Robertson River formation to the southeast have the appearance of a
later magmatic phase of emplacement. — (Presented by permission of
the Virginia Division of Mineral Resources.)

330

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

SEA-SURFACE TEMPERATURE STUDIES USING AIRRORNE
INFRARED RADIATION THERMOMETER (IRT)

Robert C. Rarnes, The Virginia Institute of Marine Science

The infrared radiation thermometer (IRT), an instrument developed
for measuring surface temperatures of remote objects, is proving particu¬
larly useful in studies of water surface temperatures, as rapid airborne
surveys permit near-synoptic coverage of large areas.

The instrument provides water surface temperature data by alter¬
nately comparing radiation emitted from water “surface-skin” with a ther¬
mally controlled blackbody within the unit that emits a known quantity of
radiation. Resulting changes in electrical resistance of a detector flake
are read on a voltmeter calibrated in degrees.

IRT is currentlv being used by numerous agencies to: determine dis¬
charge of springs in fresh water streams; survey thermal patens of Atlan¬
tic, Gulf, and Pacific coastal waters; and explore military applications of
the technique.

Infrared thermometry has been employed at the Institute in ship¬
board surveys to study thermal patterns of heated condenser water dis¬
charges at steam electric stations. Platform tests determined rates of
change of surface temperatures at fixed points. Monthly airborne surveys
of Chesapeake Ray and mid-Atlantic Continental Shelf waters are designed
to study currents, provide data for prediction of fish migrations, and denote
seasonal temperature variations.

The most significant results of IRT operations at the Institute have
been in outlining Gulf Stream fronts near Gape Hatteras, and mapping
changing thermal patterns in bay and shelf waters.

FOUNDATION STABILIZATION AT FLANNAGAN DAM
POUND RIVER, VIRGINIA
Enest H. Ern, University of Virginia

The John W. Flannagan Dam is an earth and rock-filled structure now
under construction in Dickenson Co., to provide flood protection, com¬
bat water pollution and develop a recreational center in southwestern Vir¬
ginia.

The dam which rises 265 feet is composed of more than 2 million
cubic yards of rock fill, and 250,000 cubic yards of impervious borrow
which were obtained from within two miles of the site.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

331

The abutments and the core foundation consist of massive sandstones
with shale, siltstone and coal lenses which comprise the Norton forma¬
tion of the Pottsville group of Lower Pennsylvanian age.

High pressure test results in the core trench beneath the stream bed
were determined to be due to rebound rupture along a contact plane.
Cutain grouting poblems were encountered in this aea because of the
fractured and open-jointed condition in the upper portion of the shale
foundation. In addition, excessive artesian water made it impossible,
utilizing safe grouting pressures, to force grout in an upstream direction.

The core trench had to be deepened and vent holes drilled during
grouting to minimize water passage and to obtain an effective grout
curtain. Additional grouting was deemed necessary to prevent exces¬
sive leakage and to preclude saturating the core material as it was placed.

ALKYLBENZENESULFONATE ADSORPTION BY SOILS
D. H. Fink and G. W. Thomas, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Alkylbenzensulfonate (ABS) has, in recnt years, added substantially
to our water pollution problems. This is due both to the extreme resistance
of the ABS molecule to biodegradation, and to the phenomenally large
quantities of the product which enter the waste treatment channels. Re¬
cent field surveys on ground water and well pollution problems in Virginia
have suggested that the severity of this pollution problem relates to certain
soil properties. Subsequent laboratory studies on the adsorption of ABS
by soils clearly showed that a substantial portion (64 percent) of the varia¬
bility in adsorption is accounted for by the percent of free iron oxide of the
soils.

REVISION OF THE LOWER PENNSYLVANIAN CORRELATIONS
IN WISE COUNTY, VIRGINIA
Thomas M. Gathright, H, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Detailed field mapping in the south-central portion of Wise County,
Virginia, revealed a stratigraphic overlap between the type sections of the
Lee and Norton formations. The type section of the Lee Formation at
Big Stone Gap Gorge (Campbell, 1892) and the type section of the
Lee and Norton Formation near Coeburn, Virginia (Eby and Campbell,
1923), were found to overlap stratigraphically by 550 feet at Big Stone
Gap and 650 to 700 feet at Coeburn.

The interval of overlap is bounded at the top by the top of the Bee

332

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Rock Member of the Lee Formation and at the bottom by the top of the
Bald Rock Member of the Lee Formation, both named by Elby and
Campbell (1923), and contains the Tiller, Jawbone, Raven, and Aily coal
beds.

The miscorrelation resulted in the postulation of the Pigeon Creek
fault by Eby and Campbell (1923) which was necessary to explain the
apparent thinning of the Norton Formation in western Wise County.

It is proposed that the Lee-Norton boundary, as established at the type
section of the Lee Formation, be retained and that the interval of overlap
be included in the Lee Formation. Therefore, the Lee-Norton boundary
should be placed at the top of the Bee Rock Member of the Lee Formation
in western Wise and Lee counties; at the top of the McClure sandstone as
mapped in northern Wise, Dickenson, and Buchanan counties; and at the
first standstone below the Kennedv coal bed in eastern Wise County,
southeastern Diceknson and Buchanan counties, and Russell and Tazewell
counties where the Bee Rock Member of the Lee is commonly absent.

THE DETERMINATION OF THE SURFACE CHARGES ON QUARTZ
AGGREGATES INDUCED BY GEOLOGIC PROVENANCE
David S. Haglund, University of Virginia

An understanding of the properties of materials used in highway
construction precludes the development of sound pavement designs. One
property of aggregates currently thought to be of critical importance in
asphalt-aggregate systems is the surface charge. The concept of surface
charge includes the sign of the charge and magnitude of zeta potential.
This study is concerned with the effect of geologic provenance on both
values.

Samples of quartz aggregates in Virginia were collected from Eastern
Shore sands. Coastal Plain terrace deposits. Piedmont vein quartz, Valley
and Ridge quartzites, sandstones and residual sands. Surface charge and
zeta potential were measured by streaming potential apparatus in a dis-
tilled-demineralized water medium.

The experimental measurements yield the following observations;
(1) All surface charges were negative. (2) A large negative zeta poten¬
tial was measured on a dense quartzite bearing pyrite, galena, and a chlo¬
ride mineral. Apparently the presence of these minerals, found only with
this sample, is responsible for the uniquely large zeta potential. (3) A
small negative zeta potendal was measured on a residual sand containing
gibbsite. In view of published work concerning the zeta potential of rock

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

333

crystal quartz in solutions of aluminum ions, the presence of gibbsite in
the sand is thought to be responsible for a decrease in zeta potential.

Thus, it seems evident that the nature of the surface charge on quartz
aggregates may be a function of geologic provenance.

ORE-BEARING MAGMATIC AND METAMORPHIC BRINE
FROM THE SALTON SEA VOLCANIC DOMES GEOTHERMAL
AREA, IMPERIAL COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
Donald Keeble Grubbs, University of Virginia

The deepest geothermal well in the world, 5232 feet, has penetrated
a section of the crust that has the maximum temperature recorded for hot
spring areas. This well was drilled on the flank of a Quaternary rhyolitic
dome in Imperial Valley, Caifornia, in search for super-heated steam to be
used for generating electric power. This well has penetrated an environ¬
ment characterized by hydrothermal alteration zones and into the green-
schist facies. This well offers the unique opportunity to study rocks and
their associated waters that are responsible for metamoiyihism, metaso¬
matism, and ore genesis.

Formation of epidote, albite, and chlorite in the wall rock, high con¬
centrations of potassium, lithium, calcium, sodium, and chlorine in the
effluent brine, and the median ionic ratios of the constituents in the brine
prove that this brine is of both magmatic and metamorphic origin. The
discovery of chalcopyrite and sphalerite in the drill cuttings and the high
concentration of metallic ions in the brine show that these brines are also
active ore solutions, solutions which until this time have not been sampled
with certainty in their despositional environment.

THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL CONTROL OF SOME BLUE
RIDGE MOUNTAIN GAPS NORTH OF ROCKFISH GAP, VIRGINIA
Wilbur A. Nelson, University of Virginia

This article is a review of a paper given before the Virginia Academy
of Science 26 years ago, on the gaps between Swift Run and Rockfish
Gaps, as recently the author of Bulletin 78, of the Virginia Division of
Mineral Resources, on the Geology and Mineral Resources of Greene and
Madison Counties, stated that “an examination of the Gaps south of
Swift Run Gap did not support a fault-control origin of these Gaps” and
refers to my former paper as being incorrect. In this former paper,
among other gaps, I mentioned a Blue Ridge Fault crossing the moun-

334

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

tain at Loft Mountain Gap and Ivey Creek Gap. This fault is well
exposed along and adjacent to the Skyline Drive. The reasons showing
that this fault exists are given in this paper, as well as facts on other
faults in this area, which control the location of other Blue Ridge Moun¬
tain Gaps.

CELESTITE FROM THE TONOLOWAY FORMATION
U. SILURIAN) HAYFIELD, FREDERICK COUNTY, VIRGINIA
W. H. Rodgers, Jr. and R. S. Mitchell, University of Virginia

Celestite at this locality occurs as crystals lining vugs, replacement
masses, small disseminated crvstals in dolomitic limestone, cement in
pelet limestone, and a fibrous vein filling. Prism-like, pyramidal, and
ozenge-shaped, colorless to gray crystals up to one inch in length are
common. Associated with the celestite, especially in vugs, are gypsum,
anhvdrite, quartz and calcite. The celestite is also related to a cryptozoon
type algae and was probablv formed in an arid depositional environ¬
ment.

Celestite lining the vugs was probably formed as a result of the replace¬
ment of the periphery of gypsum and/or anhydrite concretions. Labo¬
ratory experiments were successful in substantiating this idea. Petro¬
graphic study indicates replacement masses formed by simultaneous solu¬
tion of an algal reef breccia and deposition of celestite. The dissemi¬
nated crvstals and cement in limestone are syngenetic and are believed
to be the source of celestite for the other forms.

STRATIGRAPHY OF THE MARTINSBURG FORMATION OF
NORTHWEST VIRGINIA WITH PRELIMINARY NOTES
ON THE FAUNA

J. J. Ryan, University of Virginia, and E. K. Rader, Virginia Division of
Mineral Resources

The Martinsburg formation in Highland, Bath, Alleghany, and Roa¬
noke counties is subdivided, in ascending order, into the Trenton, Eden,
and Maysville members. The Trenton member is composed of 430 to
730 feet of shales and limestones, the Eden member consists of 500
to 775 feet of shales and siltstones, and the Maysville member is com¬
posed of 80 to 180 feet of fine-grained sandstones and siltstones. The
Martinsburg thins from 1600 feet in Highland county to 1360 feet in
Roanoke county. The lithologies of the three members are gradational.
There is a gradual increase in the grain size and percent of the detrital

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

335

fraction and a corresponding decrease in the percent of calcium car¬
bonate from the base to the top of the formation. The Trenton mem¬
ber is characterized by Cryptolithus tesselatus, hemispherical bryozoans,
Pseiidorakvrella sp. and Tallinellina aff. T. teres. These later two ostra-
codes are not present above the upper bed of nodular or cobbly lime¬
stone which is proposed as the contact between the upper middle Ordo¬
vician and upper Ordovician in northwest Virginia. The Eden member
is characterized by Cryptolithus hellulus and Ceratopsis chamber si. The
Maysville member is characterized bv Orthorhynchula stevensoni and
Lingula nicklesi.

THE HOLLINS LANDSLIDE ON INTERSTATE 81
Daniel P. Spangler, H. G. Larew, and G. S. Meadors, University of Virginia

A landslide that began in the .spring of 1962 on the S.B.L. of Inter¬
state 81 near Troutville, Virginia, demanded remedial action in order to
continue with the grading phase of construction. The first sliding involved
two slides which developed near the contact of the Martinsburg shale
and an overlying layer of heterogenous talus material. The slides, esti¬
mated to contain 100,000 cubic yards of material, appeared to have occur¬
red in partially buried drainage channels which extended from the slope
of Tinker Mountain.

The 2:1 slope originally proposed for the cut was reduced in the talus
material to a 3:1. A bench, 20 feet in width and parallel to the S.B.L.,
was constructed at the shale-talus contact.

Continuous sliding at the rate of four inches per day demanded a
series of corrective measures in November 1962. A bench parallel to
the first bench and 200 feet up slope was constructed. The head of
the slide area was unloaded by making the slope above the second
bench a 4:1 slope. Several shallow drainage ditches were constructed
around and within the slide area.

A third series of corrective measures consisted of two deep drainage
ditches and further unloading of the head in April 1963.

The original slide area appears to have reached stability. Diagonally
up slope, further sliding continues.

BARITE FROM THE WHITE RIVER FORMATION OF
NORTHEASTERN COLORADO
William E. Workman, University of Virginia
Deposits of blue crystals and concretions of barite are numerous in

336

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

the White River formation (Oligocene) of northeastern Colorado. Over
one hundred localities were studied (in parts of Logan and Weld Coun¬
ties), onlv one of which previously has been reported.

Various properties of the barite were studied, including the blue color,
crystal habit variations, vectorial alteration coatings, zoned overgrowths,
and trace element distribution in the barite and in the associated cal¬
cium-magnesium montmorillonite clays.

Six crystal habits were observed, ranging from tabular to prismlike to
sheaf like. Elongation is parallel to the h axis. Crystals up to four and
one-half inches in length were found. Tannish-white, earthy barite con¬
cretions are numerous in the upper horizons of the formation.

Calcite, a manganese mineral (apparently a member of the psilome-
lane-crvptomelane group), and chalcedony are found in situ with the
barite. Sand-calcite crystals, flint, pseudomorphs of chalcedony after
barite (?), and stream gravels are associated with the barite deposits.

The barite is believed to have been deposited in desiccation joints in
the clavs bv circualting meteoric waters. Barium was apparently derived
from volcanic ash beds; the sulfate probablv came from either gypsum
or decaving organic material.

The concentration of barite in certain of the localities mav be economic.

SECTION OF MEDICAL SCIENCES

M. S. Rittenbury, Chairman
E. G. Huf, Historian

L. Levine, Secretary

E. S. Higgins, Section Editor

THE INFLUENCE OF HORMONES ON HISTAMINE
METABOLISM IN THE RAT

T. Assaykeen, Department of Pharmacology, University of Virginia School
of Medicine

Histamine metabolism can be influenced by changes in male sex hor¬
mone levels and to a much lesser extent by alterations in the levels of
female sex hormones. Several investigators have shown that testosterone
enhances the catabolism of histamine. This investigation was under¬
taken in an attempt to demonstrate the presence of histamine in acces-

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

337

sory organs of reproduction, and, if present, to determine to what extent
this amine was influenced by orchidectomy. Seminal vesicles and ven¬
tral lobes of the prostate gland of both the intact and castrate Sprague-
Dawley rat were assayed fluorometrically for histamine. In a series of
6 intact animals, seminal vesicle histamine concentration was found to
be 10.57 ±: 2.40 (means ±: S.D.) while the ventral lobes of the prostate
contained 10.85 ±; 7.51. Six days post-castration there was a signif¬
icant rise in histamine concentration in both tissues studied. Seminal
vesicle histamine values in a group of 6 animals were increased to 23.35
± 3.67 while values for prostatic tissue were elevated to 67.27 ±; 21.66.
Castration also produced a significant increase when these results were
expressed as ^g/organ and as /xg/organ/lOOg body weight. These pre-
limniary observations, which indicate that the absence of endogenous
androgen leads to elevated histamine levels in the two sex accessory
tissues studied, are in accord with previous reports suggesting that testos¬
terone enhances the catabolism of histamine. — (Supported by U.S.P.H.S.
training grant 2966).

FURTHER STUDIES ON THE MOVEMENT OF DRUGS FROM
THE ISOLATED URINARY BLADDER OF THE RABBIT

Joseph F. Borzelleca, Department of Pharmacology, Medical College of

Virginia

The movement of salicylates, barbiturates and alkaloids across the wall
of the isolated urinary bladder of the rabbit was investigated. The
urinary bladders were removed from adult, albino, male rabbits anes¬
thetized with pentobarbital sodium, 20 mg/kg. i.v. The bladders were
mounted onto a special holder and placed in a bath of oxygenated (95%
02-1-5% CO2) Tyrodes (pH 7.40) solution. Buffered solutions of the
drugs (in concentrations from 1—10 m M) were placed into the bladder
(volume: 3 ml/kg body weight). Samples were removed from inside
the bladder and from the surrounding bath at 1, 2 and 6 hour inter¬
vals. The transfer process was influenced by the concentration and the
pH of the solution but not by pretreatment with metabolic inhibitors
such as 2,4-dinitrophenol, sodium azide, anoxia or prolonged refrigera¬
tion. The results of these studies indicate a passive movement (diffu¬
sion) of drugs across the wall of the isolated urinary bladder. — (Sup¬
ported by USPHS Grant RG-7064.)

338

The Virginia Journal of Science

I September

EPINEPHRINE TOLERANCE IN FROGS

Patriek K. Burke, Charles O. Watlington and Addison, D. Campbell,
Medical College of Virginia

Continued i.v. infusion for several hours of one mg of eommereial
epinephrine (E) or of freshly prepared E-bitartrate solution did not lead
to severe toxie effeets in rana pipiens. Several effeets of E were ob¬
served, however, in both normal and urethane anesthetized frogs: De¬
crease and increase in skin P.D. from relatively high and relatively low
resting potentials, respectively: decrease in short circuit current througli
skin; incease in Na^^ outflux across skin with little or no change in Na^^
influx; moderate, transient increase in O2 consumption from a normal
value of about 4 to as high as 25 ml O2/IOO gm frog/hr, following a
single s.c. dose of 1 mg of E. Five to 10 minutes later, return to normal
values was seen. I.V. injection of 1 mg of E had little effect on EKG.
Reversal of the ST segment, however, was frequently noted. The rea¬
sons for the great tolerance of frogs to E are unclear. Cardiovasular
effects, in intact amphibia, of 4 to 5 micograms of E are reported in
the literature. It is unlikely that anesthesia greatly diminished the E
sensitivity. The possibility of rapid excretion or rapid chemical destruc¬
tion must be considered.

HYPOTHERMIA AS A MEANS OF ORGAN PRESERVATION

R. J. Cleveland, H. M. Lee, H. M. Kauffman, J. J. Dwyer, D. M. Hume,
Department of Surgery, Medical College of Virginia

Perfusion cooling has been utilized as a means of short term renal
homograft preservation in 18 consecutive renal transplants in man. Of
this number 12 kidneys were obtained from living donors and 6 from
cadaver donors. In this series 17 of 18 renal homografts were observed
to excrete over 1000 ccs. of urine during the first 24 hous following
transplantation. The longest period of anoxia for any renal homograft
was 3 hours and 12 minutes.

The need for short term renal homograft preservation, the rationale
for using perfusion cooHng, experimental animal data and renal func¬
tion studies in the immediate post-transplant period will be discussed.

MOLYBDENUM AND CELLULAR DIVISION
Germille Colmano, Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Explanations for the physiological activities of molybdenum have not

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

339

vet been offered. However, our observations of its effect on the repro¬
ductive cycle of Euglena cells indicate that molybdenum participates
actively in the subdivision of cells.

Normal division of Euglena cells occurs by longitudinal fission, but
in presence of 10“^ to 10"^ Molar molybdenum (below the toxic level
for Euglena cells), abnormally dividing ces begin to appear. They show
mutiple subdivision, with 3 to 9 cells attached by one end and having
the free end swimming with a normally developed flagellum. The
cytoplasm contracts and flows freely from one cell to another and all
cells show a separate nucleus, sometimes still subdividing from the
mother cell.

In few instances abnormal cells have been described in the literature
as curiosities, or freaks or monsters, but without clear explanation for
their appearance.

Our contribution in recognizing that these forms are definitely involv¬
ed by determinable amounts of molybdenum is also enhanced by attribut¬
ing their nature to a nuclear polyploid meiotic fission, with abnormal
mitoses suggesting the uncontrolled growth patterns observed in tumor
cells. We finally suggest that the site of action of molybdenum is
probably located on the proteidic sulfhydryl groups of the chromosomes.

EFFECT OF CHOLINE DEFICIENCY ON SERUM LIPIDS OF RATS

J. C. Forbes, O. M. Petterson, and R. A. Rudolph, Medical College of

Virginia

Low density lipoproteins of serum from choline deficient rats and
controls were precipitated with dextran sulfate and calcium chloride
from the infranatant solution obtained by centrifuging the serum at
20,000 X g for 2 hours. Cholesterol and triglycerides were determined
on this fraction as well as on the infranatant solution. The deficient
animals showed about one-haK the concentration of cholesterol and tri¬
glycerides in the low density lipoproteins as the controls. Administra¬
tion of choline for a few days raised the concentration of these lipids
in the low density lipoproteins to normal. Chohne deficiency caused
no apparent change from the normal in the high density lipoprotein
content of the serum. It would appear that in choline deficiency there
is impairment in the formation of the vehicle for removing triglycerides
and cholesterol from the liver. — (Supported in part by an NIH grant.)

340

The Virginia Journal of Science

I September

THE EFFECTS OF PENTOBARBITAL ON BODY TEMPERATURE
OF RATS SUBJECTED TO 5° C.

C. L. Gemmill and K. M. Browning, University of Virginia School
of Medicine

A series of rats given a standard dosage of pentobarbital were subjected
to 5°C. The majority of normal rats without previous exposure to cold
quickly lost control of their body temperature and pulse rate. If rats
were subjected to 5°C from 16 hours to 45 da vs before being given the
pentobarbital, many of these rats were able to maintain their body tem¬
perature and pulse rates. The number of rats showing this maintenance
varied with the time of the previous exposure. Rats exposed to cold
for periods of 37 to 45 days all recovered when given pentobarbital
and placed at 5°C. Normal rats previously exposed to cold and tested
maintained their abilitv to recover in the cold for periods up to 83 days.
Thvroidectomized rats were not able to maintain their body tempera¬
tures or pulse rates even after previous exposure to cold. Thvroidec¬
tomized rats given triiodothvronine were able to recover after pentobabital
and subjected to 5°C.

SYNTHESIS OF PULMONARY PHOSPHOLIPIDS

W. R. Harlan, Jr., S. I. Said, C. L. Spiers, C. M. Banerjee, and

M. E. Averv, Department of Medicine, Medical College of Virginia,
and Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland

Pulmonary surfactant, normallv responsible for alveolar stability is be¬
lieved to be a phospholipid, dipalmityl lecithin. In vivo and in vito
studies have been conducted to elucidate the origin of pulmonary phos-
phatides and their possible relationship to disease states. Albumin-
bound palmitic-l-C^^ acid (FFA) was injected i.v. into 6 dogs, and serial
samples of lung and blood were obtained. These samples were separated
into classes of lipids and into phospholipid fractions. Radioactive FFA
was converted rapidly into lung phospholipid with a peak at 15 min.
followed by a slow decrease (Ty2 = 120 min.). Of the total radio¬
activity in the lung 45% was found in lecithin. Atelectasis following
O2 breathing and bronchial occlusion did not alter incorporation into
phospholipid. After induction of pulmonary edema, tissue radioactivity
declined rapidly (Ty2 = 20 min.) and radioactivity was present in the
foam collected during edema. Concomitant measurements of surface ac¬
tivity were made on the surface tension balance. In vitro studies with
acetyl-l-C^^-SCoA were carried out to determine whether lung tissue
can synthesize fatty acids and phospholipid. Fatty acids were synthesized

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

341

in mitochondrial and microsomal fractions and these acids as well as
palmityl-l-Ci^-SCoA were incorporated into phospholipid. The lung can
synthesize lectithin and other phospholipids from circulating FFA and
from fatty acids synthesized within the lung but these studies do not
establish the identity of these phosphatides with pulmonary surfactant.
— (Supported in part by NIH 07364, PHS H-04226 and American Heart
Association. )

ALTEKATK3NS IN CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM INDUCED IN
ASPERGILLUS NIGER BY DINITROBENZENE

Edwin S. Higgins and Wilbur G. Chambers, Department of Biochemistry,
Medical College of Virginia

m-Dinitrobenzene (DNB) appears to be a selective growth inhibitor
of molds at levels of only 25 micromolar. A DNB-resistant strain of
A. niger, isolated by substrate enrichment, was found to possess a mark¬
edly altered capability for metaboHsm of glucose. The wild strain oxid¬
ized glucose immediately to gluconate which then, via the pentose
pathway or the Entner-Doudoroff sequence, supplied triose phosphate
or pyruvate for entry in the citric acid cycle. Glycolytic activity could
not be detected. The resistant strain, however, did not form gluconate
but metabolized glucose by glycolysis and citric acid cycle oxidation.
Glucose in excess of energy requirements was laid down as /?-l,4 glu-
can. Glucose oxidase, isolated from the wild type, was inhibited by
DNB. (Nitrobenzene derivatives have been shown to inhibit several
flavoproteins by competing with FAD for its binding site on the apoen-
zyme.) Moreover, DNB did not inhibit growth in the wild type when
gluconate was substituted for glucose as the carbon source. In the
resistant strain, substitution of gluconate for glucose resulted in the
formation of only traces of thes ^-1,4 glucan. It seems likely, there¬
fore, that growth inhibition by DNB was due to obstruction of the glu¬
cose oxidase step in the wild type. Glucose oxidase is not a critical
enzyme in the resistant strain, however, since prolonged depression of
this enzyme by DNB resulted in selective enrichment of this strain with
glycolytic enzymes and with the consequent alteration in glucose cata¬
bolism compared to the wild type. Glucose not immediately glycolyzed
was aid down as ^-1,4 glucan in which form it served as an energv
reserve in the resistant strain. — (Supported by NIH Grant AI-01889.)

342

The Virginia Journal of Science

L September

SODIUM DIFFUSION IN EPIDERMIS AND CORIUM OF
FROG SKIN

M. Godwin Jones, Priscilla M. Winn and Ernst G. Huf,
Medical College of Virginia

It is generally assumed that the Stratum germinativum of the epider¬
mis of frog skin is the site of active Na+ transport. This layer is sand¬
wiched between the outer epidermal layers and the corium. Hence,
in studies on factors affecting the rate of active Na+ transport it becomes
of interest to know the Na+ permeability coefficients (k, cm/sec) and
the Na+ diffusion coefficients (D, cm^/sec) of the layers in front of
and behind the Stratum germinativum. Measurements were made on
fresh skins of Rana pipiens, skins that were soaked for 3 hours in 4 mM
NaHGOg, and on stripped skin, obtained by peeling off the epidermis
of soaked skins. Na^^ flux measurements were made using these types
of membranes in a simple two chamber cell with adequate mixing of
the fluids in the compartments. Supporting studies were carried out
to evaluate the degree of osmotic damage imposed upon the studies
during the soaking period. These studies included: histology, respira¬
tion measurements, thickness measurements (swelling), estimations of
H2O and electrolyte content. Permanent damage was done to the inner
epidermis. Other layers showed fairly good recovery from osmotic dam¬
age upon return of the membranes to Ringer’s solution. From the Na^^
flux measurements, k and D were calculated assuming that skin is a
simple membrane composed of two layers only, epidermis and corium.
The following values were obtained (the subscripts refer to epidermis
and corium respectively). Soaked skin: kg = 8.4 x kg 1= 1 x 10”^;

Dg zzz 0.04 X 10"^’; Dg = 2.6 x 10~^; Fresh skin: kg = 0.36 x 10“®; kg =;

I X 10-4; Dg = 0.0015; Dg=:2.6 x 10-®.

LYMPHOGYTURIA AND RENAL HOMOGRAFT REJEGTION
IN MAN

H. M. Kauffman, R. J. Gleveland, H. M. Lee, J. J. Dwyer, and D. M. Hume,
Department of Surgery, Medical College of Virginia

Examination of Wright stained urinary sediments has been performed
following renal homotransplantation. In 7 of 9 human patients, on 11
separate occasions, threatened graft rejection occurred. In 8 of these

II rejections, lymphocytes were observed in the urine before or at the
same time other evidence of rejection appeared. Significant lymphocy-
turia was observed in 8 of 10 dogs receiving kidney homografts within
48 to 72 hours after these cells first appeared in the interstitium of

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

343

the graft. Wright stained cryostat sections of rejected kidneys demon¬
strated lymphocytes and plasma cells in the renal interstitium and lym¬
phocytes within tubular lumina. Possible mechanisms and significance
of lymphocytnria will be discussed.

PROLONGATION OF FUNCTIONAL SURVIVAL OF RENAL
HOMOGRAFTS BY LOCAL RADIATION

H. M. Lee, H. M. Kauffman, R. J. Cleveland, J. J. Dwyer, and D. M. Plume,
Medical College of Virginia

Kidnev homotransplants have been performed in a series of dogs
whose only immunosuppressive therapv has been local radiation to the
grafted kidney. Leukopenia or generalized immune svstem suppression
was not encountered.

Significant prolongation of functional survival was achieved using 6
doses of 150 r with the first dose being administered on the day of
transplantation. The results demonstrate the importance of administer¬
ing the first dose of radiation on the day of transplantation.

Although statistically significant prolongation of function was not dem¬
onstrated in the other experimental groups, at least one animal surviving
over 20 days was observed in each group. In addition, reversal of BUN
elevations and attenuation of the round cell infiltration was seen in
several experimental groups.

While the mechanism of action of local graft radiation has not been
determined, evidence is presented which suggests that destruction of
the round cells infiltrating the graft may be its mode of action.

SODIUM TRANSPORT INHIBITION BY CHRONIC EXPOSURE
TO SODIUM

J. L. Kinzie, University of Virginia

Using the short-circuit technique of Ussing et al (1), sodium trans¬
port was compared in parallel groups of R. pipiens maintained at room
temperature in water and in Ringers solution.

Analysis of the data indicate that, (a) little or no change occurs in
the D. C. resistance, (b) short-circuit current and potential difference
across the skin are decreased by 2/3 in a parallel fashion, (c) the maxi¬
mal voltage against which the active transport mechanism can operate
is halved.

344

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

On the basis of these findings it is concluded that prolonged exposure
to Ringers solution causes a gross depression of the active sodium trans¬
port system without affecting ionic permeability. It is suggested that
sueh depressed skin could be a valuable tool in the investigation of
transport phenomena. (1) Ussing, H. H. Handbook Exp. Pharmakol.
Erganzvnwerk. 1959.

ALLERGIC INFLAMMATION IN E. COLL DIARRHEA

|. Clark Osborne and D. F. Watson, Virginia l^ohjtechnic Institute

Escherichia coli has been isolated from and associated etiologically in
infectious diarrheas of several mammalian species including newborn
infants. Severe and fatal diarrheas in neonatal calves were induced
with known E. coli serotypes by consecutive daily oral doses. Histologi¬
cal evidence indicated bacterial endotoxin shook reaction, with features
of the generalized Shwartzman phenomenon. Reeent experiments have
shown neonatal calves to be hypersensitive to a single intravenous dose
of E. coli botii before and after ingestion of colostrum. Diarrhea fol¬
lowed sublethal intravenous doses of E. coli. Single one ml. doses, intra¬
venously, of E. coli whole cell or cell-free supernatant fluid produced
severe or fatal anaphylactoid shock reaction.

EFFECT OF PUROMYCIN ON DRUG-INDUCED PORPHYRIA

Rosser A. Rudolph, Jr., Deborah E. Markow and Lynn D. Abbott, Jr.,
Department of Biochemistry, Medical College of Virginia

The administration of 3,5-dicarbethoxy-I,4-dihydrocollidine (DDC)
causes an acute hepatic porphyria in rats and rabbits. We have studied
the development of this porphyria in incubated rat hver slices and in
the isolated perfused liver by measuring the increase in the aeid-extract-
able fluorescence which corresponds to coproporphyrin and protopophyrin.
Two hours after the intraperitoneal administration of DDC the hepatic
level of porphyrins was normal but when liver shces from these animals
were incubated for 4 hours with glycine in Krebs-phosphate buffer a
marked increase in porphyrins occurred. In slices from normal animals,
delta-aminolevuHnic acid caused a similar increase in porphyrins but no
accumulation occurred when incubated with glycine. Treatment of rats
with puromycin in doses which have been shown to almost completely
inhibit protein synthesis prevented the induction of porphyria by DDC
as indicated by the lack of porphyrin synthesis in liver slices taken from
animals 2 hours after the administration of DDC. The synthesis of por¬
phyrins from (ieZto-aminolevulinic acid was not impaired. Puromycin
added to liver slices in vitro, after the induction of ‘‘porphyria” in vivo.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

345

did not interfere with porphyrin synthesis. Porphyrin synthesis did not
occur in isolated normal liver perfused with rabbit blood — Ringer solu¬
tion (2:1) when DDC was added to the perfusate. However, porphyrin
synthesis did occur in the normal liver when in addition to DDC a full
complement of amino acids was added. These results are compatible
with an increase, during the two hours after the administration of DDC,
in the activity of the enzyme dc/ta-aminolevulinic acid synthetase due to
its synthesis from amino acids.

TIME-LAPSE MOTION PICTURES OF INTRACELLULAR DISTURB¬
ANCES INDUCED IN ZYGOTES OF SEA URCHINS AFTER ULTRA-
\TOLET OR X-RAY IRRADIATION OF ZYGOTES, BOTH
GAMETES, OR ONE GAMETE

Carl C. Speidel, University of Virginia School of Medicine and
Ralph H. Cheney, Brooklyn College

o

Strong irradiation, x-ray or UV (2537 A ultraviolet), of sea urchin
zygotes, both gametes, or one gamete, induced violent internal disturb¬
ances during the first cleavage cycle. These disturbances foreshadow¬
ed approaching death. Time-lapse motion pictures of such cellular death
throes revealed significant differences and resemblances correlated with;
(1) the kind of irradiation, whether UV or x-ray, (2) the material irradiat¬
ed, whether eggs alone, sperm alone, both eggs and sperm, or zygotes
after fertilization. Detailed analysis of the scences gave an insight into
the respective roles played bv irradiated nucleus, and irradiated cyto¬
plasm in bringing about the observed results. — (Supported by Grant
CM 04326-06 to C. C. Speidel from the U.S.P.H.S.)

THE EFFECT OF NORETHANDROLONE OR TESTOSTERONE ON
MOUSE SEX ACCESSORY ORGAN FRUCTOSE LEVELS

Albert J. Strauss, Jr. and John A. Thomas, University of Virginia
School of Medicine

The administration of norethandrolone or testosterone to either the
intact or castrate mature mouse produced alterations in the levels of
fructose in seminal vesicle and prostate tissues. A ten day injection
period was more effective than was a five day injection period in caus¬
ing increases in fructose levels in the intact mouse. The added stimula¬
tion of fructose observed in the intact mouse treated for the more

346 The Virginia Journal of Science [September

extended period of time was not due simply to the increased amount
of injected steroid.

Testosterone was more effective than norethandrolone in restoring the
castrate animals’ seminal vesicle and anterior prostate fructose. Com¬
parison of the and intact series suggested the presence of endogenous
substances other than tetosterone which were capable of stimulating
fructose metabolism. — (Supported by a grant from the A. M. A.)

FLUID AND ELECTROLYTE THERAPY OF IRREVERSIBLE
SHOCK IN THE CAT

T. K. Suh and E. D. Brand, University of Virginia School of Medicine

Shock was produced by a stimulus of hemorrhagic — hypotension at
40 mm Hg until 40 per cent of the maximum volume bled was taken
up spontaneouslv by the cat. At this point (ave. 2.6 hours) all remain¬
ing shed blood was reinfused. Blood pressure returned to normal but
gradually fell until death occurred in all 8 control cats. (ave. 7 hours).
In contrast, 7 of 8 treated cats survived. Fluid therapy was begun 30
minutes after reinfusion and lasted 3 to 16 hours (median 4.5 hours).
The fluid contained normal plasma electrolytes plus 1500 mg% glucose
and was administered intravenously at a pressure of 10 mm HOH above
control venous pressure. Cats took in 14.5 per cent of their body
weight and excreted half of this as urine. Possible effects of this therapy
are as follows: 1. Guaranteed slightly elevated venous return to tbe
heart plus decreased blood viscosity increased cardiac output and im¬
proved tissue perfusion; 2. Improved renal perfusion plus osmotic diuresis
from glucose flushed metabolites into the urine; 3. Glucose was meta¬
bolized as needed. These findings support the hypothesis that some
forms of “irreversible” shock may be due to metabolic imbalance and
may be reversed by appropriate fluid and solute therapy. — (Supported
by USPHS Grant HE 01942-09 (GV).)

THE ACTION OF ANDROGENIC STEROIDS ON SOME ASPECTS
OF ACCESSORY SEX ORGAN METABOLIM
John A. Thomas, University of Virginia School of Medicine

The metabolic integrity of sex accessory tissue is know nto be andro¬
gen dependent. Orchidectomy leads to a profound reduction in both
protein and carbohydrate metabolism in these organs.

Metabolic defects created by the absence of testicular hormones can
be ameliorated by the injections of androgenic substances. Injections of

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

347

testosterone, testosterone propionate, and 17-metliyl testosterone to the
castrate mouse are capable of restoring fructose levels in the prostate and
seminal vesicles. The administration of 1 7-ethyl- 19-nortestosterone was
observed to be less effective in restoring fructose values than testosterone
alone. Other testosterone analogues such as l7-ethynyl-18-nortestosterone
and 17-ethynyl testosterone failed to effectively stimulate fructose forma¬
tion in sex accessory tissues of the orchidectomized mouse. — (Supported
by a grant from the A. M.A.).

DETERMINATION OF THE PROTEIN MOIETY OF LOW
DENSITY LIPOPROTEINS OF HUMAN SERUM
Marv C. Thrift and J. C. Forbes, Thomas Jefferson High School and
Department of Biochemistry, Medical College of Virginia

A method for the determination of the protein moiety of the low
densitv lipoproteins of serum has been developed. This involved pre¬
cipitation and reprecipitations with dextran sulfate and calcium chloride,
after which the protein content was determined with biuret reagent.
Crystalline human serum albumin was used as a standard. After devel¬
opment of the color, the solutions were clarified by shaking with diethyl
ether and centrifuging. Insoluble material separated out at the inter¬
face. The clear infranatant solutions were then used for color com¬
parison using a Klett-Summerson photoelectric colorimeter and filter 54.

THE EFFECT OF SUPERIOR MESENTERIC VASCULAR OCCLU¬
SION ON SMALL BOWEL INTRALUMINAL PRESSURES IN DOGS

A. M. Zfass, L. Horowitz, J. T. Farrar, Medical College of Virginia

Spontaneous occlusion of the mesenteric veins or arteries in patients
is often associated with severe abdominal pain and at operation the
small bowel has been described as ‘‘spastic”. The present experiment
was designed to study the role of mesenteric arterial or venous occlusion on
intestinal motor activity in dogs.

The superior mesenteric artery or vein was occluded in 14 dogs. Intra¬
luminal pressures were recorded by small ballon-tipped catheters passed
through an enterotomy in the mid- jejunum.

In 6 of 7 animals in the arterial group and 6 of 7 animals in the
venous group, a striking increase in the intraluminal pressure was observed
following occlusion. Pressure changes were recorded earlier after venous
occlusion than following aterial occlusion.

The factor or factors which mediate the changes in intraluminal press¬
ure following occlusion are unknown.

348

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

SECTION OF MICROBIOLOGY

A. L, Rosenzweig, Chairman R. W. Tankersley, Jr., Secretary

W. F. Skinner, Vice-Chairman P. A. Hansen, Section Editor

MINUTES

The joint meeting of the Virginia Academy, Section of Microbiology
and the Virginia Branch of the American Society for Microbiology was
held on May 8th, 1:00 p.m. The following slate of officers was elected
or carried over: Chairman, Abe Rosenzweig; Vice Chairman, W. French
Skinner; Secretary-Treasiier, R. W. Tankersley; Section Editor, P. Arne
Hansen; Council Representative Virginia Academy of Science, P .A. Arne
Hansen; Councilor A.S.M., Weslev A. Volk.

THE RELATIONSHIP RETWEEN THE HOST’S RESISTANCE TO
TUBERCULOSIS AND METABOLISM OF CERTAIN OF HIS
TISSUES

M. J. Allison and E. Gerszten, Medical College of Virginia

Using rabbits inbred for varying degrees of native resistance to tuber¬
culosis, the authors have found a close correlation between the level of
metabolism of peritoneal mononuclear exudate cells and the level of
resistance of the host to tuberculosis. Altering the host’s resistance
with hormones, immuniaztion, and other artificial means also provoked
alterations in the host’s peritoneal mononuclear cell metabolism. If the
resistance was raised the metabolism was raised and vice versa.

Recently the authors have attempted to apply some of their studies
on rabbit tuberculosis to human tuberculosis. It would appear that at
least in part metabolic studies of human leukocytes might be correlated
with infection with the tubercle bacillus. The authors suggest a possible
biochemical basis to partially explain the pathogenesis of tuberculosis.

REVERSION STUDIES WITH MUTANTS OF ESCHERICHIA COLI
Richard M. Cribbs, Medical College of Virginia

Twenty-five L-arabinose non-utilizing mutants of the B gene (struc¬
tural gene for L-ribulokinase) of Escherichia coli B/r have been tested
with four chemical mutagens to determine (1) if there is a relationship

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

349

between the type of molecular rearrangement resulting from mutation and
the characteristic level of L-arabinose isomerase produced by a particu¬
lar mutant and (2) whether the induced L-arabinose utilizing revertants
are true reversions or due to suppressor mutations.

The data obtained from reversion experiments failed to show any cor¬
relation between the response of a mutant to any class of chemical
mutagens and its level of L-arabinose isomerase production. However,
genetic tests employing transduction with phage Plbt indicated that some
of the induced reversions to L-arabinose utilization are due to an addi¬
tional mutation at a second or suppressor site.

OBSERVATIONS OF HISTOPLASMA CAPSULATUM IN RABBIT
ALVEOLAR MACROPHAGES

Robert E. James, Jr. and Catherine M. Russell, University of Virginia

The cytopathogenic effect of Histoplasma capsulatnm on alveolar ma¬
crophages of normal rabbits was studied. The effect of Histoplasma
capsulatum yeast cells, living and killed, was compared with the effect
of Saccharomyces veast cells, living and killed, on aveolar macrophages
in tissue culture. Results indicate that live yeast cells of both Histoplasma
capsulatum and the Saccharomyces caused a marked increase in the rate
of mortality of the macrophages when the infecting dose of yeast cells
was increased. However, a comparison of killed yeast cells of the two
organisms in a similar concentration resulted in Histoplasma capsulatum
showing approximately 90% mortality of the macrophages and the Sac¬
charomyces showing approximately 10% mortality of the macrophages.

FRACTIONATION OF LABELED GLOBULIN ON
CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE

Ronald D. Jome and P. Arne Hansen, Department of Microbiology,
University of Maryland, College Park

Immune globulin to Pasteurella multocida was conjugated with fluores¬
cein isothiocyanate in proportions varying from 3.5 to 20 mg FITC/
gram globulin protein. After removal of unconjugated fluorescein isothio¬
cyanate by Sephadex filtration the labeled globulins were eluted through
carboxymethyl celluose with a phosphate buffer gradient: 0.01 M phos¬
phate, pH 5.5 to 0.1 M phosphate, pH 8.2. To prevent gobulin pre¬
cipitation at pH 5.5, 0.1 M NaCl was added. The effluent from the
cellulose column passed through a recording analyzer that monitored
for two wavelengths — 254 and 495 milimicrons — and a fraction col-

350

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

lector was automatically controlled to deposit each absorbing fraction
into a separate collecting tube. Most of the labeled globulin was eluted
from the column in a single band and was recorded as a single peak at
both 254 and 495 millimicrons. Very small secondary peaks were also
eluted. Elution of labeled globulin from carboxymethyl cellulose result¬
ed in a peak that is steeper and narrower than an analogous peak from
DEAE — cellulose.

ENTAMOEBA HISTOLYTICA RESPONSE TO NUTRIENTS IN
COo-BICARBONATE BUFFERED MEDIUM
E. Clifford Nelson and Muriel M. Jones, Medical College of Virginia

It has been found in many studies that Entamoeba histolytica can be
grown in culture if supplied particles such as liying bacteria, hemoflagel-
lates or living cells. Yet efforts to extract essential factors haye failed.
It has been shown that other phagotropic organisms may be grown if
supplied particles to which essential factors are adsorbed. The present
study involves tests to see if anoeba growth can be obtained by using
particles treated for adsorption of some factor. Preliminary tests with
particles such as rice powder and red blood cells have given promising
results.

THE APPLICATION OF AN EQUATION DESCRIBING THE TIME-
COURSE OF SPORE GERMINATION
Neil G. McCormick, University of Virginia
An empirical expression has been developed which describes the time-

-C

course of spore germination (Y z= e“l^t ). The relationship of the frac-

“C

course of spore germination (Y = e-*^^ ). The relationship of the frac¬
tion of the reaction completed (Y) to time, can be used to predict the
final equilibrium value of the reaction, as well as all values at all times,
from knowledge of a minimum of three experimental points and the initial
value at time zero. The equation has been used to analyze kinetic data
from germination experiments and to show the effect of different experi¬
mental conditions on the constants k and c. In addition, the expres¬
sion has been found to accurately describe a number of different types
of natural processes and distribution frequencies. It is believed that the
equation represents a new type of distribution function which describes
the probability of success of events occurring in a given process as that
process flows through time.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

351

AGGLUTINATION OF WHITE BLOOD GELLS BY
MENINGOPNEUMONITIS VIRUS

G. G. Parikh and L L. Sliechmeister, Department of Microbiology,
Southern Illinois University, Carbondale

Agglutination of animal cells, including different white blood cells,
by certain viruses has been observed bv several investigators in the past.
To date, exploration of the mechanism of viral leucoagglutination receiv¬
ed onlv limited consideration. Agglutination of rabbit pseudoeosinophils
bv MPV was recentlv reported b\^ us, in the studies on viral phagocytosis
(Parikh, G. G. and 1. L. Shechmeister, Proc. Am. Soc. Microbiol., 1963).
The present report deals with the development and standardization of leu¬
coagglutination test, determination of number of virus particles required
per white blood cell to cause agglutination, determination of optimum
temperature and isolation of viral subunits responsible for the phenome¬
non. MPV agglutinated rabbit pseudoeosinophils when minimum of 60
virus particles were present per white blood cell. The optimum tem¬
perature of vrial leucoagglutination is 37° G. Sodium azide (0.005M),
trypsin (0.25%), sulfhydryl binding chemicals, inhibited leucoagglutina¬
tion, however, sodium floride (0.01 M) did not. Viral leucoagglutinins
were prepared bv fluorocarbon extraction, and isolated fom it by column
chromatography and continuous flow electrophoresis. These leucoag¬
glutinins were identified as RNA lipoprotein complex and DNA lipopro¬
tein and were multifunctional, i.e., showed the property of precipitation
and agglutination.

INFLUENGE OF ARGININE ON HERPES SIMPLEX VIRUS
INFEGTION IN VITRO

Robert W. Tankersley, Jr., Medical College of Virginia

Herpes simplex virus infection of human cells in culture is mediated
by the nutritional state of the system. Exhaustion of the medium by
continued incubation will cause infection to disappear and the cells
appear to be normal. Examination of this system has revealed that
arginine is the critical factor; in its absence cells are unable either to
support virus replication or to undergo characteristic cytopathogenic
changes.

This apparent latency induced by arginine deficiency is relatively short
lived. Within the limits of its existence, studies have shown that the
number of cells bearing latent virus drops off rapidly with time and
infected cells are undetectable after the fifth day. Examination of the
cell-virus complex during the early stages of the latent infection have

352

The Virginia Journal of Science

[ September

not as yet shown any evidence of a stable cell-virus interaction. Present
results indicate that in the absence of arginine, the cell is incapable of
producing new viral components, yet has been diverted from its own
metabolic activities, so that death ensues, leaving a normal population
of uninfected, neighboring cells.

THE ENZYMATIC FORMATION OF TDP-3-ACETAMIDO-3,6-
DIDEOXYHEXOSE

Wesley A. Volk, Unwersitij of Virginia, School of Medicine

Upon examination of various nucleotide-linked sugars as glycosyl donors
in the cell free biosynthesis of an exopolvsaccharide produced by Xan-
thomonas campestris, TDP-glucose was found to give rise to a series of
unusual amino sugars. One of the members of this group has been
isolated in apparently pure form and identified as TDP-3-acetamido-3,
6“dideoxy hexose. The present communication will provide the initial
evidence in support of this identification.

SECTION OF PSYCHOLOGY

E. R. Harcum, Chairman L. E. Jarrard, Secretary

W. H. Leftwich, Section Editor

EXPERIMENTAL MANIPULATION OF SCORES ON THE
ALLPORT-VERNON-LINDZEY STUDY OF VALUES

Roger B. Adams and Kenenth A. Blick, Randolph-Macon College

The purpose of this experiment was to determine if the profile of the
Allport- Vernon-Lindzey Study of Values could be experimentally mani¬
pulated through the introduction of a short lecture acquainting the Ss
with the purpose of the test. Twenty-six Ss took part in the basic
design of Pretest — Lecture — Post-test. The pretest was administered
under the standardized instructions presented in the test manual. One
week later, the second administration of the test was preceded by a
short lecture which briefed the Ss on the six values and instructed them
to “fake” high scores on the Economic and Political Values.

The differences between the pretest and post-test were analyzed for
the six values by analysis of variance for repeated measures. Significant

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

353

changes were found for all six values with the Theoretical, Economic
and Political values showing a significant increase and the Aesthetic,
Social and Religious showing a significant decrease. The fact that the
Study of Values can be easily faked necessarily questions the validity
of the test. The use of the test along with other validating sources is
recommended.

THE USE OF THE SEMANTIC DIFFERENTIAL TO DETERMINE
CREATIVITY IN COLLEGE ESSAYS
Jimmy Angell, The College of William and Mary

The purpose of the study was to try to determine whether college
English professors, as judges of creative essays, can agree using a crea¬
tivity semantic differential, consisting of twenty adjective opposites.

Three classroom instructors selected a total of 8 papers from students
consistently interesting and 8 from students consistently boring. Then,
two other instructors, unaware of the initial classification into high and
low creativity groups, rated the 16 papers according to the creativity
differential.

When the judges scores were averaged, they succeeded in separating
the high and low groups. Individually, the judges failed to separate
the two groups significantly. When the judges scores were intercorrelated,
only a barely significant agreement was found.

The results indicate that with further refinement, the creativity scale
could be useful in several areas. Various recommendations for improve¬
ment of the scale were made.

EFFECTS OF CONCEPTIONAL GROUPING IN SERIAL LEARNING
David A. Bernstein, University of Virginia

The hypothesis that multiple item associative units tend to predomi¬
nate in serial learning, especially in the middle of the list, was investigated
by imposing an external basis for organizing or grouping together ad¬
jacent items in a serial list. Six common free associates to the word
“moon” were placed together as a cluster either in the beginning, mid¬
dle, or end portions of 18-item serial lists. The remaining 12 words, com¬
mon to all lists, were unrelated.

Performance at each third of the list was compared with correspond¬
ing portions of a control list which contained no related words in clusters.
Location of the cluster of related words at the middle and location of

354

The Virginia Journal of Science

1 September

the cluster at the end of serial lists produced facilitation at those posi¬
tions with respect to the control group. However, there was a con-
coinmitant interference with performance at the beginning of the list.
Location of the cluster at the beginning of a serial list produced no effects
with respect to the control group. It was concluded that the learning
processes at the middle and end were similar, as they were both enhanced
by external organization, and that the dissimilar process at teh begin¬
ning was interfered with as a result of the enhancement. The natures
of the different processes were not discussed.

THE ROLE OF CONTENT AMBIGUITY ON RESPONSE SETS
IN TWO POPULATIONS
G. Eugene Brown, University of Richniond

An exploratory investigation was made to determine the relative effects
of four different types of test item content on the response sets of extrem¬
ism and perseveration elicited from students and psychotic patients. The
types of content utilized were general verbal, specific verbal, personal
verbal, and non-verbal. It was further hypothesized that there would
be greater differences between the verbal and non-verbal measures with
respect to response set scores than among the three verbal measures.

A multifactor analysis of variance design was applied to the data of
each response set. With respect to the extreme response set, significant
main effects were found due to adjustment (psychotic and student), sex,
and content (p <.()!). For the perseveration response set there was
a significant interaction between adjustment and content (p < .01).

It was concluded that although response set scores are not highly gen¬
eralized from one type of content to another, the relative positions of
diverse groups remain unchanged.

AUTHORITARIANISM, AGQUIESGENGE, AND NEGKER GUBE
REVERSALS

Judy Bryan, Thomas Goff man, and Lynda Walker,

The College of William and Mary

Jones (1955) asumed that authoritarianism is related to intolerance
of ambiguity and rigidity. He found that authoritarians, when instructed
to see Necker Gube reversals, see significantly fewer reversals than non¬
authoritarians. Jackson (1959) assumed that authoritarianism is a reflec¬
tion of the response style acquiescence and found that authoritarians,
when instructed to hold the Necker Gube in perspective, saw significantly

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

355

more reversals than non-authoritarians. He proposed that authoritarians/
acquiescers have a low level of cognitive energy and thus see more cube
reversals because they are unable to resist field forces.

Because of these contradictorv results, the present study was under¬
taken. Three conditions of experimental manipulation were used: hold,
neutral, and fluctuate. Under the hold condition, a standard and reversed
dogmatism scale was used as a measure of authoritarinism in addition
to a pure measure of acquiescence. In the fluctuate and neutral con¬
ditions, a standard and reversed F-scale was also used. For all three
conditions, the onlv significant relation found was between dogmatism
agree and Necker Cube reversals under the hold conditon. This is mark-
edlv different from Jones’ finding under the hold condition and is also
in the opposite direction from Jackson’s finding under the hold condi¬
tion.

ERRORS AS A FUNCTION OF EVENT PROPORTION IN THE
REPRODUCTION OF BINARY VISUAL PATTERNS
Richard L. Cherry and Peter L. Derks, The College of William and Mary

Previous studies have found that errors in the tachistoscopic recognition
of eight-circle templates increase with the proportion of circles filled.
Since one possible reason for this finding may be that it takes longer to
complete the task as the proportion of filled circles increases, errors as
a function of the proportion of circles filled could be either: I) A function
of the response complexity, or 2) A function of the complexity of the
stimulus. Eight Ss were randomly tested under four conditions, two
stimulus, and two response, to study the relative importance of these
two factors. In the stimulus conditions, 52 eight-element cards with an
average of either 25 or 75% of the elements filled were presented. In
the response conditions, the task was either to cross through the filled
or the unfilled circles on a corresponding eight-element response sheet.
A three-factor analysis of the data indicated that stimulus complexitv
rather than response mode was the critical variable in errors as a func¬
tion of the event proportion.

CREATIVITY AND THE LOWENFELD MOSAIC TEST WITH
FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD GRADE CHILDREN
Shelby Hagrave Cook, University of Riehmond

One hundred twenty boys and girls from public schools were used in
a study of artistic creativity and the Lowenfeld Mosaic test. Of these

The Virginia Journal of Science

356

[September

first, seeond and third grade children, 60 were judged by their teachers
as ereative and 60 as nonereative.

The test was individually administered to each child. The results
were then analyzed by the use of chi squares and t-tests to determine
the differences between the two groups on certain design characteristics.

Th conclusions were the following: (1) creative children made better
organized designs, (2) creative children more often named their designs,
(3) the names creative children gave their designs were more often appro¬
priate, and (4) creative children spent less time in making their designs
than nonereative children did.

Creative children showed economy of effort in their method of approach
and in their solutions to the mosaic task.

Age and grade trends in this study were consistent with previous find¬
ings.

THE EFFECT OF PROLONGED PRACTICE ON THE SERIAL-
POSITION CURVE OF LEARNING
Edwin W. Coppage, The College of William and Mary

Thirteen Os learned twelve different serial lists of ten nonsense syl¬
lables to a criterion of two perfect recitations by the anticipation meth¬
od, one list being learned each day, to test the prediction that the effect
of prolonged practice on the serial-position curve of learning will be
to increase the immediate memory span causing a shift in the point of
maximum errors toward the end of the list, i.e., increase the skewness
of the serial-position curve of learning. When percentage of errors was
ploted as a function of the serial position of an item within tlie series
there was no shift of the point of maximum errors toward the end of
the list, indicating no increase in the skewness of the serial-position curve
of learning with prolonged practice. Plotting percentage of errors as a
function of ranked order of learning, there was no consistent, progessive
learning of items from the beginning of the list as would be expected
if there were an increase in the immediate memory span. There was,
however, an apparent shift of the serial position-curve of learning toward
the right without a shift in the point of maximum errors.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

357

THE EFFECTS OF SECONDARY REINFORCEMENT, DISCRIMINA¬
TION OF CUES, AND FRUSTRATION ON THE EXTINCTION
OF A RUNWAY RESPONSE
David G. Elmes, Universitij of Virginia

Rats were partially reinforced at the end of a runway in one goal
box, to which they ran on 50% of the trials, and were never reinforced
in a qualitatively different goal box, to which they ran on the remaining
50% of the trials. During extinction one group ran to the previously
reinforced goal box, another group ran to the previously nonreinforced
goal box, and a third group ran to both the previously reinforced and
previously nonreinforced goal boxes. The group that ran to the previ¬
ously nonreinforced goal box was significantly more resistant to extinction
than the other two groups. The group that ran to both goal boxes was
more resistant to extinction than the group that ran to the previously
reinforced goal box. That the group that ran to the previously nonrein¬
forced goal box was more resistant to extinction than the other two groups
suggests tliat frustration is a more important factor in determining resist¬
ance to extinction than either secondary reinforcement or the discrimina¬
tion of the transition from acquisition to extinction.

INTERACTIONS AND INDEPENDENCE IN MULTIPLE
SCHEDULES OF REINFORCEMENT

Robert W. Fernie, James H, Woods, and Donald M. Thompson,
University of Virginia

In most studies of discrimination, responses in S -f- are acquired at
the same time that responses in S — are extinguished. An alternative
is first to establish responding in the presence of both stimuli through
reinforcement operations, and then extinguish responding in the presence
of only one of the two stimuli. Changes in both S -|- and S — respond¬
ing can be evaluated relative to their previous performance levels.

Behavioral contrast is an interaction between multiple schedule com¬
ponents which is characterized by an increase of responding in the S -j-
component when reinforcement of responses in S — is at a lower fre¬
quency or is eliminated completely. Induction is an interaction char¬
acterized by a decrease of responding in the S -f- component, accom¬
panied by a decrease of responding in the S — component; however,
the producing operations for this type of interaction are not well speci¬
fied.

In the present study, pigeons were reinforced for key-pecking on a

358

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

multiple schedule VI3'-VI3h Two durations of food-presentation were
used. Using long durations of reinforcement, contrast was produced when
responding in S — was extinguished. When short durations of reinforce¬
ment were used, extinction in S — produced induction in S -|- or com¬
plete independence between the schedule components. It was concluded
that quantity of reinforcement affects the interactions between components
of multiple schedule.

THE EFFECT OF RESTRICTED HOxMOCENEOUS VISUAL INPUT
UPON EXPLORATORY BEHAVIOR OF THE HOODED RAT

William Parke Fitzhugh, Jr., University of Richmond

This study tested opposing theoretical hypotheses concerning the effects
of restricted visual input upon exploratory tendencies. One hypothesis
postulates that deprivation of visual stimulus input acts as a motivational
variable through arousal of internal drive stimuli. The opposing theory
holds that restricted visual input does not arouse an internal exploratory
drive because exploratory behavior is the function of a drive having its
source in cues external to the organism.

Three groups of hooded rats were placed in living environments result¬
ing in unrestrieted, moderately restrieted, and severely restricted visual
environments. Exploratory tendencies were tested by recording the time
taken by the Ss to travel from the start box of an L and Y maze to a goal
box eontaining novel objects at the end of one arm.

There were no signifieant differences between groups in runway times.
On the first half of the experiment there were apparent group differenees
in the direetion predicted by the internal stimulus hypothesis (.10 < P
< .20). It was concluded that restricted visual input docs not affect
an internal exploratory drive but may influence exploratory tendencies
through its effect upon opportunities for stimulus generalization between
the living environment and the testing situation.

ESCAPE FROM A PROGRESSIVE WORK SCHEDULE AS FUNC¬
TIONS OF DEPRIVATION AND AMOUNT OF REINFORCEMENT

Sandy Gaines, Donald M. Thompson, and James H. Woods,
University of Virginia

A new obstruction technique was used to assess the effects of food
and water deprivation and variations in reward value on performance.
The technique consists of a progressive work requirement such that, after
each reinforcement, two more lever presses are added to the response

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

359

requirement necessary to obtain the next reinforcement. One response
measure was the breaking point, defined as the last response require¬
ment completed before an animal ceased responding for 15 minutes. 30-
sec. light-off could be imposed at any point by one press on a second bar;
this condition represented “escape”, as darkness was a conditioned stimulus
for not responding on the ratio bar.

Three different sucrose concentrations were used as reward values for
three food-deprived albino rats; to obtain a comparable reward series
for two water-deprive drats, water was adulterated with quinine. Find¬
ings were; (1) breaking point for both food and water animals increased
as reward value increased; (2) while the number of escape responses
remained essentially constant over sessions, the point at which the first
escape response was made increased with reward value and roughly paral¬
leled the breaking point function; (3) performance at any given reward
value was influenced by which reward values had been tested prior to
it.

The results indicate the importance of the progressive ratio schedule
as a technique in motivation research.

CUTANEOUS SOUND LOCALIZATION
George A. Gescheider, University of Virginia

Cutaneous sound localization when stimuli were dehvered to the skin
through a pair of vibrators was compared with auditory localization when
stimuli were presented through earphones. Consistent with previous
results random noise bursts were more precisely localized by the ears than
low-frequency tone stimuli. Cutaneous localization, however, was as ac¬
curate for tone as for noise stimuli. Comparisons between modalities
revealed that cutaneous locahzation of tones was a great deal more pre¬
cise than was auditory tone localization but that auditory localization of
noise bursts was slightly more accurately performed by the ears than
by the skin as were 1 msec, clicks. Independent manipulation of intensity
and temporal difference cues revealed that auditory locahzation was influ¬
enced by both types of cues while cutaneous localization was entirely
dependent on intensity difference cues when the contralateral finger-tips
were stimulated. When time differences between the vibrators greater than
those normally produced by actual sound source were introduced, slight
but significant cutaneous effects were observed. Much larger time dif¬
ference effects were observed when two fingers of the same hand were
stimulatd but the cutaneous time difference effect was still considerably
smaller than that observed for hearing. When both vibrators were placed
on the same fingertip the sensitivity of the skin to time differences ap¬
proached that of the ears.

360

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

AN INVESTIGATION OF CARD CONCEPTS USING THE
HOLTMAN INKBLOT TECHNIQUE FORM A AS STIMULI
Mildred Gilman, University of Richmond

The author, using 145 naive subjects, investigated whether the sym¬
bolic concepts “Father”, ‘‘Mother”, “Social”, “Male”, “Female”, “Sex”,
and “Frightening or Fear Arousing” were related to any of the Holtz-
man Inkblots. Subjects rated each of the 45 blots in Form A on each
of the concepts on a five point scale indicating (1) a strong association,
(2) an association, (3) a possible association, (4) no obvious association,
(5) no possible association.

Analysis of variance on each of the blots yielded the following re¬
sults: (1) Sex differences were important in ratings on 18 blots and
mens ratings tended to be higher. (2) The “Mother” and “Father”
concept were not associated with anv of the blots. (3) Both sexes
associated the “Social” concept with Blots 12, 19, 25, 34 and 45. (4)

The ‘‘Male’” eoneept was assoeiated with Blots 1, 19, 25, and 34 by
women only. (5) The “Female” concept was associated with Blots 19
and 42 by both sexes and with Blots 6 and 41 by women judges. (6)
Men judges associated Blots 19 with the ‘‘Sex” concept and women judges
associated “Frightening or Fear Arousing” with Blot 40.

These results would tend to support Rorschach’s comment that con¬
tent interpretation is valuable only when considered in relation to the
psychogram.

DISCRIMINATIVE VALUE OF CARVER SELF PORTRAIT
JUDGMENT TEST

G. S. Goldstein and C. H. Jennings, University of Richmond

The Carver Self Report Judgment Test, which had previously been
analyzed for differentiating between good and poor insurance salesmen,
was further tested in the University setting. Ss were students of the
University of Richmond, Virginia. The purpose of the study was to see
which, if any, of the 92 items discriminated between these four variables:
Sex, Classification (Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior), Major Field
of Interest (Science and Non-Science), and Occupational Level of Par¬
ents (as taken from 1960 census, Va. book).

The tetrachoric r statistic was used to assess the items. Many signif¬
icant discriminations, the majority of which tended to fall in the Interest
category, were found at .01 and .05 levels of significance.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

361

A CURIOUS PARALLEL BETWEEN SERIAL LEARNING AND
TACHISTOSTOSCOPIC PERCEPTION
E. Rae Harcum, The College of William and Mary

In the reproduction of elements at different positions within tachis-
toscopic linear patterns, the function of errors is similar to the classical
serial-position curve of learning. The present proposition is that perceptual
and learning tasks involve similar mechanisms.

Under conditions comparable to those producing an ‘‘isolation effect”
in serial learning, a similar isolation effect is found in pattern perception.
Also, adjustment of the perceptual data for visual-sensitivity effects pro¬
duces a resultant function which significantly corresponds to the serial-
position curve of learning. The common mechanisms, inferred from this
eviednce, include direction of attention and organizational systems of
memory.

AN ANALYSIS OF UNAIDED RECALL IN SHORT-TERM
VERBAL RETENTION

Glenn H. Hughes and Kenneth A. Blick, Randolph-Macon College

Kent-Rosanoff stimulus words were separated into three categories hav¬
ing different cultural probabilities of producing R^ (primary), R2 (sec¬
ondary), or R3_n (sum of R3 to Rn). The average cultural probabilities
of Ri for the three categories were .14, .32 and .73. A protection design
(Training A, Training B, and Test B) with 33 Ss per category was used.
Training consisted of a list of five Rj words followed by a list of five
corresponding R2 words. After 120 sec. of vowel cancellation, the
Ss were tested for the recall of the R2 words in the absence of the five
corresponding stimulus words.

When compared with an earlier study which tested for recall in the
presence of the stimulus words (R condition) corresponding to the Ri
and R2 words of training, the present procedure (NR conditon) pro¬
duced significantly less intrusions of primaries during recall. Further¬
more, the original three categories of stimulus words failed to maintain
thei distinguishable response probabilities when the stimulus words were
omitted during recall.

EFFECTS OF DRUGS ON RATS WITH NEOCORTICAL LESIONS
Robert E. Lee III, Washington and Lee University

24 male, white rats were trained 2 hr. daily in Skinner boxes to

362

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

obtain pellets on a VI 2' schedule. Following this preliminary train¬
ing 6 rats were eliminated, and the remaining Ss were tested 2 hr. daily
for 22 days on the VI 2' schedule until performance leveled out.

The 18 Ss were divided into 3 groups: 1) 40-45% of the dorsal-
posterior neocortex was ablated for 9 Ss; 2) 4 Ss serve das operate con¬
trols, having only portions of the skull removed; 3) 5 Ss made up an
unoperated control group. After 5 davs of recovery, all Ss were put
on a 10-da V food deprivation schedule, and then testing was begun
again on the 2-hr. schedule. There were no significant differences be¬
tween neocorticals and controls. Ss were then injected with a moderate
dosage of racemic amphetamine, pentobarbital, and saline sol’n in a coun¬
terbalanced order, and retested. Analysis of variance showed significant
effects for drugs, Ss, and interactions of drugs x time. No significant
differences were shown between Groups. Ss were tested again with 4
different doses of amphetamine. Analysis of covariance showed that bar
pressing for neocorticals was significantb" less depressed b\^ amphetamine
than for controls.

PERFORMANCE AND EXTINCTION IN THE WHITE RAT AS A
FUNCTION OF PATTERN OF REWARD
Dale W. Leonard, College of William and Mary

Three groups of animals were trained to traverse a runway for a
water reward. After taining, two of the groups were put on a 50%
reward schedule in which the number of rewards and the number of
trials were equal for both groups, but the pattern in which the rewards
were given differed. In one group no rewarded trial ever followed an
unrewarded trial. In the other group rewarded trials always followed
unrewarded trials. The third group received continuous or 100% re¬
ward.

Performance and extinction data plotting running speed showed that
the former partial reward group suffered a large decrement in perfom-
ance and exhibited very little resistance to extinction compared to the
100% group as a result of their reward pattern. The other partial reward
group, in which rewarded trials followed non-rewarded trials, performed
at a level almost equal to the 100% group, and showed the usual effect
of greater resistance to extinction compared to the 100% group.

These results seem to support the hypothesis that traditional partial
reward extinction effects are primarily a function of reward paterns where
rewarded trials are subsequent to non-rewarded trials. The results were
discussed in the light of the Hull-Sheffield Aftereffects Hypothesis.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

363

EFFECTS OF HIPPOCAMPAL ABLATION AND INTERTRIAL
INTERVAL ON ACQUISITION OF A COMPLEX MAZE
Thomas C. Lewis, Washington and Lee University

Recently certain investigators have implicated the hippocampus with
a short-term memory function. Even more recently it has been found
that hippocampal ablated rats given 10 minute distributed extinction trials
in a straightway reached a criterion of extinction much more slowly than
equivalent animals given 10 second massed trials. The purpose of this
experiment was to test the short-term memory hypothesis in a complex
maze by varying intertrial interval in acquisition and extinction.

Analysis of the data showed that the hippocampal ablated rats were
slower in learning the Lashley type-II maze than controls. However, no
differential effect of intertrial interval on acquisition was observed. Hip¬
pocampal ablated rats were also slower in extinguishing the learned
response than controls. Again no differential effects caused by intertrial
interval were observed. Thus this experiment gives no support to the
short-term memory hypothesis.

THE EFFECT OF DRIVE LEVEL ON PERFORMING A COMPLEX

TASK

Patricia C. Luckv, University of Richmond

According to Hull, measures of behavior increase with incerases in
drive. However, when strong competing responses are present, it has
been found that high drive impairs performance. A difficult or com¬
plex task is defined as one where the correct response is not dominant
and strong competing responses are present. Buchwald and Yamaguchi
(1955. J. expt. Psychol. 50:265) tested the hypothesis that increasing
drive will impair performance when the strength of the correct response
is relatively weak. Thev used a reversal learning task, which was con¬
sidered to be a complex task. Their results indicated reversal learning
was more rapid under high drive. Since their results were unexpected,
this study attempted to replicate their results.

Four groups of rats were trained to run a T maze, then were trained
to reverse the direction of response. No significant difference in days
to criterion was found between the high and low drive groups during
reversal learning. Neither this study nor the one by Buchwald and
Yamaguchi were in accordance with prediction from Hull-Spence drive
theory. Further investigation along these same lines is necessary to
settle the issue.

364

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

SELF ESTEEM: A FUNCTION OF EDUCATIONAL LEVEL
Dennis L. McLaughlin, University of Richmond

The amount of congruence between the self and ideal self concepts
has been taken to be a measure of an individuals adjustment. It has
been postulated that, in addition to the achievement of ones ideals, the
lowering of his ideal self concept to “fit” better his self concept is a
major determinant in the attainment of this high correlation. It has
been postulated by the author that educational level would be a variable
in the re-adjustment of the ideal self concept and thus a function of
the level of adjustment.

Eighty Ss, counter-balanced for educational level, i.e. Freshmen and
Sophomores, and sex, were tested to determine their level of adjustment,
using the Q- sort technique. It was reported that whereas the sex
variable did not appreciably influence the level of adjustment (t=.94),
the educational levels did differ significantly, at the .05 level of con-
fiednce (t = 2.0()). The efficacy of the independent variable, educa¬
tional level, was therefore upheld.

DOGMATISM AND SELF EXPERIENCE
Nancy Mahoney and Virgil V. McKenna, The College of William and Mary

Kaplan and Singer have reported findings indicating a high degree
of relationship between extreme scores on the Rokeach Dogmatism Scale
and ability to discriminate or recognize stimuli presented to the five senses.
They had hypothesized that high scorers on die Dogmatism Scale would
be similar to Fromm’s “self-alienated” individual and would therefore
tend to be less attentive to sensory stimuli impinging upon them than
would be low scorers.

A replication of Kaplan and Singer’s experiment was undertaken in
this study to determine if the magnitude of relationship reported on two
seemingly quite dissimilar tasks could be duplicated. In response to
findings by Witkin that the sexes tended to perform differently on per¬
ceptual measures, the results were analyzed for sex differences as
well. An analysis of variance of the study’s results revealed a relation¬
ship between Dogmatism and sensory acuity significant only at the
.10 level, even though larger groups with more extreme mean scores
than Kaplan’s had been used. Women were found to perform signif¬
icantly better than men (p = .05) in the tests. Thus, some confirma¬
tion of Kaplans’ results was provided. However, sex differences seem
to be more influential on sensory acuity performance than does self-
aleination or Dogmatism.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

365

A COMPARISON OF THE EFFECTS OF CONTINUOUS VERSUS
INTERMITTENT SECONDARY REINFORCEMENT UPON
STRAIGHT RUNWAY LEARNING
Kenneth A. Marion, Washington and Lee University

Ten female albino rats were used in a study which revealed that the
intermittent pairing of dual neutral stimuli of light and buzzer with
the primary reinforcer, food, led to the establishment of secondary rein
forcement which was significantly more durable to extinction than a con¬
tinuous pairing of the same secondary and primary reinforcement. The
study was conducted with a straight runway apparatus. Although the
only significant result of the acquisition trials was that of learning over
time, several minor aspects of the latency and running times proved of
interest.

THE EFFECT OF FOOD DEPRIVATION ON YOUNG, NAIVE RATS
Spencer R. Mathews, Jr., University of Virginia

Recent evidence has suggested that the activity increases of animals
subjected to food deprivation may result from other-than-motivational
variables. In the present experiment, the attempt was made to dem¬
onstrate activity increases in subjects for whom the effectiveness of these
non-motivational variables should be minimal.

The time-sampling technique of Bindra and Blond was used. Six,
25 day-old, albino rats, housed in isolated, individual cages, were de¬
prived of food for three days following four days of habituation and
two days of baseline conditions. There resulted large increases in both
light- and dark-cycle activity as compared with control animals.

There was no basis in the experiment for excluding the possibility that
activity in the ad libitum conditons might have been reinforced by sub¬
sequent eating. Indeed, the daily distributions of activity and eating
were quite similar.

Finer-grained observations of behavior sequences in individual animals
should provide useful evidence in the evaluation of that hypothesis.

THE JOB INTEREST TEST: A SHORT OCCUPATIONAL INTEREST
INVENTORY FOR LOWER LEVEL JOBS
Ernest L. Robinson, University of Richmond
The Job Interest Test was constructed to provide an occupational inter-

366

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

est inventory for groups with lirnited educational backgrounds and train¬
ing. Its rationale is predicated upon the work of Anne Roe and her
two-fold classification of occupations according to primary focus of work
activity and level of responsibility required. Seven scores are obtained:
Service, Business Contact, Organizational, Technology, Outdoor, Scien¬
tific, and Arts & Entertainment. Items (job titles) were selected from
Roe’s listings and based upon DOT classifications. The format of the
test is similar to the Thurstone Interest Schedule, and the subject is
asked to mark his preference in each pair for 98 pairs of occupations.
Both occupations in each box can also be liked or rejected.

Split-half reliability coefficients for the seven scales average .92, and
to date the reliability of anv single scale has not fallen below .85.
The scales have shown significant and logically consistent correlations
with personality inventories as well as close agreement with studies
reported bv Roe. Factor analytic findings were encouraging. Field
testing, employing stringent validation criteria, has demonstrated dis¬
criminatory power of the scales both within and between several occupa¬
tional groups.

PSYCHOMETRIC CORRELATES OF DEVIANT RESPONDING:

A FACTOR ANALYSIS

Ernest L. Robinson, University of Richmond

This study attempted to elucidate several issues relevant to the measure¬
ment and interpretation of deviant response tendencies. Specifically, 140
prison inmates took the Perceptual Reaction Test. (PRT — Delta key)
and the Deviant Adjecitve Check-List (ACL), two indices of deviant
responding (variation from an established pattern of response bias),
along with personality, interest and ability measures. The 26 psycho¬
metric variables were intercorrelated and factor analyzed.

The two measures of deviant responding were quite independent sta¬
tistically. None of the psychometric variables was significantly correlated
with the RRT-Delta (having meaningless content), while eleven person¬
ality variables were significantly related with the ACL (having mean¬
ingful content). The degree of meaningful content of a measure of
deviant responding was the important determinant here. Factor analyti¬
cally the ACL emerged as a rather omnibus index of deviation, while
the FRT -Delta belonged in a class by itself with regard to specificity of
variance. Generality of deviation, following Berg’s Deviation Hypo¬
thesis, in noncritical (psychometric) areas of behavior could not be dem¬
onstrated.

Methodologically, this study differed from the usual investigation of

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

367

deviant responding that the within-groiip research framework was
utilized. To date, the measurement of deviant response tendencies within
anv particular group has not received attention.

RATE OF RESPONDING AS A FUNCTION OF CURRENT AND
PRIOR DEPRIVATION IN RATS
Marv E. Schild, Daniel Fallon, and Donald M. Thompson,
University of Virginia

The effect of 22-hr. cyclic food, water, or food plus water deprivation
upon bar-pressing performance in rats was assessed. In a two-bar experi¬
mental chamber, one bar produced intermitent food and another inter¬
mittent water reinforcement. Each food reinforcement was equivalent
by weight to each water reinforcement at 50 mg., and both bars were
concurrently operative on a variable-interval schedule.

During the last six of eighteen 2-hr. sessions under each deprivation
condition, most responses were emitted under food deprivation (mean
1=6,691), next under food plus water deprivation (mean = 3,816) ,
and least under water deprivation (mean = 2,350). Under food depriva¬
tion responding was primarily to the food bar, whereas under water
deprivation substantial responding occurred on both bars. Food plus
water deprivation produced many more food- than water-bar responses
although responses on the water bar were substantial. Under all con¬
ditions responding was roughlv twice as great on the food bar than on
the water bar.

Interpretation was that food deprivation produces greater motivation
than does food plus water deprivation which is in turn more motivating
than water deprivation. The data were taken to show that the food-deprived
rat is hungry but not necessarily thirstv, the water-deprived rat is hun¬
gry and thirsty.

FACTORS RELATED TO DISTORTION ON THE GUILFORD-
ZIMMERMAN TEMPERAMENT SURVEY
Arthur H. Strock, University of Richmond

The affects of educational leevl, reason for taking the test, number of
job changes after an initial full time job, early home environment, marital
status, and age on the Guilford-Zimmerman Temperament Survey were
studied. Distortion produced by these variables was measured by scores
on the Gross Falsification Scale, a built-in lie scale. The subjects used

368

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

were male job applicants between the ages of nineteen and fifty-four.

The t test was used to test differences between mean scores of the
different groups. At the .01 level of probability, statistically significant
results were found for educational level and reason for taking the test.
High school graduates taking the test in connection with an employee
evaluation program distorted less than college graduates taking the test
under the same conditions. It was found also that college graduate
vocational guidance clients distorted even less than members of the group
of high school graduates. The results seem to indicate that in the indus¬
trial situation a high school graduate will distort less than a college
graduate unless the college graduate is taking the test on his own initia¬
tive.

THE ROLE OF STIMULUS AND RESPONSE FAMILIARIZATION
IN PAIRED-ASSOCIATE LEARNING
Annete Spera Thompson, University of Virginia

During the familiarization procedure, 96 subjects were given repeated
multiple-choice tests in which thev were to identify 12 words (seen
prior to each test) from groups of highly similar alternatives. After
attaining the familiarization criterion, all subjects learned a 12-item paired-
associate (PA) list containing three pairs from each of the four possible
combinations of familiarized (F) and unfamiliarized (U) words in the
stimulus (S) and/or response (R) positions (SF‘RF; SU-RF; SF-RU;
SU-RU). Four additional variables were manipulated ina2x2x2x3
between-subjects factorial design. First, the materials used were either
7-letter Turkish words or 6-letter nonsense words. Secondly, pairs within
each familiarization condition were either sequentially grouped together
or were ungrouped. Thirdly, the PA procedure employed either a con¬
stant or a varied serial order of presentation. And lastly, the pronuncia¬
tion requiiements during PA learning varied such that the stimulus term
was always, sometimes, or never pronounced; the responses were always
pronounced.

Analyses of variance on measures of total errors and before errors
revealed that the familiarization procedure had a highly significant facilita-
tive effect on PA learning. A significant interaction between stimulus
and response familiarization indicated that stimulus familiarity had no
effect when the response term was unfamiliar; however, when paired
with a familiar response, stimulus familiarization did exert a facilita-
tive effect on PA learning above that resulting from familiarization of
only the response.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

369

PUNISHMENT BY ASSOCIATED WITH FIXED-RATIO
REINFORCEMENT

Donald M. Thompson, University of Virginia

A new behavioral technique was described by which both secondary
reinforcement and secondary punishment could be scaled along one dimen¬
sion with an empirically defined neutral point.

According to this procedure, pigeons are trained to key peck on a
multiple FR VI 2 schedule of positive reinforcement. For some birds,
the kev color associated with the FR component is red, for others it is
green. White is the prevailing stimulus associated with the VI 2 com¬
ponent for all pigeons. At FR values of 1, 50, 100, 150, and 200,
each VI response produces either (1) no change in key color, (2) a
brief change to red, or (3) a brief change to green.

It was predicted that there would be a facilitation (secondary rein¬
forcement) of VI rate at low FR requirements when each VI response
produces the fixed-ratio However, as soon as the reinforcement

density associated with the FR component becomes less than that asso¬
ciated with the VI 2 component, it was expected that the fixed-ratio
would suppress VI responding proportionate to the size of the FR
requirement. The control conditions (no color change and the uncor¬
related stimulus change) should lead to a slight increase in VI rate
across the FR dimension due to “behavioral contrast.” Early data returns
are in accord with these predietions.

THE RELATION BETWEEN THE VOICE AND BODILY
SELF-CONCEPT

Richard E. Waters, Virginia Military Institute

One of the most common and profound statements ever made by the
armchair psychologists is that you can always describe the character of
an individual by tlie way he talks. Among the many that support this
view is Dr. Dominick Barbara. But on the other hand, opposed to this
theory, and firmly entrenched in the belief that the term “personality”
is too ambiguous to compare with any variable, is a group led bv Dr.
Charles Diehl. Diehl holds that the voice is little more than a learned
concept.

The nature of this investigation was to examine the self- concept in
] egard to both of these theories. In an attempt to obtain a true exam-
] le of an individual’s voice, the introductory speech in the Basic Speech

370

The Virginia Journal of SciEiNCE

1 September

Course at VMI was used. This speech was then rated by all those
listening to it. In connection with this, a bodily self-rating sheet was
distributed to the participants by the instructor. Various methods of
correlating both of the sheets were attempted, but after attempting ten
different methods — ten different correlations were obtained, ranging
from a + .27 to a — .54 using rank order correlation.

In view of these results obtained, Diehl’s theory may be considered
the more valid; as no correlation exists between the voice and bodily
self-concept.

MANIPULATIONS OF DRIVE AND REINFORCEMENT IN
INSTRUMENTAL ESCAPE CONDITIONING
Paul J. Woods, Hollins College

An instrumental escape conditioning technique is described in which
rats swim down an alley to a warmer goal tank. Drive is manipulated
by means of the temperature in the alley and reinforcement is independ¬
ently varied bv means of the differential temperature between the alley
and the goal tank. Several studies are reported which indicate that a
given temperature change has the same effects on behavior regardless
of where it occurs on the drive stimulus continuum.

DISCRIMINATION OF ANGLES BY RATS
Leslie Jane Yonce, University of Richmond

Six hooded rats were tested for the ability to discriminate between
112° angles and 45° angles and with the 45° angle as the positive stimulus.
If they are able to discriminate, there is a possible interpretation in
terms of Deutsch’s theory of shape recognition.

Pretraining on a discrimination between the presence or absence of
light from the stimulus source was successful, with significantlv more
responses made to the positive stimulus.

Only two of the subjects have been tested as yet for angle discrimina¬
tion. Although overall differences in mean responses have so far been
statistically insignificant, most recent testing of the subjects suggests the
beginning of angle discrimination.

The most important factors which might be influencing learning in
this situation are 1) the presence or absence in the rat’s visual apparatus
of a system capable of discriminating angle per se, and 2) successive
rather than simultaneous stimulus presentation.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

371

SECTION OF SCIENCE TEACHERS

E. Charlton, Chairman
M. Walsh, Chairman-Elect

J. E. Williams, Secretary
T. W. Doggins, Section Editor

SECTION OF STATISTICS

V. W. Perry, Chairman

W. Cobb, Vice-Chairman

R. H. Meyers, Secretary
C. Y. Kramer, Section Editor

MINUTES

During the business meeting held May 8 the nominating committee
consisting of Dr. Boyd Harshbarger and Dr. John Gill of Virginia Poly¬
technic Institute, and Dr. F. W. Banghart of the University of Virginia
nominated the officers for the coming year.

Dr. Ronald Walpole was selected representative to the ASA member¬
ship committee.

THE NEGATIVE BINOMIAL DISTRIBUTION AND THE
LIKELIHOOD FUNCTON

Gary B. Beus, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Certain characteristics of the likelihood function of the Negative Bino¬
mial Distribution were investigated. In particular, the maximum likeli¬
hood estimate of a was investigated to ascertain if it fails to exist under
any circumstances. The fact that the moment estimate of a is infinite
when lUo = m^ initiated the investigation. This condition (m2 = mi)
arises in the negative binomial distribution when a becomes very large.

The likelihood function was evaluated using four examples of data
which were selected from the literature. The contours of the likelihood
function were plotted and it was found that the contours were all closed
and the likelihood function attained a maximum value inside the small¬
est contour. The maximum likelihood estimates of the parameters were
then found.

Then the likelihood function was evaluated using artificial examples

372

The Virginia [ournal of Science

[September

constructed such that m2 = mj. It was found that the contours for
these artificial examples never closed; i.e., the likelihood function con¬
tinues to increase as the parameters are increased. This indicates that
when m2 = mi there will be no admissible finite solution to the maximum
likehhood expression. The maximum likelihood expression (for these
artificial examples was also shown by analytical analysis to have no
admissible finite solution.

Therefore the evidence seems quite strong that for any example where
m2 = mi the maximum likelihood expression for the negative binomial
distribution will have no admissible finite solution.

THE PROBABILITY OF DETECTING AN OUTLYING
OBSERVATION

H. A. David, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Tests for the presence of outliers may have several aims: (a) to
screen data in routine fashion (the problem of “rejection of outliers”);
(b) to sound an alarm that outliers are present, thus indicating the need
for closer study of the data-generating process; (c) to pinpoint observa¬
tions which may be of special interest just because they are extreme.

For the comparison of competing tests in case (b) either the power
function or the expected proportion of alarms provide suitable criteria.
Case (c) may be usefully looked at as a slippage problem, with the
probability of correctly identifying the outlier as criterion. Little is
known about the performance of widely used test-statistics in the presence
of true outleirs. Methods of evaluating the above three criteria are
presented for two familiar tests when a normal sample contains a single
true outher.

A STUDY OF THE 1960 SURVEY OF THE VIRGINIA
MANUFACTURING GRADE DAIRY INDUSTRY
Roger E. Flora, Virginita Polytechnic Institute

This study consists of an investigation of the 1960 survey of the manu¬
facturing grade dairy industry in Virginia. Specific problems encoun¬
tered in the survey are investigated with particular emphasis on the
problem of non-response. In relation to the problem of non-response,
three different methods of estimation are considered and their relative
merits discussed. For purposes of comparison and illustration, estimates
are then obtained by each of the considered methods for two major
variables in selected counties.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

373

It is proposed that a sampling procedure would be more feasible than
a complete census, as was attempted in the survey investigated, in most
instances. A discussion of possible sampling procedures along with the
development of estimates to be obtained from these procedures is pre¬
sented.

On the basis of knowlege gained from this study, recommendations
are then offered for future studies of this nature.

AN APPLICATION OF THE PRINCIPLE OF INCLUSION AND
EXCLUSION

Merril W. Hume, Virginia Polytechnic Imtiiutc

The principle of inclusion and exclusion provides a very general meth¬
od for the calculation of upper percentage points, say \a, for statistics
expressible as maxima. Coupled with the Bonferroni inequalities, this
procedure allows one to establish upper and lower bounds to Xa. The
upper bound requires only the knowledge of the distribution of the variates
under consideration. The lower bound, however, requires also tlie knowl¬
edge of the joint distribution of pairs of the variates. Since the joint
distribuiton is often difficult to calculate, an approximation technique
may be necessary. Such an approximation technique was pointed out,
along with a simple guage to the accuracy of the bounds on Aa.

THE LOGARITHMIC DISTRIBUTION

William C. Nelson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

The logarithmic distribution has the probability law for a random
variable X given by

aO^

f(x)= - xz=l,2,3,...

x

1

where a = - and 0 < 0 < 1. A review of the more useful

log(l — 6>)

properties of this distribution, and also a discussion concerning the esti¬
mation of the single parameter 0 are given. Several important applica¬
tions are discussed. A mathematical derivation of the logarithmic dis¬
tribution as a limiting form of the negative binomial distribution is
shown.

374

The Virginia Journal of Science

1 September

ORTHOGONAL PARAMETERS FOR A CLASS OF
TWO-PARAMETER DISTRIBUTION

John W. Philpott, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A new method for obtaining orthogonal parameters for two parameter
distributions is developed, by considering the likelihood expressions and
the orthogonality condition:

log Px I
df^i W2 )

= 0

To illustrate the method, orthogonal parameters are determined for
the Neyman type A distribution. The results for a total of six distribu¬
tions are given. The characteristics these distributions have in common
are noted. Each is found to satisfy the equation:

_L

P 0/?! ~ />t2

where /i?i = mean

It is pointed out that for anv distribution belonging to this class, a
pair of orthogonal parameters can be quickly determined, without refer¬
ence to the method initiallv developed.

SOME OPTIMAL PROPERTIES OF THE LEAST SQUARES
TEST RATIO

J. G. Saw, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

'rhe Least Squares test ratio in a test of the general linear hypothesis
is a particular example of a variance-ratio test. The ratio of a hypo¬
thesis sum of squares to an independent error sum of squares will be
called a consistent variance ratio if the power of the test is bigger than
the size of the test when the null hvpothesis is false.

It is shown that there is a unique error sum of squares with maximal
degrees of freedom and a unique, independent hypothesis sum of squares
with minimal degrees of freedom. The least squares test ratio radio
achieves tlie maximal and minimal degrees of freedom for the error and
hypothesis sums of squares respectively and is therefore the unique such
test ratio. Further it is shown that the non-centrality parameter for
any variance ratio cannot exceed the non-centrality parameter of the
least squares ratio (this result holds also for non-consistent ratios). It

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

375

follows that the least squares test ratio is the most powerful among the
class of all variance ratio tests.

APPLICATION OF DISCRIMINANT FUNCTION ANALYSIS
TO CLINICAL DATA ON BURNS
Frederick H. Schmidt, Medical College of Virginia

Approximately 2000 patients have been treated in the Medical Col¬
lege of Virginia Hospital burns unit from 1949 to the present. An exten¬
sive statistical analysis of clinical data gathered on these patients is now
being made to determine the factors which are important in predicting
mortality and to evaluate the treatments used. There is much clinical
data that is already expressed quantitatively such as the age, weight,
and percentage body area burned. Clinical data such as pre-existing
conditions, burn and past burn complications can be expressed as being
absent or present quantiatively by zero or one respectively. The model:

Y = s jdiXi + ^ >

i=l

where Y is zero for a survivor and one for a nonsurvivor, was used to
analyze the data. The analysis showed about a dozen factors which
are statistically significant in predicting mortality. The coefficient of
determination was approximately .68.

Applying the equation to the 1358 patients in the analysis, individual
mortalities were computed with 95% accuracy. This equation can be
used bv the surgeon to evaluate the patient’s prognosis and type of treat¬
ment to be used.

ESTIMATION BY DUPLICATION

fanacc A. Speckman, National Bureau of Standards, Washington, D. C.

This paper is concerned with a statistical estimation procedure in which
measurements of a quantity are taken until two identical readings are
obtained; this duplicated value is then taken as the estimate of the magni¬
tude of the quantity concerned. The properties of this estimation pro¬
cedure have been investigated numerically, under the assumptions that
the individual observations are rounded values of measurements which
have a normal distribution, and this estimator is compared with the aritli-
metic mean of two observations. It is shown that an arithmetic mean
of two observations from the rounded distribution is almost always
superior to the estimator described above. The exception is where the

376

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

rounding interval is so wide and the rounding lattice is so advantageously
placed that the only real reason for taking repeat measurements would
be as a protection against gross errors.

PROBLEMS IN SAMPLING FROM A TIME SERIES
N. R. Thompson, Virginia Polytechnic Institute

A time series presents some of the usual problems in sampling (num¬
ber of samples, location of sampling points, etc.). In addition, if time
trends exist, stratification in time may be desirable, along with additional
refinements. The milk yields of dairy cows typically follow non-linear
paterns over lactation periods of 10-11 mondis. In investigations on the
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station herd, the use of a stratified
plan with 10 samples and 10 strata gave marked reductions in error,
as compaed to a completely random plan with 10 samples. Systematic
sampling within strata gave small additional reductions. Increasing the
number of samples in each stratum from 1 to 15 reduced the errors
still further, though at decreasing rates with respect to number of sam¬
ples taken.

If linearity within each stratum cannot be asumed, data at the median
point may give biased estimates. In such cases the optimum sampling
points may be located by (a) obtaining area under the curve and within
the stratum by integration, (b) dividing this area by the width of the
stratum to obtain Y, and (c) solving for intersection points of the

A ___ A

equations Y z=; Y and Y = a -)- b; X;

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

377

1963-1964
LIST OF MEMBERS

Note: Following are the types of membership in the Academy;

*** Patrons, who contribute $1000 or more to the Academy.

** Life Members, who contribute $100 or more to the Academy.

** Honorary Life Members, who are elected by the Council.

Business Members, who pay annual dues of $100.

* Sustaining Members, who pav annual dues of $10.

— Contributing Members, who pay annual dues of $5.

Regular Members, who pay annual dues of $3.

Student Members, (college students only) who pay annual dues of $2.

The number following the name designates the section, or sections, to
which a member belongs. A capital B, following the name, designates a
Business Member.

1.

Agricultural Sciences

6.

Education

2.

Astronomy, Mathematics

7.

Engineering

and Physics

8.

Geology

3.

Microbiology

9.

Medical Sciences

(Bacteriology)

10.

Psychology

4.

Biology

11.

Science Teachers

5.

Chemistry

12.

Statistics

If errors are noted in the following listing of members, please notify Rodney
C. Berry, Exec. Secy-Treas., P.O. Box 8203, Richmond, Va.

Abbott, Betty Jane, 9, 4 . Drug Evaluation Branch

Cancer Chemotherapy, Natl. Serv. Ctr., Bethesda 14, Maryland
Abbott, Dr. Lynn D., Jr. 9, 5 Medical College of Virginia

Richmond, Virginia

Abernathy, J. K., Jr., 1 . 8611 Julian Road, Richmond 29, Virginia

Ackerman, C. J., 5 Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Adams, Clifford L., Prof., 2 . Old Dominion College

Hampton Boulevard, Norfolk, Va.

378

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Adams, Dr. Henrv B., 10 Veterans Administration Hospital

Box 8, Richmond 19, Virginia

Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Co., B Attn: Brent Halsey

Director of Research & Development, Richmond 17, Virginia
*Alderman Library Exchange Division, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Alexander, Morris W. 1 Tide\vater Re.search Station, Holland Va.

Allen, Carl W. 1 Dundas Heights, Blacksburg, Va.

—Allen, Dr. Frances ]. 4 5702 Queens Chapel Road, Apt. 3

West Hyattsville, Maryland

Allied Chemical Corporation B Attn: F. A. Ernst, Manager

Nitrogen Division, Hopewell, Virginia
Alphin, R. S. 9 1600 MacTavish Avenue, Richmond 30, Va.

Alrich, Dr. E. Meredith 9 University of Va. Hospital, Charlottesville, Va.

Alter, Dr. Bruno E. K., Jr. 2 . Dept, of Physics,

Randolph Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Va.

***American Tobacco Company B, . Research Laboratory

Petersburg Pike, Richmond, Virginia
Ammerman, Don J. 2 P. O. Box 5, Dahlgren, Va.

Amore, Dr. Thomas 5 Cardinal Products, Inc., P. O. Box 1611

Durham, N. C.

Amos, Mr. Dan F. 1 Soil Survey Party, c/o Health Center

Chesterfield, Va.

Amos, John M. 4 Price Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Anderson, Stewart W., 7, 6 108 Preston Street, Lexington, Va.

Anderson, Mr. A. H. . Forest Supervision, U.S.D.A.

George Washington National Forest, Harrisonburg, Va.
Andrews, Dr. Jay D. 4 Virginia Institute of Marine Science

Gloucester Point, Va.

Andrako, Dr. John 5, 9 Dept, of Chemistry MCV Station

Richmond 19, Va.

Angle, Miss Elizabeth W. 12 521 N. Belmont Ave. Richmond, Va. 23221

Anslow, W. Parker, Jr. 9 Bennington Road, Hessian Hills,

Charlottesville, Va.

Anthony, Dr. Lee S. 2 Physics Dept., Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

Armstrong, Dr. Alfred R. 5 510 Newport Avenue, Williamsburg, Va.

Artz, Miss Lena 4, 8 . Waterlick, Va.

Ashley, James D. 1 892 Merrimac Avenue, Norfolk 4, Va.

Assaykeen, Miss Tania, A. B. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
Atkins, Dr. H. Pearce 2 1612 Bellevue Avenue, Richmond 27, Va.

Aukland, Mrs. Elva 11, 4 . Washington & Lee High School

1300 North Quincy, Arlington, Virginia

—Austin, John M. 11, 5 . Route 2, Farmville, Va.

Baba.shak, John F. . 406 Linden Lane, Falls Church, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

379

* Baber, Clinton W. 5, 7 c/o Philippine-Amer. Cigar & Cigarette Mfg. Co.
*^Baber, Clinton W. 5, 7 c/o Philippine-Amer. Cigar & Cig. Mfg. Co.. Inc.

354 Pratacia Ct., Pasay City, Philippines
Bahous, Mrs. C. Ruth 2 410 Westwood Avenue, Lynchburg, Va.

—Bailey, Dr. John Wendell 4 27 Willway Road, Richmond, Va. 23226

Baird, Mr. Rex 4 Biology Dept., W. & L. University

Lexington, Virginia

—Baker, Dr. T. Nelson Baker 5 Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

Baldock, Dr. Russell 2, 5 . 114 Ogontz Avenue, Oak Ridge, Tenn.

**Baldwin, Dr. J. T., Jr. College of William & Mary, Williamsburg, Va.
Bane, Ruby K. 5, 9 2623 Hanover Avenue, Apt. 4, Richmond, Va.

— Banghart, Dr. Frank W. 12 114 Buckingham Road, Charlottesville, Va.

Barbee, Edward P. 5 3916-A. Chamberlayne Avenue, Apt. 2

Richmond 27, Va.

— Bargmann, Dr. Ralf E. 12 . 208 Carolina Avenue

Yorktown Heights, New York
—Barker, John G. 4 Biology Dept., Radford College, Radford, Va.

Barker, Dr. William M. 5 1101 Colony Road, Fredericksburg, Va. 22402

Barnes, Robert C. 8 . 103 York Drive, Williamsburg, Va.

Bartko, John J. 12 Section of Theoretical Statistics & Mathematics,

Biometric Br. NIMH, Bethesda 14, Maryland

Bass, Charles E. 8 . Box 43, Stephens City, Va.

Bass, Dr. Robert G. 5 Dept, of Chemistry, R.P.L, Richmond, Va.

—Bateman, Robert C. 5 11303 Wimberly Drive, Richmond, Va. 23229

Baten, Mr. R. Wesley 8, 4 Box 53, Frederick College, Portsmouth, Va.
Battig, Dr. William F. 10 Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va. 22901
Batts, Billy S. 4 Biology Dept., Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

Baum, Dr. Parker B. 5 930 Magnolia Avenue, Norfolk 8, Va.

—Baxter, Dr. Donald L. 9 471 Briarhill Road

Springfield, Delaware County, Pa.
Baylor, Crews B. 11 6503 Boatwright Drive, Richmond 26, Va.

—Beams, Dr. Jesse W. 2 . Box 1882, University Station, Charlotesville, Va.
Beitch, Barbara R. C, 4 Biology Dept. Univ. of Virginia

Charlottesville, Virginia 22903

Charlottesville, Virginia

Belcher, Gladys H. 4 . White March, Virginia

Belcher, James E., Jr. 5 305 Myrtle Street, Ashland, Va.

''Bell, Cooper C., Jr., 9 . 710 Keats Road, Richmond 29, Va.

Bell, Mr. E. S. 1, 7 Ag. Eng. Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Bell, Robert H. 5 . 5909 Richmond Ave.

University of Richmond, Richmond, Va. 23226
-Bell, Dr. Wilson B. 9 V. P. I., Blacksburg, Va.

380

TiiE Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Bennett, Melvin B. 5 . 210 Defense Avenue, Sandston, Va.

Benoit, Dr. E. Paul 10 . Jewish Foundation for Retarded Children

6200 Second Street, N.W., Washington, D. C.

Benson, Don G., Jr. C, 4 . Dept, of Biology, University of Virginia

Charlotesville, Va.

Bensonfi Mrs. Katherine A. C, 4 . Dept, of Biology, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Benton, Prof. Arthur F. 5 . Cobb Chemical Laboratory

University Station, Charlottesville, Va.

Berne-Allen, Dr. Allan 5, 7 . 144 N. Washington Drive

St. Armands Key, Sarasota, Florida

Berry, Rodney C., Jr. 5 . 6312 Bliley Road, Richmond 25, Va.

—Berry, Rodney C., Sr. 5 . 5097 Brookfield Road, Richmond, Va. 23227

— Bevan, Dr. Arthur 8 . Churchville, Va.

Bice, Prof. Raymond C., Jr. 10 Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va. 22903
Bick, Dr. Kenneth F. 8 Dept, of Geology, William & Mary

Williamsburg, Va.

Billmyer, F. W., Jr. 5 Old Dominion College, Norfolk 8, Va.

—Bird, George C 5 Phipps & Bird, Box 2-V, Richmond, Va.

—Bird, Mr. Lloyd C. 3 . 303 South 6th St., Richmond, Va.

Bird, Dr. Samuel O. 8 Box 2241, Mary Washington College,

Fredericksburg, Va.

—Black, Dr. Zoe 4 . 1202 Prince Edward St., Apt. 5

Fredericksburg, Va.

Blackmore, Dr. Raymond H. 5 . 3283 Sherbrook Road

Richmond, Va. 23235

Blackwell, Jane 11, 5 . Box 514, South Boston, Va.

Blair, Miss Barbara 5 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar, Va.

Blake, Dr. Archie 12 6620 S. Foresthill Street, Littleton, Colo.

—Blake, Dr. John A. 10 . 4003 Patterson Ave., Richmond 21, Va.

*Blank, Grace J. 9 . P. O. Box 216, Williamsburg, Va.

Blaser, Dr. R. E. 1, 4, 12 . V. P. L, Blacksburg, Va.

Blickenstaff, Mrs. I. C. 5 . Doswell, Va.

Blincoe, Dr. J. W. 2 . Ashland, Va.

—Bliss, Dr. Laura 5 . 322 Sumpter Street, Lynchburg, Va.

— Blomquist, Dr. John H. 7, 5 1210 Chatham Road, Waynesboro, Va.

Bobb, Dr. Marvin L. Bobb 4 . Piedmont Fruit Research Laboratory

Charlottesville, Virginia

Bodenstein, Prof. Dietrich 4 . Dept, of Biology

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
— Boggess, Charles S. 5 4407 Forest Hill Avenue, Richmond 25, Va.

*Boggs, Prof. Isabel 2 . 14 Parkmont Apts., Lynchburg, Va.

Boggs, Dr. Nathaniel, Jr. 4 . Box 434, Virginia State College

Petersburg, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

381

Boggs, Miss Svbil, 11, 2 3110 Webster Ave., Norfolk 19, Va.

Boldridge, Dr. Frank 5 305 Henry Street, Ashland, Va.

Bond, Mrs. Queta Carter 4 Pickett Mt. Farm, Warrenton, Va.

—Bond, Dr. W. R. 1722 Westwood Avenue, Richmond, Va. 23227

Bondurant, Mr. Lynn 11, 4 Washington & Lee High School

1300 North Quincy, Arlington, Va.
Booth, Fitz 5, 7 2607 Park Avenue, Apt. 1, Richmond 20, Va.

—Boozer, Miss Marv E. 12 1140 West Grace Street, Richmond 20, Va.

Borchers, Dr. Edward A. 1 Box 2160, Norfolk 1, Va.

Borzelleca, Joseph F. 9 Dept, of Pharmacology, MCV Station

Richmond 19, Virginia

**Bosher, Dr. Lewis H., Jr. 9 MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.

Bourne, Mr. Gordon 11, 4 Washington & Lee High School

1300 North Quincy, Arlington, Va.
Bouton, Dr. S. Miles, Jr. 9 Rt. No. 1, Cherry Hill Farm, Evington, Va.
Bovard, Dr. K. P. 1, 4 Beef Cattle Research Station, Front Royal, Va.
Bowden, Charles M. 2 8319 Mark Lawn Drive, Richmond 29, Va.

Bowden, M. W. 5 9700 Anaconda Dr., Richmond, Va. 23228

Bowen, Dr. Lerov E. 1 . 505 Elmwood Ave., Lynchburg, Va.

Bowles, John L. 8 4801 Connecticut Avenue, Washington 8, D. C.

—Bowman, Dr. Edward R. 6, 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology

M.C.V. Station, Richmond, Virginia 23219

—Bowman, Dr. Paul W. 4 . 3114 5th Street, North Arlington, Va.

Bowman, Dr. Raymond P. G. 6 103 Dunton Drive, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

*Boyd, James N. 2 . Box 212, University of Richmond, Va. 23173

—Boyer, Dr. William, Vice Pres. 5 . Virginia Carolina Chemical Corp.

4th and Main Streets, Richmond 19, Virginia

—Brand, Dr. Eugene D. 9 . Dept, of Pharmacology

University Hospital, Charlottesville, Va.
Brant, Dr. Warren W. 5 Burruss Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Brice, Dr. Luther K., Jr. 5 . Chemistry Department, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va.

Bricker, Richard C. 1 1403 Forest Avenue, Richmond, Va. 23229

Bristol, Mrs. Roger P. 8 . 1808 Barracks Road, Charlottesville, Va.

— Brittingham, Dr. William H. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk 1, Va.

Brockwell, Henry B. 1 LCDR, U.S.N.R. (R), 305 Western Avenue

Suffolk, Va.

^Brogden, C. E. 5 . 11 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26, Va.

—Brooks, Clyde J. 5 P. O. Box 1436, Front Royal, Va.

Brooks, Dr. Coy C. 4 . Animal Husbandry Dept., V.P.I. , Blacksburg, Va.

Brooks, G. R. 4 . . Dept, of Biology, College of William & Mary

Williamsburg, Va.

—Brown, Dr. Frederick L. 2 308 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville, Va.

Brown, George Gordon 4 161 Crenshaw Ave., Apt. 14, Tallahassee Fla.

382

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Brown, Harold A. 11, 4 Box 268, South Boston, Va.

Brown, Irbv H. 5 . 1300 E. Franklin St., Richmond, Va. 23219

Brown, Dr. Jack Stanley 4 309 E. Fullmore Avenue,

Fairfield, Iowa 52556

Brown, Dr. Paul L. 4 644 Ridge Road, S.E., Washington, D. C.

Brown, Dr. R. H. 1 Agronomy Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va. 24061
Brown, Dr. W. Horati 8 Box 114, Wytheville, Va.

Brown, Dr. Walter R. 11 1117 Meurliee Lane, Silver Spring, Md.

Brown, Lt. Col. Warren W. 5, 6, 11 Box 73, Kable Station, Staunton, Va.
Brubaker, Dr. Kenton K. RD No. 1, Manheim, Pennsylvania

Bruce, Dr. Robert B. 5 3612 Seminary Avenue, Richmond 27, Va.

'^Brumfield, Dr. Robert T. 4 Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

Bruner, B. M. 5 105 North Wilton Road, Richmond, Va. 23221

Brunger, Earl H. 1, 8 Box 238, Charlottesville, Va.

Brunsvold, Col. K. T. 11 3109 Russell Road, Alexandria, Va.

Brvant, Dr. Harrv T. 1 Rt. 2 Box 13, Middleburg, Va.

Bull, Fred W. 7, 5 V. P. I., Blacksburg, Va.

Bullv, Miss Kathryn Bully 4 . 169 LaSalle Avenue, Hampton, Va.

Bungav, III, Dr. H. R. 7, 3, Engineering Dept. V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.
—Burke, Dr. Jack D. 9 Dept of Physiology MCV Station

Richmond, Virginia 23219
Burke, William L. 3rd 4 535 Fairfax Avenue, Norfolk, Va. 23507

*Prof. G. Preston Burns 2 P. O. Box 1005, College Station

Fredericksburg, Va.

Burton, Willard W. 5 6556 Hagueman Drive, Richmond 25, Va.

Butler, Mr. James T. 5 1204 Bobbiedell Lane, Richmond 29, Va.

Buttermark, Robert J. H 307 North Washington St., Alexandria, Va.
Byrd, Dr. Mitchell A. 4 Dept, of Biology, College of William and Mary

Williamsburg, Va.

Byrn, Mrs. Jane N. 4, 5, Christopher Newport Col., Newport News, Va.
Byrne, Col. William E. Box 836, Lexington, Va.

Cabrera, Dr. N. 2, 5 Dept, of Physics, University of Va.

McCormick Road, Charlottesville, Va.
Callahan, William H. 8 1 Rowe Place, Franklin, N. J.

Calver, James L. 8 Box 3667, University Station, Charlotesville, Va.
*Caminita, Mrs. B. H. 3 827 Marye Street, Fredericksburg, Va.

Campbell, Dr. Addison D. 2, 9 8520 Julian Road, Richmond 29, Va.

Carlton, Mrs. Elizabeth 5 . Route No. 1, Tabb, Virginia

* Carman, George Gay 2 3907 W. Franklin Street, Richmond 21, Va.

Carnes, Mrs. Mary Beverly 4, 5 11512 Ivy Court, Cincinnati, Ohio 25240

Carpenter, D. R., Sr. 2 620 High Street, Salem, Virginia

—Carpenter, Col. D. Rae, Jr. 2 317 Institute Hill, Lexington, Va.

Carr, Francis F. 1 . 400 North Eighth Street, Box 10026

Richmond 40, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

383

Carroll, Robert P. 4 Box 613, Lexington, Va.

Carter, Mrs. Dorothy U. 4, 10 1557 Chela Ave., Norfolk 3, Va.

Carter, Linda L. 10 University of Virginia Hospital

1115 Wertland Street, Charlottesville, Va.

Carter, M. T. 1 Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

Carter, R. C. 4 Animal Husbandrv Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

Carver, T. Granville 5 Cobb Chemical Lab., University of Virginia

—Carver, Dr. Merton E. 10 University of Richmond, Va.

— Carv, Miss M. Katherine 9, 5 . Box 817, MCV Station

Richmond, Va.

Castor, W. S., Jr. 5 2212 Taylor Farm Road, Lynchburg, Va.

Chace, F. M. 8 The M. A. Hanna Company, 1300 Leader Building

Cleveland, Ohio

—Chadwick, Dr. C. S. 4 P. O. Box KK, Emory & Henry College

Emory, Virginia 24327

Chamberlain, Dr. J. L. 4 . Biology Dept.,

Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Va.

—Chappell, Dr. Wilbert 5 . Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

Chappell, Dr. William E. 5, 4 114 Dimton Drive, Backsburg, Va. 24061

—Chevalier, Dr. Paul L. 9 11 East Franklin Street, Richmond 19, Va.

Chew, Victor 12 380 Greenway Avenue, Satellite Beach, Fla.

Chi Beta Phi. Iota Sigma Chapter Radford College, Radford, Va.

Chisholm, Mis Patricia 4 . Biology Dept., Univ. of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Choate, M. S., Jr. 10 . 1702 Pamela Dr., Richmond, Va. 23229

Christian, Mary Douglas 5 7423 Little River Turnpike, Apt. 201

Annandale, Virginia

Christie, Capt. M. S. 4 . 7221 Everglades Dr., Alexandria, Va.

Christie, Mr. Thomas H. 11 3713 W. Washington Blvd., Arlington, Va.

Chumney, Richard D. 1 . Box 1163, Richmond 9, Va.

—Churchill, Miss Helen 4, 3, 9 . Hollins College, Va.

Claffey, Dr. Lawrence M. 5 208 Orchard View Lane, Blacksburg, Va.

Clague, Prof. Donald W. 5, 9 . Bridgewater, Va.

Claiborne, Miss Imogene B. 5 . 2413 Terrell Place, Lynchburg, Va.

Clark, Allen K. 5 . s . Dept, of Chemistry, Old Dominion College,

Norfolk, Virginia

-Clark, Jack W. 4 Radford College, Box 667, Radford, Va.

Clay, John W. 1 . RED 3, Box 214, Mechanicsville, Va.

Clayton, Dr. C. C. 5 . MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.

Cleveland, Dr. Richard J. 9 7722 Rock Creek Road, Richmond, Va. 23229

Clough, Dr. O. W. 9 Medical College of Va. Richmond, Va.

Coalter, Mrs. Gwendolyn 11, 4 3456 McGuire Drive, Richmond 24, Va.

Cobb, Dr. Whitfield 12 845 Peyton Street, Roanoke, Va.

Cochran, Dr. Donald G. 4 Dept, of Entomology, V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

384

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Cocke, Mr. E. C, 4
Cockerille, Dr. F. O.
Gofer, Mrs. Gilbert S.
-Cogbill, Dr. E. C. 5

11, 5

—Cole, Dr. James W. 5

Coleman, Arthur P., Jr. II, 4, 9

Coleman, C. S. 1, 8 .

* Coleman, G. Gravatt 7
-Coleman, George W., Jr. 4, 5, 2

Box 7281, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, N. C.

Greenwood, Va.
4703 Taney Avenue, Alexandria, Va.
Am. Tobacco Co., Res. & Dev. Dept.

Petersburg Pike, Richmond, Va.
Madison Hall, University of Virginia
Charlotesville, Virginia
1053 N. Chambliss Street
Alexandria, Va. 22312
P. O. Box 194, Fairfax, Va.
Box 521, Route 2, Lancaster, Va.
621 Staunton Avenue, N.W.

Roanoke, Virginia
3010 N. Florida Street, Arlington 7, Va.

Cooper, Dr. Byron N. 8, 7
* College of William & Mary
Compton, Dr. Jack 4, 5
Cook, Mrs. F. Hartwick 2, 5,

Cool, Dr. R. D. 5
Cooper, Miss Frances 5, 4
—Cooper, Dr. Pascal W. 5
Copeland, T. Graham 1

12

Coppinger, Mr. N. W
Corbett, James E., Jr.
Cornfield, Jerome 12
*Coty, O. N. 5
Couper, Dr. Monroe 5
Covell, Charles V., Jr. 4
*Cox, General Edwin 5

10

Coleman, John S. 2, 6
Collins, Mr. Eric J. 4 1414 Prince Edward St., Fredericksburg, Va. 22401

Colmano, Dr. Germille 9 Dept, of Veterinary Science, V.P.l.

Blacksburg, Va.
Box 634, Blacksburg, Va.
Williamsburg, Va.
528 Valley Road, Charlottesville, Va.

^ . 527 N. Galbraith

Blue Earth, Minnesota
Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.
1301 Third Street, S.W., Roanoke, Va.
301 Ohio Avenue, Harrisonburg, Va.

. 112 State Office Building

Richmond, Vii'ginia 23219
43 Algonquin Road, Hampton, Va.
2611 E. Frankln Street, Richmond, Va. 23223

. Rt. 1, Box 524, Great Falls, Va.

515 Ridge Top Road, Richmond 26, Va.
1925 Cherokee Road, Waynesboro, Va.
Dept. Entomology, V. P. 1., Blacksburg, Va.

. Holly Hill, Aylett, Va.

Cox, Edwin III 5, 7 . Holly Hill, Aylett, Va.

Cox, Edwin L. 12, 4 Biometrical Services, ARS Plant Industry Division

Beltsville, Maryland

—Cox, Mary Lee 11, 5, 4 3654 Radford St., Norfolk 13, Va.

Cox, Mr. Norman R. 5 5209 Forest Hill Avenue, Richmond, Va.

Crandall, Dr. Dorothy L. 5 Box 278, R. M. W. College, Lynchburg, Va.
Craword, Dr. George W. A 205 John Wythe Place, Williamsburg, Va.

—Crawford, Stuart C. 5, 4, 7 . Box 124, Franklin Va.

Crayton, Frank H. 4 . 6343 Glyndon Lane, Richmond 25, Va.

Crews, Dr. Julian W. 1, 8 . Agronomy Dept., V.P.L,

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

385

Cribbs, Dr. Richard M. 4, 9 Dept, of Biology & Genetics

MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.
Grim, David M. 2, 11, 7 402 Roanoke Street, Blacksburg, Va.

Grimm, Samuella H. 4, 11 Glassboro State Teacher’s Gollege

Glassboro New Jersey

Gronau, Mr. Robert T. 5, 2 4505 Victoria Boulevard, Hampton, Va.

Crouch, Joseph P. 9 1511 Radeliff Avenue, Lynchburg, Va.

Crowell, Prof. Thomas I. 5 Cobb Chem. Laboratory, Charlotesville, Va.
Crownfield, Frederic R., Jr. 2 312 Cary Street, Richmond, Va. 23219

Cruser, Melvin E., Jr. 2 5305 Lakeside Drive, Virginia Beach, Va.

—Cummins, Dr. Milton D. 9 1001 West Franklin St., Riehmond 20, Va.

— Daffin, Professor John B. 5, 2 Mary Baldwin College, Stanuton, Va.
Dagenhardt, Mr. Earl V. 2 P. O. Box 8834, Richmond, Va. 23225

Dahlgard, Muriel 5 P. O. Box 261, Randolph Macon Women’s College

Lynchburg, Virginia

Dancy, William H., Jr. 2 . Route 4, Box 268, Charlotesville, Va.

Daniel, Mr. Thomas Richard Daniel C 4 . 3949 Faculty Dr.

Indianapolis, Indiana

Dan River Mills, Inc. B Attn: L. Aubrey Goodson, Jr.

Vice Pres. & Director of Research, Danville, Va.
*Darden, Dr. Colgate W., Jr. 1013-14 Bank of Commerce Bldg.

Norfolk, Va.

Daughtrey, Mrs. William H. 4 Church Street, Emporia, Va.

**Davenport & Company . 1113 E. Main St., Richmond, Va.

David, Dr. H. A. 12 Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Davies, Dr. E. F. S. 6 . Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

—William E. Davies 8 125 W. Greenway Blvd., Falls Chureh, Va.

Davis, Mr. Charles R. 11 . Route No. 2, Gayton Road

P. O. Box 76-A, Riehmond, Va. 23229

Davis, Donald R . 1163 Tyler Avenue, Newport News, Va.

Davis, Dr. Loyal H. 5, 2 Box 1895, Riehmond, Va. 23215

Davis, Thursa F. 5 Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.

DeArmon, Ira H., Jr. 12 219 Broadway, Bel Air, Maryland

DeBruhl, Mr. Garry G. 11 . Critz, Va.

Deck, Dr. J. David 9 . Department of Anatomy

University of Virginia Hospital, Charlottesville, Va.
Decker, Miss Mary G. 5 1014 Long Street, Charlottesville, Va.

De los Reyes, Dr. Benjamin 2, 11 . 19 Merion Lane

Levittown, New Jersey

Denman, Eugene D. 2 Box 1599, Station B, Nashville, Tenn.

Denny, Dr. George H., Jr. 5 627 Forest Avenue, Westfield, N. J.

Dent, Francis C . 2112 Spencer Road, Riehmond 30, Va.

Dent, Dr. J. N. 4 Dept, of Biology, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Virginia

386

The Virginia Journal of Science

September

Derby, James R. 8
Derting, John F. 8, 1
Deschapelles, George 1

Devereux, R. E. 1 .

Dewey, Dr. Lovell J. 5
Diana, Dr. Leonard M. 2
Diana, Dr. Pearl B. 10
Diekerson, Mrs. Nancy 11, 4
Dickinson, Mrs. Jean N. 10

Domermiith, Prof. C. H. 3, 4

205 Washington Street, Blacksburg, Va.
P. O. Box 403, Georgetown, British Guiana
6917 Staunton Ave., Richmond, Va. 23226

. P. O. Box 497, Blacksburg, Va.

Box 726, MGV Station, Richmond 19, Va.
4111 Hillcrest Road, Richmond 25, Va.
4111 Hillcrest Road, Richmond 25, Va.
1702 Maiden Lane, S. W., Roanoke, Va.

1400 Confederate Avenue
Richmond, Virginia 23227
Dietrick, L. B. 1 506 Preston Ave., Blacksburg, Va.

Dinwiddie, Dr. J. B. 5 620 Walnut Ave., Waynesboro, Va.

Dodd, Dr. Eileen K. 10 Box 1205, College Station, Fredericksburg, Va.

Doggins, Mr. Thomas W. 11, 2 . Harrisonburg High School

Harrisonburg, Va. 22801
Dept, of Veterinary Science, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va.
Atn: O. R. Mclntire, Technical Dir.

Dow Chemical Company B

^Dovle, Dr. P. H. 2

Textile Fiber Dept., James River Div., Williamsburg, Va.

701 North Main St., Box 145
Blacksburg, Virginia 24061
Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station
Blacksburg, Va.
Box A-350, Va. Tech Station A
Blacksburg, Va.
Washington & Lee High School
1300 North Quincy, Arlington, Va.
Dept, of Veteniary Science, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va.
721 Park St., Charlottesville, Va.
865 Thornwood Drive, Palo Alto, California
885 Marchant Avenue, Atascadero, Calif.

Spring Farm, Lexington, Va.
Dept, of Mathematics, University of Arkansas
Fayetteville, Ark.
Virginia State College, Petersburg, Va.
Virginia Truck Experiment Station
Painter, Va.

Dunton, Dr. H. L. 1 Agronomy Dept., V.PL, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

***Mrs. Alfred I. DuPont Nemours . Wilmingon, Del.

E. I. duPont de Nemours & Co. B . Attn: J. W. Morrison, Jr.

Personnel Superintendent, P. O. Box 1477, Richmond, Va.
Eades, Dr. James B. 7 Box 351, V. P. I., Blacksburg, Va.

Eanes, Mrs. Dolores D. Box 453, Fieldale, Va.

Drake, Dr. Charles R. 1

Drumheller, Warren D. C, 2

Dryer, Mrs. Hilda 11, 4

DuBose, Dr. R. T. 9

Duke, Miss Martha W. 4, 11
*Duncan, Dr. Cecil E. 2
—Duncan, Mrs. Geraldine 9
Dunlap, Miss Elizabeth 11
Dunn, James 12

Dunn, Dr. Richard H. 4
Dunton, Dr. E. M., Jr. 1

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

387

Earp, Prof. U. F. 7 . 1103 Palmer Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

Ebinger, Dr. John E. 4 Dept, of Biology, Roanoke College

Salem, Va.

Eckel, Dr. John F. 7 110 Highland Avenue, Blacksburg, Va.

—Edmonds, Marvin D. 5 1315 Foster Road, Richmond 25, Va.

Edmundson, Dr. R. S. 8 1707 Ken'wood Lane, Meadowbrook Heights

Charlottesville, Va.

Edwards, Dr. Leslie E. 9 Psysiology Dept., MCV Station

Richmond 19, Va.

Eiscnhart, Dr. Churchill 12 National Bureau of Standards

Washington 25, D. C.

Elarth, Herschel A. 7 106 York Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

Elder, John H. 5, 1 3800 Plymouth Drive, Richmond 22, Va.

Elder, John H., Jr. 1, 4 . Box 145, Madison, Va.

Ellett, Virginia C. 11 Thomas Jefferson High School

Richmond 21, Va.

Ellison, Robert Lee 8 2131 Tarleton Drive, Charlotesville, Va.

* Emmett, Dr. J. W. 9 . C&O Hospital, Clifton Forge, Va.

Emmons, Lyman Randlett 4 Dept, of Biology

Washington & Lee University, Lexington, Va.
Emory, Samuel T. 8 608 Hawke Street, Fredericksburg, Va.

-Engel, Dr. R. W. 5 V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

—English, Prof. Bruce V. 2 109 Arlington, Ashland, Va.

Enrick, Norbert Lloyd 12 Gradaute School of Business

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
Ern, Prof. Ernest H. 8 Dept. Geology, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Essary, Prof. E. O. 1 Poultry Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Estes, Guy The Seward Forest, Triplet, Va.

Evert, Dr. Henry 5, 4 11 Harvard Street, Garden City, New York

^Faulconer, Dr. Robert Jamieson 9 Department of Pathology

DePaul Hospital, Norfolk 5, Va.
Feinstein, H. I. 5 5836 Columbia Pike, George Mason College

Bailey’s Crossroads, Va.

Ferneyhough, Dr. Robert E. 9 Box 380, Warrenton, Va.

Ferris, Dr. Abbott L. 4 2307 Valley Drive, Alexandria, Va. 22302

Ferry, James F. 4 231 Campbell Street, Harrisonburg, Va.

Field, Dr. Paul E. 5 Chemistry Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va. 24061
—Fields, Dr. Victor H. 5 Box 32, Hampton Institute, Hampton, Va.

Filer, Dr. Robert J. 10 University of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

Fillinger, Harriett H. 5, 2 . Box 612, Hollins College, Va.

Finger, Prof. Frank W. 10 Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Virginia 22903
First and Merchants National Bank B Attn: Mr. R. T. Marsh, President

Richmond 17, Virginia

388

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Fischer, Dr. Ernst 9, 4
Fisher, Elwood 4
Fisher, Miss Nancy
Fisher, Dr. Robert A. 7, 5
Fitzpatrick, Mr. J. F., Jr. 4

Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, Va.
381 Monticello Avenue, Harrisonburg, Va.
Box 497, Radford College, Radford, Va.

106 Cohee Road, Blacksburg, Va.
270 Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
Carolina Biological Supply Co.

Burlington, N. C.
Box 309, Randolph-Macon Woman’s College
Lynchburg, Va.

•Florv, Dr. Walter S., Jr. 4, 1 Dept, of Biology, Winston Hall

Wake Forest College, Box 7325, Reynolds Sta., Winston-Salem, N. C.

Flagg, Dr. Raymond O. 4
Flint, Dr. Franklin F. 4

Flowers, Mr. Wm. L. 5
—Floyd, Miss Susie 4
Fontenot, Dr. J. P. 5

8719 Weldon Drive, Richmond, Va.
Hopkins Street, Newport News, Va.
Dept, of Animal Husbandry, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va.
Life Science Div., Army Research Office
3045 Columbia Pike, Arlington, Va.
Medical College of Virginia
Richmond, Virginia 23219
V.M.I., Lexington, Va.
Washington & Lee High School
1300 North Quincy, Arlington, Va.
A. H. Robins Bio Res. Labs.
Sherwood & Reserve Avenue, Richmond 20, Va.

L. McCormick Observatory
University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
Lynchburg College, Lynchburg, Va.
Hollins College, Hollins, Va.
Longwood College, Farmville, Va.
622 N. Boulevard, Richmond, Va.
Thornton Hall, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
Attn: J. M. Weaver, Chief Chemist
P. b. Box 737, Richmond 6, Va.
3005 Linden Avenue, Fredericksburg, Va.

Toute 1, Box 275-A, Blacksburg, Va.
c/'o Suffolk High School, P. O. Box 1594
Suffolk, Va.

. P. O. Box 618, Blacksburg, Va.

. Box 224, Chase City, Va.

7313 Lee Circle, Richmond 25, Va.
Gamble, Samuel J. R. 5 Lynchburg Gollege, Lynchburg, Va.

Gant, Dr. James Q., Jr. 9 1801 Eye Street, N. W., Suite 812

Washington 6, D. G.

—Forbes, Dr. Allan L. 9

* Forbes, Dr. J. C. 9, 5

Foster, Dr. Dean 10
Franklin, Mr. Quinton 11,

Franko, Dr. Bernard V. 9

Frederick, Laurence W. 2

Freer, Prof. Ruskin 4, 8
Freitag, Mrs. Herta Taussig 2
French, R. H. 5
Freund, Dr. Jack 9, 5
Friedericy, Dr. J. A. 7

*Froehiing & Robertson, Inc.

—Fuqua, Mrs. F. C. 9
Furr, A. Keith 2
Furr, Hal 11

Furtsch, Dr. E. F. 5, 6
Fussell, Mrs. Bernice N. 11, 4
Gager, Forrest L., Jr. 5

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

389

Garber, Louis L. 10 Box 1080, Staunton, Va.

—Garner, W. N. 4 Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

Garretson, Mr. Harold H. 5 Lynehburg College, Lynchburg, Va.

Garrett, Dr. H. E. 10 1872 Winston Road, Charlottesville, Va.

Garrett, Mrs. Joanne H. 5 421 Westover Hills Boulevard, Apt. 204

Richmond 25, Va.

Gemmill, Chalmers L. 9 Dept, of Pharmacology, Univ. of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Genera Electric Company B Attn: Paul R. Thompson

150 Roanoke Blvd., Salem, Va.
Center, Dr. C. F. 1 Agronomy Dept., V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

German, Dr. Leslie 5 410 V.M.I. Parade, Lexington, Va.

Covers, Alan 1. 4 Orange Co. Community College

Middletown, New York 10940
Gibbs, Mrs. Nancy H. 11 School Board Office, Wytheville, Va.

Gibson, Professor Theodore W. 2 . Wise, Va.

Gildersleeve, Mr. Benjamin 8 1808 Kirbv Street, Bowling Green, Ky.

Gill, Dr. J. L. 12 Dept, of Statistics, V.'P.L, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Gillespie, Dr. Samuel |r. 5, 7 22 Maxwell Road, Richmond 26, Va.

Gillespie, Mr. Robert F., Jr. 4 . P. O. Box 41,

Woodberry Forest, Va. 22989

Gilliam, Jane F. 11, 2, 5 . Phenix, Va.

Gilman, Mildred Ann 10 Route No. 1, Box 409, Ashland, Vu.

Gilmer, Dr. T. E., Jr. 2 909 Preston Avenue, Blacksburg, Va.

Gilmer, Dr. Thomas E. 2 President, Hampden-Sidney College

Hampden-Sidney, Va.

Gilpin, Robert H. 4 Bedford Road, Cumberland, Md.

Gilreath, Dr. E. S. 5 . Box 745, Lexington, Va.

Gist, Lewis A., Jr. 5 Norfolk Division of Va. State College

Norfolk 4, Va.

—Gladding, R. N. 5 American Tob. Research Lab.

400 Petersburg Pike, Richmond, Va.
Gladding, Mrs. Walter 5, 9 1613 Park Ave., Richmond 20, Va.

*Glass, Jewel J. 8 U. S. Geological Survey, Washington 25, D. C.

Click, Rudolph A. 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Va.

-Clock, Dr. Eugene 5 . American Tobacco Company

Research Laboratory, Richmond, Va.
Goehring, Dr. Brown 5 700 Sunset Drive, Lexington, Va. 24450

***Goethe, Mr. C. M . 3731 T. Street, Sacramento 16, Calif.

—Goldstein, Lewis C. 4 5207 Monument Avenue, Richmond 26, Va.

Gordon, Mr. Elmer L. 5 435 Henrietta Road, Rochester 20, N. Y.

-Gould, Henry W. 2 West Virginia University, Dept, of Mathematics

Morgantown, West Va.

Gourley, Dr. R. H. 9 . Univ. of Va. Medical School, Charlottesville, Va.

390

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

4013 Mt. Vernon Street, Richmond, Va.
4013 Mt. Vernon Street, Richmond 27, Va.
212 College Road, Richmond 26, Va.
Department of Dairy Science, V.P.l.

Blacksburg, Va.
Wankote State College, Wankote, Minn.
Box 628, Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

204 Franklin Drive, Blacksburg, Va.
Gray, Paul E. 7 Dept. Electrical Engineering, V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.
Grayson, Dr. James McD. 4 1300 Oak Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

— Goyette, Dr. Lewis E. 4
— Goyette, Dr. Lewis E. 4
Grable, Prof. E. Sherman 2
Graf, Dr. G. C. 1

Graham, Dr. Robert L. 5
Graves, Robert Alston 4
Gray, Prof. George A. 7

Green, Mrs. Meredith W. 10
Greenberg, Dr. Seymour S. 8

Greene Frank L. 5
Griffith William S. 1

Grigg, Dr. Austin E. 10
Griskey, Dr. Richard G. 7

435 Mosby Street, Winchester, Va.

Apt. 22, Geogetown Apts.
Arlington Blvd., Gharlottesville, Va.
6347 Stonybrook Drive, Richmond 25, Va.

5218 South Breenwood Avenue
Ghicago 15, 111.
University of Richmond, Va.
Dept, of Chemical Eng., V.P.l.

Blacksburg, Va.

Grizzard, Miss Alice E. 11, 4 4901 Seminary Road, Alexandria, Va.

Gross, W. B. 9 c/o Veterinarv Science, V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

Grove, Dr. Richard E. 2 Box 423, Ashland, Va.

Groves, Dr. A. B. 1, 4, 5, 3 Winchester, Va.

— Guerrv, Dr. DuPont Guerrv, III 9 2015 Monument Ave.

Richmond 20, Va.
Lexington, Va.
Hollins College, Hollins, Va.
Box 1274, Williamsburg, Va.
Dawson’s Row, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
Atlantic Instrument Co. “B”
204 Willetta Drive, Richmond, Va. 23221

. George Wash. High School

Danville, Va.

505 16th Street, N.W., Charlottesville, Va.

4722 Rodman St., N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20016
4500 Hanover Ave., Richmond 21, Va.
Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
5100 Monument Avenue, Richmond 30, Va.

Dept. Plant Pathology & Physiology
V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.
P. O. Box 453, Warsaw, Va.

Gupton, Mr. Oscar W. 4
Gushee, Beatrice E. 5
*Guv, Dr. William G. 5
Gwathmev, Mrs. Allan T. 6

Gyorqy, Mr. Akos

Haar, Norman D. 2, 4

Haase, F. C., Jr. 11, 5
Hack, Dr. John T. 8

Hackney, R. P. 5
Hahn, j". F. 10

Hale, Barbara M. 5, 4
Hale, Dr. Maynard G. 4

Haley, Dillard, Jr. 11, 2

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

391

Hall, Gustav W. 4 Dept, of Biology

William & Mary College, Williamsburg, Va.

Hallock, Dr. Daniel L. 1 . Holland, Va.

-Ham, Dr. William T., Jr. 2 P. O. Box 816, MCV Station,

Richmond 19, Va.

Handley, Charles Overton, Jr. 4 U. S. Naval Museum

Washington 25, D.C.

Handy, E. S. C. 4, 10 Box 57, Oakton, Va.

^^Haniner, Mr. H. Rupert 5 400 Petersburg Turnpike

Richmond 24, Va.

Hansbarger, Dr. Echols A. 9 Lynchburg General Hospital

Lynchburg, Va.

—Hansen, Prof. Arne P. 3, 4 Dept. Microbiology

University of Maryland College Park, Md.
Harcum, Dr. E. Rae 10 103 Plantation Drive

Williamsburg, Va. 23185
Hardcastle, James E. 2, 5 P. O. Box 3523, College Station

Tucson, Ariz. 85700

Harder, Mrs. M. S. 1, 11 5303 Neptune Drive, Alexandria, Va.

Hargis, Dr. William J. Jr. 4 Virginia Institute of Marine Science

Gloucester Point, Va.

*Harlan, Dr. William R. 5 329 Greenway Lane, Richmond 26, Va.

Harlan, Dr. Wilham R., Jr. 9 211 Sunset Drive, Richmond, Va. 23229

*Harlow, E. S. 5 4520 Grove Avenue, Apt. 1, Richmond, Va.

Harnsberger, W. T., Jr., 8 Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

Harowitz, Charles L. 5 7804 Meherrin Road, Richmond Va.

Harper, Laura Jane 4 P. O. Box 495, Blacksburg, Va.

Harrell, Dr. Bryant 5 AID, Nebraska Group

APO 254 c/o Postmaster, New York City
—Harrell, Ruth Flinn 10 6411 Powhatan Avenue, Norfolk 8, Va.

Harrington, Mrs. Beatrice A. 2 2024 Barton Avenue, Richmond 22, Va.

Harris, Dr. William E. 10 2407 Pulliam Road, Bon Air, Va.

—Harrison, Edward R., Jr. 4 444 Randolph Street, N.W.

Washington, D. C. 20001
Harrow, Lee S. 5 A S R Products DW

Box 500, Staunton, Va.

— Harshbarger, Dr. Boyd 12 Dept, of Statistics, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va.

Hart, C. W., Jr. 4 Academy of Natural Science of Phila.

19th and Parkway, Philadelphia 3, Pennsylvania
Harville, Dr. A. M. 1, 4 Longwood College, Farmville, Va.

Hathaway, Mrs. Beverley S. 11, 4 P. O. Box 6, Horseshoe Hill

Keswick, Va.

Hathaway, Mr. William T. 4 . 1501 Franklin Tpke., Danville, Va.

392

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Hawkins, Dr. George W. 1 Extension Agronomist, V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Hayes, Miss Leora, 4 . 504-A. E. St. Petersburg

Haynes, Dr. W. B., Jr., 9 . M. C. V. Hospital Richmond, 23219

Heatwole, Mrs. Thelma C., kk,2 . P. O. Box 7082, Richmond

Hee, Olman, 12, 1 . 7918 Legation Rd., Hyattesville, Md.

Hefferman, James D., 2 . 2410 Cronwell Rd. Richmond

-Hefhn, Col. S. M., 2 . 508 Highland Road, Lexington

Hegre, E. Erling . Med. College of Virginia

Hegre E. Erling, 4 . Med. College of Va., Richmond

Heisey, Dr. Lowell, 5,3 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater

-Hembree, Dr. Howard W., 10 . 2720 Forest Hill Rd. Petersburg

Hence, Mr. Miles E., 3 . 4802 Kensington Ave., Richmond, 26

-Henderson, R. G., 1,4 . Plant Pathology & Physics Dept, V.P.I.

Blacksburg

Hegere Earhng E., 4 . Med. College of Va. Richmond

Henderson, Dr. U. V., Jr., 5,2 . Box 1-T, Richmond, 23202

Henneman, Dr. Richard H., 10 . Dept, of Psychology Gilmer Hall

Univ. of Va., Charlottesville 22903
Herford, Dr. F. L., 2 Dept, of Phlsics Uni. of Va. Charlottesville

Hering, Mrs. T. T., 11 . Rt. 2 Staimton

Hester, Mrs. John E., 4,7 . 916 Onslow Dr., Greensboro, N. C.

Heterick, Robert C., Jr., 7 Owens St., Blacksburg

Hickman, Don W., 4 Apex Tr., Ct. 138 Maple, Potsdam, N. Y.

Higgins, Dr. Edwin S. 9,5 . Dept, of Biochemistry MCV Sta.,

Richmond 19,

Hildreth, Dr. H. M., 10 7607 Lakeview Dr. Falls Church

Hill, C. H., 4 . 320 Miller St, Winchester

Hillsman, Overton L . 5814 Crestwood Ave., Richmond

-Hinton, Dr. William, 10 . 15 Jordan St, Lexington

Hobbs, Herman H., 2 . 301 Jefferson St. Arlington, 4

Hobbs, Dr. Horton H., 4 . Room 301, U. S. National Museum

Washington 25, D. C.

-Hoch, Dr. Hans, 5, 2 . Geriatrics Dept., Va. Hospital

Martinsburg, West Va.

-Hoch-Liqeti, Dr. Cornelia, 9 128 Main St, Martinsburg West Va.

Hodges, Robert Lee, 1 . T. Box 337 Chesterfield

Hoff E. C., 9, 4, 10 . MCV Station Richmond, 19

Hogarth, Mr. William T., 4 . Box 28, University of Richmond

Richmond, 19

-Holcomb, Carl J., 4 Extension Forester V. P. I. Blacksburg

-Holland, Charles T, 7 109 McLean Ave., Morgantown, West Va.

Holliman, Dr. Rhodes B., 4 Dept, of Biology, V. P. I. Blacksburg

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

393

^Hollins College . Hollins College, Va.

Holloway, Mr. Harry Lee, Jr., 4 Roanoke Colege, Salem

Holman, Dr. Leta Jane, 11 Longwood College, Farmville

Holmes, Dr. B. T., 9 300 East Third St. Frankfort, Ky.

Holmes, Dr. C. E., 1 . Dept., of Poultry Science, V. P. I.

Blacksburg

Holmes, J. C., 5 . 215 Campbell St. Harrisonburg

Holmes, Wilbur H., 11,5 829 Twentieth St. Newport News

Holt, Bernard S. Jr., 5 . 3631 Wakefield Rd., Richmond

Holt, Charles A., 7 . 1311 Oak Dr. Blacksburg

Holt, Dr. Perry C., 4 . Biology Dept, V. P. L, Blacksburg

Honkala, Adolf U., 8 3819 Arklow Rd. Richmond

Hord, Mr. Richard A., 2 . Wormley Creek Dr., Yorktown

Horn, Robert H. . 230 Monument Ave. Harrisonburg

Horne, Dr. T. J., 1,6 . 1013 Draper Rd. Blacksburg

* Horowitz, Mr. Alan S., 8 . Geology Dept. lindiana University

1005 East 10th St. Bloomington, Ind., 47405

Hornyak, Dr. Fredrick M., 5 . Chemistry Dept. V. P. I., Blacksburg

^Horsley, Dr. Guy W., 9 . 617 West Grace St. Richmond

Honsner, Dr., John F., 4 Dept, of Forestry & Wildlife, V. P. I.

Blacksburg

Hostetter, Dr. Ralph D., 4,8 East Mennonite College Harrisonurg

Hough, Dr. W. S., 4, 1, 8 . 523 Fairmont Ave., Winchester

Howe, Gregory A., 5 . 429 Beauregard Ave., Petersburg

Howes, C. E., 1 Head Dept, of Poultry Science, V. P. I., Blacksburg

*Hoxton, L. G., 2 . Univ. of Virginia— McGormick Rd Dept, of

Physics, Charlottesville

-Hubbard, Robert M., 7.5 . 311 Montebello Circle, Charlottesville

Hudgins, Mr. Webster R., 5 . Port Haywood

Hudson, Mrs. Bernice C., 11 . 3576 Norland Court, Norfolk

-Hudson, M. W., 5.1 . Box 3498, Richmond

Hudson, Robert C., 2 . Physics Dept., Roanoke College, Salem

Hudson, Page R., 5 3610 Moss Side Avenue Richmond, 23227

-Huff, Dr. Ernest G., 9 . M. C. V. Station, Richmond, 23219

Hufstedler, Dr. Robert S., 5, 12 . Old Dominion College Box 6173

Norfolk, 8

Hughes, Dr. Roscoe D., 4, 9 Dept. Biology & Genetics, Medical College

of Virginia Richmond, 23219

Hullibarger, William F. Jr., 5,7 . 324 Tareyton Lane, Portsmouth

Hume, Dr. David M., 9 .... Medical College of Va. Hospital, Richmondl9
^Humphreys, Dr. Mary E., 4 Mary Baldwin College, Staunton

Humphreys, Miss M. Gweneth, 2 . Randolph-Macon Womens

College, Lynchburg

394

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Hundley, Dr. Louis R . V. M. 1. Dept, of Biology, Lexington

-Hunt, Harvey L., 5, 7, 1 . 1411 N. Shore Drive, Norfolk

Hunter, Dr. W. L., 5 . 103 Penn Street, Blacksburg

Hurley, John F., 10 1609 Pinewood Street, Falls Church

Hurst, David C., 12 Dept. Statistics V. P. 1. Blacksburg

Husted, Dr. Ladley, 4 Dept, of Biology University of Va.

Charlottesville

-Hyde, Dr. Austin T. Jr., 4 Rutherford Hospital, Rutherfordton, N. C.
Inkenberry, Dr. Emmert, 2 310 West View Street, Harrisonburg

-Inge, Dr. Frederick D., 4 Hampton Institute, Hampton

Ingersoll, Everett H., 9 . MCV Station, Richmond

-Ingles, Andrew L., 4 1016-3rd St., West, Radford

-Insley, Dr. E. G., 5 1233 Brent Street, Federicksburg

-Irby, Richard, Jr., 5 . 712 Spotswood Road, Richmond

-Irwin, Paul E., 1,5 1101 State Office Building, Richmond

Jackson, Auzville, Jr., 7 Robertshaw-Fulton Controls Company

1701 Byrd Avenue, Richmond
Jackson, Mrs. Caroline Coode, 4,9 Dept, of Biology & Genetics

MCV Station, Richmond

-Jackson, Mrs. Elizabeth Burger, 4 . Longwood College, Farmville

Jacobs, Prof. James A., 2 Physics Dept., V. P. I., Blacksburg

Jacobs, Dr. M. E., 4 Eastern Monnonite College, Harrisonburg

James, Dr. G. Watson, III, 9 . MGV Station, Richmond

James, Robert E, Jr., 10 Dept, of Microbiology, University of

Virginia Medical School, Charlottesville
Jarrard, Dr. Leonard E., 10 . Washington & Lee University, Lexington

-Jeffers, Dr. George W., 4,11 . Route 6, Farmville

Jefferson, Miss Betty Lou, 11,4 . 211 Forest Street, Danville

Jeffrey, Dr. Jackson E., 4 Dept, of Biology, Richmond professional

Institute, Richmond

Jeffreys, Dr. A. W. Jr., 10 . Western State Hospital Staunton

Jenkins, Dr. Marie M., 4 . Box 118, Madison College, Harrisonburg

Johnson, Mr. E. S., II Science Kit, Inc. Camp Mishomokaw,

Gerton,N. C.

Johnson, Mr. James A. Jr., 5 . P. O. Box 1182, Ferericksburg

-Johnson, Mary Rose, 4 . Box 1182, Redericksburg

Johnson, Dr. Robert A., 10 Asso. Dean of Faculty College of William

and Mary, Williamsburg

Johnson, Mr. Stanley S., 8 1802 Inglewood Drive, Charlotesville

Johnson, Whitney L., 12 Dept, of Statistics, V. P. I., Blacksburg

Johnson, Dr. Norman J., 5 Chemistry Dept., V. P. I., Blacksburg

Jones, Mrs. Betty B., 5 . 7701 Ganger Road, Richmond, 23229

Jones, Capt. A. Roland, 2 . R. F. D. 5, Lexington

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

395

Jones, Prof. Duvall A., 4 Dept, of Biology University of Florida

Gainsville, Florida

Jones, Dr. E. Ruffin, 4 Dept, of Biology University of Florida

Gainsville, Florida

Jones, Georde D., 1,4 . 309 Carolina Street, Orange

Jones, J. Claggett, 1,5 3916 Patterson Avenue, Richmond, 23221

-Jones, Mrs. Louise L., 9 . MCV Station Richmond, 19

Jones, Muriel M., 3 . MCV Station, Richmond, 19

Jones, William F., 4 . 251 Cantrell Avenue, Harrisonburg

Jopson, Dr. Harry C. M., 4 Bridgewater, College, Bridgewater

-Toyner, Dr. W. T., 2 Physics Department, Hampden-Sydney

College, Hampden-Sydney
-Kalbfleisch, Miss Marquerite, 11,5 26 Afton Parkway, Craddock

Portsmouth

Kapp, Mary E., 5 . 901 W. Franklin St. Richmond

Kaster, Mr. Dwight L., 1 . Rt. 3 Box 8K, Manassas, 22110

Kaufman, Dr. H. Myron, 9 Medical College of Va., Richmond

Kay, Dr. Saul, 9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond

Keach, Charles C., 10 2800 Aitcheson Lane, Laurel, Md.

*Kean, Dr. Robert H., 5 32 Old Farm Road, Charlottesville

Keefe, William C., 4,2 . 4612 Hanover Avenue,, Richmond

Kelly, Dr. M. Mae, 10 . Madison College, Hairrisonburg

Kelly, Mr. Robert F., 11,8 955 Temple Avenue, Knoxville,Tenn.

Kemp, Dr. Robert T., 5 . 2339 Stafford Court, Richmond

Kent, Professor George W., 10 . Bridgewater

Kepchar, Mr. John H., 4,5 . 205 Burleigh Ave, Norfolk 5

Kepchar, Mr. John H., 4,5 .

Kepner, Dr. William A., 4 . 29 UniversityPlace, University, Va.

Keys, Noel W., 10 Dept of Phychology University of Virginia

Richmond

Kindred, Dr. J. E., 9 Box 1837, University Station, Charlottesville

King, Mr. Irving R., 8207 Penobscott Road, Richmond, 27

King, Dr. Kindall W., 5 Dept, of Biochemistry & Nutrition

Blacksburg, 24061

Kipps, M. S., 1 . 103 Cohee Road, Blacksburg

*Kise, Dr. M. A., 5 Virginia Chemicals & Smelting Company

West Norfolk

Kizer, Herbert L., 11 7711 Woodman Road, Richmond, 28

Klewer, Herbert L., 9 . University Club, Blacksburg

Kinghton, Dr. Holmes T., 9 . School of Dentistry WCV Station

Richmond 19

Knipling, Dr. Phoebe H., 10 . 1426 N. Quincy Street, Arlington

Koch, Charles J. 1 7404 Brichwood Road, Richmond, 29

396

The Virginia Journal of Science

[Septembei

Koppel, Lepold, 5 . 16 West Street, Fort Plain, N. Y

Kosztaraz, Dr. Michael, 4 . Dept, of Entomology, V. P. I.

Blacksburg

Kounnas, Chris N. 5 6417 West Grace Street, Richmond, 23226

Kozark, Samuel J., 8 Dept, of Geology Washington & Lee

University, Lexington

Kramer, Clyde Y. 12 Dept, of Statistics, V. P. 1. Blacksburg

Kerbes, Dr. R. D., 7 Route 1, Blacksburg

Kriegman, Mrs. Lois S., 10 26 Malvern Avenue, Richmond, 26

Krug, Dr. Robert C., 5 . Department of Chemistry V. P. I.

Blacksburg

Kulthau, Dr. A. R. 2 1655 Hardwood Avenue,, Charlottesville

Kimz, Walter B. 5 Sylvania Div. Amr, Viscos Corp.

Marcus Hook, Pennsylvania

-Kunze, Mr. Don C., 4 . 2621 Vest Drive, S. W. Roanoke

Kurzhals, Peter R., C7 332 Brightwood Avenue, Hampton

Lacerte, Prof. Andre G., 2 Physics Dept. Washington & Lee

University, Lexington

Lackey, Jacquelyn, 11.4 3006 Kanmore Drive, Hampton

Lacy Dr. M. P., 11 202 Country Club Drive, Blacksburg

Lacy, O. W., 10 . Trinity College, Hartford 6, Conn.

-Lancaste,r Mr. J. L., 6 416 17th St. N. W. Charlottesville

Lancaster, Morton H. 5,1 404 Glendale Drive Richmond, 29

Lane, Charles F., 8 . Longwood College, FarmviUe

Lane, E. H. president, 5 The Lane Company, Altavista

LaPrade, J. L. 1,4 . Box 430, Chatham

*Larew, Dr. Gillie A., 2 2301 Rivermont Ave., Lynchburg

Larew, Dr. H. Gordon, 7 . Thornton Hall University Station

Charlottesville

Larkin, Miss Dale Nye, 4 . Box 57 Radford College, Radford

Larson, Dr. Paul S., 5,9 . Medical College of Virginia, Richmond

Lams & Brothers Company B Attn: Mr. C. D. Larcus, Richmond, 23217
-Latham, R. E. 2,11 Science Dept. Episcopal High School

Alexandria

Lawless, Dr. Kenneth R., 5 . Thornton Hall University Station

Charlottesville, 22903

Lawrence, Robert V., 7 . 305 Ellett Drive, Christansburg

Lazotte, Harold A., 7,1 . P. O. Box 573, Blacksburg

Lee, Prof. Mary Ann, 2,12 . 3 Woodland Road, Sweet

Briar College, Virginia

Lee, Mr. Phillip C. Jr., 3,1 . Rt. 2 Box 78, Troutville

Leeper, Mrs. Annie S., 5 . 6727 Stuart Avenue, Richmond23226

Leffler, Esther, 5 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

397

Leftwich, Dr. William H., 10 . Box 81, University of Richmond,

Leham, James D., 11,4 . 20 Reservoir Ave., Luray

Lehaman, Dr. Robert C., 2 Eastern Mennonite College, Harrisonburg

-Leidheiser, Dr. Henry, Jr., 5,2 . 5803 Fitzhugh Avenue

Richmond 23226

Leighton, Dr. A. T. Jr., 9 . Poultry Dept. V. P. I., Blacksburg

Leonard, Robert B., 8 . U. S. Geological Survey Quahty of Water

Branch 909 Topeka Blvd, Topeka, Kansas
-Leone, Louis A., 9 .. . 19 Brentwood Avenue, Barrington, Rhode Island

LeVan, Donald C., 8 . 12 Strafford Court, Charlottesville

Levin, Neal T., 5 . 118 Norman Road, Newark 6, New Jersey

Levine, Dr. Leonard, 9 . University of Virginia Medical School

Charlottesville

Lewis, Mr. Donald, 11,4 . Washington & Lee High School

1300 North Quincy, Arlington
Lewis, Mrs. Walter L., 9 c-SJA Hq. USAFE APO 633, New York,

New York

Lewis, W. W., 1 . Extension Agronomist V. P. I., Blacksburg

Lilly, Jacquelyn R., 11,4 . 1532 Apperson Drive, Salem

Lincken, Edgar E . 2505 Curtiss Drive, Bayside

Line, Dr. Lloyd E. Jr., 2 . Texaco Experiment Inc., Richmond

Linfield, Dr. B. Z., 2,12 . 1424 South Twinkle Road

Linn, J. A., 11,2 . 1424 S. Twinlake Road, Virginia Beach

Virgmia 23454

-Little, Edwin D. Jr., 5 . Box 221, Hopewell

-Littleton, Dr. Leonidas R., 5,2 . Emory

Loh, Dr. Hung-yu, 2 . Dept, of Physics, Box 767, V. P. I.

Blacksburg

-Lombardi Gerado J., 7,12 1705 Indiana, N. E. Albequerque,

New Mexaco

Long, Dr. John H., 2 . 176 Dennis Drive, Queen‘s Lake

Williamsburg

Long, John M., 2,12,6 . School of Medicine, University

of Arkansas, Little Rock Arkansas

Lowry, Dr. W. Dorothea, 8 . Box 711, Blacksburg

Lucas. Richard J., 7,8 . 102 Holden Hall V. P. L, Blacksburg

-Lndquuist, Dr. Eugene, 2 . P. O. Box 462, Hampton

Lurtz, Mr. J. A. Jr., 1,3 . Agronomy Dept. V. P. I., Blacksburg

Lurtz, Robert E., 5 . . Cobb Chemical Laboratory, University

of Virginia, Charlottesville

Lyons, Dr. Harry, 9 . . MCV Station, Richmond

MacCord, Col. Howard A., SN . 1946 Lansing Avenue

Richmond, 23225

398

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Markees, D. G. 4,5

Marlowe, Dr. Thomas J., 1
Maroney, Samuel P. Jr., 4

MacDougall, Capt. Hugh, 10, 8, 4 . Forg Union Military

Academy, Fork Union

Macon, Evelyn T., 10, 8, 4 1110 Griffin Street, Lynchburg

Mahan, Dr. John G., 4 . Lynchburg Gollege, Lynchburg

Major, Dr. Randolph T., 5 Cobb Chemical Laboratory

University of Virginia, Charlottesville

**Manahan, Dr. John E., 2, 4 . Scottsville

Mandell, Alan, 11,4 4 Hampton Road, Portsmouth 3

Mankin W. Douglas, 4 . Herndon

Mantey, Mr. W. F. Jr., 5,2 511 N. Boulevard Apt. 15

Richmond, 23220

Mapp, John A., 10,6 1924 Octavia Street, New Orleans 15,

Lousiana

-Margolena, Mrs. Lubow A., 4,1 . A. R. S. Animal Husbandry Div,

U. S. D. A. Beltsville, Maryland
Dept, of Chemistry & Physics, Wells College
Aurora, New York
Animal Husbandrv, V. P. 1., Blacksburg
Dept, of Biology, University of Va.

Charlottesville

Marshall, Prof. McNeil, 7 Agri. Eng. Seitz Building, V. P. I.

Blacksburg

Martin, Dorothy A., 4 1116 Bedford Ave., Apt. 2, Norfolk 8,

Martin, Dr. John W., 5 Bridgewater College, Bridgewater

Martin, Dr. Walter B., 9 301 Medical Towers, Norfolk 7

Mason, Dr. A. H., 9 . 2407 N. Kenmore Street, Arlington 7

Mason Dr. John G., 5 Ag. Eng. Setz Hall, V. P.I., Blacksburg

Massey, Prof. A. B., 4,1 . Box 95, Blacksburg

Massey, Dr. P. H. Jr., 1 . 807 Gracelyn Court, Blacksburg

-Mathers Dr. Alex P., 5 320-A Mansion Drive, Alexandria

Matthews, Jr., 10 “Beechwood” Route 1, Box 216, Doswell

Mattus, Dr. George, 1 Agri. Expt. Station, V. P. I., Blacksburg

Mays, Gilbert, 11 State Dept, of Education, Richmond 23218

May, Margaret L., 4 E 7432 Landsworth Avenue, Richmond, 28

Maynard, William R. Jr., 5 . 1600 Michaels Road, Richmond 29

McClurkin, John I., 4 . Randolph-Macon College, Ashland

McCrrackan, Prof. Robert F., 5 . 41 Mill Road, Spartanburg, S. C.

McDaniel, Dr. R. R., 2,12 . Virginia State College, Petersburg

McDarment, Capt. Corley, 4,2 . Rt. 1 Box 205, Eau Gallie, Fla.

McEwen, Dr. Nobel, 10 . 401 College Ave. ,Ashland

McCahee, Dr. Frances, 10 2615 Rivermont Ave, Lynchburg

McGowman, Haywood F., 5 Princess Ann Drive, Mechanisville

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

399

McHugh, Dr. J. L., 4 Division of Biological Research, Bureau

of Commercial Fisheries, Washington 25, D. C.

Mclnteer, Warren H., 2 . 3100 Greencastle Road,

Burtonsville, Maryland

McKee, Betty A., 9 Apt. 2, 707 N. Colonial Avenue, Richmond

McKenna, Virgil V., 10 . Dept, of Phychology, College of

William & Mary, Williamsburg

McKennis, Dr. Herbert, |r., 9,5 . MCV Station, Richmond

McKillop, L. D., 5 ‘ . Box 117, Route 2, Glen Allen

McPherson, Col. William L., 55,6 . 1 Ingles Court, Blacksburg

^McPherson, William, 11,2 . 1336 W. 46th Street, Norfolk, 8

McShane, Mr. E. J., 2 Dept, of Mathematics, University of

Virginia, Charlottesville

* Medical College of Virginia . Richmond

Meehan G. F., 7 . 607 Wildwood Drive, Pearsburg

Meen, Dr. L. L., 7 . School of Engineering, University of

Virginia, Charlottesville

-Mellette, Dr. Susan J., 9 Box 728 M. C. V. Station, Richmond

Mengebier, Dr. W. L., 4 Dept, of Biology, Madison College

Harrisonburg

Messersmith, Mr. Donald H. 4 Box 663, Radford College

Radford, Va.

Messmer, Rear Admiral W. L. 2 163 Ridgeley Circle

Norfolk 5, Va.

Meyer, W. J. 1 3206 Landria Drive, Richmond 25, Va.

Michell, Wilson D. 8 . 8419 Gaylord Road

Richmond, Va. 23229

— Midyette, James W., Jr. 1 . P. O. Box 228, Ashland, Va.

Miles, John L., Jr. 10 USA BVA PAG APO 331

San Francisco, Calif.

Miller, Dr. Edwin D. 4 200 Monument Avenue, Harrisonburg, Va.

Miller, G. Tyler 6 . Hillcrest, Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

Miller, Dr. G. Tyler, Jr. 5 Box 146, Hampden-Sydney College

Hampden-Sydney, Va.

Miller, Mr. Lawrence I. 1 . Tidewater Research Station, Holland, Va.

Miller, Dr. W. Schuyler 5 . Box 202, Ashland, Va.

—Millhiser, Fred R. 5 . 839 Jefferson Avenue, Waynesboro, Va.

Minnix, Mgr. R. B. 2 . 317 Letcher Ave., Lexington, Va.

Mitchell, Dr. Richard S. 8 . Department of Geology

University of Virginia, Gharlottesville, Va.

Mohoney, Mrs. Rebecca 11, 5 . Charlottesville, Va.

— Moller, Dr. Elizabeth 10 . Sweet Briar College, Sweet Briar, Va.

—Montgomery, Mrs. Dorothy D. 2 Hollins College, Hollins, Va.

Montgomery, Miss Mary E. 2 . Box 1228, Fredericksburg, Va.

400

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

* Moody, Warren L. 5 . 5 North 6th Street, Richmond 19, Va.

Moomaw, Rawie P, 5, 7 1233 Floyd Avenue, S.W., Roanoke 7, Va.

Moon, Dr. J. H. 9 Box 202, MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.

Moore, Marian E. 4 Dept. Food & Nutrition, V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

Moore, Robert C. 1 . Blacksburg, Va.

Moore, Stewart T. 1 . R.F.D, No. 1, Raphine, Va.

Moran, Mrs, Leroy 5 2552 Sweetbriar Avenue, S.W., Roanoke, Va.

Moreland, Dr. J. Earl 10 Randolph-Macon College, Ashland, Va.

—Morgan, Mrs, William J. 10, 6 . Merrifield, Va.

Morris, Dr. H. M. 7 . Box 37, Blacksburg, Va.

—Morrow, Miss Bettv C. 9 Box 3, Medical College of Virginia

Richmond, Virginia 23219
Morrow, Mr. F. J. 4 2732 Homestead Dr., Petersburg, Va. 23805

Morrow, Leonard 4 L. H. Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University

Ithaca, New York

Morton, Dr. Harold S., Jr. 7, 2 3500 Monacan Drive ( Carrsbrook)

Charlottesville, Va.

Mosbv, Dr. Henrv S. 4 Dept. Forestrv & Wildlife, V.P.L

Blacksburg, Va.

Moschler, W. W. 1 V.P.L Agronomv Dept., Smyth Hall

Blacksburg, Va.

—Moseley, John M. 5 108 N. Wilton Road, Richmond 26, Va.

Moss, Donald C, 4 Rt. 2, Box 165, Mineral, Va.

Mover, D. D, 1 Poultry Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

—Mullen, Dr. James W., II 2, 7 Box 1-T, Richmond, Va. 23202

Murden, William P. 7 5022 Sangamore Road, Washington 16, D.C.

Murphy, Dr. Nelson F. 7, 5 Box 104, Blacksburg, Va.

Murphy, R. S. 5 . 2514 McRae Road, Bon Air, Va. 23235

Murray, J. J., Jr., 4 Dept, of Biology, University of Virginia

Charlottesville, Va.

Murray, Dr. J. J. Sr. 4 6 Jordan Street, Lexington, Va.

Murray, Dr. ohn W. 5 101 York Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

Myers, Dr. R. H. 12 311 Ardmore St., Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Neher, Dean R. 2 . Bridgewater College, Bridgewater, Va.

Nelson, Dr. E. Clifford 3, 9, 4 M.C.V. Station, Richmond, Va.

Nelson, Prof. Wilbur A. 8 . 208 Magnolia Drive, Charlottesville, Va.

— Nemuth, Dr. H. 1. 9 2012 Monument Avenue, Richmond, Va. 23220

Neves, John F. 5 . 8300 W. Bon View Drive, Richmond, Va. 23235

N. Y. St. Univ. College of Fredonia, Fredonia, New York 14063
***The Newport News Shipbuilding & Drydock Co. “B” .... Newport News

Newton, M. D. 11, 2 . Box 95, Yale, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

401

Nicely, Dr. Kenneth A. 4 Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

— Niemeyer, A. B., Jr. 4 85 Alwin Road, Portsmouth, Va.

Norfolk & Western Railway Co. B Attn: Mr. Martin P. Burks

Roanoke 17, Va.

Norman, S. F., Jr. 5 709 Pinetta Drive, Riehmond 37, Va.

^Norris, Dean Earle B. 7, 2 P. O. Box 26, Blacksburg, Va.

Nuckols, J. T., Ill 8, 7 P. O. Box 9138, Richmond 27, Va.

Nugent, T. J. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk, Va.

Nuwavser, Elie S. C, 5 105 Maple Avenue, Richmond 26, Va.

*Obenshain, Dr. S S. 1, 8 Virginia Agri. Exp. Station

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

— Oglesbv, Prof. E. J. Box 1887, Univ. Station, Charlottesville, Va.

Old, Mrs. James E., Jr. 4 . P. O. Box 69, Point Harbor, N. C.

Oldham, A. M. 5 l507 Young Street, Richmond 22, Va.

Olivier, Dr. Charles P. 2 521 North Wynnewood Avenue

Narberth, Pennsylvania

—O’Neill, Mr. Charles T . P. O. Box 711, Charlottesville, Va.

O’Neil, Mrs. Paul G. 2 4610 Stuart Avenue, Richmond 26, Va.

Opp, Mrs. Ruth O. 5 3 N. Park St., Dunn Loring, Va.

Orcutt, Dr. F. S. 3, 4, 5 1305 Hillcrest Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

O’Rear, Charles Edward 5 1101 State Office Building, Richmond 19, Va.

Osborne, Dr. J. Clark 7 Dept, of Veterinary Science, V.P.l.

Blacksburg, Va.

Osborne, J. Scott, Jr. 5 8719 Old Spring Road, Richmond 25, Va.

Osborne, Dr. Paul J. 4 Lynehburg College, Lvnchburg, Va.

Osvalds, Dr. V. 2 P. O. Box 3445, University Station

Charlottesville, Va.

—Overby, A. W. 11 2408 Mvrtle Avenue, Norfolk 4, Va.

Overcash, H. B. 4 Hampden-Sydney College Box 149

Hampden-Sydnev, Va.

Owen, Dr. Fletcher B., Jr. 9, 5 1407 Cummings Drive, Richmond 20, Va.

Packard, Mr. Charles E. 4 501 S. Center Street, Ashland, Va.

Pallotta, Dr. Arthur J. 5, 9 Bionetics Research Laboratories, Inc.

Box 26, Falls Church, Va.
Pare, Edward E. 2 1064 Cambridge Cr., Norfolk, Va. 23508

Parikh, Dr. G. C. 3, 4 3000 Arlington Boulevard, Falls Ghurch, Va.

Parker, Mr. W. M. 1 . Box 2160, Norfolk, Va.

Parrott, W. T. 8 . Box 391, Petersburg, Va.

Parsons, Bernard L. 1 Ag. Eng. Dept., V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va. 24061
Parsons, Dr. William A. 7, 5 104 Highland Avenue, Blacksburg, Va.

Partlow, Benjamin W. 5 Box 518, Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.
Patterson, Dr. John L., Jr. 9 Box 282, MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.
Patterson, Dr. Paul W. 4 . Hollins College, Va.

402

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Patton, James B., Jr. 6 State Department of Edueation

State Office Building, Richmond, Va.
Peabody, Dr. William A. 5, 9 4805 Brook Road, Richmond, Va.

Peachee, Mr. Charles 10 9961 Oldfield Drive, Richmond, Va. 23235

Pedersen, Mr. P. M. 5, 2, 7, 12 4712 New Kent Road, Richmond 25, Va.

Peeples, Mr. Edward H., Jr. 9 Box 638, M.C.V. Station

Richmond, Va. 23219

Began, Lucy Byrd 4 1808 Winston Road, Charlottesville, Va.

Pendleton, Dr. John D. 1 Agronomy Dept., V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

—Perkins, Mrs. Frances R. 11, 2 7704 Hampshire Road

Richmond 29, Va.

Perry, I. Blairyne 11 138 Union Street, Hampton, Va.

Perry, Mr. John L. 2 216 Fairlawn Ave., Virginia Beach, Va. 23455

Perry, Mrs. Virginia W. 12 515 Jefferson Avenue, Hopewell, Va.

Pertzoff, Mr. V. A. 2 . ?021 Hessiau Road, Charlotesville, Va.

Peterson, James R. 1 . Route No. 2, Box 12, Middleburg, Va.

Petterson, Olga M. 9 . Box 727, M.C.V. Station, Richmond, Va.

Pettus, William G. 2 410 Riverside Drive, Lynchburg, Va.

Pfeiffer, Norman B. 1, 8 Soil Conservation Service, Agronomy Dept,

V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Phillips, Dr. E. Lakin 10 415 E. Jefferson Street, Falls Church, Va.

Phillips, Mrs. Margaret C. 2 114 Conway Ave., Norfolk 5, Va.

*#»phiiip Morris & Co. Ltd. Inc. B Attn: Helmut Wakeham

Div. of Res., P. O. Box 1895, Richmond 15, Va.

Phipps and Bird, Inc. B . 303 South 6th Street, Richmond, Va.

Pickral, Colonel George M. 5 501 Brooke Lane, Lexington, Va.

—Pierce, Dr. J. Stanton 5 813 Roseneath Road, Richmond 21, Va.

Pinschmidt, William C., Jr. 4 3206 Normandy Ave., Fredericsburg, Va.

—Pitt, Lyndele A. 4, 5, 11 4303 New Kent Avenue, Richmond 25, Va.

Pittman, Lawrence E. 11, 4 . Prince George High School

Prince George, Va.

Pittman, Dr. Melvin A. 2 College of William & Mary, Williamsburg, Va.
Pitts, Prof. Frank P. 5 Medical College of Va., Richmond, Va.

Pitts, Dr. Grover C. 9 Dept, of Physiology School of Medicine

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
Pleasants, Miss Beverly A. 4 2903 Noble Ave., Richmond, Va. 23222

Poates, Francis W. 11 . Box 313, Chester, Va.

Porter, H. C. 1, 8 1400 Crestview Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

Potter, Katherine K . Marion Jr. High School, Marion, Va.

Potter, Dr. Lawrence W. 5, 1 1407 Hillcrest Drive

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Powell, James R. c, 4 Dept, of Biology, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Powell, Dr. W. Allan 5 Box 86, University of Richmond

Richmond, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

403

**Powers and Anderson 603 E. Main St.. Richmond, Va.

Powev, Prof. George R. 7 1401 Hillcrest Drive, Blacksburg, Va.

*Poythress, Wm. P. & Co., Inc. 5, 9 . Attn: A. G. Richardson

Chief Chemist, Box 2158, Richmond 17, Va.

Preston, L. W., Jr. 12
Price Nelson O. 5, 9
Puckett, Dr. Dillon Hugh 4

Pugh, Jean E. 4
Pullen,' Dr. E. W. 9

Pulliam, Miss Elizabeth 3

— Quares. Dr. Lawrence R. 7

Quillen, Miss Alice 11
Rageot, Roger,

* Ragland, Richard S. 2

Ramey, Dr. Robert L.

Ramsey, John B. Jr. 2
Ramsev, Mvra T. 11
Ramsey, E. W. 8
Ramsev, M. M. 8
*Randolph-Macon Woman’s College
Randolph, W. B. F. 5, 3

1407 Cummings Drive, Richmond 20, Va.
107 Wharton Street, Blacksburg, Va.

. University of Tennessee

109 Moody Street, Martin, Tenn.
Old Dominion College, Norfolk 8, Va.
Dept. Anatomy, University of Va. Medical School
Charlottesville, Va.
3516 Stuart Avenue, Apt. No. 1
Richmond 21, Va.
Thornton Hall, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
Pulaski High School, Pulaski, Va.
Norfolk Museum of Art & Sciences, Norfolk 10, Va.

6252 Glenoaks St. 855 East
Salt Lake City, Utah
Thornton Hall, University of Virginia
Charlottesville, Va.
1420 Abington Dr., Apt. 201, Alexander, Va.
Rt. 4, Box 272, Madison Heights, Va.
7557 Marilea Road, Richmond 25, Va.
126 Observatory Ave., Charlottesville, Va.

Lynchburg, Va.
2813 Keller Avenue, Norfolk 9, Va.

Rappaport, Dr. Jacques 4
Rasberrv, Mr. Stanley D. 2

Ratchford, Dr. J. Thomas 2

Ravburn, Dr. C. H. ;

Redd, John B., Jr. 4
Redden, Prof. J. A. 8
Redfield, Dr. David D. 11

Reeves, Major John H. 4
Reid, Dr. J. Douglas 3
Reid, Dr. L. Starling 10
Reitz, John E. 4
— Remsburg, Mrs. Vera B. 4
* Rennie C. Bruce 1, 7, 5

Miller School of Biologv, Charlottesville Va.

815 South 18th St., 301
Arlington, Va., 22202
Dept, of Physics
Washington & Lee Universitv, Lexington, Va.
5213 Devonshire Road, Richmond, Va. 23225
Box 43, Powhatan, Va.
Geology Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.
School Administrative Building
Roanoke City Schools, Roanoke, Va.
Biology Department, V.M.L, Lexington, Va.
1205 Nelson Street Richmond, Va. 23229
102 Gilmer Hall, Charlottesville. Va.
1414 Gordon Avenue, Charlottesville, Va.

Box 481, Herndon, Va. 22070
Virginia-Carohna Chemical Corp.
401 East Main Street, Richmond, Va.

404

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

^Rennie, James G., Jr. 2 1202 Confederate Avenue, Richmond 27, Va.

Reynolds Metals Company B Attn: Mr. R. S. Reynolds, Jr.

6601 West Broad Street, Richmond 30, Va.
Rice, Dr. Nolan E. 4 Box 169, University of Richmond

Richmond, Va.

Rich, Dr. C. I. 1 . Box 481, Blacksburg, Va.

Richards, Mr. Walter L., Jr. 4 1502 Cedar Lane, Richmond 25, Va.

Richardson, Dr. Annie L. 4 Norfolk Division, Va. State College

Norfolk, Va.

Richardson, Ruth E. 11, 2 2825 Midlothian Pike, Richmond, Va. 23224

Richardson, Mrs. Sara S. 2 . 401 Roanoke St., Blacksburg, Va.

Richardson, Prof. W. 2 401 Roanoke Street, Blacksburg, Va.

Riley, Mrs. Edna 11, 4 . Washington & Lee High School

1300 North Quincv, Arlington, Va.
Riopel, Dr. James L. 4 Dept, of Biology, University of Va.

Charlottesville, Va.

Risley, Miss A. Marguerita 2 . Box 286, R.M.W. College

Lynchburg, Va

— Rison, J. Waddell 1008 Mutual Building, Richmond 19, Va.

Ritchey, Col. H. E. 5 . 213 Maiden Lane, Lexington, Va.

Ritchey, Dr. S. J. 3 . Dept. Human Nutrition and Foods

VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Ritt, Dr. Paul E. 5 . 829 Glenmore Road, Fairfax, Va.

Rittenbury, Dr. Max S. 9 8327 Whitewood Road, Richmond 25, Va.

Roberts, Dr. Joseph K. 8 . P. O. Box 357, Hartsville, S. C.

Roberts, J. W. 7 Solite Corporation, P. O. Box 9138

Richmond, Va. 23227

—Roberts, Dr. Phyllis S. 9, 5 608 Gaskins Road, Richmond 29, Va.

Robeson, Dr. Andrew 2 Kelsey Lane, Blacksburg, Va.

Robey, Dr. Ashley 5 . P. O. Box 421, Salem, Va.

A. H. Robins Company, Inc. B . 1407 Cummings Drive

Richmond 20, Virginia

Walter E. Robinson 11, 5 1901 Effingham Street, Portsmouth, Va.

Rodger, E. E. 1 1427 Gentry Lane, Charlottesville, Va.

Rodig, Dr. Oscar R. 5 . Cobb Chemical Laboratory

University of Virgniia, Charlottesville, Va.
Rose, Mr. Dale E. 11, 5 Box 448 Hampton City Schools, Hampton, Va.
Rosenblatt, Prof. David 12, 4, 2 4220 Columbia Pike,

Arlington 4, Va.

Rosenblat, Dr. Joan Raup 12 4220 Columbia Pike, Arlington 4, Va.

Rosenzweig, Mr. A. L. 3 4816 Fitzhugh Ave., Richmond, Va. 23220

Ross, Dr. Mary H. 1 . Entomology Dept., V.P.I.

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Ross, Mr. Robert D. 4 614 Airport Road, Blacksburg, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

405

Row, Dr. Stuart B. 610 Preston Avenue, Blacksburg, Va. 24060

Rowe, Dr. Frederick B. 10 2209 Rivermont Avenue, Lynchburg, Va.

Rowe, Maurice B. 1 Room 304, 203 Governor Street

Richmond 19, Va.

Rowell, Dr. J. O. 4 305 Price Hall, V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

—Rowlett, Dr. Russell J., Jr. 5 4606 Wythe Avenue, Richmond, Va.

Rozsa, Dr. George 9, 5 6 Lexington Ave., Buffalo 22, N.Y.

Rudolph, Dr. Rosser A., Jr. 5 1100 eMadow Drive, Ellerson, Va.

Rucker, Isabelle P. 11 State Dept, of Education, Richmond, Va.

Runk, Dean B. F. D. 4 Box 3727, University Station, Gharlotesville, Va.

Russell, Dr. Gatherine W. 3 . Dept, of Micro-Biology

Universitv of Virginia Medical School, Gharlottesville, Va.
—Russell, Edgar V., Jr. 5 Dept, of Chemistry, V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.
Ryman, Jacob F. 2 Box 147, Blacksburg Va.

Sabatinos, Mr. Lawrence O. 1, 3 102 Faculty Street

Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Sadie, Dr. Alexander 5 . Nitrogen Division

Allied Chemical and Dye Corp., Hopewell, Va.
Sadler, O. P. 11 Buckingham Central High School

Buckingham, Va.

Said, Dr. Sami I 9 Dept, of Medicine, MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.
Samuel, Boyd L. 5, 1 1101 State Office Building, Richmond 19, Va.

Sanders, Jerrell 2 1546 Berkeley Avenue, Petersburg, Va.

Sands, Dr. George D. 5 Rt. 1, Box 254, Williamsburg, Va.

—Sanger, Dr. Wm. T. 9, 10, 6 Medical College of Va., Richmond, Va.

Sauder, Major William C. 2 Tree Mont RFD No. 5 Lexington, Va.

Saunders, Mrs. Virginia 11, 4 . Goodview, Va.

Savedge, Major C. E. 11 P. O. Box 7, Fort Defiance, Va.

Saw, Prof. John G. 12 Dept, of Statistics V.P.L, Blacksburg, Va.

—Scherer, Dr. J. H. 9 . 820 W. Franklin St, Richmond, Va.

Schillo, Richard J. 10 517 Valley Drive, S.E., Vienna, Va.

Schneider, Dr. Joseph 1. 5 . 127 Hesketh Street, Chevy Chase, Md.

Schoenbaum, Alexander W. 5, 7 403 Beechwood Dr., Richmond, Va.

Scott, Dr. Daniel C. C-2 . 101 Kent House, University Station,

Gharlotesville, Va.

Scott, Mrs. Frances Deane 10, 6 P.O. Box 3124 Rivermont,

Lynchburg, Va.

Scott, Frederic R. 4, 2 . 115 Kennondale Lane, Richmond 26, Va.

Scott, Marvin W. 4 . Graduate Student VPI, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

** Scott and Stringfellow . Richmond, Va.

Scott, Dr. William W. 4 . Dept. Biology, VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Searls, Dr. Robert L. 4, 3 Biology Dept., U. of Va., Gharlotesville, Va.

Sears, C. E. 8, 7 . Box 522, Blacksburg, Va.

—Sears, Dr. D. Scott 5 . 8131 Sawmill Ave., Richmond, Va. 23229

406

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Sears, R. D. 1 Va. Agri. Exp. Sta., Charlote Court House, Va.

— Seligman, Dr. Robert B. 5 Box 3-D, Richmond 6, Va.

Seymore, Ronald 4 Dept, of Biology, VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Sharp, Donald L. 5 Box 1395, Richmond, Va.

Sharpley, J. M. 3 Box 846, Fredericksburg, Va.

Shaw, Dr. R. H. 2 1701 Greenway Dr., Fredericksburg, Va.

Shelburne, Tilton E. 7, 8 Box 3817, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville, Va.

Shelton, George E. ’5 Box 6-S, Richmond 17, Va.

Shepherd, Mary G. 11, 5, 4 1643 Center Hill Dr., S.W., Roanoke, Va.

Shulkcum, Ed. 1 Agronomy Dept., VPI, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Sheppard, Dr. L. Benjamin 9 301 Medical Arts Bldg., Richmond, Va.

— Sherwod, C. S., Ill 5, 6, 8 111 West Road, Portsmouth, Va.

Shillington, Dr. James K. 5 . Box 557, Lexington Va.

Sholes Dr. Dillard M., Jr. 5, 9 203 West G, Elizabethton, Tenn.

Shonenshine, Dr. Daniel E. 4 Biology Dept., Old Dominion Col.,

Norfolk 8, Va.

Shuey, Dr. Audrey M. 10 1059 Rivermont Ter., Lynchburg, Va.

Siegel ,Dr. Herbert S. 1 Poultry Dept., Va. Agr. Exp. Sta.,

Blacksburg, Va.

Siegel, Dr. Paul B. 1 School of Agri., VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Silver, Charles H. 11, 4 Wash. & Lee High School, 1300 North Quincy,

Arlington, Va.

Silverberg, Dr. Jacob 10 2706 Melbourne Dr., Richmond 25, Va.

Simmons, Glover C., Jr. 2 Box 284, Va. State Col., Petersburg, Va.

Simpson, Dr. R. L., Jr. 9 Medical Col. of Va., Richmond 19, Va.

Simpson, Dr. T. McN., Jr. 2 . Ashland, Va.

Singleton, O. R., Jr. 7 14 Lexington Rd., Richmond 26, Va.

Singleton, Dr. W. Ralph 4 Dept, of Biology, U. of Va., Charlottesville, Va.

Sinnott, Allen 8 32 Merritt Dr., Trenton 8, N. J.

Skinner, W. French 3, 9 5902 York Rd., Richmond, Va. 23226

Slope, Billy W. 2 8718 Avalon Ave., Richmond 29, Va.

Smart, Col. C. W. 5 449 Institute Hill, Lexington, Va.

Smart, Dr. Grover C., Jr. 1, 4 Dept, of Entomology, Agri. Exp. Sta.,

University of Florida, Gainsville, Fla.
Smart, Dr. Robert F. 4, 2 Dean’s Office, Univ. of Richmond, aV.

Smiddy, Joseph C. 4 . Clinch Valley College, Wise, Va.

Smiley, Mrs. Janet S. 11 Box 401, Yorktown, Va.

Smith, Alvin H. 10, 6 Hampden-Sydney CoL, Hampden-Sydney, Va.

Smith, Bessie S. 10 26 Elm Street, Newport News, Va.

Smith, Dr. Burke M. 10 1649 Brandvwine Dr., Charlottesville, Va.

Smith, Dr. Carroll E. 10 Psychology Dept., Radford Col, Radford, Va.
Smith, Harry L. 1, 4 3404 Martin Ave., Richmond, Va.

Smith, Howard M. C, 4 . Biology Dept., U. of Va., Charlottesville, Va.

Smith, Dr. J. Doyle 5 . Medical Col. of Va., Richmond, Va.

1984]

Proceedings 1963-1964

407

Smith, Pauline 11 . Route 2, Box 434, Manassas, Va.

* Smith, R. Blackwell 9 606 MCV Station, Richmond 19, Va.

"^^Smith, Foley F. 5, 9, 1 . Box 1420, Richmond, Va.

Smith, Robert L. 5 . 1101 State Office Bldg., Richmond, Va. 23219

Smith, Robert L. 5 . 940 West Teak St., Brea, Calif.

Smithey, Dr. William R., Jr. 5 . Research Dept, Virginia-Carolina

Chemical Corp., Richmond, Va.

Smyth, Mrs. Mary L. 4 . Box 144, Blacksburg, Va.

Snyder, Maywod 5 . 7606 So. Pinehill Dr., Richmond, Va. 23228

Sorensen, Harold F. 10 . B & M Inc., 121 Janaf Shopping Center,

Norfolk, Va. 23402

Southern Materials Co., Ine. B Attn: E. M. Gourley, Vice President,

Norfolk 1, Va.

Speekman, Miss Janace A. 12 . 3525 Davenport St., N. W.,

Washington, D. C. 20008

Speidel, Dr. Carl C. 9, 4 Dept, of Anatomy, Medical School,

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.

Spencer, Dr. Edgar W. 8 . Geology Dept, Wash. & Lee Univ.,

Lexington, Va.

Sprague, Elizabeth F. 2 . Sweet Briar Col., Sweet Briar, Va.

Spraker, James H. 4 . 8903 Watlington Rd., Richmond 29, Va.

Stanback, Mrs. B. A. 11, 4 . 1415 Ellington Square, Portsmouth, Va.

Starling, Dr. James H. 4 207 Paxton Rd., Lexington, Va.

Starling, Dr. T. M. 1 . Agronomy Dept., VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

State Planters Bk. of Commerce &Trust . Attn: Rawley F. Daniel B,

Richmond 14, Va.

Steinhardt, R. G., Jr. 5, 2 . Hollins College, Va.

Stern, Dr. E. George 7 . Box 361, Blacksburg, Va.

Stevens, Miss Eleanor B. 11, 5, 2 Foxcroft School, Middleburg, Va.

—Stevens, Dr. Kenneth P. 9, 4 404 E. Nelson St, Lexington, Va.

—Stevenson, Dr. Edward C. 2 Box 1893, Univ. Sta., Charlottesville, Va.
Stevenson, James W. 1 4713 Muskogee St, College Park, Md.

Stewart, Franklin B. 1 . P.O. Box 2160, Norfolk, Va.

Stewart, John W. 2 Dept, of Physics, McCormick Rd., Charlottesville, Va.

Stewart, Miss Roberta A. 5 . Box 634, Hollins College, Va.

Stickney, Capt. Fred R., USN (Re ) til P.O. Box 368, Berryville, Va.
Stiltner, James H. 11 State Dept, of Edu., 801 Fairfax St., Radford, Va.

* Strauss, Admiral Lewis L. 2, 1, 9 Brandy Farm, Brandy Station, Va.

—Strickland, Dr. John C. 4 . Biology Dept., U. of Richmond,

Richmond, Va.

**Strudwick, Edmund, Jr . 1800 Monument Ave., Richmond 20, Va.

Suter, Daniel B. 4 . Eastern Mennonite Col., Harrisonburg, Va.

Swann, Jesse E. 5 1101 Old State Office Bldg, Richmond, Va. 23219

Swanson, Merlyn 11, 4 . Wash. & Lee H. S., 1300 North Quincy,

Arlington, Va.

408

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

* Sweet Briar College . Sweet Briar, Va.

Swem, Dr. Earl G. 6 1311 South 3rd St., Louisville, Ky.

Swertferger, Dr. Floyd F. 6, 10 Longwod College, Farmville, Va.

— Swezey, Dr. F. H. 5 Box 1071, Waynesboro, Va.

Swink, E. T. 7 910 Preston Ave., Blacksburg, Va.

I

Talley, Claude P. 5
Tanenbaum, Sarah G. 11, 10
Tatem, Charles E. 4
Taylor Gerald R., Jr. :
'favlor, Henry M. 12
^Tavor, Jackson J. 2
Taylor, Dr. L. H. 1
Taylor, Mabel K. 11, •
—Taylor, Dr. Mildred E. 2
Taylor, Dr. Raymond L. 4
Taylor, Mrs. Sally C. 4, 5

Teass, F. Alex 4 .

Tebo, Dr. Edith Jamsson 2

Tee, Pin-Pin 2 .

Temple, William T. 5
Tennev, Dr. Wilton R. 3
Terman, C. Richard 4

3442 North view St., Richmond, Va.
2527 Que Street, N.W., Washington, D. C.
1301 W. 51st St., Apt. 2, Norfolk 8, Va.
13 E. Copley Hill, Charlottesville, Va.
Ravenswod, 8718 River Rd., Richmond 26, Va.

. Univ. of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

Agronomy Dept., VPl, Blacksburg, Va.
3844 Thalia Dr., Lynnhaven, Va.
Mary Baldwin College, Staunton, Va.
1820 N. Johnson St., Arlington 7, Va.
1023 Jefferson St., Martinsville, Va. 24112
239 S. Princeton Circle, Lynchburg, Va.
1 53 East End Ave., Shrewsbury, N. J.

P.O. Box 5900-A, VPL Blacksburg, Va.
1712 Monticello Ave., Petersburg, Va.
Box 414, University of Richmond, Va.
Biology Dept., W & M Col., Williamsburg, Va.

-Thalhimer, Morton G . 4 Paxton Rd., Richmond 26, Va.

Thaxton, Mrs. Joe ., Jr. 11 746 Peaks St., Bedford, Va.

Theuer, Dr. C. Brent 1 Dept, of Ani. Sci., VPl, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Thomas, Miss Jean 1 . Route 4, Floyd, Va.

Thomas, Dr. John A. 9 Dept, of Pharmacology, U. of Va. Medical

School, Charlottesville, Va.
^Thompson, Professor Claude C. 2 Dept, of Mathematics, Hollins

College, Va.

Thompson, Dr. Dorothy D. 5 Box 32, Sweet Briar College,

Sweet Briar, Va.

Thompson, Ertle 5, 11 . 1810 Chelsea Dr., Chartlotesville, Va

Thompson, Frank E., Jr. 11, 4 4520 Newport St., Richmond, Va

Thompson, Lt. Col. Gerald W. 11 5505 Barnhollow Rd., Norfolk, Va. 23502
Thompson, Jesse 4 Dept, of Biology, Hampden-Svdney College,

Hampden-Sydney, Va.

Thompson, Norman R. 4 Dairy Sci. Dept., VPl, Blacksburg, Va.

^Thompson, Dr. W. T., Jr. 9 . MCV Hospital, Richmond 19, Va.

Thornton, Dr. Nan V. 5 Box 292, R.M.W. College, Lynchburg, Va.

Thornton, Dr. S. F. 5 . P.O. Box 1940, Norfolk, Va.

— Thurmaier, Dr. Roland Joseph 2514 Cortland St., Waynesboro, Va.
Thusty, Leonard N. 4 2304 N. Kenmore St., Arlington, Va.

Tillman, Paul 11 P.O. Box 1276, Fredericksburg, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

409

Tischler, Morris S. 11, 5 . Geo. C. Marshall H. S., 2323 Leesburg

Pike, Falls Church, Va.

Tobler, Henry, 111 11, 2 45 Grattan St., Harrisonburg, Va.

Toewe, E. Clayton 8 . Box 3367 Univ. Sta., Charlottesville, Va.

Tolbert, Dr. E. L. 10 . Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

Tolhurst, Mrs. Jeannette 11, 4 Wash. & Lee H. S., 1300 North Quincy,

Arlington, Va.

Toone, Dr. Elam C., Jr. 9 . 1200 East Broad St., Richmond, Va.

Toten, A. I., Jr. 7 . Reynolds Metal Co., 1519 Summit Ave.,

Richmond, Va.

Townsend, Dr. J. Ives 4, 9 . Dept, of Biology & Genetics, MCV Sta.,

Richmond 19, Va.

Trainer, Frank W. 8 . U. S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Div.,

Washington, D. C.

Trout, Dr. William E., Jr. 5 Box 216, U. of Richmond, Richmond, Va.
Trout, William E. Ill, C, 4 Dept, of Zoology, Indiana University,

Bloomington, Indiana

Troutman, Joseph L. 1 Va. Agricultural Expt. Sta., Chatham, Va.

Truitt, Prof. R. W. 2, 7 . 2405 Lyson St. Raleigh N. C.

Tucker Capt. John R. 2 Dept, of Physics V.M.I., Lexington, Va.

Turnbull, Dr. Lennox B. 5 1221 Sherwood Ave., Richmond, Va. 23220

—Turner, Edward F., Jr. 2 23 University Place, Lexington, Va.

—Turner, Dr. J. V., Jr. 9 804 Professional Bldg., Richmond, Va.

Uhl, Dr. Vincent 5 . Thornton Hall, U. of Va., Charlottesville, Va.

Ulrich, Dale 2 506 7th Street, N.E., Charlottesville, Va.

* University of Richmond Attn: Dr. Charles Wheeler, U. of Richmond, Va.
—Updike, Dr. I. A. 5, 6 R.M.C., Dept, of Chemistry, Ashland, Va.

—Updike, Dr. O. L., Jr. 7, 5 . Thornton Hall, Univ. of Va.

Charlottesville, Va.

Updike ,Dr .Winifred W. 5 304 Henry St., Ashland, Va.

Uttal, Leonard J. 1 . Route 3, Madison Heights, Va.

Vaden, Joseph 1 . Box 10026 Federal Bldg., Richmond, Va. 23219

—Valentine, C. Braxton 5, 9 . Box 7306, Richmond 21, Va.

Valentine, Granville G., Jr. 5, 9, 3 . Box 7306, Richmond 21, Va.

VanEngel, Willard A. 4 Va. Inst, of Marine Sci., Gloucester Point, Va.
Van Pelt, John M. 5 1101 Old State Office Bldg., Richmond, Va. 23219

Varnier, H. E. 7 . 3510 Clydewood Ave., Richmond 24, Va.

— Varsel, Charles 5 . 7825 Granite Hall Ave., Richmond 25, Va.

Vaughan, Thomas H., Jr. . 10422 Merrigan Rd., Bon Air, Va. 23235

Via, Betty Carolyn 4 . 2228 Carter Rd., Roanoke, Va.

Vingiello, Dr. Frank A. 5 . 107 Monta Vista Dr., Blacksburg, Va.

Virginia-Carolina Chemical Company Research Dept. Library, Box 1136,

Richmond, Va. 23208

Virginia Chemicals & Smelting Co. B . Atn: Dr. M. A. Kise, Dir. of

Research, West Norfolk, Va.

410

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Va. Electric & Power Co. B 7th & Franklin St., Richmond, Va. 23219

^Virginia Military Institute . Lexington, Va.

*Va. Polytechnic Institute Library . Blacksburg, Va.

Volk, Dr. Wesley A. 4 Dept |of Microbiology, School of Med.,

University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va.
Wagner, John R. 5 15002 Peachstone Dr., Silver Springs, Md.

Waldrop, Dr. Margaret 11 Box 202, Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

Walker, Frank S., Jr. 1 Rosni Farms Inc., Orange, Va.

Walker, R. J. 9, 1, 6 P.O. Box 313, Newport News, Va.

Walker, Dr. Richard D. 7 . Dept, of Civil Eng., VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Wall, Arthur A. 5 2508 Piedmont Ave., Portsmouth, Va.

Wallace, Donald S. 7 . Box 3094, nUiv. Sta., Charlottesville, Va.

-Waller, James W. 5, 2, 4 . P.O. Box 492, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Wallerstein, Dr. Emmanuel O. 9 1612 Palmyra Ave., Richmond, Va. 23227
Walpole, Roland E. 12 Roanoke College, Salem, Va.

—Wash, Mrs. Martha L . 1819 Chesterfield Ave., McLean, Va.

Walton, Dr. Leon J. 9 713 Shenandoah Life Bldg., Roanoke, Va.

—Walton, Miss Lucile 4 1116 East Main St., Danville, Va.

—Walton, Miss Margaret 4 1116 East Main St., Danville, Va.

Ward, Dr. John W. 5, 9 A. H. Robins Co., Inc., 1407 Cummings Dr.,

Richmond, Va.

—Ward, L. E., Jr. 1, 7 One Morris St., Apt. 408, Charleston, W. Va.
Warren, Dr. Percy H. 4 Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

Warren R. L. 5 . Freedrick College, Portsmouth, Va.

*Wartman, William B., Jr. 5 1020 Horsepen Rd., Richmond, Va. 23229

^Washington & Lee University Dr. William H. Hinton, Lexington, Va.
Walton, Clarence R. 3 4832 Burnham Rd., Richmond, Va. 23234

Watkins, Miss Leslie V. 2, 4 . 1616 16th St, N.W., Apt 807,

Washington, D. C. 20009

Watson, Douglas F. 9 109 Sunset Boulevard, Blacksburg, Va.

Watson, Robert C. 5 9507 Justine Dr., Annandale, Va.

Watson, Dr. William L. 1 . Box 327, Va. State Col., Petersburg, Va.

Watt, Dr. William J. 5 Dept, of Chemistry, W. & L. Univ.,

Lexington, Va.

Wawner, Franklin E., Jr. 2 307 N. 5th Ave., Hopewell, Va.

Weaver, Miss Lillian M. 2 Huntington H. S., Newport News, Va.

—Weaver, Col. R. C. 2 . 404 V.M.I. Parade, Lexington, Va.

Weaver, Dr Warren E. 5, 9, 6 5910 Upham Dr., Richmond 27, Va.

-Webb, L. W., Jr. 2, 7 5234 Edgewater Dr., Norfolk 8 Va.

Weeks, Edna M. 11 . Box 614, Salem, Va.

—Weeks, Elic 12 Asst Scientific Dir., QMR— DFEA, Fort Lee, Va.

Weems, Norman H. 4 Box 2156, Frederick Col., Portsmouth, Va. 23703

Welland, Elizabeth M. 4 . 1320 Krise Circle, Lynchburg, Va.

Weinberg, Edgar L. 8 . P.O. Box 682, Austinville, Va. 24312

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

411

Weir, Dr. Robert J. 1 Hazelton Lab., Box 30, Falls Church, Va.

Welch, Dr. Bruce L. 4 Dept, of Biology, Col. of Wm. & Mary,

Williamsburg, Va.

Wells, Carolyn 4 Dept. Biology, Longwood Col., Farmville, Va.

Wells, John C. 2 Madison College, Harrisonburg, Va.

—West, Warwick R., Jr. 4 . Box 248, Univ. of Richmond, Richmond, Va.

Westbrook, Dr. C. Hart 10 17 Towana Rd., Richmond, Va.

Westbrook, John James, HI 5 . Box 574, Chester, Va.

— Whidden, Miss Helen L. 5, 2 Dept, of Chemistry, R.M.W.C.,

Lynchburg, Va.

White, John E. 12 150 West Leon Lane, Cocoa Beach, Fla.

Whitehead, W. Dexter, Jr. 2 . Physics Dept., U. of Va., Charlottesville, Va.
Whitehurst, Prof. W. H. 4 Box 422, Lawrenceville, Va.

Whitlow, Arline 11, 4 . Route 1, Gladys, Va.

Whitney, Dr. George S. 5 P.O. Box 607, Lexington, Va.

Whitenburg, Dr. John A. 10 . 6810 Jewel St., Alexandria, Va.

Whyburn, Gordon T. 2 Pavilion III, West Lawn, Univ. of Va.,

Charlottesville, Va.

Wickham, James E., Jr. 5, 4 . 604 John Street, Ashland, Va.

Wightman, Dr. James P. 5 . Chemistrv Dept., V.P.I., Blacksburg, Va.

Wikswo, Mrs. Leonora A. 2 Box 241, Amherst, Va.

Wilder, Dr. C. D., Jr. 4 Dept. Biology, VPI, Blacksburg, Va. 24061

Wiley, Robert M. 5 900 Rutherford Rd., Richmond 25, Va.

Wilkenloh, Roger C. 8 . 306 Park Place, Charlottesville, Va.

Wilkins, Addison Elisha 2 5702 Bromley Lane, Richmond, Va. 23226

Will, Prof. R. K. 7 Dept. Engineering, VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

—Willey, C. R. 4 Room 325, 203 N. Governor St., Richmond 19, Va.
Williams, Dr. A. S. 1 Dept, of Plant Pathology & Physiology, VPI,

Blacksburg, Va.

** Williams, Dr. Carrington 9 805 West Franklin St., Richmond 20, Va.

Williams, Dr. Clayton D. 2 Phvsics Dept., VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Williams, Emmett L., Jr. . Dept, of Metallurgical Eng., VPI,

Blacksburg, Va.

Williams, Julius E. 11, 2 . 836 Round Bay Rd., Norfolk, Va.

** Williams, Lewis C. 6, 1210 1309 State Planters Bank Bldg.,

Richmond 19, Va.

—Williams, Dr. Stanley B. 10 . Dept, of Psychology, Wm. & M. Col.,

Williamsburg, Va.

Williams, Mrs. Stanleny B. 10 208 Kensington Dr., Williamsburg, Va.

Williamson, T. G. 7 . Dept, of Nuclear Engr., Univ. of Va.,

Charlottesville, Va.

Wills, Wirt H. 1, 4 . Box 430, Chatham, Va.

Wilsdorf, Dr. Doris 2 .... Dept, of Physics, Univ. of Va., Charlottesville, Va.
Wilson, Dr. I. D. 9, 4, 1 1303 Oak Dr., Blacksburg, Va.

412

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

Wilson, John H., Jr. 1 401 East Main St., Richmond, Va. 23219

Wilson, John M. 8 . Tenn. Dept, of Conservation, 331-C Cordell

Hull Bldg., Nashville, Tenn.
Wiltshire, James W., Jr. 4 201 Wodland Rd., Lvnchburg, Va.

—Wine, Dr. R. Lowell 12 Route 1, Box 311, Roanoke, Va.

Wingard, S. A. 4, 1 Box 425, VPI, Blacksburg, Va.

Wingo Dr. Alfred L. 6, 5, 1, 10 State Board of Edu., Richmond, Va.

Winston, Dr. Benjamin 10 87 Harris Creek Rd., Newport News, Va.

Winter, John A. 12 R.D. 1, Box 116-C-8, Boalsburg, Pa. 10827

Wise, E. Spencer 11, 4 . 5106 Atlantic Ave., Virginia Beach, Va.

Wise, Dr. John H. 5, 2, 6 Dept, of Chemistry, W. & L. Univ.,

Lexington 6, Va.

Wishner, Dr. Lawrence A. 5 . Chem. Dept., Mary Washington Cok,

Fredericksburg, Va.

Wi.sman, Dr. E. L. 5 Dept, of Biochemistry & Nutrition, VPI,

Blacksburg, Va.

Wood, Dr. John Thornton 4, 9, 10 1528 Greenyiew Dr.,

Ann Arbor, Mich.

Woodland, Dr. John T. 4 113 Gainsboro St., Boston 15, Mass.

Woods, Harrv P. 5 . Texaco Expt. Sta., Box 1-T, Richmond, Va.

Woods, Dr. Paul J. 10 Hollins College, Hollins, Va.

—Woodson, Bernard R., Jr. 4 . Va. State Col., Petersburg, Va.

Woolcott, William S. 4 . Box 248, Uniy. of Richmond, Va.

Workman, William E. C, 8 . Dept, of Geology, Univ. of Va.,

Charlottesville, Va.

Worsham, James E., Jr. 5, 2 . Box 27, Univ. of Richmond, Va.

Wright, H. E., Jr. 5 5500 Queensbury Rd., Richmond, Va.

— Yeatts, A. L., Jr. 1 . 1007 Christie Rd., Richmond, Va. 23226

Yoe, Dr. John H. 5 . Dept, of Chemistry, Univ. of Va.,

Charlottesville, Va.

—York, Jamse E., Jr. 5 1006 Baywod Court, Richmond, Va.

Youden, Dr. W. J. 12 Natl. Bureau of Standards, Washington 25, D. C.

^Young, Dr. Fred W., Jr. 5 . 7213 Sheffield Dr., Knoxville 19, Tenn.

* Young, Dr. Nelson F. 5 Medical Col. of Va. Hospital, Richmond 19, Va.

—Young, Roderick W. 1 . Box 66, Blacksburg, Va.

Young, Dr. Robert S. 8 . 113 Bennington Rd., Charlottesville, Va.

Young, William F., Jr. 4, 5 . State Dept, of Edu., Dist. Off.,

11th & Court Streets, Lynchburg, Va.
Zaneveld, Dr. Jacques S. 4 1334 Upper Brandon Place, Norfolk, Va.

— Zipf, Dr. Elizabeth M. 4 316 Kingston Ave., Barrington, N. J.

Zirkle, Leon F. 11, 2 . 715 Spruce St., Martinsville, Va.

Zung, Prof. Joseph 5, 2 . P.O. Box 286, Williamsburg, Va.

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

413

SERVING SCIENCE SINCE 1925

[PGGaCPPg ^BQBCEXDcas.

YOUR SIGN POST TO SERVICE

LAB APPARATUS
LAB FURNITURE
CHEMICALS

SIXTH AT BYRD STS./ RICHMOND, VA.

414

The Virginia Journal of Science

[September

ANOTHER FIRST
from The American
Tobacco Company

FIRST

With A Charcoal-Menthol Filter!

FIRST

Menthol With “Tar” And
Nicotine Test Results
On The Pack!

SMOKE MONTCLAIR!

The Menthol Is In The
Charcoal-Menthol Filter. Just
Enough In Every Puff Makes
Every Puff A Pleasure!

1964]

Proceedings 1963-1964

415

BUSINESS MEMBERS
VIRGINIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE

Albemarle Paper Manufacturing Company

The American Tobacco Company

Allied Chemical Corporation

Atlantic Instrument Company

Dan River Mills

The Dow Chemical Company

E. L du Pont de Nemours and Company, Inc.

First and Merchants National Bank
Larus and Brother Company, Inc.

The Newport News Shipbuilding Company Foundation
Norfolk and Western Railway Company
Philip Morris and Company, Limited, Inc.

Phipps and Bird, Inc.

Reynolds Metals Company
A. H. Robins Company
Southern Materials Company
State-Planters Bank of Commerce and Trusts
Virginia-Carolina Chemical Corporation
Virginia Chemiacls and Smelting Company
Virginia Electric & Power Company

z2^:.yiT L:;:'; c-

The Annual Subscription Rate is $3.00, and the cost of a single
number, $1.00. Reprints are available only if ordered when galley proof is

should be addressed

returned. All orders

to Carl W. Allen, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. The
University of Virginia Library has exclusive exchange arrangements, and
communications relative to exchange should be addressed to The Librarian,
Alderman Library, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia.

Notice To Contributors

Contributions to the Journal should be addressed to Paul B. Siegel, Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, Blacksburg, Virginia. If any preliminary notes have been published on the subject
which is submitted a statement to that effect must accompany the manuscript.

Manuscripts must be submitted in triplicate, typewritten in double spacing on standard
8 1/2" X 11" paper, with at least a one inch margin on all sides. Manuscripts are limited
to seven pages, with the proviso that if additional pages are desired, the author may obtain
them at cost. The author may estimate the length of his paper by counting the total number
of characters, including blank spaces, and dividing this by 3300. The result is the approxi¬
mate number of printed pages in the Journal.

Division of the manuscript into subheadings must follow a consistent plan. It is desir¬
able that a brief summary be included in all manuscripts.

Footnotes should be included in the body of the manuscript immediately following the
reference, and set off by a dashedline above and below the footnote content. Footnotes
should be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the manuscript.

References should be arranged alphabetically according to author. Each reference should
include the date, full title of the article, the name of the Journal, the volume and pages.
For example: Harvie, L. E. and S. P. Maroney, Jr., 1961. Respiration and hemolysis of ultra¬
violet irradiated frog erythrocytes. Va. Jour. Sci. 12:1-9. References to the bibliographic
citations should not be made by numbers. Instead, using the above citation, where a
reference is desired: either (Harvie and Maroney, 1961) or Harvie and Maroney (1961).

Explanation of graphs and tabular material should be ^ped on separate pages. All
figures should be numbered consecutively beginning with the first text figure and continuing
through the plates. If figures are to be inserted in the text this should be indicated at the
appropriate place in the margin.

Illustrations including lettering, should be arranged so that on reduction they will not
exceed the dimensions of the maximum size of a printed page. Large plates must be ac¬
companied by photographic copies which can be sent to the reviewers. The Journal will
furnish the author with one plate or its equivalent; additional figures, colored illustrations
or lithographs may be used only if the author makes a grant covering the cost of production.
Original drawings (which must be done in black drawing ink) not photographs of drawings,
should accompany the manuscript. When photographic prints are used they should be glossy,
sharp and show good contrast. Drawings not neatly executed and labeled (do not use a
typewriter), or which are not submitted on white paper will not be accepted.

Galley proofs are sent to the author for correction. Costs of excessive changes from
the original manuscript must be defrayed by the author.

OFFICERS OF THE VIRGINIA ACADEMY SCIENCE

F. F. Smith, President
R. J. Rowlett, Jr., Secretary

S. S. Obenshain, President-Elect
W. B. Wartman, Jr., Treasurer

R. C. Berry, Sr., Executive Secretary-Treasurer

COUNCIL

E. D. Brand
J. L. Calver

W. S. Woolcott
J. F. Eckel

S. B. Williams
P. B. Siegel
W. P. Boyer

B. Harshbarger

J. M. Grayson
E. F. Turner, Jr.
P. A. Hansen

W. E. Trout, Jr.
E. S. Harlow

L. C. Bird
W. B. Ben
J. J. Taylor

W. W. Scott
H. H. Hobbs, Jr

7B8 GD)'i

08/24/95 i9BlI5

f

At

TUTION^ NOliDiUSNlI NVIN0SHXIWS^S3 I y Vd 8 n~LI BRAR I ES*”sMITHSONIAN“|N!

.V. </) Z 09 Z C/> 2

^ i t i fc i

> ‘W*^ 2 V!2»£C;^ g ^ 5 \ Z '>a2i!^ 5

vaan libraries Smithsonian institution NoiiniusNi nvinoshiiws^ss
5 2 ^ y? — «

UJ

o XSivoc^ “ o NOjiD^ “ '^'uiS'S/^' 5 “

TUTION N0liniliSNl"^NlVIN0SHilWS^S3 1 d Vd 8 n“^LI B RAR J ES^SM1THS0NIAN*^IN!

Z Z 1-2“

2 m 2 9 m

vaan libraries SMITHSONIAN~INSTITUTION^NOIiniIiSNl~NVINOSHillMS S3
< ^ s x;:5ii7o?x < 2 < >^c:ax>v s

y z /

2 2 > '" 2 >*

TUTION^NOlinillSNI NVINOSHimS^^SB I bVb 8 ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN IN:
o> _ z X ^

>07;^ UJ mV liJ ^C^titT^

O Xil^osvi^ “ o

2 _j 2

vaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinillSNI NVINOSHilWS S:

k X

NOliniliSNl NVINOSHimS S3IBVBan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN
w 2 _ _ w 2 ..v w z

•W

> 2 2 \ §

I va a L1 B RAR l ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION^NOlinillSNI NVINOSHims’ S:

(/) 5 _ 05 _ _ _ CO

o

ITUTION NOlinillSNrNVmOSHilWS S3 I B VB a 11 “"lI B R AR I ES^SMITHSONIAN"^IN
2_r“,, 2 _ f- 2

ivaan libraries Smithsonian iNSTiTUTiON'^NoiinxiiSNi nvinoshiiws s:

H •- w _ z . w z w

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillAIS S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliflillSNI

C/3

_ to ± - (/) _

NOliniliSNI NVINOSHill^S SBIilViian LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU1

' ''' (/) ■ o

- ^

2 v;-yuv;>^ 5, ;s Z

LI B RAR I ES^^SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillMs'''s3 I d Vd
— cn ~

N0liniliSNl“NVIN0SHill/^S^S3 I d Vd 8 Il'^LI B R AR I ES^SMITHS0N1AN"^1NSTITU1
~ “ “2 ^

O

NVINOSHilVMS S3 1dVd

CO

w

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI

C2 _ _ _ 2 y CO 2

NOliniliSNI NVIN0SHilWS^S3 1 d Vd 9 IT^LI B RAR 1 ES^SMITHSONIAN INSTITU1

“ CO _ - CO

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillMS S3ldV^
2 r- _ z r- . z

NOliniliSNI NVINOSHimS S3ldVdan libraries smithsonian institu

2 _ _ CO 2 CO 2: V

'I I i i ■

> 2 V Z

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlifliliSNI NVIN0SHi.lWs'"s3 1 a ViJ

NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillAIS S3iavaan libraries smithsonian institu'

*“ 2 r* z "

n libraries SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOliniliSNI NVINOSHillAIS S3iava